ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP
SB-2, 1999-12-16
Previous: KEYNOTE ACQUISITION CORP, 10SB12G, 1999-12-16
Next: FIRST FEDERAL OF OLATHE BANCORP INC, SB-2, 1999-12-16




   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 1999
                                                       Registration No. 333-
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Federal                          6712                       74-2819148
<S>                                 <C>                            <C>
(State or Other Jurisdiction of        (Primary Standard             (I.R.S. Employer
 Incorporation or Organization)     Industrial Classification)     identification number)
</TABLE>
                                 500 10th Street
                             Alamogordo, New Mexico
                                 (505) 437-9334
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                 including area code, of registrant's principal
                               executive offices)

                               R. Miles Ledgerwood
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                                 500 10th Street
                          Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310
                                 (505) 437-9334
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
                                 Eric Luse, Esq.
                             Kenneth R. Lehman, Esq.
                      Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
                           5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W.
                                    Suite 400
                             Washington, D.C. 20015

Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed  sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933,
check the following box: [X]

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check
the following box. [ ]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===========================================================================================================================
                                                                    Proposed          Proposed maximum
        Title of each class of              Amount to be        maximum offering         aggregate            Amount of
     securities to be registered             registered         price per share      offering price (1)    registration fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                       <C>                <C>                    <C>
Common Stock, $0.10 par value per share    1,101,643 shares            $10.00             $11,016,430            $3,063
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Participation Interests                        (2)                                                               (3)
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
___________
(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2)  Includes an indeterminate  number of interests to purchase the Common Stock
     pursuant to the  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  401(k)
     Profit Sharing Plan.
(3)  The securities of Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation to be purchased by the
     Alamogordo  Federal Savings and Loan Association 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
     as adopted by the  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association  are
     included in the amount shown for Common

<PAGE>

     Stock.  However,  Pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the  Securities Act of 1933,as
     amended,  no separate  fee is  required  for the  participation  interests.
     Pursuant to such rule, the amount being  registered has been  calculated on
     the basis of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  that may be  purchased
     with the current assets of such plan.

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>

Prospectus Supplement

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                  ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                      401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

         Alamogordo   Financial   Corporation  is  providing   this   prospectus
supplement to  participants  in Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.  As a participant in this 401(k) plan, you
may direct the trustee of the 401(k) plan to purchase common stock of Alamogordo
Financial  Corporation  in its offering  with amounts  allocated to your account
under the 401(k) plan.

         This prospectus  supplement  relates to your initial election to direct
that  all or a  portion  of  your  account  be  invested  in a fund  made  up of
Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  common stock. The trustee will reinvest your
account in the other funds  available  under the 401(k) plan if the  offering is
oversubscribed  and the  trustee  cannot use the total  amount you  allocate  to
purchase Alamogordo Financial Corporation common stock.

         The prospectus of Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation dated February __,
2000 attached to this prospectus  supplement includes detailed  information with
respect to the offering and the financial  condition,  results of operations and
business of Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association.  You should read this
prospectus  supplement,  which provides  information  with respect to the 401(k)
plan, only in conjunction with the prospectus.

                              --------------------

         For a discussion of risks that you should consider,  see "Risk Factors"
beginning on page __ of the prospectus.

         The  interests  in the 401(k) plan and the offering of the common stock
have not been approved or disapproved by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other  federal or state agency.  Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

         The securities  offered in this prospectus  supplement are not deposits
or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation or any other government agency.

         The 401(k) plan's investment in common stock is subject to loss.

         The date of this prospectus supplement is February __, 2000.


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


         THE OFFERING................................................... 1
         Securities Offered............................................. 1
         Election to Purchase Common Stock in the Offering; Priorities.. 1
         Value of 401(k) Plan Assets.................................... 2
         Method of Directing Transfer................................... 2
         Time for Directing Transfer.................................... 2
         Irrevocability of Transfer Direction........................... 2
         Direction to Purchase Common Stock After the Offering.......... 3
         Purchase Price of Common Stock................................. 3
         Nature of a Participant's Interest in the Common Stock......... 3
         Voting Rights of Common Stock.................................. 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN.......................................... 4
         Introduction................................................... 4
         Eligibility and Participation.................................. 4
         Contributions Under the 401(k) Plan............................ 5
         Limitations on 401(k) Plan Contributions....................... 5
         Investment of Contributions and Account Balances............... 7
         Benefits Under the 401(k) Plan.................................10
         Withdrawals and Distributions From the 401(k) Plan.............11
         Trustee  ......................................................12
         Plan Administrator.............................................12
         Reports to 401(k) Plan Participants............................12
         Amendment and Termination......................................12
         Merger, Consolidation or Transfer..............................13
         Federal Income Tax Consequences................................13
         Additional Employee Retirement Income and Security
          Act Considerations............................................18
         Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and
          Short-Swing Profit Liability..................................18
         Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets.............19

LEGAL OPINION...........................................................19



<PAGE>



                                  THE OFFERING

Securities Offered

         Alamogordo Financial Corporation is offering participation interests in
the Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and
Trust (the  "401(k)  plan").  The  participation  interests  represent  indirect
ownership of Almogordo Financial  Corporation's  common stock through the 401(k)
plan.  The 401(k) plan may acquire up to 44,000 shares of  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  common stock.  Only employees of Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan
Association  may become  participants in the 401(k) plan. Your investment in the
Alamogordo Financial  Corporation stock fund is subject to the priorities listed
below.  Information  with  regard  to the  401(k)  plan  is  contained  in  this
prospectus  supplement and information  with regard to the financial  condition,
results  of  operations  and  business  of  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  & Loan
Association  is  contained  in  the  attached  prospectus.  The  address  of the
principal  executive office of Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan Association is
500 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310. Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan
Association's telephone number is (505) 437-9334.

Election to Purchase Common Stock in the Offering; Priorities

         In connection  with the  offering,  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan
Association has amended the 401(k) plan to permit you to transfer all or part of
your account balances in the 401(k) plan to the Alamogordo Financial Corporation
stock fund,  to be used to purchase  common  stock issued in the  offering.  The
trustee of the Alamogordo Financial  Corporation stock fund will purchase common
stock in  accordance  with  your  directions.  You  will  also be  provided  the
opportunity  to elect  alternative  investments  from among the five other funds
offered. In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e. there are more orders
for common stock than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee
is unable to use the full amount  allocated  by you to purchase  common stock in
the  offering,  the  amount  that  cannot be  invested  in common  stock will be
reinvested in the other  investment  funds of the 401(k) plan in accordance with
your current investment  election.  If you fail to direct the investment of your
account  balances,  your account  balances  will remain in the other  investment
funds of the 401(k) plan as  previously  directed by you. If you have never made
an  investment  election,  your  account  balance  will be  invested in the Cash
Investment Fund.

         The shares of common stock are being  offered for sale in the following
priorities:

          (1)  depositors of Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan Association with
               aggregate  account  balances of $50 or more as of  September  30,
               1998;

          (2)  Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan  Association's  employee stock
               ownership plan;

          (3)  depositors of Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan Association with
               aggregate  account  balances  of $50 or more as of  December  31,
               1999;



<PAGE>




          (4)  directors, officers and employees of Alamogordo Federal Savings &
               Loan Association; and

          (5)  the general  public who hold shares of common stock of Alamogordo
               Federal  Savings  & Loan  Association  with  preference  given to
               residents of the New Mexico counties of Lincoln and Otero.

         To the extent you fall into one of these categories,  you may use funds
in your plan account to  subscribe  or pay for the common stock being  acquired.
Common stock so purchased will be placed in the Alamogordo Financial Corporation
stock fund and allocated to your 401(k) plan account.

Value of 401(k) Plan Assets

         As of September 30, 1999,  the market value of the assets of the 401(k)
plan  was  approximately   $435,653.   The  plan  administrator   informed  each
participant of the value of his or her account  balance under the 401(k) plan as
of September 30, 1999.

Method of Directing Transfer

         You will  receive a form on which you can  elect to  transfer  all or a
portion of your account  balance in the 401(k) plan to the Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation stock fund or to the other investment options  established under the
401(k)  plan.  If you  wish to use all or part of your  account  balance  in the
401(k) plan to purchase common stock issued in the offering, you should indicate
that decision on the investment allocation form.

Time for Directing Transfer

         If you wish to purchase common stock with your 401(k) account balances,
you must return your election  form to Susan White,  Human  Resources  Director,
Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association,  500 10th Street, Alamogordo, New
Mexico 88310 no later than 12:00 noon on March ____, 2000.

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

         You may not revoke your election to transfer  amounts  credited to your
account in the 401(k) plan to the Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation stock fund.
After the offering,  however,  you will be able to change the investment of your
accounts under the plan as explained below.


                                        2

<PAGE>


Direction to Purchase Common Stock After the Offering

         Whether you choose to  purchase  stock in the  offering,  or attempt to
purchase  stock in the  offering but are unable to do so because the offering is
oversubscribed,  you will also be able to purchase stock after the offering. You
may direct that a certain  percentage of your account balance in the 401(k) plan
be transferred to the Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation stock fund and invested
in common stock,  or to the other  investment  funds  available under the 401(k)
plan. You may change your investment  allocation on a quarterly  basis.  Special
restrictions  may  apply  to  transfers  directed  to and  from  the  Alamogordo
Financial  Corporation  stock fund by the  participants  who are  subject to the
provisions of section 16(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
relating to the  purchase and sale of  securities  by  officers,  directors  and
principal shareholders of Alamogordo Financial Corporation.

Purchase Price of Common Stock

         The trustee will use the funds transferred to the Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  stock fund to purchase common stock in the offering,  except in the
event of an  oversubscription,  as discussed  above. The trustee will pay $10.00
per  share,  which  will be the same  price  paid by all  other  persons  in the
offering.

         After the  offering,  the trustee  will  acquire  common  stock in open
market  transactions at the prevailing  price.  The trustee will pay transaction
fees  associated  with the purchase,  sale or transfer of the common stock after
the offering.

Nature of a Participant's Interest in the Common Stock

         The trustee will hold the common stock, in trust,  for the participants
of the 401(k)  plan.  Shares of common  stock  acquired  by the  trustee at your
direction will be allocated to your account. Therefore,  investment decisions of
other participants should not affect the earnings allocated to your account.

Voting Rights of Common Stock

         The trustee  generally will exercise voting rights  attributable to all
common stock held by the Alamogordo Financial Corporation stock fund as directed
by participants  with accounts  invested in the fund. When  stockholders  have a
right to vote on a  matter,  you will be  allocated  voting  instruction  rights
reflecting  your  proportionate  interest in the fund. The trustee will vote the
common stock  affirmatively  and negatively on each matter, in proportion to the
voting instructions the trustee receives from the participants.


                                        3

<PAGE>




DESCRIPTION OF THE 401(k) PLAN

Introduction

         Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan  Association  adopted the United New
Mexico Trust Company Defined  Contribution  Master Plan and Trust  Agreement,  a
multiple-employer  defined  contribution  plan,  effective  July  1,  1996  as a
substitution and amendment of an existing retirement plan originally established
July 1, 1954.  United New Mexico  Trust  Company  was  subsequently  acquired by
Norwest  Bank New  Mexico,  N.A.  and  Norwest  assumed  the rule of Master Plan
Sponsor.  Wells Fargo Bank New Mexico,  N.A.  recently  acquired Norwest and has
assumed the role as Master Plan Sponsor. The 401(k) plan is a tax-qualified plan
that  permits  participants  to defer  current  compensation  to  their  account
balances. The plan also permits participant direction of investment.

         Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan Association  intends that the 401(k)
plan, in operation,  will comply with the  requirements of the Internal  Revenue
Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. Alamogordo Federal Savings
& Loan Association may amend the 401(k) plan from time to time in the future, as
it sees fit or to maintain compliance with federal law. Since the 401(k) plan is
governed by the Employee  Retirement Income Securities Act, federal law provides
you with various  rights and  protections  as a participant  in the 401(k) plan.
Although  the 401(k) plan is subject to many of the  provisions  of the Employee
Retirement  Income  Security Act,  your  benefits  under the 401(k) plan are not
governed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

         Reference to full text of plan. The following  statements are summaries
of  certain  provisions  of the  401(k)  plan.  They  are not  complete  and are
qualified in their  entirety by the full text of the 401(k) plan. You may obtain
a copy of the 401(k) plan by filing a request with Alamogordo  Federal Savings &
Loan Association, c/o Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association,  Attention:
Miles Ledgerwood,  President, 500 10th Street,  Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310. We
urge each employee to read carefully the full text of the 401(k) plan.

Eligibility and Participation

         Any  employee  of  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  is
eligible to become a  participant  in the 401(k) plan on the January 1 or July 1
following completion of one "year of service" during which an employee completes
at  least  1000  hours  of  service  with  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  &  Loan
Association. The 401(k) plan year is January 1 to December 31.

         As  of  September  30,  1999,  there  were  27  employees  eligible  to
participate in the 401(k) plan and 26 employees participating by making elective
deferral contributions.


                                        4

<PAGE>




Contributions Under the 401(k) Plan

         401(k) plan contributions. As a participant in the 401(k) plan, you are
permitted to defer your salary on a pre-tax basis, subject to the limitations of
the Internal Revenue Code and to have that amount contributed to the 401(k) plan
on your  behalf.  For  purposes of the 401(k)  plan,  "salary"  means your total
compensation  reported on Internal  Revenue  Service Form W-2,  exclusive of any
compensation deferred from a prior year, plus pre-tax contributions made to this
401(k) plan or a section 125 cafeteria plan. In 1999, the maximum amount of your
annual salary that could be taken into account under the 401(k) plan was limited
to $160,000.  Limits  established by the Internal Revenue Service are subject to
increase  pursuant  to an  annual  cost of living  adjustment.  You may elect to
modify  the  amount  contributed  to the  401(k)  plan by filing a new  elective
deferral  agreement with the 401(k) plan  administrator  which will be effective
the first day of the following month.

         Employer  contributions.  If you make elective deferral  contributions,
Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association may make matching contributions to
the 401(k)  plan in various  amounts on the first 6%  (divided  into 4 tiers) of
your salary.  The matching  contributions  are subject to revision by Alamogordo
Federal Savings & Loan Association at any time. The matching  contributions vest
according to the vesting schedule set forth below.  Alamogordo Federal Savings &
Loan Association may also make  discretionary  contributions to the 401(k) plan,
which are allocated to eligible employees based on their relative compensation.

Limitations on 401(k) Plan Contributions

         Limitation on employee  salary  deferrals.  The amount of your elective
deferral  contributions  may not currently exceed $10,500 per calendar year. The
Internal Revenue Service will periodically  increase this annual limitation.  If
you defer  salary in excess of this  limitation,  your gross  income for federal
income tax  purposes  will  include the excess in the year of the  deferral.  In
addition,  unless the excess  deferral  is  distributed  before  April 15 of the
following  year it will be taxed  again in the year  distributed.  Income on the
excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately  succeeding year will
be  treated,  for federal  income tax  purposes,  as earned and  received by the
participant in the tax year in which the distribution is made.

         Limitations on annual  additions and benefits.  The  contributions  and
forfeitures you receive under the 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan,
in  the  aggregate,  cannot  exceed  the  lesser  of  $30,000  or  25%  of  your
compensation,  as defined in the 401(k) plan.  To the extent  contributions  and
forfeitures exceed these limitations, the plan administrator will:

          (1)  return any elective deferral  contributions,  including earnings,
               to reduce the excess amount in your accounts; and


                                                         5

<PAGE>



          (2)  reduce employer  contributions which match your returned elective
               deferral contributions.

         If you  are  also  covered  under  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  & Loan
Association's  employee  stock  ownership plan and annual  additions  exceed the
maximum  permissible amount, you must decide which plan you wish to designate as
the plan with the excess  amount and the plan  administrator  will  reduce  your
contributions under the plan selected, so that the total annual additions do not
exceed the maximum permissible amount.

         Limitation on plan contributions for highly compensated employees.  The
Internal Revenue Code limits the amount of elective  deferral  contributions and
matching  contributions  that may be made to the 401(k) plan in any plan year on
behalf of highly  compensated  employees  in  relation to the amount of elective
deferral  contributions  made by or on behalf of all other employees eligible to
participate in the 401(k) plan.  Specifically,  the actual deferral  percentage,
i.e., the average of the actual deferral ratios,  expressed as a percentage,  of
each eligible  employee's  elective  deferral  contribution if any, for the plan
year over the employee's salary, must meet either of the following tests:

          (1)  the actual deferral percentage of the eligible highly compensated
               employees is not more than 125% of the actual deferral percentage
               of all other eligible employees; or

          (2)  the actual deferral percentage of the eligible highly compensated
               employees is not more than 200% of the actual deferral percentage
               of all other  eligible  employees,  and the  excess of the actual
               deferral percentage for the eligible highly compensated employees
               over  the  actual  deferral  percentage  of  all  other  eligible
               employees is not more than two percentage points.

         Similarly, the actual contribution percentage, i.e., the average of the
actual  contribution  ratios,  expressed  as  a  percentage,  of  each  eligible
employee's matching contributions, if any, for the plan year over the employee's
salary, must meet either of the following tests:

          (1)  the  actual  contribution   percentage  of  the  eligible  highly
               compensated  employees  is not  more  than  125%  of  the  actual
               contribution percentage of all other eligible employees; or

          (2)  the  actual  contribution   percentage  of  the  eligible  highly
               compensated  employees  is not  more  than  200%  of  the  actual
               contribution percentage of all other eligible employees,  and the
               excess of the actual  contribution  percentage  for the  eligible
               highly  compensated   employees  over  the  actual   contribution
               percentage of all other employees is not more than two percentage
               points.

         Example: If the actual  deferral  percentage of non-highly  compensated
                  employees  is 4%, the  actual  deferral  percentage  of highly
                  compensated employees cannot exceed 6%. Alternatively,  if the
                  actual deferral percentage of non-highly compensated employees
                  is

                                        6

<PAGE>



                  10%, the maximum  deferral  percentage  of highly  compensated
                  employees cannot exceed 12.5%.

         Effective  January 1, 1997, the actual  deferral  percentage and actual
contribution  percentage  tests  are  performed  by using  the  actual  deferral
percentage  and the actual  contribution  percentage of  non-highly  compensated
employees for the plan year preceding the 401(k) plan year that is being tested.

         In general,  for plan years  beginning  in 1998,  a highly  compensated
employee includes:

          (1)  an employee who, during the plan year or the preceding plan year,
               was at any time a 5% owner of the stock of  Alamogordo  Financial
               Corporation,  or  stock  possessing  more  than  5% of the  total
               combined  voting  power  of all  stock  of  Alamogordo  Financial
               Corporation; or

          (2)  an employee who, for the  preceding  plan year,  received  salary
               from Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan  Association in excess of
               $80,000,  and, if Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan  Association
               elects for a plan year,  was in the group  consisting  of the top
               20% of  employees  when ranked on the basis of salary paid during
               the plan year.  The dollar  amounts set forth above are  adjusted
               annually to reflect increases in the cost of living.

         The trustee will distribute  amounts  contributed by highly compensated
employees  that exceed the actual  deferral  percentage  limitation  in any plan
year,   together  with  any  income  allocable.   These  contributions  must  be
distributed  before  the  close of the  following  plan  year  first  to  highly
compensated  employees with the greatest  dollar amount of deferrals,  until the
plan satisfies the actual deferral percentage test. Moreover, Alamogordo Federal
Savings  & Loan  Association  will  be  subject  to a 10%  excise  tax on  these
contributions  unless,  together with any income allocable thereto,  they either
are  re-characterized  or are  distributed  before the close of the first  2-1/2
months following the plan year to which the  contributions  relate. In addition,
the trustee will distribute any  contributions by highly  compensated  employees
that  exceed the actual  contribution  percentage  limitation  in any plan year,
together with any income  allocable  thereto,  before the close of the following
plan year. A 10% excise tax will also be imposed on Alamogordo Federal Savings &
Loan Association with respect to these contributions, unless such contributions,
plus any income allocable thereto, are distributed within 2-1/2 months following
the close of the plan year in which they arose.

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

         All amounts credited to your accounts under the 401(k) plan are held in
the plan trust which is  administered  by the trustee  appointed  by  Alamogordo
Federal Savings & Loan Association's board of directors.


                                       7

<PAGE>



         Prior  to the  effective  date  of the  offering,  you  and  the  other
participants  were  provided the  opportunity  to direct the  investment of your
accounts into one of the following funds:

A.       Wells Fargo Cash Investment Fund
B.       Wells Fargo Diversified Bond Fund
C.       Wells Fargo Growth Balanced Fund
D.       Wells Fargo Diversified Equity Fund
E.       Wells Fargo Growth Equity Fund

         The 401(k) plan now  provides  that in addition to the funds  specified
above,  you may direct the trustee to invest all or a portion of your account in
the Alamogordo Financial Corporation stock fund.

         You may elect to have both past contributions and earnings,  as well as
future contributions to your account invested either in the Alamogordo Financial
Corporation  stock  fund or among  the funds  listed  above.  Transfers  of past
contributions  and the  earnings  thereon do not affect  the  investment  mix of
future  contributions.  If you make an election to direct  investment  of assets
into the  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  stock  fund,  you may change  your
investment  at a future date.  This may be done by filing a change of investment
allocation  form with Wells  Fargo Bank New  Mexico,  N.A.  in  accordance  with
established  procedures to dispose of a 401(k) plan  investment and reinvest the
net proceeds in an alternative investment under the 401(k) plan. The proceeds of
the sale,  net of expenses,  will be allocated to your account and reinvested in
accordance with the 401(k) plan. Until an initial effective direction is made by
a participant, the participant's account will be invested in the Cash Investment
Fund.

A. Previous Funds.

         Prior to the  effective  date of the  offering,  the  trustee  invested
contributions  under the 401(k)  plan in the five  funds  specified  above.  The
following table provides  performance  data with respect to the investment funds
available  under the 401(k) plan,  based on  information  provided to Alamogordo
Financial Corporation by Wells Fargo Bank New Mexico, N.A.:

      Net Investment Performance - Fund Returns through September 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   Annualized
                                                      Last       Year to        Last          -------------------
                                          Month      3 Mos.        Date        12 Mos.        3 Yr.        5 Yr.
                                          -----      ------        ----        -------        -----        -----
<S>                                       <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>
A.   Growth Equity Fund                  -1.74%     -4.29%        4.61%         25.42%         15.23%      16.53%
B.   Diversified Equity Fund             -2.66%     -5.72%        5.01%         25.89%         19.58%      20.40%
C.   Growth Balanced Fund                -1.53%     -3.71%        3.38%         20.81%         16.94%      16.48%
D.   Diversified Bond Fund                0.81%      0.58%       -1.32%        -2.05%           6.76%       6.70%
E.   Cash Investment Fund                 0.40%      1.22%        3.56%         4.87%           5.18%       5.29%

</TABLE>


         The  following  is a  description  of each of the  401(k)  plan's  five
investment funds:

                                        8

<PAGE>




         Cash  Investment  Fund A money market  fund,  investing in a variety of
short-term,  high  quality  debt  securities  that  are low in risk  and  highly
marketable.  Investments  include  obligations of highly rated banks  (including
certificates  of  deposit),  U.S.  Treasury  notes  and  bills,  and  top  rated
commercial paper.

         Diversified  Bond  Fund  A bond  fund  that  invests  in a  variety  of
marketable bonds and fixed income  securities that seeks to provide higher yield
opportunities.  Corporate bonds, mortgage securities and floating rate notes are
often utilized.

         Growth  Balanced Fund A fund composed of investments in both stocks and
bonds,  with an  emphasis  on stocks.  The stock  portion  focuses on  long-term
growth,  while the bond portion reduces risk. The stock component is invested in
a diversified  portfolio including income oriented stocks,  large company growth
stocks,  small  company  stocks,  international  stocks  and  an S&P  500  Index
portfolio.  The fund  seeks to enhance  performance  by  automatically  shifting
between stocks and bonds when market conditions warrant an adjustment. The stock
portion  can  be  as  high  as  85%  or  as  low  as  45%  depending  on  market
opportunities.  The bond component  seeks to provide strong fixed income results
from corporate, U.S. government and mortgage securities.

         Diversified  Equity  Fund A stock  fund  that  seeks to  achieve  above
average  investment  returns over the long term.  Annual  return  volatility  is
moderated through  diversifying  among five styles: the Index component which is
designed to perform  similarly to the S&P 500 Index; the Income Equity component
which invests in income oriented stocks with above average dividend income;  the
Large  Company  component  that  invests  in  stocks  of large  companies  where
appreciation  of the share price is the  primary  objective;  the  International
component invests in foreign stocks providing for increased  diversification and
global growth  opportunities;  and the Small Company  component  that  purchases
stock in small companies with the potential for dramatic growth.

         Growth  Equity  Fund A stock fund that  seeks to achieve  above-average
long-term  returns,   with  moderate  annual  return  volatility  through  three
investment  strategies.  The portfolio  includes  investments in common stock of
large,  high-quality,  domestic  companies that have superior growth  potential;
small company stocks  generally  offer the greatest  growth  opportunities;  and
International  investments  in  foreign  stocks for  diversification  and global
growth opportunities.

B. The Employer Stock Fund.

         The  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  stock  fund  will  consist  of
investments  in  common  stock  made  on and  after  the  effective  date of the
offering.  After the offering, the trustee will, to the extent practicable,  use
all  amounts  held by it in the  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  stock fund,
including cash  dividends paid on common stock held in the Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  stock  fund,  to  purchase  shares  of common  stock of  Alamogordo
Financial  Corporation.  It is  expected  that  all  purchases  will  be made at
prevailing  market  prices.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  trustee may be
required to limit the daily volume of shares purchased.

                                        9

<PAGE>



Pending  investment in common  stock,  assets held in the  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  stock fund will be placed in the Cash Investment Fund. Any earnings
that result therefrom will remain in the Alamogordo Financial  Corporation stock
fund in the event of an  oversubscription  and will not be reinvested  among the
other five funds.

         As of the date of this  prospectus  supplement,  none of the  shares of
common  stock have been issued or are  outstanding  and there is no  established
market for the common stock.  Accordingly,  there is no record of the historical
performance of the Alamogordo Financial Corporation stock fund. Performance will
be dependent  upon a number of factors,  including the  financial  condition and
profitability of Alamogordo Financial Corporation and Alamogordo Federal Savings
& Loan Association and market conditions for the common stock generally.

         For a discussion of risks that you should consider,  see "Risk Factors"
beginning on page ___ of the prospectus.

Benefits Under the 401(k) Plan

         Vesting. At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest
in  your  elective  deferral  contributions  and  the  employer's  discretionary
contributions and earnings under the 401(k) plan. You are vested in any employer
matching contributions, in accordance with the following schedule:

           Years of Service               Vesting Percentage
           ----------------               ------------------
               Less than 2                         0%
                   2                              20%
                   3                              40%
                   4                              60%
                   5                              80%
                6 or more                        100%

         You are also 100% vested in  employer  matching  contributions  made to
your account,  regardless of your years of employment, upon attainment of normal
retirement  age under the 401(k) plan.  Any  non-vested  employer  contributions
which are forfeited shall be used at the option of Alamogordo  Federal Savings &
Loan Association to:

          (1)  be  allocated  to  all  eligible   participants  as  an  employer
               discretionary contribution; and

          (2)  to the extent  attributable  to  matching  contributions,  reduce
               employer  matching  contributions  for  the  year  in  which  the
               forfeiture occurs.


                                       10

<PAGE>




Withdrawals and Distributions From the 401(k) Plan

         Federal law requires the 401(k) plan to impose substantial restrictions
on your right to withdraw  amounts held for your  benefit  under the 401(k) plan
prior to your  termination of employment with Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan
Association.  A federal tax  penalty  equal to 10% of the  withdrawal,  over and
above  the  normal  federal  and  state  income  tax,  may  also be  imposed  on
withdrawals made prior to your attainment of age 59- 1/2,  regardless of whether
the withdrawals  occur during your employment with Alamogordo  Federal Savings &
Loan Association or after termination of employment.

         Withdrawals  prior to termination of employment.  You may withdraw your
employee  elective  deferral  contributions  in your  401(k)  account  prior  to
termination  of  employment in the event of financial  hardship,  subject to the
hardship  distribution rules under the plan. These requirements  insure that you
have a true  financial  need  before  you make a  withdrawal.  You may  withdraw
employer  discretionary  contributions  credited  to your  account  if you  have
completed 5 years of participation in the 401(k) plan and you are 100% vested in
those contributions.

         Distribution  upon termination of employment or disability.  Payment of
your  benefits  upon  your  retirement,  disability,  or  other  termination  of
employment shall be made in a lump sum payment or in installments,  over a fixed
period,  which period can not exceed your life  expectancy or the joint life and
last  survivor  expectancy  of you and  your  beneficiary.  Alternatively,  your
benefit  may be  transferred  to  another  qualified  employee  benefit  plan or
individual  retirement  account.  Benefit payments  generally commence the first
calendar  quarter  following  the end of the quarter in which you separate  from
service.

         Distribution  upon death. If you die prior to the benefit  commencement
date for retirement,  disability or termination of employment, your benefit will
be paid to your  surviving  spouse  or  beneficiary  in a lump sum,  unless  the
payment  would exceed  $5,000 and you elected prior to death that the payment be
made in  installments  over a period  not to  exceed 5 years or your  designated
beneficiary's  life expectancy.  If no election is in effect at the time of your
death,  your  beneficiary may elect to receive the benefit in the form of a lump
sum or  installments  over a period  not to exceed 5 years,  or your  designated
beneficiary's  life expectancy.  If you die after  distribution of your interest
has  begun,  the  remaining  portion  of  such  interests  will  continue  to be
distributed as rapidly as under the method of  distribution  being used prior to
your death.

         Nonalienation of benefits. Except for federal income tax withholding or
a qualified  domestic  relations  order,  your benefits payable under the 401(k)
plan cannot be  alienated.  Examples of  alienation  include  transferring  your
benefits voluntarily and a creditor placing a lien on your benefits. Any attempt
to alienate your benefits, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be void.


                                       11

<PAGE>




Trustee

         The trustee with  respect to the 401(k) plan is the named  fiduciary of
the  401(k)  plan.  The  trustee  is  appointed  by the  board of  directors  of
Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  to serve at its pleasure.  The
Wells Fargo Bank New Mexico,  N.A.  has been  appointed as trustee of the 401(k)
plan.

         The trustee receives, holds and invests the contributions to the 401(k)
plan in trust and distributes  them to you and your  beneficiaries in accordance
with the terms of the 401(k) plan and the directions of the plan  administrator.
The trustee is responsible for investment of the assets of the trust.

Plan Administrator

         The 401(k) plan is administered by the plan  administrator.  Alamogordo
Federal Savings & Loan Association is the 401(k) plan administrator. The address
of the 401(k) plan  administrator  is 500 10th  Street,  Alamogordo,  New Mexico
88310,  telephone  number  (505)437-  9334.  The 401(k)  plan  administrator  is
responsible for the  administration  of the 401(k) plan,  interpretation  of the
provisions of the 401(k) plan,  prescribing  procedures for filing  applications
for benefits,  preparation and distribution of information explaining the 401(k)
plan,  maintenance  of 401(k) plan records,  books of account and all other data
necessary  for the proper  administration  of the 401(k) plan,  preparation  and
filing of all returns and reports relating to the 401(k) plan which are required
to be  filed  and  for all  disclosures  required  to be  made to  participants,
beneficiaries and others.

Reports to 401(k) Plan Participants

         The plan  administrator  will  furnish you with a  quarterly  statement
showing:

          (1)  the  current  market  value  of  each  fund  as of the end of the
               quarter; and

          (2)  the  amount  of  contributions  and  earnings  allocated  to your
               account for that period.

Amendment and Termination

         It is the intention of Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association to
continue the 401(k) plan indefinitely.  Nevertheless, Alamogordo Federal Savings
& Loan Association may terminate the 401(k) plan at any time. If the 401(k) plan
is terminated in whole or in part,  then  regardless of other  provisions in the
401(k) plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts.  Alamogordo
Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  reserves  the right to make,  from time to
time, any amendment or amendments to the 401(k) plan which do not cause any part
of the  trust to be used  for,  or  diverted  to,  any  purpose  other  than the
exclusive  benefit of participants or their  beneficiaries;  provided,  however,
that Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association

                                       12

<PAGE>



may make any  amendment it determines  necessary or  desirable,  with or without
retroactive effect, to comply with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

         In the event of the merger or  consolidation  of the  401(k)  plan with
another  401(k) plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another  plan,  the
401(k) plan requires that you would, if either the 401(k) plan or the other plan
then terminated,  receive a benefit immediately after the merger,  consolidation
or  transfer  which is equal to or greater  than the benefit you would have been
entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer, if
the plan had then terminated.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

         The following is a summary of the material  federal  income tax aspects
of the 401(k) plan. However,  statutory provisions are subject to change, as are
their   interpretations,   and  their   application   may  vary  in   individual
circumstances. The consequences under state and local income tax laws may not be
the same as under the federal income tax laws. You are urged to consult your tax
advisors with respect to any distribution  from the 401(k) plan and transactions
involving the 401(k) plan.

         The 401(k) plan is  tax-qualified  and the related trust is exempt from
tax under the Internal  Revenue Code.  As a result,  the 401(k) plan is afforded
special tax treatment which include the following:

          (1)  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  is  allowed  an
               immediate tax deduction for the amount  contributed to the 401(k)
               plan each year;

          (2)  you  pay  no  current  income  tax  on  amounts   contributed  by
               Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association on your behalf; and

          (3)  earnings of the 401(k) plan are tax-exempt thereby permitting the
               tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.

         The 401(k) plan will be  administered  to comply in operation  with the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as of the effective date of any change
in the law.  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  expects to timely
adopt any  amendments  to the 401(k) plan that may be  necessary to maintain the
qualified status of the 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code.

         Assuming that the 401(k) plan is  administered  in accordance  with the
requirements  of the Internal  Revenue  Code,  participation  in the 401(k) plan
under existing federal income tax laws will have the following effects:


                                       13

<PAGE>



          (1)  The contributions to your account and the investment  earnings on
               the account are not  includable  in your federal  taxable  income
               until the  contributions or earnings are actually  distributed or
               withdrawn  from the 401(k) plan.  Special tax treatment may apply
               to the taxable portion of any  distribution  that includes common
               stock or  qualifies  as a lump  sum  distribution,  as  described
               below; and

          (2)  Income  earned on assets held by the trust will not be taxable to
               the trust.

         Lump sum  distribution.  A distribution  from the 401(k) plan to you or
your beneficiary will qualify as a lump sum distribution if it is made:

          (1)  within one calendar year;

          (2)  on account of your death,  disability or separation from service,
               or after you attain age 59-1/2; and

          (3)  consists  of your  balance  under this  401(k) plan and all other
               profit sharing plans,  if any,  maintained by Alamogordo  Federal
               Savings  &  Loan  Association.   The  portion  of  any  lump  sum
               distribution  that is required  to be  included  in your  taxable
               income for federal  income tax  purposes,  consists of the entire
               amount of the lump sum distribution  less the amount of after-tax
               contributions,  if any,  made by you to this or any other  profit
               sharing plan  maintained  by  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan
               Association   which  is   included   as  part  of  the  lump  sum
               distribution.

         Averaging  rules. The portion of the total taxable amount of a lump sum
distribution that is attributable to participation after 1973 in the 401(k) plan
or in any other  profit-sharing  plan maintained by Alamogordo Federal Savings &
Loan  Association,  referred to as the ordinary income portion,  will be taxable
generally as ordinary  income for federal income tax purposes.  However,  if you
have completed at least five years of participation  in the 401(k) plan,  before
the year in which the  distribution  is made, you may elect to have the ordinary
income  portion  of the lump  sum  distribution  taxed  according  to a  special
five-year  averaging rule. In general,  five-year income averaging allows you to
pay a separate tax on the lump-sum  distribution  that approximates the tax that
would have been due if the  distribution  had been received in five equal annual
installments. The election of the special averaging rules will apply only to one
lump sum  distribution  received by you  provided  such amount is received on or
after you turn age 59-1/2 and you elect to have any other lump sum  distribution
from a  qualified  plan  received  in the same  year  taxed  under  the  special
averaging  rule. If your  beneficiary  receives a lump sum  distribution  as the
result of your death,  your  beneficiary may elect five-year  averaging  without
regard to whether  you were a  participant  in the plan for five years  prior to
your death.

                  Example: Brown,  age 60 and  married  filing  a joint  return,
                           receives a lump-sum distribution of $150,000 from his
                           corporation's

                                       14

<PAGE>



                           qualified plan and elects 5-year  averaging.  The tax
                           is computed as follows:

        Amount of total distribution subject to tax          $150,000.00
        Tax at single rates on $30,000 (1/5 of $150,000)     $  5,988.50
        Multiplied by 5                                      $ 29,942.50

          Under a special  grandfather  rule, if you turned 50 by 1985,  you may
elect to have  your lump sum  distribution  taxed  under  either  the  five-year
averaging  rule or under the prior law  ten-year  averaging  rule;  you also may
elect to have that  portion of the lump sum  distribution  attributable  to your
pre-1974  participation in the 401(k) plan taxed at a flat 20% rate as gain from
the sale of a capital asset.

         For years beginning after December 31, 1999, five year income averaging
is repealed.  The special  grandfather rule is modified so that, if you qualify,
you can elect 10-year but not five year averaging.

         Common  stock  included  in  lump  sum  distribution.  If  a  lump  sum
distribution includes common stock, the distribution  generally will be taxed in
the manner described above under lump sum  distributions,  except that the total
taxable amount will be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized  appreciation
with respect to such common stock, i.e., the net unrealized  appreciation is the
excess of the value of such common  stock at the time of the  distribution  over
the cost or other basis to the trust.

                  Example: Assume the 401(k) plan purchases 100 shares of common
                           stock in the  offering at $10 per share.  Ten dollars
                           would be the cost  basis of the  stock to the  401(k)
                           plan. If the 401(k) plan distributes the common stock
                           to you in a lump sum  distribution  when the stock is
                           trading  at $18 per  share,  you will be taxed in the
                           year of  distribution  on the $10  cost  basis of the
                           stock  to the  401(k)  plan.  The  additional  $8 per
                           share, or the net unrealized  appreciation,  will not
                           be taxed until you sell the stock.

         The tax basis of such common stock for  purposes of  computing  gain or
loss on its subsequent sale will be the value of the common stock at the time of
distribution less the amount of net unrealized appreciation.

                  Example: Assuming the same facts as above,  your cost basis in
                           the stock is $10, which is the $18 value of the stock
                           at  the  time  of  distribution  minus  the $8 of net
                           unrealized appreciation.

         Any gain on a sale or other taxable  disposition  of such common stock,
to the  extent  of the  amount  of net  unrealized  appreciation  at the time of
distribution, will be considered long-term

                                       15

<PAGE>



capital gain regardless of the holding period of such common stock.  Any gain on
a sale or other taxable  disposition of the common stock in excess of the amount
of net unrealized  appreciation at the time of  distribution  will be considered
short-term,  mid-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the length of the
holding period of the common stock.

                  Example: Assume  you sell 50 shares  of the stock in  January,
                           seven months after you receive the distribution,  for
                           $20 per share. You will be taxed as follows: You will
                           not  be  taxed  again  on  the  $10  cost  basis  you
                           recognized as income at the time of distribution. The
                           $8 in net  unrealized  appreciation  will be taxed at
                           long  term  capital  gains  rates.  However,  the  $2
                           appreciation  in the value of the stock that occurred
                           since the  distribution  will be taxed at short  term
                           capital  gains  rates  since  you have  only held the
                           stock for seven months  following its distribution to
                           you.

         As a recipient of a distribution you may elect to include the amount of
any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of such distribution
to the extent allowed by the  regulations  to be issued by the Internal  Revenue
Service.

         Contribution to another  qualified plan or to an individual  retirement
account.  You may defer  federal  income  taxation  of all or any portion of the
total taxable amount of a lump sum distribution, including the proceeds from the
sale of any common stock  included in the lump sum  distribution,  to the extent
that such amount, or a portion thereof, is contributed, within 60 days after the
date of its  receipt  by you,  to  another  qualified  plan or to an  individual
retirement  account.  If less  than  the  total  taxable  amount  of a lump  sum
distribution  is  contributed  to  another  qualified  plan or to an  individual
retirement  account  within  the  applicable  60-day  period,  the amount not so
contributed  must be included in your income for federal income tax purposes and
will not be  eligible  for the  special  averaging  rules or for  capital  gains
treatment.

                  Example: You receive a distribution of 500 shares of stock and
                           $3,000  cash from the 401(k)  plan on June 30. If you
                           intend to roll your distribution, over to another tax
                           qualified plan or individual  retirement account, you
                           must do so no later than August 29,  which is 60 days
                           after you received the distribution. If you roll over
                           all the stock but none of the cash,  you must include
                           the $3,000 cash in your income for the calendar  year
                           in which the distribution is made to you.

         You generally may defer the federal  income  taxation of any portion of
any other  distribution  made on account of your  disability or separation  from
service,  if  the  amount  is  distributed  within  one  taxable  year,  and  is
contributed,  within  60 days  after  the  date  of its  receipt  by you,  to an
individual retirement account.

                                       16

<PAGE>




         Effective  January  1,  1993,  you have the  right to elect to have the
trustee  transfer  all or any  portion of an  "eligible  rollover  distribution"
directly to another qualified plan or to an individual  retirement  account.  If
you do not elect to have an eligible rollover distribution  transferred directly
to  another  qualified  plan  or  to  an  individual   retirement  account,  the
distribution will be subject to a mandatory federal withholding tax equal to 20%
of the taxable distribution.  An eligible rollover distribution means any amount
distributed from the 401(k) plan except:

          (1)  a distribution that is (a) one of a series of substantially equal
               periodic  payments made, not less frequently than annually,  over
               your  life  or  the  joint  lives  of  you  and  your  designated
               beneficiary, or (b) for a specified period of ten years or more;

          (2)  any amount that is required to be  distributed  under the minimum
               distribution rules; and

          (3)  any other distributions excepted under applicable federal law.

         If your beneficiary is your surviving  spouse, he or she also may defer
federal income taxation of all or any portion of a distribution  from the 401(k)
plan to the extent that such amount, or a portion thereof, is contributed within
60 days after the date of its receipt by your surviving spouse, to an individual
retirement  account. If all or any portion of the total taxable amount of a lump
sum  distribution  is  contributed  by your  surviving  spouse to an  individual
retirement   account  within  the  applicable  60-day  period,   any  subsequent
distribution from the individual retirement account will not be eligible for the
special  averaging rules or for capital gains treatment.  Any amount received by
your surviving spouse that is not contributed to another qualified plan or to an
individual  retirement  account  within the applicable  60-day  period,  and any
amount   received  by  a  nonspouse   beneficiary   will  be  included  in  such
beneficiary's  income  for  federal  tax  purposes  in the  year in  which it is
received.

         Additional  Tax on Early  Distributions.  If you receive a distribution
from the  401(k)  plan  prior to  attaining  age 59-1/2 it will be subject to an
additional  income tax equal to 10% of the taxable  amount of the  distribution.
The 10%  additional  income  tax will not  apply,  however,  to the  extent  the
distribution  is  rolled  over  into  an IRA or  another  qualified  plan or the
distribution is:

          (1)  made to a beneficiary, or to your estate, on or after your death;

          (2)  attributable to your disability;

          (3)  part of a series of  substantially  equal  periodic  payments not
               less  frequently  than  annually  made  for  your  life  or  life
               expectancy or the joint lives or joint life  expectancies  of you
               and your beneficiary;


                                       17

<PAGE>



          (4)  made to you after  separation  from  service  on account of early
               retirement under the 401(k) plan after attainment of age 55;

          (5)  made to pay medical expenses to the extent deductible for federal
               income tax purposes;

          (6)  made to an  alternate  payee  pursuant  to a  qualified  domestic
               relations order; or

          (7)  made to effect the distribution of excess contributions or excess
               deferrals.

Additional Employee Retirement Income and Security Act Considerations

         As noted above, the 401(k) plan is subject to certain provisions of the
Employee  Retirement Income Security Act, including special provisions  relating
to control over the 401(k) plan's assets by participants and beneficiaries.  The
401(k) plan's  feature that allows you to direct the  investment of your account
balances  is  intended  to satisfy  the  requirements  of section  404(c) of the
Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974 relating to control over plan
assets by a participant or beneficiary.  The effect of this is two-fold.  First,
you will not be deemed a  'fiduciary'  because of your  exercise  of  investment
discretion.  Second,  no  person  who  otherwise  is a  fiduciary,  such as your
employer,  the plan  administrator,  or the plan's  trustee is liable  under the
fiduciary  responsibility  provision of the Employee  Retirement Income Security
Act for any loss which  results from your exercise of control over the assets in
your 401(k) plan account.

         Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account
balance in the 401(k) plan in Alamogordo Financial Corporation common stock, the
regulations under section 404(c) of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act
require   that  the  401(k)   plan   establish   procedures   that   ensure  the
confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities,
except to the extent that disclosure of such  information is necessary to comply
with  federal or state laws not  preempted  by the  Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act.  These  regulations  also require that your exercise of voting and
similar  rights  with  respect to the common  stock be  conducted  in a way that
ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.  Accordingly,  the
401(k) plan committee  designates  Susan White of Alamogordo  Federal  Savings &
Loan Association,  as the person to whom your investment  instructions should be
returned. Ms. White will transfer your investment instructions directly to Wells
Fargo Bank New Mexico,  N.A., the plan's  trustee.  In the case of an event that
involves a potential for undue employer  influence  such as a tender offer,  you
will be instructed to return your instructions  directly to Wells Fargo Bank New
Mexico, N.A.

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

         Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes reporting and
liability requirements on officers,  directors,  and persons beneficially owning
more than 10% of public  companies  such as  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation.
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange

                                       18

<PAGE>



Act of 1934  requires the filing of reports of beneficial  ownership.  Within 10
days of becoming an officer,  director or person  beneficially  owning more than
10% of the  shares  of  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation,  a Form 3  reporting
initial  beneficial  ownership  must be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.  Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts
generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within 10 days after
the end of the month in which a change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45
days  after  the  close  of  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation's  fiscal  year.
Discretionary  transactions  in and  beneficial  ownership  of the common  stock
through the Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  stock fund of the 401(k) plan by
officers,  directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common
stock of  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  generally  must be reported to the
Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

         In addition to the  reporting  requirements  described  above,  section
16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  provides  for the  recovery  by
Alamogordo Financial Corporation of profits realized by an officer,  director or
any  person   beneficially   owning  more  than  10%  of  Alamogordo   Financial
Corporation's  common stock  resulting  from  non-exempt  purchases and sales of
Alamogordo Financial Corporation common stock within any six-month period.

         The Securities  and Exchange  Commission has adopted rules that provide
exemptions  from  the  profit  recovery  provisions  of  section  16(b)  for all
transactions in employer  securities  within an employee benefit plan,  provided
certain requirements are met. These requirements  generally involve restrictions
upon the timing of  elections to acquire or dispose of employer  securities  for
the accounts of section 16(b) persons.

         Except  for  distributions  of common  stock due to death,  disability,
retirement,  termination of employment or under a qualified  domestic  relations
order,  persons  affected by section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common
stock   distributed   from  the  401(k)  plan  for  six  months  following  such
distribution  and are prohibited  from directing  additional  purchases of units
within the  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  stock fund for six months  after
receiving such a distribution.

Financial Information Regarding 401(k) Plan Assets

         Unaudited  financial  statements  representing the net assets available
for 401(k) plan benefits at September 30, 1999, are attached to this  prospectus
supplement.

                                  LEGAL OPINION

         The validity of the issuance of the common stock will be passed upon by
Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick,  A Professional  Corporation,  Washington,
D.C., which firm acted as special counsel to Alamogordo Financial Corporation in
connection with Alamogordo Financial Corporation's stock offering.




                                       19

<PAGE>


                          NORWEST BANK NEW MEXICO, N.A.
              DEFINED CONTRIBUTION MASTER PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                                  As Adopted By
                  ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION

               Statement of Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
                              with Fund Information

                               September 30, 1999


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Cash           Diversified        Growth          Diversified        Growth
                                            Investment           Bond           Balanced           Equity           Equity
                                              Fund               Fund             Fund              Fund             Fund
                                              ----               ----             ----              ----             ----
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>            <C>                <C>              <C>
Assets
- ------
Investments ..........................   $     3,830.65         30,643.34      229,293.26         100,051.79       71,833.66

Total Value of Accounts ..............                     $   435,652.70

Total Assets .........................                     $   435,652.70

Liabilities ..........................                     $            0
- -----------                                                --------------
Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits                     $   435,652.70
                                                           ==============

</TABLE>


                                       20

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS


                        Alamogordo Financial Corporation

                     Up to 1,101,643 Shares of Common Stock

================================================================================

Alamogordo Financial Corporation, a Federal savings and loan holding company, is
offering  shares of its common  stock for a purchase  price of $10.00 per share.
Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  is the wholly owned  subsidiary of AF Mutual
Holding  Company.  The shares we are offering will represent 49%of the shares of
common stock outstanding after the offering.  AF Mutual Holding Company will own
51% of our shares outstanding after the offering.  Alamogordo Financial's common
stock   will  be   quoted  on  the  OTC   Bulletin   Board   under  the   symbol
"_________________."

================================================================================

                              TERMS OF THE OFFERING

                             Price: $10.00 per share


                                                                       Adjusted
                                          Minimum       Maximum        Maximum
                                          -------       -------        -------
Number of shares ..................        708,050        957,950      1,101,643
Underwriting commissions and
  fixed expenses ..................    $   600,000    $   600,000    $   600,000
Net proceeds ......................    $ 6,481,000    $ 8,980,000    $10,416,000
Net proceeds per share ............    $      9.15    $      9.37    $      9.45


                               -------------------

            This investment involves a high degree of risk, including
                           possible loss of principal.

               PLEASE READ THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE ___.

These  securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

Neither  the   Securities  and  Exchange   Commission,   the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities
regulator  has approved or  disapproved  these  securities or determined if this
prospectus  is  accurate  or  complete.  It is  illegal  for  anyone to tell you
otherwise.

We are offering the common stock on a best efforts basis, and subject to certain
other  conditions.  The  minimum  number of shares  that you may  purchase is 25
shares.  Payments  received  prior  to  closing  will be held in an  account  at
Alamogordo  Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  which will bear  interest at
Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association's passbook rate.

                               ------------------

                             Charles Webb & Company
                      a Division of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

                               ------------------


                 The date of this prospectus is February__, 2000



<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY...................................................................

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA.........................................

RISK FACTORS..............................................................

AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY.................................................

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION..........................................

ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION...........................

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING.......................

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS............................................

ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL'S REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE........................

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL'S CAPITALIZATION.....................................

PRO FORMA DATA............................................................

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME.........................................

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.............................

BUSINESS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION..............................

REGULATION................................................................

TAXATION..................................................................

MANAGEMENT................................................................

THE STOCK OFFERING........................................................

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ALAMOGORDO
FINANCIAL AND ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL..........................................

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL......................................................

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR..............................................

EXPERTS...................................................................

LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS....................................................

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........


                                        2

<PAGE>












                                  [INSERT MAP]







                                        3

<PAGE>



                                     SUMMARY

     To more fully understand the offering, you should read this entire document
carefully,  including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the
consolidated financial statements.

The Stock Offering

     Our  Organization.  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  was
organized  as a mutual  savings  and loan  association  in 1934.  In April 1997,
Alamogordo  Federal   reorganized  into  the  two-tier  mutual  holding  company
structure.  As part of the reorganization,  Alamogordo Federal formed Alamogordo
Financial Corporation and AF Mutual Holding Company. Alamogordo Federal became a
capital  stock  corporation,   and  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  Alamogordo
Financial,  and Alamogordo  Financial  became the wholly owned  subsidiary of AF
Mutual Holding  Company.  As part of the  reorganization,  Alamogordo  Federal's
former members became members of AF Mutual Holding Company.

     This  chart  shows  our  current  ownership  structure,  which is  commonly
referred to as the two-tier mutual holding company structure:


                           AF Mutual Holding Company
                           -------------------------
                                      100% of common stock
                              Alamogordo Financial
                              --------------------
                                      100% of common stock
                               Alamogordo Federal
                               ------------------


     Our Stock  Offering.  Federal  regulations  require that AF Mutual  Holding
Company own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, and the shares
that we are permitted to sell in the stock offering must represent a minority of
our outstanding shares. Based on these restrictions,  our Board of Directors has
decided  that  49.0% of the  shares  that  will be  outstanding  after our stock
offering  will be sold in the  offering,  and  51.0%  will be held by AF  Mutual
Holding Company.

     The following chart shows our structure following the offering:


AF Mutual Holding Company                            Public Stockholders
- -------------------------                            -------------------
                       51.0% of                                      49.0%
                     common stock                                      of
                                                                  common stock
                              Alamogordo Financial
                              --------------------
                                                     100% of common stock
                               Alamogordo Federal
                               ------------------



The Companies

     Alamogordo Financial  Corporation.  We are a Federal mid-tier stock holding
company.  As of the  date of this  prospectus,  we own  100% of the  outstanding
shares of Alamogordo  Federal,  and do not have any other significant assets. We
have not  engaged in any  significant  business  activity  other than owning the
common stock of  Alamogordo  Federal,  and we do not  currently  intend to do so
after the stock offering.

     Alamogordo  Federal Savings and Loan Association.  Alamogordo  Federal is a
community-oriented  savings  association  engaged  primarily  in the business of
offering  FDIC-insured  deposits to  customers  and  investing  those  deposits,
together  with  funds  generated  from  operations  and  borrowings,  in  loans,
investment  securities  and  mortgage-backed  securities.  Alamogordo  Federal's
mortgage  loans  include  one-  to  four-family  residential,   multifamily  and
nonresidential,  construction  and land loans.  Consumer and other loans include
second  mortgage,  consumer,  commercial  business  and deposit  account  loans.
Alamogordo Federal operates one full-service branch

                                        4

<PAGE>



in addition to its main office.  Alamogordo Federal's branch and main office are
both  located  in  Alamogordo,  New  Mexico.  As of June  30,  1998,  Alamogordo
Federal's  deposits  represented  over  33%  of  all  FDIC-insured  deposits  in
Alamogordo,  and over 31% of all  FDIC-insured  deposits  in Otero  County,  New
Mexico,  positioning  Alamogordo  Federal  as the  largest  (in total  deposits)
depository institution in Alamogordo and Otero County, New Mexico.

     AF Mutual Holding Company. AF Mutual Holding Company currently owns 100% of
our  outstanding  shares of common stock.  After the stock  offering,  AF Mutual
Holding  Company will own 51.0% of our  outstanding  shares.  AF Mutual  Holding
Company has not engaged in any significant  business  activity other than owning
the common stock of Alamogordo Financial, and does not intend to do so after the
stock offering.

     Management  of the  Companies.  Our  directors  and  officers  also  manage
Alamogordo  Federal and AF Mutual Holding Company.  The board of directors of AF
Mutual Holding Company will control the outcome of most matters put to a vote of
our stockholders.  We cannot assure you that the votes cast by AF Mutual Holding
Company will be in your personal best  interests as a stockholder  of Alamogordo
Financial.  For more  information  regarding  your lack of voting  control  over
Alamogordo  Financial,  see "AF Mutual  Holding  Company" and  "Restrictions  on
Acquisition of Alamogordo Financial and Alamogordo Federal."

Market Area

     The majority of our loans are secured by real estate in Otero  County,  New
Mexico.  Otero  County's  economy is heavily  dependent  on two U.S.  Government
military  installations  located in the  county.  See  "Business  of  Alamogordo
Federal Savings and Loan Association--Market Area."

Reasons for the Stock Offering

     The  proceeds  from the sale of our common  stock in the  offering  will be
important to our future growth and performance because it will:

     o    enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified management through
          stock-based compensation plans;

     o    enhance  our  ability  to  expand  through  the  acquisition  of other
          financial institutions or their assets;

     o    expand our ability to serve our community; and

     o    enhance our earnings capabilities by providing a larger capital base.

Terms of the Offering and Marketing Arrangements

     We will sell  between  708,050  and 957,950  shares of common  stock in the
offering. After the offering, AF Mutual Holding Company will own between 736,950
and 997,050  shares of common stock,  and our total  outstanding  shares will be
between  1,445,000  and  1,955,000  shares.  As a result of changes in financial
markets,  the  number of shares we sell in the  offering  and issue to AF Mutual
Holding  Company may  increase by up to 15%. If we increase the number of shares
by 15%,  then we will sell  1,101,643  shares  in the  offering,  we will  issue
1,146,608  shares  to AF  Mutual  Holding  Company,  and we will have a total of
2,248,251 shares  outstanding  after the offering.  If we increase the number of
shares we issue by no more than 15%, you will not have the opportunity to change
or cancel your stock order. The offering price is $10.00 per share. Charles Webb
&  Company,  a division  of Keefe,  Bruyette  & Woods,  Inc.,  will use its best
efforts to assist us in selling our stock.

Persons Who Can Order Stock in the Offering

     We are offering the shares of common stock of Alamogordo  Financial in what
is known as a "subscription offering" in the order of priority listed below:

     (1)  Depositors  with accounts at Alamogordo  Federal having total balances
          of at least $50 on September 30, 1998;

     (2)  Our employee  stock  ownership  plan,  which will  provide  retirement
          benefits to our employees;


                                        5

<PAGE>



     (3)  Depositors  with accounts at Alamogordo  Federal having total balances
          of at least $50 on December 31, 1999; and

     (4)  Directors, officers and employees of Alamogordo Federal.

     The shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription  offering will
be offered in what is known as a  "community  offering" to members of the public
to whom we deliver a prospectus, with a preference given to residents of the New
Mexico counties of Lincoln and Otero.

     We  may  offer  shares  of  common  stock  not   purchased  in  either  the
subscription  offering or  community  offering  to the public  through a selling
group of brokers on a best efforts basis or in an underwritten public offering.

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share

     As part of our  offering we obtained an  independent  appraisal of the fair
market value of our company. The appraisal was performed by RP Financial, LC., a
firm  experienced  in  appraisals  of savings  institutions.  RP  Financial  has
estimated  that our market value at December 10, 1999, was between $14.5 million
and $19.6 million. RP Financial's estimate of our market value was based in part
upon our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  the effect of the
additional  capital  raised in this  offering,  and the effect of the additional
capital  that would have been  raised if we sold all of our shares to the public
and did not issue any shares to AF Mutual  Holding  Company.  RP Financial  will
update the independent appraisal before we complete our stock offering. Based on
this  appraisal,  we will offer for sale at $10.00 per share between 708,050 and
1,101,643  shares  of our  common  stock,  or 49.0% of the  shares  that will be
outstanding  after the  offering.  AF Mutual  Holding  Company  will own between
736,950  and  1,146,608  shares,  or 51% of the  shares  outstanding  after  the
offering.

     Two of the factors that RP Financial  considered in determining  our market
value were the price-to-book ratio and the price-to-earnings ratio or P/E ratio.
A  price-to-book  ratio  represents  the price per share of stock divided by its
book value per share. A  price-to-earnings  ratio represents the price per share
of stock  divided  by net income per  share.  Based on the  assumptions  we have
described in the "Pro Forma Data" section,  as of September 30, 1999, each share
of Alamogordo  Financial  common  stock,  including the shares held by AF Mutual
Holding  Company,  will have a book value of $17.27,  assuming  we sell  833,000
shares (the midpoint of the offering  range).  This means that the price you pay
for each share in this  offering  will be 57.90% of the book  value.  If we sell
fewer  shares,  the book  value per share  will be  higher,  and if we sell more
shares the book value per share will be lower.

     A P/E ratio  represents the price per share of stock divided by earnings or
net income per share.  Based on the  assumptions  we have  described in the "Pro
Forma  Data"  section,  for the three  months  ended  September  30, 1999 (on an
annualized  basis) and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  our P/E ratio would
have been 16.67x and 20.40x,  respectively,  assuming we sell 833,000  shares of
stock. If we sell fewer shares the P/E ratio will be lower,  and if we sell more
shares it will be higher.

Limits on Your Purchase of the Common Stock

     Your orders for common stock will be limited in the following ways:

     (1)  the minimum order is 25 shares;

     (2)  in the  subscription  offering,  the maximum amount that an individual
          depositor (or group of depositors with a single deposit  account) with
          his or her associates may purchase is $150,000;

     (3)  in the community  offering,  the maximum amount that an individual may
          purchase is $150,000;

     (4)  the total amount that an  individual  with his or her  associates  may
          purchase is $200,000; and

     (5)  if we  receive  orders  for a greater  number  of  shares  than we are
          offering,  then we will allocate the shares that we issue as described
          in "The  Offering--Limitations  on Common Stock  Purchases."  This may
          result in your receiving a smaller number of shares than you ordered.

For   additional   information   on   these   purchase   limitations   see  "The
Offering--Limitations on Common Stock Purchases."


                                        6

<PAGE>



How You May Pay for Your Shares

     In the  subscription  offering and the community  offering you may only pay
     for your shares by:

     (1)  personal check, official bank check or money order; or

     (2)  authorizing us to withdraw money from your deposit accounts maintained
          with Alamogordo Federal.

We will not accept wire  transfers  for  payment of shares.  We also cannot lend
funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares.

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

     If you order stock in the  subscription  offering,  you must state that you
are  purchasing  the  stock  for  yourself  and that you  have no  agreement  or
understanding  to sell or transfer  your rights.  We intend to take legal action
against  you if you sell or give  away  your  subscription  rights.  We will not
accept your order if we have reason to believe that you sold or transferred your
subscription rights.

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

     If you wish to purchase shares, you must submit, by mail, overnight courier
or by hand delivering to either of our offices, a properly completed stock order
form and certification,  together with payment for the shares by noon,  Mountain
Standard Time, on March __, 2000, unless we extend this deadline.

Termination of the Offering

     The subscription  offering will terminate at noon,  Mountain Standard Time,
on March__,  2000. We expect that the community  offering will  terminate at the
same time.  We may extend the offering  termination  date for either or both the
subscription  offering and the community  offering without notifying you that we
are doing so. We will need  regulatory  approval to extend the offering for more
than 45 days.

Steps We Can Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

     We are required to sell at least 708,050 shares of common stock to complete
the stock  offering.  If we do not receive orders for at least 708,050 shares of
common stock, we may increase the purchase limitations to a maximum of 5% of the
shares  offered  for sale in the  offering  and/or  extend the  offering  period
termination date for either or both of the  subscription  offering and community
offering (as described above).

Market for the Common Stock

     We expect the common stock to be listed on the OTC Bulletin Board under the
symbol "____."  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc.  intends to make a market in the
common stock but is under no obligation to do so.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds We Raise from the Offering

     Assuming we sell 833,000 shares at the midpoint of the offering,  we intend
to distribute the net proceeds from the offering as follows:

     1.   $3.9 million will be contributed to Alamogordo Federal;

     2.   $666,000  will be  loaned  to the  employee  stock  ownership  plan of
          Alamogordo Federal to fund its purchase of common stock; and

     3.   $3.2 million will be retained by Alamogordo Financial.

     Alamogordo Financial may use the net proceeds retained from the offering as
a  possible  source  of funds to  finance  the  acquisition  of other  financial
institutions and other  businesses,  pay dividends to  stockholders,  repurchase
common stock, purchase  mortgage-backed and investment securities,  or for other
general corporate purposes.  Alamogordo Federal may use the proceeds it receives
to establish or acquire  additional  branch  offices,  fund new loans,  purchase
mortgage-backed  and investment  securities,  fund the recognition and retention
plan or for general corporate purposes.

                                        7

<PAGE>




Our Policy Regarding Dividends

     Our board of directors currently intends to pay quarterly cash dividends of
between  $.05 and $.07 per share,  which is an annual  rate of between  2.0% and
2.8%,  based on the $10.00 per share offering  price.  However,  we have not yet
determined  the  exact  amount  and  timing of any  dividends.  The  payment  of
dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including the following:

     o    capital requirements,

     o    Alamogordo  Financial's and Alamogordo  Federal's  financial condition
          and results of operations,

     o    tax considerations,

     o    statutory and regulatory limitations, and

     o    general economic conditions.

     Although  we intend to do so, we do not  guaranty  that we will in fact pay
dividends  or that if we do pay a  dividend  that it will not be lower  than the
amount stated above.

Our Directors,  Officers and Employees  Will Have  Additional  Compensation  and
Benefit Programs After the Stock Offering

     We are adding  new stock  benefit  plans for our  officers,  directors  and
employees at no cost to them:

     o    Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.  This  plan will  cover  most of our
          employees,  but is not available to  non-employee  directors.  We will
          lend it money to buy up to 8% of the  shares we sell in the  offering.
          It will buy the shares  either in the  offering  or in the open market
          after the offering. The plan will allocate the stock to employees over
          a  period  of time as  additional  compensation  for  their  services,
          provided  certain  conditions  are met,  including  that the  employee
          remains employed by Alamogordo Federal for a certain period of time.

     o    Stock  Option  Plan.  Under  this  plan,  we may grant  our  officers,
          directors and  employees  options to purchase a number of shares equal
          to up to 10% of our common  stock sold in the offering at a price that
          is set on the date we grant the option. The price that we set will not
          be less than our stock's  trading price when we grant the options,  so
          the  options  will  have  value  only if our  stock  price  increases.
          Recipients  of  options  will have up to ten years to  exercise  their
          options.

     o    Recognition   and  Retention  Plan.  This  plan  will  allow  selected
          officers,  directors and employees to receive a number of shares equal
          to up to 4% of our common  stock sold in the  offering  if the plan is
          adopted  within  one year of the stock  offering,  and up to 5% if the
          plan is adopted thereafter.  Participants will not be required to make
          a cash  payment for these  shares,  and will receive them only if they
          work for us until the end of a specified service period.

     Assuming we sell  833,000  shares,  we expect to ask our  stockholders  for
approval to grant  options to purchase up to 83,300 of our shares and make stock
grants under the  recognition  and retention  plan of up to 33,320 shares if the
recognition and retention plan is adopted within one year of the stock offering,
and 41,650 shares if it is adopted  thereafter,  as described above. We will not
implement  a stock  option plan or  recognition  and  retention  plan unless our
stockholders  approve them. We do not expect to ask our  stockholders to approve
these plans until at least six months after we complete the offering.  We expect
that these plans will purchase in the open market the shares to fund the awards,
although the plans may be funded from our authorized but unissued shares.


                                        8

<PAGE>



     The following  table presents the dollar value of the shares that we expect
to grant  under  the  employee  stock  ownership  plan and the  recognition  and
retention  plan and the options to be granted  under the stock option plan,  and
the  percentage of Alamogordo  Financial's  outstanding  common stock and common
stock sold in the offering that will be  represented  by these shares.  We based
the value of the shares for the employee stock  ownership  plan and  recognition
and  retention  plan on a price of $10.00 per share and the  issuance of 833,000
shares of common stock.  We also assumed that the recognition and retention plan
awards common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering, and that the
recognition  and retention  plan awards and shares  underlying the option awards
are  purchased  in the open  market.  The table does not include a value for the
options  because the price paid for the option  shares will be equal to the fair
market value of the common  stock on the day that the options are granted.  As a
result, financial gains can be realized under an option only if the market price
of common stock increases.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Percentage of              Percentage
                                               Value of            common stock sold         of outstanding
       Benefit plan                         shares granted          in the offering            common stock
       ------------                         --------------          ---------------            ------------
                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                       <C>                                  <C>                     <C>
Employee stock ownership plan...........  $      666,400                       8.0%                    3.8%
Recognition and retention plan..........         333,200                       4.0                     2.0
Stock option plan.......................              --                      10.0                     4.9
                                          --------------          ----------------           -------------
                                          $      998,400                      22.0%                   10.7%
                                          ==============          ================           =============
</TABLE>


Possible Conversion of AF Mutual Holding Company to Stock Form

         In the future, AF Mutual Holding Company may convert from the mutual to
capital  stock  form,  in  a  transaction   commonly  known  as  a  "second-step
conversion."  If AF Mutual  Holding  Company  were to  undertake  a  second-step
conversion,  Alamogordo  Financial's public stockholders would own approximately
the  same  percentage  of the  resulting  entity  as they  owned  of  Alamogordo
Financial prior to the second-step conversion. This percentage would be adjusted
to reflect  the assets  owned by AF Mutual  Holding  Company  and any  dividends
waived by AF Mutual Holding Company.  The board of directors has no current plan
to undertake a second-step  conversion  transaction.  For a description  of this
possible second-step conversion, see "Regulation--Holding Company Regulation."

How You May Obtain Additional Information Regarding the Offering

     If you have any questions  regarding  the  offering,  please call the Stock
Information Center at (505) --------.



                                        9

<PAGE>



                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

         The following  information at and for the years ended June 30, 1999 and
1998 is derived  from  Alamogordo  Financial's  audited  consolidated  financial
statements. The information at and for the three months ended September 30, 1999
and 1998 is based on Alamogordo  Financial's  unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements,  which management believes reflect all adjustments,  consisting only
of normal  recurring  adjustments,  necessary  to present  fairly the  financial
information as of such dates and for such periods. The summary of operations and
key  operating  ratios and other data for the three months ended  September  30,
1999  and  1998  and the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  1999  and 1998 do not
necessarily  mean  that  results  for any  other  period  will be  similar.  The
information  is a summary  only and you should read it in  conjunction  with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes beginning on page F-1.

Selected Financial Data

                                                                 June 30,
                                          September 30    ----------------------
                                              1999          1999          1998
                                              ----          ----          ----
                                                       (In Thousands)
Total assets .........................      $156,684      $156,158      $160,368
Loans receivable, net ................       117,085       115,949       109,766
Mortgage-backed securities:
   Held to maturity ..................           275           319           976
   Available for sale ................         2,927         3,114         3,957
Securities:
   Held to maturity ..................         1,922         3,154         3,047
   Available for sale ................        13,097        13,916        24,733
Deposits .............................       122,410       122,460       126,659
Total borrowings .....................        10,000        10,000        10,151
Equity ...............................        22,633        22,441        22,066


Summary of Operations
                                          Three Months           Years Ended
                                        Ended September 30,        June 30,
                                        -------------------   ------------------
                                          1999      1998       1999       1998
                                                      (In Thousands)
Total interest income ..............    $ 2,634    $ 2,804    $11,016    $11,225
Total interest expense .............      1,654      1,896      7,279      7,176
                                        -------    -------    -------    -------
   Net interest income .............        980        908      3,737      4,049
Provision for loan losses ..........         --         --         --         --
                                        -------    -------    -------    -------
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses .........        980        908      3,737      4,049
Non-interest income ................        108         53        260        213
Non-interest expense ...............        766        785      3,022      2,611
                                        -------    -------    -------    -------
Income before taxes ................        322        176        975      1,651
Income tax provision ...............         93         38        296        536
                                        -------    -------    -------    -------
Net income .........................    $   229    $   138    $   679    $ 1,115
                                        =======    =======    =======    =======


                                       10

<PAGE>


Key Operating Ratios and Other Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        At or for the     At or for the
                                                                     Three Months Ended    Years Ended
                                                                       September 30,         June 30,
                                                                      -----------------   --------------
                                                                      1999      1998      1999      1998
                                                                      ----      ----      ----      ----
Performance Ratios (1):
<S>                                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)        0.59%     0.34%     0.42%     0.72%
Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) .....        4.06      2.49      3.03      5.18
Average interest rate spread .................................        2.43      1.91      2.06      2.28
Interest rate spread at end of period ........................        2.37      1.92      2.19      2.23
Net interest margin (2) ......................................        2.81      2.43      2.53      2.81
Ratio of operating expense to average total assets ...........        1.97      1.95      1.89      1.69
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing liabilities .......................      107.97    110.26    109.54    110.50
Efficiency ratio (3) .........................................       70.40     81.69     75.61     61.26

Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing assets to total assets at end of period .......        0.20      0.51      0.34      0.51
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans ............      176.23     48.59     88.72     60.83
Allowance for loan losses to gross loans receivable ..........        0.39      0.43      0.39      0.43

Capital Ratios:
Equity to total assets at end of period ......................       14.44     13.82     14.37     13.76
Average equity to average assets .............................       14.48     13.80     13.96     13.89

Other Data:
Number of full-service offices ...............................           2         2         2         1
</TABLE>


- --------------

(1)  Ratios for the three month periods have been annualized where appropriate.

(2)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(3)  The efficiency ratio represents the ratio of operating  expenses divided by
     the sum of net interest income and  non-interest  income less gain on sales
     of investments.


                                       11

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS


            You should consider carefully the following risk factors
             before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.


Changes in interest rates may hurt our profits.

         To be  profitable,  we have to earn more  money in  interest  and other
income than we pay as interest and other expenses.  We primarily originate loans
with terms of up to 30 years,  many of which have interest  rates that are fixed
for the term of the loan. Our deposit accounts consist of time deposit accounts,
many of which have remaining terms to maturity of less than one year, as well as
demand deposits such as NOW and passbook  accounts.  If interest rates rise, the
amount of interest we pay on deposits is likely to increase  more  quickly  than
the amount of interest we receive on our loans,  mortgage-backed  securities and
investment securities. This could cause our profits to decrease. Rising interest
rates may also reduce the value of our mortgage-backed securities and investment
securities.  If interest rates fall,  many borrowers may refinance more quickly,
and interest rates on interest  earning  assets could fall,  perhaps faster than
the  interest  rates on our  liabilities.  This could also cause our  profits to
decrease.  For  additional  information on our exposure to interest  rates,  see
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Management of Interest Rate Risk."

Low  demand  for  mortgage,   commercial   and  consumer  loans  may  lower  our
profitability.

         Making loans is our primary business and primary source of profits.  If
customer  demand for loans  decreases,  our  profits  may  decrease  because our
alternative  investments,  such as  mortgage-backed  securities  and  investment
securities,  have lower  yields than loans.  Customer  demand for loans could be
reduced by a weaker  economy,  an increase in  unemployment,  a decrease in real
estate values, an increase in interest rates or increased competition from other
institutions.

After the stock  offering  our return on average  equity will be low compared to
other publicly traded companies. This could hurt the price of our common stock.

         Our return on equity for the three months ended  September 30, 1999 and
the  fiscal  years  ended  June 30,  1999 and 1998 was  4.05%,  3.03% and 4.99%,
respectively.  These ratios are below the industry averages.  Moreover,  we will
not be able to deploy the increased capital from this offering immediately.  Our
ability to profitably leverage our new capital will be significantly affected by
competition  for  loans and  deposits.  Initially,  we intend to invest  the net
proceeds  in short term  investments  which  generally  have lower  yields  than
residential  mortgage  loans.  Until we can  leverage our  increased  capital by
growing interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities, we expect our
return  on equity  to  continue  to be below  the  industry  average,  which may
negatively impact the value of your stock.

You May Not Be Able to Sell Your Shares  When You Desire,  or for $10.00 or More
Per Share

         We have never issued common stock to the public. Consequently, there is
no established market for the common stock. We expect that the common stock will
trade on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available the OTC Bulletin
Board after the offering.  We cannot predict  whether a liquid trading market in
shares of our common stock will develop or how liquid that market might  become.
Persons  purchasing shares may not be able to sell their shares when they desire
if a liquid  trading market does not develop or sell them at a price equal to or
above the initial  offering  price of $10.00 per share even if a liquid  trading
market develops.

Our local economy may affect our future growth possibilities.

         Our geographic  market area for loans and deposits is principally Otero
County,  New  Mexico.  The  majority  of our loans are secured by real estate in
Otero County,  New Mexico.  Otero County's  economy is heavily  dependent on two
U.S. Government military  installations located in the county. A decrease in the
personnel employed by these military installations,  or a decrease in government
funding,  could have a  significant  adverse  effect on our local  economy,  our
financial condition and results of operations.

                                       12

<PAGE>




Strong competition within our market area may reduce our customer base.

         Competition in the banking and financial  services industry is intense.
We have competed for  customers by offering  excellent  service and  competitive
rates on our loans and  deposit  products.  We compete  with  commercial  banks,
savings institutions,  mortgage banking firms, credit unions, finance companies,
mutual funds,  insurance companies,  and brokerage and investment banking firms.
Some of  these  competitors  have  greater  resources  than we do and may  offer
services that we do not provide.  Our  profitability  depends upon our continued
ability to successfully compete in our market area.

The implementation of stock-based benefits will increase our future compensation
expense and reduce our earnings.

         We  intend to adopt a stock  option  plan  that  will  provide  for the
granting of options to purchase  common stock, a recognition  and retention plan
that will  provide  for awards of  restricted  stock to our  eligible  officers,
employees  and  directors  and  an  employee  stock  ownership  plan  that  will
distribute  stock to all of our qualifying  employees over a period of time. The
recognition  and  retention  plan and the ESOP will increase our future costs of
compensating  our  directors  and  employees.  The cost of these plans will vary
based on our stock price.

Consumer,  commercial  business  and  commercial  real estate  lending  increase
lending  risk  because  of the  geographic  concentration  of such loans and the
higher risk that the loans will not be repaid.

         Our portfolio of loans that are not one- to four-family  mortgage loans
has been  increasing,  and our goal is to continue to increase  this  portfolio.
These loans, as a percentage of total loans outstanding, have increased to 12.0%
of total loans as of September  30,1999 from 8.0% at June 30, 1998.  These types
of loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risks than loans secured by
one- to four-family real estate.  As we increase our portfolio of these loans we
may begin to experience higher levels of nonperforming loans.

We have broad discretion in allocating the proceeds of the offering. Our failure
to effectively apply such proceeds could hurt our profits.

         We  intend  to  contribute  approximately  50% of the net  proceeds  to
Alamogordo Federal.  Alamogordo Financial will use a portion of the net proceeds
to fund the ESOP and may use the remaining net proceeds as a possible  source of
funds to finance  the  acquisition  of other  financial  institutions  and other
businesses,  pay dividends to stockholders,  repurchase  common stock,  purchase
mortgage-backed  and  investment  securities,  or for  other  general  corporate
purposes.  Alamogordo  Federal may use the  proceeds it receives to establish or
acquire additional branch offices, fund new loans, purchase  mortgage-backed and
investment  securities,  fund the  recognition and retention plan or for general
corporate purposes. We have not, however, allocated specific amounts of proceeds
for  any  of  these  purposes  and  we  will  have  significant  flexibility  in
determining  the  amounts of net  proceeds  we apply to  different  uses and the
timing of such applications.  Our failure to apply these funds effectively could
hurt our profits.

AF  Mutual  Holding  Company  will  continue  to own a  majority  of  Alamogordo
Financial's common stock.

         AF Mutual Holding Company will continue to own a majority of Alamogordo
Financial's  common  stock  after the stock  offering.  The same  directors  and
officers who manage Alamogordo  Financial and Alamogordo  Federal also manage AF
Mutual Holding Company. The board of directors of AF Mutual Holding Company will
control the outcome of most matters put to a vote of  stockholders of Alamogordo
Financial. We cannot assure you that the votes cast by AF Mutual Holding Company
will be in your personal best interests as a stockholder.  For more  information
regarding your lack of voting control over Alamogordo Financial,  see "AF Mutual
Holding Company" and  "Restrictions  on Acquisition of Alamogordo  Financial and
Alamogordo Federal."

Banking Reform Legislation May Increase Competition.

         On  November  12,  1999,   President   Clinton   signed  into  law  the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley   Financial  Services  Modernization  Act  of  1999,  federal
legislation   intended  to  modernize   the  financial   services   industry  by
establishing a comprehensive  framework to permit  affiliations among commercial
banks,  insurance  companies,  securities  firms  and  other  financial  service
providers.  To the extent the legislation  permits banks,  securities  firms and
insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience
further consolidation. This could result in a growing number of larger financial
institutions that offer a wider variety of financial

                                       13

<PAGE>

services  than we  currently  offer  and that can  aggressively  compete  in the
markets we currently serve. This could adversely impact our profitability.

                            AF MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY

         AF Mutual  Holding  Company is a federal  mutual  holding  company that
currently  owns 100% of our  outstanding  shares of common stock,  and after the
stock offering will continue to own more than 50.0% of our  outstanding  shares.
AF Mutual  Holding  Company  does not  conduct  any active  business  other than
activities relating to its investment in Alamogordo Financial and maintenance of
books and records  relating to its members.  AF Mutual Holding  Company does not
intend to initially employ any persons other than its officers,  although it may
utilize our  support  staff from time to time.  Federal law and OTS  regulations
require that as long as it is in existence AF Mutual Holding  Company must own a
majority of our common stock.  Federal law and OTS  regulations  permit  federal
mutual holding  companies to convert to the capital stock form of  organization.
The manner in which such a transaction  would be conducted  and the  regulations
and policy  affecting such a transaction  are described in  "Regulation--Holding
Company Regulation."

         Although many federal  mutual  holding  companies  waive the receipt of
cash dividends declared by their subsidiaries, AF Mutual Holding Company has not
determined  whether  or  not  it  will  do  so,  and  intends  to  make  such  a
determination  at the time we declare a  dividend,  should we in fact do so. OTS
regulations  require that AF Mutual  Holding  Company give the OTS prior written
notice  of any  such  waiver,  and the  conditions  pursuant  to  which  the OTS
generally  approves  dividend  waivers  are  described  in  "Regulation--Holding
Company  Regulation." AF Mutual Holding  Company's Board of Directors will waive
dividends  that we pay if the  Board  determines  that  such a waiver  is in its
members' best interest because, among other reasons:

          o    AF  Mutual   Holding   Company  has  no  need  for  the  dividend
               considering its business operations;

          o    the cash that would be received  could be invested by  Alamogordo
               Financial  or  Alamogordo  Federal  at a more  favorable  rate of
               return;

          o    the waiver  increases the capital of Alamogordo  Financial and/or
               Alamogordo Federal and enhances Alamogordo  Financial's  business
               so that members  will  continue to have access to its offices and
               services; and

          o    the waiver  preserves the net worth of AF Mutual Holding  Company
               through  its   principal   asset   (Alamogordo   Financial,   and
               indirectly,  Alamogordo  Federal),  which would be available  for
               distribution in the unlikely event of a voluntary  liquidation of
               Alamogordo Financial and Alamogordo Federal after satisfaction of
               claims of depositors and creditors.

The Board of Directors  may consider  other  factors in  determining  whether to
waive dividends.  Waiving dividends is likely to result in a downward adjustment
to the ratio  pursuant to which shares of common stock are  exchanged for shares
of the resulting  company if AF Mutual Holding  Company  converts to the capital
stock form of organization.

         AF Mutual Holding Company's Board of Directors will accept dividends in
an amount necessary to pay AF Mutual Holding Company's expenses, and will accept
additional  dividends if it determines  that  accepting such dividends is in its
members' best interest because, among other reasons:

          o    AF Mutual  Holding  Company may increase its direct  ownership of
               Alamogordo  Financial,   and  indirect  ownership  of  Alamogordo
               Federal, by using cash dividends to purchase additional shares of
               common stock in the open market from time to time; and

          o    such dividends may be used to promote  activities that are in the
               interest of members and Alamogordo Federal's community.

Any  purchases of common stock by AF Mutual  Holding  Company will  increase the
percentage of the  outstanding  shares of common stock held by AF Mutual Holding
Company and if AF Mutual Holding  Company  converts to the capital stock form of
organization,  will  decrease the  aggregate  number of shares of the  resulting
company issued to stockholders  other than AF Mutual Holding Company in exchange
for their shares of common stock.

         AF  Mutual  Holding  Company's  executive  office  is  located  at  the
administrative  offices of Alamogordo Federal,  at 500 10th Street,  Alamogordo,
New Mexico 88310 and its telephone number is (505) 437-9334.


                                       14

<PAGE>



                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION

         We are a  federal  corporation.  We own  100% of  Alamogordo  Federal's
common stock,  and,  after the stock  offering,  we will continue to own 100% of
Alamogordo  Federal's  common stock. We are registered with the OTS as a savings
and loan holding company, and we have all of the powers set forth in our federal
charter and federal law and OTS regulations.

         We will  retain up to 50% of the net  proceeds  of the stock  offering.
Part of the net  proceeds  will be used to fund a loan to  Alamogordo  Federal's
ESOP,  which is expected  to  purchase up to 8% of the common  stock sold in the
stock  offering.  The  remainder  of the net  proceeds  will be used for general
corporate purposes. Our business activities are subject to the same restrictions
under federal law as the business activities of AF Mutual Holding Company. We do
not and will not conduct any active business, and we do not and do not intend to
employ any persons other than our officers,  although we may utilize  Alamogordo
Federal's support staff from time to time.

         Alamogordo   Financial's   executive   office   is   located   at   the
administrative  offices of Alamogordo Federal,  at 500 10th Street,  Alamogordo,
New Mexico 88310 and its telephone number is (505) 437-9334.

                 ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

         Alamogordo  Federal was organized in 1934.  Its deposits are insured by
the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"),  as  administered  by the
FDIC,  up to the  maximum  amount  permitted  by law.  Alamogordo  Federal  is a
community-oriented  savings  association  engaged  primarily  in the business of
offering  FDIC-insured  deposits  to  customers  through  its  two  offices  and
investing  those  deposits,  together with funds  generated from  operations and
borrowings, in loans and investment and mortgage-backed  securities.  Alamogordo
Federal's  executive  offices are located at 500 10th  Street,  Alamogordo,  New
Mexico 88310 and its telephone number is (505) 437-9334.

               HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

         The net  proceeds  will depend on the total  number of shares of common
stock  sold  in the  offering,  which  in turn  will  depend  on RP  Financial's
appraisal,  regulatory and market  considerations,  and the expenses incurred in
connection  with the  offering.  Although we will not be able to  determine  the
actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common  stock until we  complete  the
offering,  based on the  assumptions  set forth in "Pro Forma Data," we estimate
the net proceeds,  after  adjustment for the stock benefit plans,  to be between
$5.6 million and $9.1 million,  although the net proceeds may vary because total
expenses relating to the stock offering may be more or less than our estimates.



                                       15

<PAGE>


     Alamogordo  Financial  intends  to  distribute  the net  proceeds  from the
offering as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Number of Shares Sold at Price of $10.00 Per Share
                                                         --------------------------------------------------
                                                               708,050   833,000   957,950  1,101,643
                                                               -------   -------   -------  ---------
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Gross proceeds .............................................   $ 7,081   $ 8,330   $ 9,580   $11,016
Offering expenses ..........................................       600       600       600       600
                                                               -------   -------   -------   -------
Net offering proceeds ......................................     6,481     7,730     8,980    10,416
Less:
  Proceeds contributed to Alamogordo Federal for its general
     corporate purposes (including  funding the recognition
     and retention plan) ...................................     3,241     3,865     4,490     5,208
  Proceeds used for loan to employee stock ownership plan ..       566       666       766       881
                                                               -------   -------   -------   -------
Proceeds remaining for Alamogordo Financial's
  general corporate purposes ...............................   $ 2,675   $ 3,199   $ 3,724   $ 4,327
                                                               =======   =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>


     Alamogordo Financial may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

          o    to pay dividends to stockholders;

          o    to  repurchase  shares of  common  stock  issued in the  offering
               (subject to regulatory restrictions);

          o    to finance the possible acquisition of financial  institutions or
               other businesses;

          o    to invest in mortgage-backed and investment securities; and

          o    for general corporate purposes.

     Alamogordo Federal may use the proceeds it receives from the offering:

          o    to fund new loans;

          o    to purchase mortgage-backed and investment securities;

          o    to contribute  funds to the  recognition  and  retention  plan to
               purchase shares;

          o    to finance the possible  establishment  or  acquisition of branch
               offices; and

          o    for general corporate purposes.

                         OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

         Our  board  of  directors  currently  intends  to  pay  quarterly  cash
dividends of between $.05 and $.07 per share, which is an annual rate of between
2.0% and 2.8%,  based on the $10.00 per share offering price.  However,  we have
not yet determined the exact amount and timing of any dividends.  The payment of
dividends will depend upon a number of factors,  including capital requirements,
Alamogordo  Financial's and Alamogordo Federal's financial condition and results
of operations,  tax  considerations,  statutory and regulatory  limitations  and
general economic conditions.  No assurances can be given that any dividends will
be paid or that,  if paid,  will not be reduced  or  eliminated  in the  future.
Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital may, to the extent
permitted by Office of Thrift  Supervision  policy and  regulations,  be paid in
addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. Alamogordo Federal has filed
consolidated  tax  returns.   Accordingly,  it  is  anticipated  that  any  cash
distributions made by Alamogordo  Financial to its stockholders would be treated
as cash  dividends  and not as a  non-taxable  return of capital for federal and
state tax purposes.

         Dividends from  Alamogordo  Financial will depend,  in large part, upon
receipt of dividends  from  Alamogordo  Federal,  because  Alamogordo  Financial
initially  will have no source of income other than  dividends  from  Alamogordo
Federal,  earnings  from the  investment  of proceeds from the sale of shares of
common stock, and interest payments with respect to Alamogordo  Financial's loan
to the employee  stock  ownership  plan.  A  regulation  of the Office of Thrift
Supervision   imposes   limitations  on  "capital   distributions"   by  savings
institutions.  See "How We Are  Regulated -  Limitations  on Dividends and Other
Capital Distributions."


                                       16

<PAGE>



         Any payment of dividends by Alamogordo Federal to Alamogordo  Financial
which would be deemed to be drawn out of Alamogordo  Federal's bad debt reserves
would  require a payment  of taxes at the  then-current  tax rate by  Alamogordo
Federal on the amount of earnings  deemed to be removed  from the  reserves  for
such  distribution.  Alamogordo Federal does not intend to make any distribution
to  Alamogordo  Financial  that would create such a federal tax  liability.  See
"Taxation."

                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         Alamogordo  Financial has not previously  issued common stock and there
is no  established  market for it. We expect the common stock to trade under the
symbol "____" on the  over-the-counter  market with quotations available through
the OTC Bulletin Board after the completion of the offering.  Keefe,  Bruyette &
Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common  stock,  but
is under no obligation to do so. We will seek to encourage and assist additional
market makers to make a market in our common stock.

         The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of
willing buyers and sellers,  and whether a sufficient  number of  broker-dealers
are  willing  to make a market in our  stock.  The  number of active  buyers and
sellers of the common stock at any  particular  time may be limited.  Under such
circumstances,  you could have  difficulty  selling  your shares on short notice
and, therefore, you should not view the common stock as a short-term investment.
We cannot  assure you that an active and  liquid  trading  market for the common
stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue,  nor can we assure
you that if you purchase shares you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00
per share.


                                       17

<PAGE>



               ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL'S REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         At  September  30,  1999,  Alamogordo  Federal  exceeded  each  of  its
regulatory  capital  requirements.  Set forth  below is a summary of  Alamogordo
Federal's compliance with the OTS capital standards as of September 30, 1999, on
an historical and pro forma basis  assuming that the indicated  number of shares
were sold as of such date and  receipt by  Alamogordo  Federal of 50% of the net
proceeds. For purposes of the table below, the amount expected to be borrowed by
the ESOP and the cost of its shares  expected to be acquired by the  recognition
and  retention  plan  are  deducted  from  pro  forma  regulatory  capital.  See
"Management of Alamogordo Federal."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Pro Forma at September 30, 1999, Based Upon the Sale of
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                 1,101,643 Shares(1)
                                                708,050 Shares        833,000 Shares        957,950 Shares          at Adjusted
                            Historical at        at Minimum of        at Midpoint of         at Maximum of          Maximum of
                         September 30, 1999     Offering Range        Offering Range        Offering Range        Offering Range
                         ------------------    ------------------    ------------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                    Percent               Percent               Percent               Percent               Percent
                                      of                    of                    of                    of                    of
                         Amount    Assets(2)   Amount    Assets(2)   Amount    Assets(2)   Amount    Assets(2)   Amount    Assets(2)
                         -------   --------    -------   --------    -------   --------    -------   --------    -------   --------
                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                     <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
GAAP capital.........    $22,610     14.4%     $25,001     15.7%     $25,475     15.9%     $25,950     16.1%     $26,496     16.4%
                         =======    =====      =======     ====      =======     ====      =======     ====      =======    =====
Tangible capital:
 Tangible capital(3).    $22,613     14.4%     $25,004     15.6%     $25,478     15.9%     $25,953     16.1%     $26,499     16.4%
 Requirement.........      2,356      1.5        2,400      1.5        2,409      1.5        2,417      1.5        2,427      1.5
                         -------    -----      -------    -----      -------    -----      -------    -----      -------    -----
    Excess...........    $20,257     12.9%     $22,603     14.1%     $23,070     14.4%     $23,536     14.6%     $24,072     14.9%
                         =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====
Core capital:
 Core capital(3).....    $22,613     14.4%     $25,004     15.6%     $25,478     15.9%     $25,953     16.1%     $26,499     16.4%
 Requirement(4)......      4,712      3.0        4,800      3.0        4,817      3.0        4,835      3.0        4,855      3.0
                         -------    -----      -------    -----      -------    -----      -------    -----      -------    -----
    Excess...........    $17,902     11.4%     $20,203     12.6%     $20,661     12.9%     $21,119     13.1%     $21,645     13.4%
                         =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====
Risk-based capital:
 Risk-based
    capital(3)(5)....    $23,040     30.6%     $25,448     33.2%     $25,927     33.7%     $26,405     34.2%     $26,955     34.8%
 Requirement.........      6,018      8.0        6,131      8.0        6,153      8.0        6,176      8.0        6,201      8.0
                         -------    -----      -------    -----      -------     ----      -------    -----      -------    -----
    Excess...........    $17,022     22.6%     $19,317     25.2%     $19,773     25.7%     $20,229     26.2%     $20,754     26.8%
                         =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====      =======    =====
</TABLE>

- ---------
(1)  As  adjusted  to give  effect  to a 15%  increase  in the  number of shares
     outstanding  after the offering which could occur due to an increase in the
     maximum  of  the   independent   valuation   as  a  result  of   regulatory
     considerations,  demand for the shares,  or changes in market conditions or
     general financial and economic conditions following the commencement of the
     offering.
(2)  Tangible capital levels are shown as a percentage of tangible assets.  Core
     capital  levels  are  shown  as a  percentage  of  total  adjusted  assets.
     Risk-based  capital  levels  are  shown as a  percentage  of  risk-weighted
     assets.
(3)  Pro  forma  capital  levels  assume  that  Alamogordo   Federal  funds  the
     recognition  and retention  plan,  which purchases in the open market 4% of
     the common  stock sold in the stock  offering at a price equal to the price
     for which the shares are sold in the offering,  and that the ESOP purchases
     8% of the shares sold in the stock offering.  See "Management of Alamogordo
     Federal" for a discussion of the  recognition  and retention plan and ESOP.
(4)  The current  core capital  requirement  for savings  associations  is 3% of
     total adjusted assets. The OTS has proposed core capital  requirements that
     would  require a core  capital  ratio of 3% of total  adjusted  assets  for
     thrifts  that  receive  the  highest  supervisory  rating  for  safety  and
     soundness  and a 4% to 5% core  capital  ratio  requirement  for all  other
     thrifts.     See     "Regulation--Federal     Regulation     of     Savings
     Institutions--Capital Requirements.
(5)  Assumes net  proceeds  are  invested in assets that carry a  risk-weighting
     equal to the average risk  weighting of Alamogordo  Federal's risk weighted
     assets as of September 30, 1999.



                                       18

<PAGE>



                      ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL'S CAPITALIZATION

         The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization
of Alamogordo  Financial at September 30, 1999,  and the pro forma  consolidated
capitalization after giving effect to the stock offering, based upon the sale of
the number of shares indicated in the table and the other  assumptions set forth
under "Pro Forma Data."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization
                                                                           Based Upon the Sale for $10.00 Per Share of
                                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     1,101,643
                                                                      708,050        833,000         957,950         Shares at
                                                                     Shares at      Shares at       Shares at        Adjusted
                                                                    Minimum of     Midpoint of       Maximum         Maximum of
                                                 Historical          Offering       Offering        Offering         Offering
                                               Capitalization          Range          Range           Range           Range(1)
                                               --------------       ----------     -----------      ---------        ----------
                                                                           (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
Deposits(2).....................................   $122,410          $122,410       $ 122,410       $ 122,410        $ 122,410
FHLB advances...................................     10,000            10,000          10,000          10,000           10,000
                                                   --------          --------       ---------       ---------        ---------
Total deposits and borrowed funds...............   $132,410          $132,410       $ 132,410       $ 132,410        $ 132,410
                                                   ========          ========       =========       =========        =========
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, 10,000,000
  shares authorized; none to be issued(3).......   $     --          $     --       $      --       $      --        $      --
  Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share:
   20,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be
   issued as reflected..........................         --               145             170             196              225
  Additional paid-in capital(3).................         --             6,336           7,560           8,784           10,191
  Retained earnings.............................     22,633            22,633          22,633          22,633           22,633
  Less:
   Common Stock acquired by ESOP(4).............         --              (566)           (666)           (766)            (881)
   Common Stock acquired by
    recognition and retention plan(5)...........         --              (283)           (333)           (383)            (441)
                                                   --------          --------       ---------       ---------        ---------
    Total stockholders' equity..................   $ 22,633          $ 28,264       $  29,363       $  30,464        $  31,727
                                                   ========          ========       =========       =========        =========
  Total stockholders' equity as a percentage
   of pro forma total assets....................     14.44%            17.41%          17.97%          18.52%           19.14%
</TABLE>

- ---------
(1)  As  adjusted  to give  effect  to a 15%  increase  in the  number of shares
     outstanding  after the offering which could occur due to an increase in the
     maximum  of  the   independent   valuation   as  a  result  of   regulatory
     considerations,  demand for the shares,  or changes in market conditions or
     general financial and economic conditions following the commencement of the
     offering.
(2)  Does not reflect  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the purchase of
     common  stock in the  offering.  Such  withdrawals  would  reduce pro forma
     deposits by the amount of such
(3)  Reflects the sale of shares in the offering. Does not include proceeds from
     the  offering  that will be  loaned  to the ESOP to  enable it to  purchase
     shares  in the  offering.  No  effect  has been  given to the  issuance  of
     additional  shares of common  stock  pursuant to the stock option plan that
     Alamogordo  Financial  expects  to  adopt.  If  such  plan is  approved  by
     stockholders,  an amount  equal to 10% of the shares of common stock issued
     in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options.
     See "Management of the Bank."
(4)  Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be purchased by the
     ESOP and that the funds used to acquire  the ESOP  shares  will be borrowed
     from  Alamogordo  Financial.  The  common  stock  acquired  by the  ESOP is
     reflected as a reduction of  stockholders'  equity.  See "Management of the
     Bank--Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust."
(5)  Assumes that,  subsequent to the stock offering, 4% of the shares of common
     stock  sold in the stock  offering  is  purchased  by the  recognition  and
     retention plan in the open market.  The common stock to be purchased by the
     recognition and retention plan is reflected as a reduction of stockholders'
     equity.  See  "Risk  Factors--Possible   Dilutive  Effect  of  Issuance  of
     Additional  Shares,"  "Pro Forma  Data" and  "Management  of the Bank." The
     recognition  and retention  plan will not be  implemented  for at least six
     months  after  the  stock  offering  and  until  it has  been  approved  by
     stockholders.

                                       19

<PAGE>



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         We can not  determine  the  actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the
common  stock until the offering is  completed.  However,  we estimate  that net
proceeds will be between $6.5 million and $9.0 million,  or $10.4 million if the
maximum of the independent  valuation is increased by 15%. Our estimate is based
on the assumption that the total expenses,  including the marketing fees paid to
Charles Webb & Company, will be approximately $600,000.

         We calculated the pro forma  consolidated net income and  stockholders'
equity of Alamogordo Financial for the three months ended September 30, 1999 and
the year  ended  June 30,  1999,  as if the  common  stock  had been sold at the
beginning of those  periods and the net proceeds had been  invested at 5.18% and
5.09% for the three months ended  September 30, 1999 and the year ended June 30,
1999,  respectively.  We chose these yields because they represent the yields on
the one-year  U.S.  treasury bill at September 30, 1999 and at June 30, 1999. In
light of changes  in  interest  rates in recent  periods,  Alamogordo  Financial
believes these rates more accurately  reflect pro forma  reinvestment rates than
the arithmetic average method which assumes  reinvestment of the net proceeds at
a rate equal to the average of the yield on interest earning assets and the cost
of deposits for these  periods.  We assumed a tax rate of 38% for both  periods.
This results in an after-tax yield of 3.21% for the three months ended September
30, 1999 and 3.16% for the year ended June 30, 1999.

         We  calculated  historical  and pro forma per share amounts by dividing
historical  and pro forma  amounts  of pro forma  consolidated  net  income  and
stockholders'  equity by the  indicated  number of  shares of common  stock.  We
adjusted  these  figures to give effect to the shares  purchased by the employee
stock  ownership  plan.  We computed per share amounts for each period as if the
common stock was  outstanding  at the  beginning of the periods,  but we did not
adjust per share  historical  or pro forma  stockholders'  equity to reflect the
earnings on the estimated net proceeds. As discussed under "How We Intend to Use
the Proceeds from the Offering,"  Alamogordo  Financial intends to retain 50% of
the net  proceeds  from the  offering and intends to make a loan to the employee
stock ownership plan to fund the employee stock ownership  plan's purchase of 8%
of the common stock issued in the offering.  The loan is assumed to be repaid in
substantially equal principal payments over a period of years.

         The following table gives effect to the recognition and retention plan,
which we expect to adopt  following the stock  offering and present,  along with
the stock  option  plan,  to  stockholders  for  approval  at least  six  months
following the completion of the stock offering. If the recognition and retention
plan is approved by  stockholders,  the  restricted  stock plan will  acquire an
amount of common  stock equal to 4% of the shares of common  stock issued in the
offering if the plan is adopted within one year of the stock offering, and 5% if
the plan is adopted  thereafter,  either  through open market  purchases or from
authorized but unissued shares of common stock, if permissible. In preparing the
table below we assumed that stockholder  approval has been obtained and that the
recognition  and retention  plan purchases in the open market a number of shares
equal to 4% of the shares sold in the  offering at the same price for which they
were sold in the stock  offering.  The stock is assumed to be awarded  under the
program in awards that vest gradually over five years.

         The following table does not give effect to:

          o    the shares to be reserved  for  issuance  under the stock  option
               plan;

          o    withdrawals  from deposit  accounts for the purpose of purchasing
               common stock in the stock offering;

          o    Alamogordo  Financial's  results  of  operations  after the stock
               offering; or

          o    the market price of the common stock after the stock offering.


                                       20

<PAGE>

         The  following  pro forma  information  may not represent the financial
effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock  offering  actually
occurs  and  you  should  not  use the  table  to  indicate  future  results  of
operations. Pro forma stockholders' equity represents the difference between the
stated  amount of assets and  liabilities  of Alamogordo  Financial  computed in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We did not increase or
decrease  stockholders'  equity to reflect the  difference  between the carrying
value of loans and other assets and market value. Pro forma stockholders' equity
is not intended to  represent  the fair market value of the common stock and may
be  different  than  amounts  that  would  be  available  for   distribution  to
stockholders if we liquidated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 1999
                                                                             Based upon the Sale for $10.00 per share of
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                   Maximum
                                                                    Minimum         Midpoint        Maximum      As Adjusted
                                                                    708,050          833,000        957,950       1,101,643
                                                                     Shares          Shares         Shares        Shares(1)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -----------
                                                                             (Dollars and Number of Shares in Thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Gross proceeds..................................................   $   7,081       $   8,330      $   9,580      $  11,016
Expenses........................................................         600             600            600            600
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
  Estimated net proceeds........................................       6,481           7,730          8,980         10,416
  Common stock purchased by ESOP(2).............................        (566)           (666)          (766)          (881)
  Common stock purchased by
    recognition and retention plan(3)...........................        (283)           (333)          (383)          (441)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Estimated net proceeds after adjustment for stock benefit plans.   $   5,631       $   6,730      $   7,830      $   9,094
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========

For the three months ended September 30, 1999:
Net income:
  Historical....................................................   $     229       $     229      $     229      $     229
Pro forma adjustments:
  Income on net proceeds........................................          45              54             63             73
  ESOP(2).......................................................          (9)            (10)           (12)           (14)
  Recognition and retention plan(3).............................          (9)            (10)           (12)           (14)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
    Pro forma net income........................................   $     256       $     263      $     268      $     274
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Net income per share:
  Historical....................................................   $    0.16       $    0.14      $    0.12      $    0.11
Pro forma adjustments:
  Income on net proceeds........................................        0.03            0.03           0.03           0.03
  ESOP(2).......................................................       (0.01)          (0.01)         (0.01)         (0.01)
  Recognition and retention plan(3).............................       (0.01)          (0.01)         (0.01)         (0.01)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
    Pro forma net income per share(2)(3)(4).....................   $    0.17       $    0.15      $    0.13      $    0.12
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Offering price to pro forma net income per share................       14.71x          16.67x         19.23x         20.83x
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Shares considered outstanding in calculating pro forma net
  income per share..............................................   1,389,772       1,635,026      1,880,280      2,162,323
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========

At September 30, 1999:
Stockholders' equity:
  Historical....................................................   $  22,633       $  22,633      $  22,633      $  22,633
  Estimated net proceeds........................................       6,481           7,730          8,980         10,416
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(2).......................        (566)           (666)          (766)          (881)
         Common stock acquired by
           recognition and retention plan(3)....................        (283)           (333)          (383)          (441)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
   Pro form stockholders' equity(5).............................   $  28,264       $  29,363      $  30,464      $  31,727
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Stockholders' equity per share:
  Historical....................................................   $   15.66       $   13.31      $   11.58      $   10.07
  Estimated net proceeds........................................        4.48            4.55           4.59           4.63
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(2).......................       (0.39)          (0.39)         (0.39)         (0.39)
      Common stock acquired by
         recognition and retention plan(3)......................       (0.20)          (0.20)         (0.20)         (0.20)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
  Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(3)(4)(5).............   $   19.55       $   17.27      $   15.58      $   14.11
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
  equity per share..............................................       51.15%          57.90%         64.18%         70.87%
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Shares considered outstanding in calculating offering price
  as a percentage of pro forma stockholders' equity per share...   1,445,000       1,700,000      1,955,000      2,248,251
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>
                                             (Footnotes begin on following page)

                                       21

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           At or For the Three Months Ended June 30, 1999
                                                                             Based upon the Sale for $10.00 per share of
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                   Maximum
                                                                    Minimum         Midpoint        Maximum      As Adjusted
                                                                    708,050          833,000        957,950       1,101,643
                                                                     Shares          Shares         Shares        Shares(1)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -----------
                                                                             (Dollars and Number of Shares in Thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Gross proceeds..................................................   $   7,081       $   8,330      $   9,580      $  11,016
Expenses........................................................         600             600            600            600
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
  Estimated net proceeds........................................       6,481           7,730          8,980         10,416
  Common stock purchased by ESOP(2).............................        (566)           (666)          (766)          (881)
  Common stock purchased by recognition and retention plan(3)...        (283)           (333)          (383)          (441)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Estimated net proceeds after adjustment for stock benefit plans.   $   5,631       $   6,730      $   7,830      $   9,094
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999:
Net income:
  Historical....................................................   $     679       $     679      $     679      $     679
Pro forma adjustments:
  Income on net proceeds........................................         178             212            247            287
  ESOP(2).......................................................         (35)            (41)           (48)           (55)
  Recognition and retention plan(3).............................         (35)            (41)           (48)           (55)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
    Pro forma net income........................................   $     787       $     809      $     830      $     856
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Net income per share:
  Historical....................................................   $    0.49       $    0.41      $    0.36      $    0.31
Pro forma adjustments:
  Income on net proceeds........................................        0.13            0.13           0.13           0.13
  ESOP(2).......................................................       (0.03)          (0.03)         (0.03)         (0.03)
  Recognition and retention plan(3).............................       (0.03)          (0.03)         (0.03)         (0.03)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
    Pro forma net income per share(2)(3)(4).....................   $    0.56       $    0.49      $    0.43      $    0.38
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Offering price to pro forma net income per share................       17.86x          20.40x         23.26x         26.32x
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Shares considered outstanding in calculating pro forma net
  income per share..............................................   1,394,020       1,640,024      1,886,027      2,168,933
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========

At June 30, 1999:
Stockholders' equity:
  Historical....................................................   $  22,441       $  22,441      $  22,441      $  22,441
  Estimated net proceeds........................................       6,481           7,730          8,980         10,416
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(2).......................        (566)           (666)          (766)          (881)
         Common stock acquired by
           recognition and retention plan(3)....................        (283)           (333)          (383)          (441)
                                                                   ---------       ---------     ----------      ---------
   Pro form stockholders' equity(5).............................   $  28,072       $  29,171      $  30,271      $  31,535
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Stockholders' equity per share:
  Historical....................................................   $   15.53       $   13.20      $   11.48      $    9.98
  Estimated net proceeds........................................        4.48            4.55           4.59           4.63
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(2).......................       (0.39)          (0.39)         (0.39)         (0.39)
         Common stock acquired by
           recognition and retention plan(3)....................       (0.20)          (0.20)         (0.20)         (0.20)
                                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
  Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(3)(4)(5).............   $   19.42       $   17.16      $   15.48      $   14.02
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
  equity per share..............................................       51.49%          58.28%         64.60%         71.33%
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
Shares considered outstanding in calculating offering price
  as a percentage of pro forma stockholders' equity per share...   1,455,000       1,700,000      1,955,000      2,248,251
                                                                   =========       =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

- ---------
(1)   As  adjusted  to give  effect to a 15%  increase  in the  number of shares
      outstanding after the offering which could occur due to an increase in the
      maximum  of  the   independent   valuation  as  a  result  of   regulatory
      considerations,  demand for the shares, or changes in market conditions or
      general  financial and economic  conditions  following the commencement of
      the offering.
                                          (Footnotes continue on following page)

                                       22

<PAGE>




(2)   It is assumed  that 8% of the shares  sold in the stock  offering  will be
      purchased  by the ESOP.  For  purposes  of this  table,  the funds used to
      acquire  such  shares are  assumed to have been  borrowed by the ESOP from
      Alamogordo  Financial.  The  amount  to  be  borrowed  is  reflected  as a
      reduction of  stockholders'  equity.  Alamogordo  Federal  intends to make
      annual  contributions  to the  ESOP in an  amount  at  least  equal to the
      principal and interest requirement of the debt. Alamogordo Federal's total
      annual   payment  of  the  ESOP  debt  is  based  upon  ten  equal  annual
      installments of principal,  with an assumed interest rate of 8.5%. The pro
      forma net  earnings  information  makes  the  following  assumptions:  (i)
      Alamogordo  Federal's  contribution  to the ESOP is equivalent to the debt
      service  requirement  for the period  presented and was made at the end of
      the period;  (ii) 1,416,  1,666,  1,916,  and 2,203 shares at the minimum,
      midpoint,   maximum  and   adjusted   maximum  of  the   Offering   Range,
      respectively,  were  committed  to be released  during the  quarter  ended
      September  30, 1999, at an average fair value equal to the price for which
      the shares are sold in the stock offering in accordance  with Statement of
      Position ("SOP") 93-6; (iii) 5,664,  6,664,  7,664 and 8,813 shares at the
      minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and adjusted  maximum of the Offering  Range,
      respectively, were committed to be released during the year ended June 30,
      1999, at an average fair value equal to the price for which the shares are
      sold in the stock offering in accordance  with SOP 93-6; and (iv) only the
      ESOP shares  committed  to be released  were  considered  outstanding  for
      purposes of the net earnings per share calculations.
(3)   Gives effect to the  recognition and retention plan expected to be adopted
      following  the stock  offering.  This plan  intends to acquire a number of
      shares  of  common  stock  equal  to 4% of the  shares  sold in the  stock
      offering  either  through  open market  purchases or from  authorized  but
      unissued shares of common stock or treasury stock of Alamogordo Financial,
      if any. Funds used by the  recognition  and retention plan to purchase the
      shares  will  be  contributed  to  the  plan  by  Alamogordo  Federal.  In
      calculating the pro forma effect of the recognition and retention plan, it
      is  assumed  that the  shares  were  acquired  by the plan in open  market
      purchases at the beginning of the period  presented  for a purchase  price
      equal to the price for which the  shares  are sold in the stock  offering,
      and that 5% and 20% of the amount  contributed  was an  amortized  expense
      during the three months ended September 30, 1999 and the fiscal year ended
      June 30,  1999,  respectively.  The  issuance of  authorized  but unissued
      shares of the common stock to the  recognition  and retention plan instead
      of open market  purchases  would  dilute the voting  interests of existing
      stockholders  by  approximately  2%. In addition,  if the  recognition and
      retention  plan  purchases  shares in the open market,  then pro forma net
      earnings per share for the three months ended  September 30, 1999 would be
      $0.17,  $0.15,  $0.13 and $0.11,  and pro forma  stockholders'  equity per
      share at September 30, 1999 would be $19.38,  $17.14, $15.48 and $14.04 at
      the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the Offering Range,
      respectively,  and pro forma net  earnings  per share for the fiscal  year
      ended June 30, 1999 would be $0.56,  $0.48, $0.43 and $0.40, and pro forma
      stockholders'  equity per share at June 30, 1999 would be $19.25,  $17.03,
      $15.39 and $13.96 at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and adjusted maximum
      of the Offering  Range,  respectively.  There can be no assurance that the
      actual  purchase  price of the shares  granted under the  recognition  and
      retention plan will be equal to the Subscription Price.
(4)   No effect has been given to the  issuance of  additional  shares of common
      stock  pursuant  to the  stock  option  plan  expected  to be  adopted  by
      Alamogordo Financial following the stock offering.  Under the stock option
      plan,  an  amount  equal  to 10% of the  common  stock  sold in the  stock
      offering will be reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of options
      to be granted  under the stock option  plan.  The issuance of common stock
      pursuant  to the  exercise  of options  under the stock  option  plan will
      result in the dilution of existing stockholders'  interests.  Assuming all
      options were exercised at the end of the period at an exercise price equal
      to the  price for which the  shares  were sold in the  offering,  existing
      stockholders'  voting interest would be diluted by approximately  4.5%. In
      addition,  if the shares to fund the option plan are purchased in the open
      market,  then pro forma net  earnings per share for the three months ended
      September  30, 1999 would be $0.17,  $0.15,  $0.14 and $0.12 and pro forma
      stockholders'  equity per share at September 30, 1999 and would be $19.11,
      $16.93, $15.33 and $13.92, at the minimum,  midpoint, maximum and adjusted
      maximum of the Offering  Range,  respectively,  and pro forma net earnings
      per share for the fiscal year ended June 30,  1999 would be $0.55,  $0.48,
      $0.43 and $0.39, and pro forma stockholders'  equity per share at June 30,
      1999 would be $18.98, $16.82, $15.23 and $13.84, at the minimum, midpoint,
      maximum and adjusted  maximum of the Offering Range,  respectively.  There
      can be no assurance that the actual purchase price of the shares purchased
      by the stock option Plan will be equal to the Subscription Price
(5)   The  retained   earnings  of  Alamogordo   Federal  will  continue  to  be
      substantially  restricted after the stock offering.  See "Dividend Policy"
      and "Regulation--Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions."

                                       23

<PAGE>



                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

         The following Consolidated Statements of Income of Alamogordo Financial
Corporation  for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 have been  derived  from
the audited consolidated financial statements which appear beginning on page F-1
of this prospectus.  All information  contained in this prospectus for the three
months  ended  September  30,  1999 and 1998 is  unaudited.  In the  opinion  of
management, all adjustments necessary for a fair representation of those interim
periods have been included and are of a normal recurring nature. Results for the
three months ended  September 30, 1999 do not  necessarily  indicate the results
that may be  expected  for the year  ending June 30,  2000.  These  Consolidated
Statements of Income should be read with the Consolidated  Financial  Statements
and Notes and  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations included in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Three Months Ended             Years Ended
                                                                        September 30,                 June 30,
                                                                  -------------------------     -------------------------
                                                                     1999           1998           1999           1998
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                                        (Unaudited)
Interest income:
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
  Interest and fees on loans....................................  $2,289,645     $2,212,120     $8,993,713     $9,455,666
  Interest on securities........................................     226,963        384,609      1,294,612      1,045,460
  Interest on mortgage-backed securities........................      44,684         57,071        219,678        343,737
  Interest on other interest bearing assets.....................      72,915        149,802        508,279        379,831
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total interest income........................................   2,615,740      2,803,602     11,016,282     11,224,694

Interest expense:
  Interest on deposits..........................................   1,531,295      1,768,948      6,783,713      6,908,024
  Interest on FHLB and other borrowings.........................     123,024        126,787        495,611        268,228
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total interest expense ......................................   1,654,319      1,895,735      7,279,324      7,176,252
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
    Net interest income.........................................     979,888        907,867      3,736,958      4,048,442

Provision for loan losses.......................................          --             --             --             --
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
  Net interest income, after provision for loan losses..........     979,888        907,867      3,736,958      4,048,442
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
Other income (loss)
  Service charges and fees......................................      46,631         28,983        134,010        103,088
  Gain (loss) on sale of real estate owned......................          --             --        (10,429)           833
  Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment.................      29,108             --             --            761
  Other.........................................................      32,359         24,608        135,850        108,576
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total other income...........................................     108,098         53,591        259,431        213,258
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
Other expenses
  Salaries and benefits.........................................     318,310        301,205      1,269,169      1,172,833
  Occupancy ....................................................     178,843        150,715        650,785        525,560
  Data processing fees..........................................      63,597        128,683        335,658        193,378
  Federal insurance premiums and other insurance expense........      29,148         30,985        120,846        122,736
  Advertising ..................................................      26,192         13,705         61,053         46,802
  Other.........................................................     149,420        159,894        584,095        549,406
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
   Total other expenses.........................................     765,510        785,187      3,021,606      2,610,715
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
   Income before income taxes...................................     322,476        176,271        974,783      1,650,985
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------

Provision for income taxes......................................      93,425         38,351        296,299        536,067
                                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
   Net income...................................................  $  229,051     $  137,920     $  678,484     $1,114,918
                                                                  ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements



                                       24

<PAGE>



                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         This   discussion   and  analysis   reflects   Alamogordo   Financial's
consolidated  financial  statements and other relevant  statistical  data and is
intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of
operations.  You should read the information in this section in conjunction with
Alamogordo  Financial's   consolidated  financial  statements  and  their  notes
beginning  on  page  F-1 of this  prospectus,  and the  other  statistical  data
provided in this prospectus.  This prospectus contains certain  "forward-looking
statements"  which  may be  identified  by the use of such  words as  "believe,"
"expect,"   "anticipate,"  "should,"  "planned,"  "estimated"  and  "potential."
Examples  of  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,
estimates  with respect to our financial  condition,  results of operations  and
business that are subject to various factors which could cause actual results to
differ  materially from these  estimates and most other  statements that are not
historical in nature. These factors include, but are not limited to, general and
local economic conditions,  changes in interest rates, deposit flows, demand for
mortgage  and other  loans,  real estate  values,  and  competition;  changes in
accounting  principles,  policies,  or  guidelines;  changes in  legislation  or
regulation;  and other  economic,  competitive,  governmental,  regulatory,  and
technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services.

General

         Alamogordo  Financial's results of operations depend primarily upon the
results  of  operations  of its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Alamogordo  Federal.
Alamogordo  Federal's  results of  operations  depend  primarily on net interest
income.  Net interest  income is the difference  between the interest  income we
earn  on  our  interest-earning  assets,   consisting  primarily  of  loans  and
investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities,  and  the  interest  we pay on our
interest-bearing  liabilities,  primarily  savings  accounts,  time deposits and
other  borrowings.  Our results of operations are also affected by our provision
for loan  losses,  other  income  and  other  expense.  Other  expense  consists
primarily of non-interest  expenses,  including  salaries and employee benefits,
occupancy,  data processing fees,  deposit insurance  premiums,  advertising and
other  expenses.   Other  income  consists  primarily  of  non-interest  income,
including service charges and fees, gain (loss) on sale of real estate owned and
other income.  Our results of operations may also be affected  significantly  by
general and local economic and competitive  conditions,  particularly those with
respect to changes in market interest rates,  government policies and actions of
regulatory authorities.

Business Strategy

         We have several strategies designed to enhance profitability consistent
with safety and soundness.  These  strategies are discussed below. You should be
aware, however, that we are subject to intense competition,  and there can be no
assurances that we will successfully implement these strategies.

          o    Emphasizing  Traditional  One- to  Four-Family  Residential  Real
               Estate  Lending.   Historically,   we  have  emphasized  one-  to
               four-family  residential  lending  within our market area.  As of
               September 30, 1999,  $106.3  million,  or 88.0% of our total loan
               portfolio  consisted  of one-  to  four-family  residential  real
               estate loans.  During the 15 months ended  September 30, 1999, we
               originated $21.3 million of one- to four-family  residential real
               estate  loans.  Following  the  stock  offering,  we will seek to
               expand originations of these loans. We believe that the expansion
               of our residential  lending portfolio will enhance our reputation
               as a  service-oriented  institution  that  meets the needs of its
               local  community.  Although  the yields on  residential  mortgage
               loans are often less than the yields on other loans, we intend to
               continue to emphasize one- to four-family  lending because of our
               expertise  with  this type of  lending,  and the  relatively  low
               delinquency rates on these loans compared to other loans.

          o    Increasing Other Lending. To complement our continued emphasis on
               one- to four-family residential real estate lending, we intend to
               focus on increasing our  originations  of loans that are not one-
               to  four-family  loans by stressing  customer  relationships  and
               customer  service.  We  intend  to  initially  use  our  existing
               expertise,  and we expect  that any  growth in our  portfolio  of
               these other loans will be slow. We believe that if we are able to
               expand our portfolio of these loans,  we will be able to increase
               the yield on our loan  portfolio  and  diversify our assets while
               continuing  to meet  the  needs  of our  local  community.  As of
               September 30, 1999,  multifamily and  nonresidential and consumer
               and other loans totaled $13.5 million, or 11.2% of our total loan
               portfolio.  These types of loans  generally  expose us to greater
               credit risk than loans secured by one- to four-family real estate
               because  repayment  is  dependent  on income  being  generated in
               amounts  sufficient to cover operating  expenses and debt service
               and on the successful operation of the borrower's business.


                                       25

<PAGE>
          o    Maintaining Asset Quality While Implementing our  Diversification
               Strategy.   Through   our   commitment   to   conservative   loan
               underwriting  guidelines and investment in high grade assets,  we
               have  consistently  experienced  low levels of late  payments and
               losses on loans.  As of September  30,  1999,  we had $265,000 of
               nonperforming  loans, which represented 0.22% of total loans. Our
               allowance  for loan losses as of September 30, 1999 was $467,000,
               or 176.2% of nonperforming  loans.  During the three months ended
               September  30, 1999,  and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, we
               had net charge-offs of $5,000 and $14,000, respectively. Our goal
               is  to  gradually  increase  our  portfolio  of  multifamily  and
               nonresidential  and  consumer  and  other  loans  while  applying
               prudent underwriting  standards.  It may be necessary to increase
               the provision for loan losses,  which will have an adverse effect
               on our net income.

          o    Maintaining  Capital Strength.  As a nonpublic company our policy
               has  been  to  maintain  our  financial   strength  through  risk
               management,  a sound  financial  condition  and  relatively  high
               capital levels, and consistent  earnings.  At September 30, 1999,
               our ratio of equity to assets was 14.4%.  Following the offering,
               our  ratio of equity to  assets  will be  approximately  17.4% to
               19.1%  (based  on  the   assumptions  set  forth  in  "Alamogordo
               Financial's Capitalization"). As a public company, we plan to use
               the capital we receive in the offering to grow and  diversify our
               assets,  internally  or  through  acquisitions,   and  for  other
               shareholder  enhancements  such as dividends  and, as  permitted,
               stock  repurchases.  We  intend to  maintain  our  commitment  to
               financial  strength,  although  as a public  company we intend to
               rely less on higher  ratios of equity to assets than we have as a
               nonpublic company.

          o    Attracting  Transaction  and  Savings  Accounts.  As a  nonpublic
               company  we   maintained  a   relatively   high   proportion   of
               certificates  of deposit as compared to  transaction  and savings
               accounts.  The  interest  expense of  certificates  of deposit is
               generally  higher than the interest  expense of  transaction  and
               savings accounts, and we frequently paid relatively high rates on
               our certificates of deposit. Our goal as a public company will be
               to decrease our cost of deposits by  increasing  our  transaction
               and savings accounts. We also believe that building relationships
               with  transaction and savings  account  customers is an effective
               means of marketing and selling loan products and other  services.
               As of September 30, 1999, we had $19.0 million of transaction and
               savings accounts, which represented 15.6% of our total deposits.

Management of Market Risk

         General.  As with other  savings and loan holding  companies,  our most
significant  form of market risk is interest rate risk.  Our assets,  consisting
primarily  of mortgage  loans,  have  longer  maturities  than our  liabilities,
consisting primarily of deposits.  As a result, a principal part of our business
strategy  is to manage  interest  rate risk and reduce the  exposure  of our net
interest  income to changes in market interest  rates.  Accordingly,  Alamogordo
Federal's  Board of Directors  has  established  an  Asset/Liability  Management
Committee which is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in
Alamogordo Federal's assets and liabilities,  determining the level of risk that
is appropriate  given its business  strategy,  operating  environment,  capital,
liquidity and performance objectives, and managing this risk consistent with the
guidelines approved by the Board of Directors.  The  Asset/Liability  Management
Committee consists of senior management  operating under a policy adopted by the
Board of Directors and meets at least quarterly to review  Alamogordo  Federal's
asset/liability   policies  and   interest   rate  risk   position.   See  "Risk
Factors--Potential Effects of Changes in Interest Rates and the Current Interest
Rate Environment."

         Although we originate a significant amount of 30-year fixed rate loans,
we believe that the interest rate risk generally  associated with these loans is
mitigated by the  transient  nature of the persons  employed in our market area.
Because our local economy is heavily dependent on two U.S.  Government  military
installations  located in the county,  many of our borrowers are employed by the
federal  government in positions that require  frequent  relocation.  When these
borrowers relocate,  they often sell the homes securing the loan, and prepay the
mortgage loan. As a result, we believe our one- to four-family  residential real
estate  loans,  particularly  if the  borrower is employed by the United  States
Government,  remain  outstanding  for a shorter period of time than the national
average for  30-year  fixed-rate  one- to  four-family  residential  real estate
loans.  In  addition,  from time to time we have and may  continue  to  purchase
adjustable-rate mortgage loans, and adjustable-rate and shorter-term securities.
We do not engage in trading activities or use derivative  instruments to control
interest rate risk.

         Alamogordo  Financial's  current  investment  strategy is to maintain a
securities portfolio that provides a source of liquidity and that contributes to
its  overall  profitability  and asset mix within  given  quality  and  maturity
considerations.   The  securities   portfolio   consists  primarily  of  Federal
Government  and  government  sponsored  corporation  securities.  A  portion  of
Alamogordo Financial's investment securities, other than FHLB stock, are

                                       26

<PAGE>



classified as available for sale to provide  management  with the flexibility to
make  adjustments to the portfolio in the event of changes in interest rates, to
fulfill  unanticipated  liquidity  needs,  or to take  advantage of  alternative
investment opportunities.

         Net Portfolio Value. In past years, many savings associations  measured
interest  rate  sensitivity  by  computing  the "gap"  between  the  assets  and
liabilities  which  were  expected  to mature or  reprice  within  certain  time
periods,  based on assumptions regarding loan prepayment and deposit decay rates
formerly provided by the OTS.  However,  the OTS now requires the computation of
amounts  by which  the net  present  value of an  institution's  cash  flow from
assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items (the institution's net portfolio
value or  "NPV")  would  change in the event of a range of  assumed  changes  in
market  interest   rates.   These   computations   estimate  the  effect  on  an
institution's  NPV from  instantaneous  and  permanent  100 to 300  basis  point
increases and decreases in market interest rates.

         The following table presents Alamogordo  Federal's NPV at September 30,
1999, as calculated by the OTS, which is based upon quarterly  information  that
Alamogordo Federal provided to the OTS.

                Percentage Change in Net Portfolio Value
  -----------------------------------------------------------------
      Changes
     in Market      Projected             Estimated       Amount of
  Interest Rates    Change(1)                 NPV           Change
  --------------    --------              ---------       ---------
  (basis points)         (Dollars in Thousands)
       300           (44)%                 $13,638        $(10,861)
       200           (29)                   17,366          (7,133)
       100           (14)                   21,115          (3,384)
        --            --                    24,499              --
      (100)            9                    26,749           2,250
      (200)           13                    27,658           3,158
      (300)           16                    28,334           3,835
- ---------

(1)  Calculated  as the  amount of change in the  estimated  NPV  divided by the
     estimated NPV assuming no change in interest rates.

         Certain  shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above
interest rate risk measurement.  Modeling changes in NPV requires making certain
assumptions  which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual  yields and
costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NPV table
presented  assumes  that  the  composition  of  Alamogordo   Federal's  interest
sensitive  assets and  liabilities  existing at the beginning of a period remain
constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular  change in
interest rates is reflected  uniformly  across the yield curve regardless of the
duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities.  Accordingly, although
the NPV table provides an indication of Alamogordo  Federal's interest rate risk
exposure at a particular  point in time, such  measurements  are not intended to
and do not  provide a  precise  forecast  of the  effect  of  changes  in market
interest rates on its net interest income,  and will differ from actual results.
Additionally,  the  guidelines  established  by the Board of  Directors  are not
strict limitations. While a goal of the Asset/Liability Management Committee and
the Board of  Directors  is to limit  projected  NPV changes  within the Board's
guidelines,  Alamogordo  Federal will not necessarily limit projected changes in
NPV if the required  action would  present  disproportionate  risk to Alamogordo
Federal's continued profitability.



                                       27

<PAGE>



Average Balance Sheet

         The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar
amount of interest income from average interest earning assets and the resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and rates.  No tax equivalent  adjustments  were made.
All average balances are monthly average balances.  Non-accruing loans have been
included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.
Interest income includes fees that are considered adjustments to yields.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Three Months Ended September 30,
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       At September 30, 1999                    1999                             1998
                                       ---------------------  --------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                                Average   Interest               Average   Interest
                                       Outstanding            Outstanding  Earned/             Outstanding  Earned/
                                         Balance   Yield/Rate   Balance     Paid    Yield/Rate    Balance     Paid    Yield/Rate
                                       ----------- ---------- ----------- --------  ----------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                      <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>
  Loans receivable(1)..................  $117,085     7.79%    $116,703   $ 2,289      7.85%     $108,304    $ 2,212      8.17%
  Mortgage-backed securities (2).......     3,202     5.32        3,280        45      5.49         4,549         57      5.01
  Securities (2).......................    15,019     5.81       15,258       227      5.95        27,227        385      5.66
  Other interest earning assets (3)....     3,771     6.74        4,325        73      6.75         9,277        150      6.47
                                         --------              --------   -------                --------    -------
   Total interest-earning assets.......   139,077     7.49      139,566     2,634      7.55       149,357      2,804      7.51
                                                                          -------                            -------
  Non-interest-earning assets..........    17,607                16,042                            11,554
                                         --------              --------                          --------
   Total assets........................  $156,684              $155,608                          $160,911
                                         ========              ========                          ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Transactions and savings deposits....  $ 17,598     2.23     $ 17,981        96      2.14      $ 17,957        134      2.98
  Certificate accounts.................   103,366     5.64      101,287     1,435      5.67       107,351      1,635      6.09
  Borrowings...........................    10,000     4.81       10,000       123      4.92        10,151        127      5.00
                                         --------              --------   -------                --------    -------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities..   130,964     5.12      129,268     1,654      5.12       135,459      1,896      5.60
                                                                          -------                            -------
Non-interest-bearing liabilities.......     3,087                 3,801                             3,252
                                         --------              --------                          --------
  Total liabilities....................   134,051               133,069                           138,711
Equity.................................    22,633                22,539                            22,200
                                         --------              --------                          --------
  Total liabilities and equity.........  $156,684              $155,608                          $160,911
                                         ========              ========                          ========
Net interest income....................                                   $   980                            $   908
                                                                          =======                            =======
Net interest rate spread(4)............                2.37%                           2.43%                              1.91%
                                                     ======                          ======                             ======
Net earning assets.....................  $  8,113              $ 10,298                          $ 13,898
                                         ========              ========                          ========
Net yield on average interest-
  earning assets (5)...................                                      2.81%                              2.43%
                                                                          =======                             ======
Average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing liabilities.                          107.97%                           110.26%
                                                               ========                          ========
</TABLE>

- ---------
(footnotes on following page)


                                       28

<PAGE>



     The  following  table  presents for the periods  indicated the total dollar
amount of interest income from average interest earning assets and the resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and rates.  No tax equivalent  adjustments  were made.
All average balances are monthly average balances.  Non-accruing loans have been
included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.  Interest  income includes
fees that are considered adjustments to yields.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Years Ended June 30,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999                             1998
                                             --------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                Average   Interest                Average   Interest
                                             Outstanding   Earned/             Outstanding   Earned/
                                                Balance     Paid   Yield/Rate     Balance     Paid    Yield/Rate
                                             -----------  -------- ----------   ----------   -------  ----------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                            <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>
  Loans receivable (1)......................   $112,294   $ 8,994      8.01%     $113,958    $ 9,455      8.30%
  Mortgage-backed securities (2)............      4,010       219      5.46         5,712        344      6.02
  Securities (2)............................     22,606     1,295      5.73        19,176      1,046      5.45
  Other interest earning assets (3).........      8,776       508      5.79         5,377        380      7.07
                                               --------   -------                --------    -------
   Total interest-earning assets............    147,686    11,016      7.46       144,223     11,225      7.78
                                                          -------                            -------
  Non-interest-earning assets...............     12,569                            10,610
                                               --------                          --------
   Total assets.............................   $160,255                          $154,833
                                               ========                          ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Transaction and savings deposits..........   $ 18,181       430      2.37      $ 18,764        492      2.62
  Certificate accounts......................    106,572     6,354      5.96       105,684      6,416      6.07
  Borrowings................................     10,075       495      4.91         6,068        268      4.42
                                               --------   -------                --------    -------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities.......    134,828     7,279      5.40       130,516      7,176      5.50
                                                          -------                            -------
Non-interest-bearing liabilities............      3,049                             2,811
                                                -------                          --------
   Total liabilities........................    137,877                           133,327
Equity......................................     22,378                            21,506
                                                -------                          --------
    Total liabilities and equity............   $160,255                          $154,833
                                               ========                          ========
Net interest income.........................               $ 3,737                           $ 4,049
                                                           =======                           =======
Net interest rate spread (4)................                           2.06%                              2.28%
                                                                     ======                             ======
Net interest-earning assets.................   $ 12,858                          $ 13,707
                                               ========                          ========
Net yield on average interest-earning assets(5)               2.53%                             2.81%
                                                           =======                            ======
Average interest-earning assets to average
  interest-bearing liabilities..............     109.54%                           110.50%
                                               ========                          ========
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1)  Amounts are net of allowance for loan losses but include non-accrual loans.
     Interest is recognized on non-accrual loans only as and when received.
(2)  Securities are included at carrying value.
(3)  Other  interest-earning  assets  include  Federal  Home Loan Bank of Dallas
     stock.
(4)  Net interest rate spread  represents  the  difference  between the weighted
     average yield on  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average cost of
     interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income as a percentage  of
     average interest-earning assets.


                                       29

<PAGE>
         Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the dollar amount of
changes  in  interest  income  and  interest  expense  for major  components  of
interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  It  distinguishes
between the changes related to outstanding  balances and that due to the changes
in  interest   rates.   For  each  category  of   interest-earning   assets  and
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to
(i) changes in volume (i.e.,  changes in volume  multiplied  by old rate),  (ii)
changes in rate (i.e.,  changes in rate  multiplied  by old  volume),  and (iii)
change in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Three Months Ended September 30,                    Years Ended June 30,
                                          -----------------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
                                                         1999 vs. 1998                                 1999 vs. 1998
                                          -----------------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
                                          Increase/(Decrease)                           Increase/(Decrease)
                                                Due to                      Total             Due to                       Total
                                         --------------------    Rate/    Increase      -------------------     Rate/     Increase
                                          Volume      Rate      Volume    (Decrease)    Volume       Rate      Volume    (Decrease)
                                          ------      ----      ------     --------     ------       ----      ------     --------
                                                                     (In Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
  Loans receivable.....................  $  (144)    $   64     $  157     $   77       $   183     $ (334)    $ (310)     $ (461)
  Mortgage-backed securities...........       (3)         4        (13)       (12)            8        (22)      (111)       (125)
  Investment securities................      (13)        14       (159)      (158)           46         24        179         249
  Other interest earning assets........       (5)        (2)       (70)       (77)           23       (123)       228         128
                                         -------     ------     ------     ------       -------     ------     ------      ------
  Total interest-earning assets             (165)        80        (85)      (170)          260       (455)       (14)       (209)
                                         -------     ------     ------     ------       -------     ------     ------      ------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Transactions and savings deposits....       (8)       (31)         1        (38)           16        (39)       (39)        (62)
  Certificate accounts.................      (98)      (106)         4       (200)          202        (80)      (184)        (62)
  Borrowings...........................       (8)        --          4         (4)           (2)       240        (11)        227
                                         -------     ------     ------     ------       -------     ------     ------      ------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities...     (114)      (137)         9       (242)          216        121       (234)        103
                                          ------     ------     ------     ------       -------     ------     ------      ------
Net interest income....................  $   (51)    $  217     $  (94)    $   72       $    44     $ (576)    $  220      $ (312)
                                         =======     ======     ======     ======       =======     ======     ======      ======
</TABLE>
Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 1999 and June 30, 1999

         Alamogordo  Financial's total assets increased by $526,000,  or .3%, to
$156.7  million at September 30, 1999 from $156.2  million at June 30, 1999. The
increase  resulted  primarily  from an  increase  in loans  receivable  and cash
equivalents,  partially  offset by decreases  in  securities.  Loans  receivable
increased by $1.2 million,  or 0.9%, to $117.1  million from $115.9 million as a
result of increased loan demand and Alamogordo Federal's efforts to increase its
loan portfolio. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $1.9 million, or 22.4% to
$10.4  million at June 30,  1999,  from $8.5  million  at  September  30,  1999,
reflecting   the  proceeds  from  the  maturity  and  repayment  of  securities.
Securities,  including mortgage-backed securities, decreased by $2.3 million, or
11.2%,  to $18.2  million  from  $20.5  million  as a result of  maturities  and
repayments.

         Total  deposits  remained  relatively  stable as a  $910,000,  or 4.6%,
decrease in transaction and savings deposits was offset by an $860,000,  or .8%,
increase in term certificates to $103.4 million from $102.5 million.
Total borrowings were unchanged at $10.0 million.

         Equity  increased  by  $192,000,  or .8%, to $22.6  million  from $22.4
million primarily due to earnings over the period, partially offset by a $37,000
decrease in accumulated other comprehensive  income related to unrealized losses
on securities available for sale.

Comparison  of  Operating  Results for the Three Months Ended September 30, 1999
  and 1998

         General. Net income increased by $91,000, or 65.9%, to $229,000 for the
three months ended  September 30, 1999, from $138,000 for the three months ended
September  30,  1998.  The  increase  resulted  from an increase in net interest
income and other income, and a decrease in total other expenses.

         Total Interest Income. Total interest income decreased by $170,000,  or
6.1%,  to $2.6 million for the three months ended  September  30, 1999 from $2.8
million for the three months ended  September  30, 1998.  The decrease  resulted
from a decrease in interest on securities  and other  interest-earnings  assets,
partially offset by an increase in interest and fees on loans.

     Interest and fees on loans  receivable  increased by $77,000,  or 3.5%,  to
$2.3 million from $2.2 million.  The increase resulted from an $8.4 million,  or
7.8%, increase in the average balance of loans receivable to $116.7 million from
$108.3  million,  partially  offset by a 32 basis point  decrease in the average
yield on the loan  portfolio  to 7.85% from 8.17%.  The  decrease in the average
yield resulted from the prepayment of higher yielding loans and the redeployment
of proceeds in  originations  of new  lower-yielding  loans in the  then-current
declining  interest  rate  environment.  The  decrease  in  average  yield  also
resulted, in part,
                                       30

<PAGE>



from downward adjustments in adjustable-rate loans.

         Interest  on  securities,   including  mortgage-backed  securities  and
interest  earning  assets,  decreased by $247,000,  or 41.7%,  to $345,000  from
$592,000. This decrease resulted from a $13.2 million, or 41.7%, decrease in the
average balance of securities and a $5.0 million decrease in the average balance
of other  interest-earnings  assets.  The  effects of the  decreases  in average
balances was partially  offset by increases in the average yield, as the average
yield on securities (including mortgage-backed securities) increased by 30 basis
points and the average yield on other  interest-earnings  assets increased by 28
basis  points.  The decrease in average  balances of investment  securities  and
other  interest-earning   assets  resulted  from  maturities  and  repayment  of
principal.   The  increase  in  average   yield   resulted   from   maturity  of
lower-yielding investments.

         Interest Expense.  Interest expense on deposits  decreased by $238,000,
or 13.4%,  to $1.5 million for the three months  ended  September  30, 1999 from
$1.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 1998.  Interest expense on
transaction  and savings  accounts  decreased to $96,000 from  $134,000,  as the
average balance of transaction and savings accounts remained  relatively stable,
and the  average  cost  decreased  to 2.14%  from  2.98%.  Interest  expense  on
certificate  accounts decreased by $200,000,  to $1.4 million from $1.6 million,
as the average balance of certificate accounts decreased by $6.1 million and the
average  cost  decreased  by 42 basis  points.  Interest  expense on  borrowings
decreased  by $4,000.  The  decrease in  certificate  accounts  resulted  from a
decrease in public funds.  The decrease in rates resulted from a general decline
in shorter-term market rates of interest.

         Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $72,000, or 7.9%,
to $980,000  the three  months ended  September  30, 1999 from  $908,000 for the
three months ended September 30, 1998. Net interest rate spread,  the difference
between  the yield on  average  total  interest-earning  assets  and the cost of
average  total  interest-bearing  liabilities,  increased  by 52 basis points to
2.43% from 1.91%.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  We establish  provisions  for loan losses,
which are charged to  operations,  in order to maintain the  allowance  for loan
losses at a level that we believe is appropriate to absorb future charge-offs of
loans  deemed  uncollectible.  In  determining  the  appropriate  level  of  the
allowance  for loan  losses,  management  considers  past and  anticipated  loss
experience,  evaluations  of real estate  collateral,  current  and  anticipated
economic conditions,  volume and type of lending and the levels of nonperforming
and other  classified  loans.  The amount of the allowance is based on estimates
and the ultimate  losses may vary from such estimates.  Management  assesses the
allowance  for loan losses on a quarterly  basis and makes  provisions  for loan
losses as necessary in order to maintain the adequacy of the allowance.

         During the three months ended  September  30, 1999 and 1998, we made no
provision for loan losses.  Net loan charge-offs for the each period was $5,000.
Our  allowance for loan losses was  $467,000,  or 176.2% of total  nonperforming
loans at September 30, 1999.  While  management  uses  available  information to
recognize losses on loans, future loan loss provisions may be necessary based on
changes in economic conditions. In addition,  various regulatory agencies, as an
integral part of their examination  process,  periodically  review the allowance
for loan losses and may require us to recognize  additional  provisions based on
their  judgment  of  information   available  to  them  at  the  time  of  their
examination.

         Other Income.  Total other income  includes  service  charges and fees,
gain (loss) on sale of real estate owned and premises and equipment,  and other.
Total other income  increased by $55,000,  or 103.8%,  to $108,000 from $53,000.
Service  charges and fees increased by $18,000  primarily due to ATM fee income.
Gain on sale of premises  and  equipment  totaled  $29,000 for the three  months
ended  September  30, 1999 as compared to no gain for the  previous  period as a
result of the sale of land.

         Other Expense.  Total other expense  decreased by $19,000,  or 2.4%, to
$766,000  for the three months ended  September  30, 1999 from  $785,000 for the
three months ended  September 30, 1998.  The decrease in other expense  resulted
primarily  from a $65,000  decrease in data  processing  fees due to  Alamogordo
Federal's  conversion of its data  processing  system during the earlier period,
offset  in part due to a  $12,000  increase  in  advertising  due to  additional
marketing  programs and a $28,000  increase in occupancy due to the opening of a
branch facility and an increase in property taxes.

         Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes increased to
$93,000,  or 28.9% of net income before income taxes, from $38,000,  or 21.6% of
net income before income taxes.  The increase in the provision  resulted from an
increase in net income before  income taxes.  The increase in effective tax rate
resulted from a decrease in income from tax-exempt  securities and other changes
in deferred tax items.


                                       31

<PAGE>



Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 1999 and 1998

         Alamogordo Financial's total assets decreased by $4.2 million, or 2.6%,
to $156.2  million at June 30, 1999 from $160.4  million at June 30,  1998.  The
decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in securities partially offset by an
increase in loans  receivable.  Loan  receivable  increased by $6.1 million,  or
5.6%, to $115.9 million from $109.8 million as a result of increased loan demand
and  Alamogordo  Federal's  efforts to increase its loan  portfolio.  Securities
decreased by $12.2 million,  or 37.3%,  to $20.5 million from $32.7 million as a
result of maturities and principal paydowns.

         Total deposits decreased by $4.2 million, or 3.3%, to $122.5 million at
June 30, 1999 from $126.7 million at June 30, 1998. The decrease resulted from a
$5.0 million,  or 4.6%,  decrease in term  certificates  to $102.5  million from
$107.5 million, partially offset by a $767,000, or 4.0%, increase in transaction
and savings  deposits  to $20.0  million  from $19.2  million.  The  decrease in
certificates  of  deposits   resulted  from  a  decrease  in  public  funds  and
maturities.  Total borrowings  decreased by $151,000 to $10.0 million from $10.2
million.

         Equity  increased by  $375,000,  or 1.7%,  to $22.4  million from $22.1
million  primarily  due to  earnings  over the  period,  partially  offset  by a
$203,000  decrease  in  accumulated  other   comprehensive   income  related  to
unrealized losses on securities available for sale.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998

         General.  Net income  decreased by $436,000,  or 39.1%, to $679,000 for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, from $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1998. The decrease  resulted from a decrease in net interest income and
an increase in total other  expenses,  partially  offset by an increase in total
other income.

         Total Interest Income. Total interest income decreased by $209,000,  or
1.9%,  to $11.0  million  for the fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1999 from $11.2
million for the fiscal year ended June 30,  1998.  The  decrease  resulted  from
decreases  in  interest  and fees on loans  receivable  partially  offset  by an
increase in interest on securities.

         Interest and fees on loans receivable  decreased by $461,000,  or 4.9%,
to $9.0 million from $9.5 million. The decrease resulted from a $1.7 million, or
1.5%, decrease in the average balance of loans receivable to $112.3 million from
$114.0  million,  and a 29 basis point decrease in the average yield on the loan
portfolio  to 8.01%  from  8.30%.  The  decrease  in  average  balance  of loans
receivable  and average yield  resulted  primarily from the prepayment of higher
yielding  loans  and the  origination  of  lower-yielding  loans in a  declining
interest rate environment. The decrease in average yield also resulted, in part,
from the downward adjustments in adjustable-rate loans.

         Interest on securities (including mortgage-backed securities) and other
interest  earning assets  increased by $252,000,  or 14.2%, to $2.0 million from
$1.8 million.  The increase resulted from a $1.7 million,  or 6.9%,  increase in
the average balance of investment  securities and a $3.4 million increase in the
average  balance of other  interest-earnings  assets.  The  increase in interest
income on  securities  and other  interest  earning  assets was in partial by an
increase in the average yield, on securities  which increased by 11 basis points
offset by a decrease in average  yield on other  interest-earning  assets of 128
basis  points.  The increase in average  balances of investment  securities  and
other  interest-earnings  assets resulted primarily from purchases of additional
securities. The change in average yield resulted from the change in shorter-term
market rates of interest.

         Interest Expense.  Interest expense on deposits  decreased by $124,000,
or 1.8%,  to $6.8  million  for the fiscal  year  ended June 30,  1999 from $6.9
million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998. Interest expense on transaction
and savings accounts decreased to $430,000 from $492,000, as the average balance
of  transaction  and savings  accounts  decreased  to $18.2  million  from $18.8
million, and the average cost decreased to 2.37% from 2.62%. Interest expense on
certificate  accounts decreased by $62,000,  as a 11 basis point decrease in the
average cost was partially  offset by an $888,000  increase in average  balance.
Interest expense on borrowings increased by $227,000, to $495,000 from $268,000,
due to a $4.0  million  increase  in  average  borrowings  and a 49 basis  point
increase in average cost of  borrowings.  The decrease in rates  resulted from a
general decline in shorter-term market rates of interest.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest  income  decreased by $312,000,  or
7.7%,  to $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 from $4.0 million
for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1998.  Net  interest  rate  spread,  the
difference  between the yield on average total  interest-earning  assets and the
cost of average total interest-bearing liabilities, decreased by 22 basis points
to 2.06% from 2.28%. This decrease,  or compression,  resulted from the yield on
our average total  interest-earning  assets declining more rapidly than the cost
of our

                                       32

<PAGE>



interest-bearing liabilities in a declining interest rate environment. The yield
on our loans declined primarily due to the prepayment of  higher-yielding  loans
and originations of lower-yielding  loans, and secondarily due to adjustments in
our adjustable-rate loans.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  We establish  provisions  for loan losses,
which are charged to  operations,  in order to maintain the  allowance  for loan
losses at a level that we believe is appropriate to absorb future charge-offs of
loans  deemed  uncollectible.  In  determining  the  appropriate  level  of  the
allowance  for loan  losses,  management  considers  past and  anticipated  loss
experience,  evaluations  of real estate  collateral,  current  and  anticipated
economic conditions,  volume and type of lending and the levels of nonperforming
and other  classified  loans.  The amount of the allowance is based on estimates
and the ultimate  losses may vary from such estimates.  Management  assesses the
allowance  for loan losses on a quarterly  basis and makes  provisions  for loan
losses as necessary in order to maintain the adequacy of the allowance.

         During  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  1999  and 1998 we made no
provision for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs for the periods were $14,000 and
$63,000, respectively. This resulted in the allowance for loan losses decreasing
to  $472,000,  or 88.7%  of total  nonperforming  loans  at June 30,  1999  from
$486,000,  or 60.8%  of  total  nonperforming  loans  at June  30,  1998.  While
management uses available  information to recognize losses on loans, future loan
loss  provisions may be necessary  based on changes in economic  conditions.  In
addition,  various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require us to
recognize additional provisions based on their judgment of information available
to them at the time of their examination.

         Other Income.  Total other income  includes  service  charges and fees,
gain (loss) on sale of real estate owned and other. Total other income increased
by  $47,000,  or 22.07,  to $260,000  from  $213,000.  Service  charges and fees
increased  by $31,000 or 30%  primarily  due to an  increase  in ATM fees.  Gain
(loss) on sale of real estate  owned  decreased by $12,000 as a result of losses
recognized on foreclosed  loans.  Other income,  consisting  primarily of rental
income, increased $27,000.

         Other Expense.  Total other expense increased by $411,000, or 15.7%, to
$3.0  million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 from $2.6  million for the
fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1998.  The  increase  in other  expense  resulted
primarily from Alamogordo  Federal's  conversion of its data  processing  system
during 1999 and the opening of its second branch office.

         Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes decreased to
$296,000, or 30.4% of net income before income taxes, from $536,000, or 32.5% of
net income before income  taxes.  The decrease in the provision  resulted from a
decrease in net income before  income taxes.  The decrease in effective tax rate
reflects  a change in the mix of  tax-exempt  securities  and other  changes  in
deferred tax items.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Alamogordo  Federal's liquidity  management  objective is to ensure the
availability of sufficient  cash flows to meet all financial  commitments and to
capitalize on opportunities for expansion.  Liquidity  management  addresses the
ability to meet deposit  withdrawals  on demand or at contractual  maturity,  to
repay  borrowings  as they  mature,  and to fund new  loans and  investments  as
opportunities   arise.   Alamogordo  Federal's  primary  sources  of  internally
generated funds are principal and interest  payments on loans  receivable,  cash
flows  generated  from  operations,  and cash flows  generated  by  investments.
External  sources of funds  include  increases in deposits and advances from the
FHLB of Dallas.  Management believes that Alamogordo Federal's liquidity will be
initially increased due to the proceeds received from the stock offering.

         Alamogordo Federal is required under applicable federal  regulations to
maintain specified levels of "liquid"  investments in qualifying types of United
States  Government,  federal agency and other  investments  having maturities of
five years of less. Current OTS regulations  require that a savings  association
maintain  liquid  assets of not less than 4% of its average daily balance of net
withdrawable  deposit  accounts  and  borrowings  payable  in one  year or less.
Monetary  penalties  may be imposed  for  failure to meet  applicable  liquidity
requirements. At September 30, 1999, Alamogordo Federal's liquidity, as measured
for regulatory purposes, was in excess of the minimum OTS requirement.

         At  September  30,  1999,   Alamogordo  Federal  had  loan  commitments
(excluding  undisbursed  portions of interim  construction loans of $193,000) of
$305,000 and unused lines of credit of $56,000. Alamogordo Federal believes that
it has adequate  resources to fund loan commitments as they arise. If Alamogordo
Federal  requires  funds beyond its internal  funding  capabilities,  additional
advances from the FHLB of Dallas are available. At

                                       33

<PAGE>



September 30, 1999,  approximately $53.7 million of time deposits were scheduled
to mature  within a year,  and we expect  that a portion of these time  deposits
will not be renewed upon maturity.

         Alamogordo  Financial  has  not  engaged  in any  significant  business
activity other than owning the common stock of Alamogordo Federal,  and does not
currently  intend  to do so after  the  stock  offering.  In  order  to  provide
sufficient funds for its operations,  Alamogordo Financial expects to retain and
invest 50% of the net proceeds of the stock offering  remaining after making the
loan to the ESOP. In the future, Alamogordo Financial's primary source of funds,
other than income from its  investments  and  principal  and  interest  payments
received  with  respect to the ESOP  loan,  is  expected  to be  dividends  from
Alamogordo Federal. As a stock savings and loan association,  Alamogordo Federal
is subject to regulatory limitations on its ability to pay cash dividends.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 133,  "Accounting  for
Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities".  This statement,  as amended by
SFAS No. 137, establishes  comprehensive  accounting and reporting  requirements
for  derivative  instruments  and hedging  activities.  The  statement  requires
companies to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities, with the
instruments  measured  at fair  value.  The  accounting  for  gains  and  losses
resulting from changes in fair value of the derivative instrument depends on the
intended use of the derivative and the type of risk being hedged. This statement
is effective  for all quarters of fiscal  years  beginning  after June 15, 2000,
although earlier adoption is permitted. We do not currently invest in derivative
instruments, therefore the provisions of SFAS No. 133 are not expected to have a
significant effect on the our consolidated  financial  statements.  SFAS No. 133
also  permits  certain   reclassifications  of  securities  among  the  trading,
available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity  classifications.  We have no  current
intention to reclassify any securities pursuant to SFAS No. 133.

         In  October  1998,  the FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  134,  "Accounting  for
Mortgage- Backed Securities  Retained After the Securitization of Mortgage Loans
Held for Sale by a  Mortgage  Banking  Enterprise",  which  amends  SFAS No. 65,
"Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking  Activities".  This statement  conforms
the subsequent  accounting for securities  retained after the  securitization of
mortgage  loans by a mortgage  banking  enterprise  with the accounting for such
securities by a non-mortgage banking enterprise. This statement is effective for
the first quarter beginning after December 15, 1998, and did not have any impact
on our  financial  position  or results  of  operations  as we do not  currently
securitize mortgage loans.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The consolidated  financial  statements and related notes of Alamogordo
Financial have been prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles (GAAP). GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position
and operating results in terms of historical  dollars without  consideration for
changes in the relative  purchasing  power of money over time due to  inflation.
The impact of inflation is reflected in the  increased  cost of our  operations.
Unlike industrial  companies,  our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary
in nature.  As a result,  changes in market interest rates have a greater impact
on performance than the effects of inflation.

                  BUSINESS OF ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION

General

         Since being  formed in April 1997,  we have not engaged in any business
other than holding the common stock of  Alamogordo  Federal.  We neither own nor
lease any property, but use the premises,  equipment and furniture of Alamogordo
Federal.  We employ only persons who are also officers of Alamogordo  Federal to
serve as our officers,  and we also use the support staff of Alamogordo  Federal
from time to time. We do not separately  compensate  any employees,  although in
the future we may hire additional  employees if we expand our business.  Through
our wholly-owned subsidiary, Alamogordo Federal, we are engaged primarily in the
business of offering  FDIC-insured deposits to customers through our two offices
and investing those deposits,  together with funds generated from operations and
borrowings, in loans, investment securities and mortgage-backed  securities. Our
mortgage  loans  include  one-  to  four-family  residential,   multifamily  and
nonresidential,  and  construction  and land  loans.  Consumer  and other  loans
include  second  mortgage,  consumer,  commercial  business and deposit  account
loans. We retain substantially all of the loans we originate. Our investment and
mortgage-backed  securities include securities issued by the U.S. Government and
government agencies, although from time to time we may purchase other investment
and mortgage-backed securities as permitted by applicable laws and regulations.


                                       34

<PAGE>



         Our revenues  are derived  principally  from  interest on our loans and
interest and  dividends on our  investment  securities.  Our primary  sources of
funds are deposits,  borrowings,  scheduled amortization and prepayments of loan
principal and  mortgage-backed  securities,  maturities  and calls of investment
securities and funds provided by operations.

Market Area

         We operate one full-service  branch in addition to our main office. Our
branch and main office are both located in  Alamogordo,  New Mexico.  As of June
30, 1998,  our deposits  represented  over 33% of all FDIC- insured  deposits in
Alamogordo,  and over 31% of all  FDIC-insured  deposits  in Otero  County,  New
Mexico, positioning us as the largest (in total deposits) depository institution
in Alamogordo and Otero County, New Mexico.

         Our geographic  market area for loans and deposits is principally Otero
County,  New  Mexico.  The  majority  of our loans are secured by real estate in
Otero County,  New Mexico.  Otero County's  economy is heavily  dependent on two
U.S. Government military  installations  located in the county.  Otero County is
located in southern New Mexico,  90 miles  Northeast of El Paso,  Texas,  and is
adjacent  to the New Mexico  counties  of Lincoln,  Chaves,  Eddy,  Dona Ana and
Sierra and the Texas counties of El Paso, Hudspeth and Culberson.

         The local economy is comprised  primarily of tourist  related  activity
and light manufacturing. White Sands National Monument, home of the annual White
Sands Balloon  Festival,  is a major attraction as are the  International  Space
Hall of Fame and the Lincoln National Forest.

         Holloman Air Force Base, the area's largest  employer,  is located near
Alamogordo,  and is the home of the 49 Fighter  Wing,  flying the F-117  Stealth
Fighter. The air force base is also home to the German Air Force Flying Training
Center which  provides  flight  training for Germany's  Tornado  Pilots.  At the
present time approximately 1,380 German military personnel and dependents reside
in Alamogordo  with this number expected to exceed 2,000 soon after the first of
the year.  Holloman is also the home of the high speed test track which provides
extensive testing for various aircraft components.

         White Sands Missile Range, an U.S. Army  installation  near Alamogordo,
is the second largest overland testing range in the world. The range is utilized
by Holloman Air Force Base, Fort Bliss, Texas, and various defense  contractors,
and is  presently  home to the High  Energy  Laser Test  Facility  developing  a
ballistic missile defense system. White Sands Missile Range is the birthplace of
the U.S.  rocket  program  in the  1940's,  and  today is the  testing  site for
numerous  Department of Defense research and evaluation  programs  including the
next generation for anti-ballistic missiles.

         Together, Holloman Air Force Base and White Sands Missile Range have an
annual  payroll of more than $200  million and an  economic  impact of more than
$450 million to the local economy.  Other larger  employers  include  Alamogordo
Public Schools and the School for the Visually Handicapped,  City of Alamogordo,
Gerald Champion Memorial Hospital,  Van Winkles IGA, White Sands Research Center
and Casa Arena Blanca Nursing Home.

         As of 1998,  the median  household  income in  Alamogordo  was $32,124,
slightly  higher than the median  household  income for Otero  County in 1998 of
$29,315. As of August, 1998, the labor force of Otero County consisted of 20,643
people of which 19,408 were employed.  This equates to an  unemployment  rate of
6.0%.

Competition

         We  face  intense  competition  both in  making  loans  and  attracting
deposits.  New Mexico, and Otero County,  have a high concentration of financial
institutions,  many of which are  branches  of large money  center and  regional
banks which have resulted from the  consolidation of the banking industry in New
Mexico and surrounding  states. Some of these competitors have greater resources
than we do and may offer services that we do not provide.

         Our competition  for loans comes  principally  from  commercial  banks,
savings institutions,  mortgage banking firms, credit unions, finance companies,
insurance  companies and brokerage and investment banking firms. Our most direct
competition for deposits has  historically  come from credit unions,  commercial
banks and savings and loan  associations.  We face  additional  competition  for
deposits from short-term money market funds, corporate and government securities
funds, and from brokerage firms, mutual funds, and insurance companies.



                                       35

<PAGE>



Lending Activities

         Loan Portfolio  Composition.  At September 30, 1999, we had total loans
of $120.7 million,  of which $106.3 million,  or 88.0%, were one- to four-family
residential  mortgages.  The  remainder of our mortgage  loans at September  30,
1999, consisted of multifamily and nonresidential,  land and construction loans.
In addition,  we originate  consumer and other loans  including  second mortgage
loans, consumer loans,  commercial business loans, and deposit account loans. As
of  September  30,  1999,  $6.75  million,  or 5.6%,  of our  total  loans  have
adjustable rates of interest.

         Our loans are  subject to federal  and state law and  regulations.  The
interest  rates we charge on loans are  affected  principally  by the demand for
loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and the interest rates
offered by our competitors.  These factors are, in turn, affected by general and
local  economic  conditions,   monetary  policies  of  the  federal  government,
including the Federal Reserve Board,  legislative tax policies and  governmental
budgetary matters.

         The following table shows the composition of Alamogordo  Federal's loan
portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages  (before  deductions for loans in
process,  deferred fees and discounts and allowances for losses) as of the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                         June 30,
                                         September 30,        ------------------------------------------------
                                             1999                      1999                      1998
                                    ----------------------    ----------------------    ----------------------
                                     Amount       Percent      Amount        Percent      Amount       Percent
                                    --------      -------     --------       -------     --------      -------
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
Mortgage loans:
<S>                                 <C>             <C>        <C>             <C>       <C>             <C>
  One- to four-family............   $106,294        88.0%      $106,286        88.7%     $103,174        92.0%
  Multifamily and nonresidential.      8,086         6.7          8,109         6.8         4,366         3.9
  Construction...................        357         0.3            807         0.7           957         0.9
  Land...........................        541         0.5             42         0.0           102         0.1
                                    --------       -----       --------       -----      --------       -----
   Total mortgage loans..........    115,278        95.5        115,244        96.2       108,599        96.9
                                    --------       -----       --------       -----      --------       -----
Consumer and other loans:
  Second mortgage................      1,397         1.2          1,326         1.1           426         0.4
  Consumer.......................      1,608         1.3          1,271         1.1         1,262         1.1
  Commercial business............        977         0.8            511         0.4           417         0.4
  Deposit account................      1,467         1.2          1,436         1.2         1,399         1.2
                                    --------       -----       --------       -----      --------       -----
   Total consumer and other loans      5,449         4.5          4,544         3.8         3,504         3.1
                                    --------       -----       --------       -----      --------       -----
    Total loans..................    120,727       100.0%       119,788       100.0%      112,103       100.0%
                                                   =====                      =====                     =====
Less:
  Loans in process...............     (2,632)                    (2,825)                   (1,289)
  Deferred fees and discounts....       (543)                      (541)                     (562)
  Allowance for losses...........       (467)                      (473)                     (486)
                                    --------                   --------                  --------
   Total loans receivable, net      $117,085                   $115,949                  $109,766
                                    ========                   ========                  ========
</TABLE>


         Loan  Maturity  Schedules.  The  following  table sets forth the dollar
amounts  of  fixed-  and  adjustable-rate  loans  at  June  30,  1999  that  are
contractually due after June 30, 2000.


                                         Fixed      Adjustable        Total
                                       --------     ----------      ---------
                                                  (In thousands)
Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family.............    $ 95,170       $  5,740       $100,910
   Multifamily and nonresidential..       6,116            948          7,064
   Construction....................          --             --             --
   Land............................          38             --             38
Consumer and other loans...........       2,698             --          2.698
Add back: Loans in process.........       2,825             --          2,825
                                       --------       --------       --------
Total loans due after one year.....    $106,847       $  6,688       $113,535
                                       ========       ========       ========




                                       36

<PAGE>


         Maturity of Loan  Portfolio.  The  following  table sets forth  certain
information  at June 30, 1999  regarding the dollar amount of loans  maturing in
Alamogordo  Financial's  portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity,
but does not include scheduled payments or potential  prepayments.  Demand loans
and loans with no stated  maturity are reported as becoming due within one year.
Loan balances do not include  undisbursed  loan  proceeds,  unearned  discounts,
unearned income and allowance for loans losses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Multifamily and
                     One- to Four-Family   Nonresidential     Construction           Land      Consumer and Other      Total
                     -------------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------- ------------------  --------------
                              Weighted           Weighted           Weighted          Weighted          Weighted         Weighted
                               Average            Average            Average           Average           Average          Average
                       Amount   Rate      Amount   Rate      Amount   Rate     Amount   Rate     Amount   Rate     Amount  Rate
                      ------- ---------  ------- ---------  ------- --------  ------- --------  ------- --------  ------- -------
                                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
Due During Years
Ending June 30,
<S>                   <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>
2000 (1)............  $ 3,275    7.78%   $   458    8.06%   $   676    9.40%  $     4    11.53%  $ 1,840    7.99%  $  6,253   8.04%
2001................    3,412    7.76        661    8.10         --      --        19    12.29       602    8.18      4,694   8.00
2002................    3,570    7.74        446    8.03         --      --        11    12.32       784    8.27      4,811   7.96
2003 and 2004.......    7,967    7.73        901    7.99         --      --         1    12.25       561    8.35      9,430   7.90
2005 to 2009........   20,535    7.70      3,041    7.74         --      --         4    12.02       580    8.42     24,160   7.80
2010 to 2024........   54,923    7.64      2,015    7.93         --      --         3    11.87       171    8.46     57,112   7.71
2025 and following..   10,503    7.61         --      --         --      --        --       --        --      --     10,503   7.70
Add back:
  loans in process..    2,101      --        587      --        131      --        --       --         6      --      2,825     --
                     --------    ----    -------    ----    -------    ----   -------    -----   -------    ----   --------   ----
Total loans......... $106,286    7.67%   $ 8,109    7.89%   $   807    9.40%  $    42    12.17%  $ 4,544    8.18%  $119,788   7.78%
                     ========    ====    =======    ====    =======    ====   =======    =====   =======    ====   ========   ====
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans.


                                       37


<PAGE>



         One- to  Four-Family  Residential  Real Estate Loans.  We emphasize the
origination  of mortgage loans secured by one- to  four-family  properties  that
serve as the  primary  residence  of the owner,  although  we also  offer  loans
secured by properties  that do not serve as the primary  residence of the owner.
We  currently  hold most of the loans that we  originate  in our  portfolio  and
intend to continue to do so, although in the past we have sold loans.  From time
to time we purchase one- to four-family  residential  mortgage  loans,  and have
purchased  loans that are  secured  by  properties  that are not  located in our
market area.  Generally,  the loans that we purchase  have  adjustable  rates of
interest,  and are purchased as part of our interest rate risk  strategy.  As of
September 30, 1999, loans secured by one- to four-family  residential properties
accounted for $106.3 million, or 88.0%, of our total loan portfolio.

         We originate a  significant  amount of VA  guaranteed  loans,  that is,
30-year fixed-rate  residential real estate loans that are partially  guaranteed
as to repayment of principal and interest by the Department of Veterans Affairs.
The Department of Veterans Affairs  guarantees 80% of the mortgage loans against
default by the borrower,  and establishes the maximum interest rate that lenders
may charge.  VA guaranteed loans may be repaid at any time without penalty,  and
are assumable by another borrower at the same rate if the borrower sells a home.
At September  30, 1999,  $25.5  million,  or 24.0%,  of our one- to  four-family
residential real estate loans were VA guaranteed loans.

         We originate VA guaranteed loans in amounts up to 100% of the appraised
value or selling  price of the mortgaged  property,  whichever is less. In other
cases,  we lend up to 95% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price
of the property,  with the condition that private mortgage insurance is required
on loans with a  loan-to-value  ratio in excess of 80%. On occasion we originate
non-conforming  loans which are tailored for the local community,  but which may
not satisfy the various requirements imposed by Fannie Mae.

         Our one- to  four-family  residential  mortgage loan  originations  are
generally  for terms from 10 to 30 years,  and amortize on a monthly  basis with
interest  and  principal  due each month.  Residential  real estate  loans often
remain  outstanding for  significantly  shorter  periods than their  contractual
terms as  borrowers  may  refinance  or  prepay  loans at their  option  without
penalty. Except for our VA guaranteed loans, our one- to four-family residential
mortgage  loans  customarily  contain  "due-on-sale"  clauses which permit us to
accelerate  the  indebtedness  of the loan upon  transfer  of  ownership  of the
mortgage  property.  Because our local economy is heavily  dependent on two U.S.
Government military  installations  located in the county, many of our borrowers
are  employed by the federal  government  in  positions  that  require  frequent
relocation.  When these borrowers  relocate,  they often sell the homes securing
the loan,  and prepay the  mortgage  loan.  As a result,  we believe our one- to
four-family   residential  real  estate  loans,   particularly  our  30-year  VA
guaranteed  loans,  remain  outstanding  for a  shorter  period of time than the
national  average for 30-year  fixed-rate one- to four-family  residential  real
estate loans.

         We also offer  adjustable-rate  mortgage,  or ARM, loans with a maximum
term of 30 years.  The  adjustable-rate  loans that we offer  generally  include
limitations on the maximum  increases and decreases in interest  rates,  and may
have "teaser"  rates,  or relatively  low initial rates of interest.  We believe
that  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans help  reduce our  exposure  to changes in
interest rates.  However,  there are unquantifiable  credit risks resulting from
potential  increased  costs  to the  borrower  as a  result  of the  pricing  of
adjustable-rate  mortgage loans.  During periods of rising  interest rates,  the
risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward
adjustment  of  interest  cost  to  the  borrower.  We  have  not  originated  a
significant amount of adjustable rate loans recently,  and did not originate any
adjustable-rate  one- to  four-family  residential  real estate loans during the
three months ended September 30, 1999 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.

         During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  we purchased  $4.6 million
of adjustable-rate loans secured by one- to four-family  residential real estate
located in Indiana.  At September 30, 1999, our portfolio  included $5.7 million
of adjustable-rate  one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans, or 4.7% of
our total  loan  portfolio.  Almost  all of the  adjustable-rate  loans  that we
currently own were  purchased from another lender and are secured by real estate
located outside of our market area.

         Multifamily and Nonresidential Real Estate Lending. Our multifamily and
nonresidential  real estate loans include real estate loans secured primarily by
first liens on commercial  real estate and apartment  buildings.  The commercial
real estate  properties  are  predominantly  nonresidential  properties  such as
office buildings,  retail strip centers and more specialized  properties such as
churches,  mobile home parks,  restaurants  and  motel/hotels.  Loans secured by
commercial  real  estate  totaled  $7.4  million,  or 6.2%,  of our  total  loan
portfolio as of September 30, 1999, and consisted of 25 loans  outstanding  with
an average loan balance of approximately $297,000.  Loans secured by multifamily
residential real estate totaled  $660,000,  or 0.6%, of our total loan portfolio
as of  September  30, 1999,  and  consisted  of four loans  outstanding  with an
average  loan  balance  of  approximately  $165,000.  Substantially  all  of our
commercial real estate and multifamily loans are secured by properties located

                                       38

<PAGE>



in our primary  market area. As of September  30, 1999,  we had one  multifamily
residential  real estate loan and one commercial  real estate loan with balances
in excess of $500,000.  The commercial real estate loan had an aggregate balance
of $1.6  million  and was secured by a first lien on a church  property  that is
located in our market area. The  multifamily  residential  loan had an aggregate
balance  of $1.6  million,  $1.5  million of which had been  disbursed,  and was
secured by rental lots in a  retirement  community  located in our market  area.
Each of these loans was performing in accordance with its contractual terms.

         As part of the our  ongoing  interest  rate risk  management,  we offer
adjustable-rate  commercial  and  multifamily  real  estate  loans.  The initial
interest  rates on these loans adjust after an initial three or five year period
to new market rates that  generally  range  between 200 to 350 basis points over
the then current three or five year U.S. Treasury or FHLB rates.  Commercial and
multifamily residential real estate loans typically have a term of approximately
10 years,  with an amortization  schedule of  approximately 20 years, and may be
repaid subject to certain penalties.

         In the underwriting of commercial and multifamily real estate loans, we
generally  lend  up to  70% of  the  property's  appraised  value  on  apartment
buildings, and commercial properties that are not owner-occupied,  and up to 75%
of  the  property's   appraised   value  on  commercial   properties   that  are
owner-occupied.  Appraised values are determined by independent  appraisers that
we  designate.   We  generally  obtain  an  environmental   assessment  from  an
independent  engineering firm of any environmental  risks that may be associated
with a  particular  building  or the  site.  Decisions  to lend are based on the
economic  viability of the property and the  creditworthiness  of the  borrower.
Creditworthiness  is  determined  by  considering  the  character,   experience,
management  and  financial  strength  of the  borrower,  and the  ability of the
property to generate  adequate funds to cover both  operating  expenses and debt
service. In evaluating a commercial real estate loan, we emphasize primarily the
ratio of net cash flow to debt service for the property,  generally  requiring a
ratio of at least  125%,  computed  after  deduction  for a vacancy  factor  and
property expenses that we deem appropriate. In addition, a personal guarantee of
the loan is generally  required from the  principal(s)  of the borrower.  On all
real estate loans, we require title insurance insuring the priority of its lien,
fire  and  extended  coverage  casualty  insurance,   and  flood  insurance,  if
appropriate,  in  order to  protect  our  security  interest  in the  underlying
property.

         Multifamily and nonresidential real estate loans generally carry higher
interest  rates  and  have  shorter  terms  than  those  on one- to  four-family
residential  mortgage loans.  Multifamily and nonresidential  real estate loans,
however,  entail  significant  additional  credit  risks  compared  to  one-  to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans,  as they typically  involve large loan
balances  concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  In
addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income producing properties
typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate project
and thus may be subject to a greater  extent to adverse  conditions  in the real
estate market and in the economy generally.

         Construction and Land Loans. We originate acquisition,  development and
construction loans to builders in our market area. Acquisition loans are made to
help finance the purchase of land  intended for further  development,  including
single-family houses, multifamily housing, and commercial income property. Loans
for the  acquisition  of land are  generally  limited  to our most  creditworthy
customers.  In general,  the maximum  loan-to-value ratio for a land acquisition
loan is 50% of the appraised value of the property.  Development loans are often
made in conjunction with development and construction  loans.  Acquisition loans
may also be made to  borrowers  who  already own the  property,  but who require
additional financing to develop the property.

         We also  make  development  loans to  builders  in our  market  area to
finance  improvements  to  real  estate,   consisting  mostly  of  single-family
subdivisions,  typically  to finance  the cost of  utilities,  roads and sewers.
Builders  generally rely on the sale of single family homes to repay development
loans,  although in some cases the improved building lots may be sold to another
builder. The maximum loan-to-value ratio for these loans is generally 60% of the
appraised value of the property. Advances are made in accordance with a schedule
reflecting  the cost of  improvements.  Our policy is to  confirm  prior to each
advance that the  improvements  have been completed  properly as evidenced by an
inspection  report issued by an appraiser or engineer that we hire. In addition,
prior to advancing funds, we confirm that its lien priority remains in effect.

         We also grant construction loans to area builders, often in conjunction
with development  loans. These loans finance the cost of completing homes on the
improved  property.  The loans are generally limited to the lesser of 75% of the
appraised value of the property or the actual cost of improvements.  In the case
of  single-family  construction,  we limit the number of houses we will  finance
that are not under  contract for sale. As part of our  underwriting  process for
construction loans on income producing  properties,  such as apartment buildings
and  commercial  rental  properties,  we consider the  likelihood of leasing the
property  at the  expected  rental  amount,  and the time to achieve  sufficient
occupancy levels. We generally require a percentage of the building to be leased
prior to granting a construction loan on income producing property.

                                       39

<PAGE>




         Advances on  construction  loans are made in accordance with a schedule
reflecting  the cost of  construction.  Our policy is to  confirm  prior to each
advance that the  construction  has been  completed  properly as evidenced by an
inspection  report  typically  issued by an in-house  staff  inspector.  We also
confirm that our lien  priority  remains in force before  advancing  funds.  The
normal construction  period is six months,  during which time we collect monthly
interest  on  the  loan.   Repayment  of   construction   loans  on  residential
subdivisions  is  normally  expected  from  the  sale  of  units  to  individual
purchasers,  although  we may  convert  the  construction  loan  into  permanent
financing at such time. In the case of income producing  property,  repayment is
usually expected from permanent  financing upon completion of  construction.  We
commit to provide the permanent  mortgage  financing on most of our construction
loans on income-producing property.

         Acquisition, development and construction lending exposes us to greater
credit risk than permanent  mortgage  financing.  The repayment of  acquisition,
development  and  construction  loans  depends  upon the sale of the property to
third parties or the availability of permanent  financing upon completion of all
improvements.  These events may adversely affect the borrower and the collateral
value of the property.  Development and construction loans also expose us to the
risk  that  improvements  will  not be  completed  on  time in  accordance  with
specifications and projected costs. In addition,  the ultimate sale or rental of
the property may not occur as anticipated.

         Consumer and Other Loans. The Bank originates a variety of consumer and
other loans,  including second mortgage loans,  consumer loans,  deposit account
loans and  commercial  business  loans.  As of September 30, 1999,  consumer and
other loans  totaled  $5.4  million,  or 4.5% of the total loan  portfolio.  Our
second mortgage loans include  fixed-rate,  fixed-term  second mortgage and home
equity loans.  Our second mortgage loans are offered in amounts up to 90% of the
appraised value of the property  (including  prior liens).  Other consumer loans
include primarily loans secured by personal property such as autos, recreational
vehicles and boats,  although we make a small number of unsecured loans that are
personally guaranteed. Our procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an
assessment  of an  applicant's  credit  history and the ability to meet existing
obligations  and  payments  on  the  proposed  loan.   Although  an  applicant's
creditworthiness  is a primary  consideration,  the  underwriting  process  also
includes a comparison of the value of the  collateral  security,  if any, to the
proposed  loan  amount.  Consumer  loans  generally  entail  greater  risk  than
residential mortgage loans,  particularly in the case of consumer loans that are
unsecured or secured by assets that tend to depreciate,  such as automobiles. In
such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide
an adequate  source of  repayment  for the  outstanding  loan and the  remaining
deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against
the  borrower.  In  addition,  the  repayment of consumer  loans  depends on the
borrower's continued financial stability, as their repayment is more likely than
a single  family  mortgage loan to be adversely  affected by job loss,  divorce,
illness or personal bankruptcy.  Furthermore, the application of various federal
and state laws (including  bankruptcy and insolvency  laws) may limit the amount
that can be recovered on such loans.

         We also currently offer  commercial  business loans to customers in our
market  area,  some of which  are  secured  in part by  additional  real  estate
collateral.  In our  effort to expand our  customer  account  relationships  and
develop a broader base of more interest rate sensitive  assets,  we make various
types of  secured  commercial  loans  for the  purpose  of  financing  equipment
acquisition, expansion, working capital, inventory, operations and other general
business  purposes.  The terms of these loans generally range from less than one
year to up to ten years.  The loans are either  negotiated on a fixed-rate basis
or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to a lending rate which is determined
internally, or a short-term market rate index.

         We  base  our  commercial  credit  decisions  upon  a  complete  credit
assessment of the loan  applicant.  We try to  comprehensively  assess the risks
involved  in the  loan as part  of our  overall  determination  of  whether  the
applicant  will be able to  repay in  accordance  with the  proposed  terms.  We
generally  require  personal  guarantees  of  the  principals.  In  addition  to
evaluating the loan applicant's  financial  statements,  we try to determine the
probable  adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment that we may
rely upon in the  transaction.  We  supplement  our  analysis of the  applicants
creditworthiness with credit agency reports of the applicant's credit history as
well as bank  checks  and  trade  investigations.  We  also  analyze  collateral
supporting a secured  transaction to determine its  marketability and liquidity.
Commercial  business loans generally bear higher interest rates than residential
loans,  but they also involve a higher risk of default since their  repayment is
generally dependent on the successful operation of the borrower's business.

         Loan  Originations,   Purchases,  Sales  and  Servicing.   Although  we
originate both  fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate  loans,  our ability to generate
each type of loan depends upon borrower demand,  market interest rates, borrower
preference  for fixed-  versus  adjustable-rate  loans,  and the interest  rates
offered on each type of loan by other lenders in our market area.  This includes
competing banks, savings institutions, credit unions, and

                                       40

<PAGE>



mortgage banking companies, as well as life insurance companies, and Wall Street
conduits that also actively compete for local commercial real estate loans. Loan
originations  are derived  from a number of  sources,  including  branch  office
personnel,  existing  customers,  borrowers,  builders,  attorneys,  real estate
broker referrals and walk-in customers.

         Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely  affected by a
rising  interest  rate  environment  that  typically  results in decreased  loan
demand.  Accordingly,  the volume of loan  originations and the profitability of
this activity can vary from period to period.  One- to  four-family  residential
mortgage loans are generally  underwritten to current Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
seller/servicer guidelines, although we generally do not sell our loans.

         From time to time we purchase one- to four-family  residential mortgage
loans,  and have  purchased  loans that are secured by  properties  that are not
located  in our  market  area.  Generally,  the  loans  that  we  purchase  have
adjustable  rates of interest,  and are  purchased as part of our interest  rate
risk  strategy.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  we purchased  $4.6
million of adjustable-rate loans secured by one- to four-family residential real
estate  located  in  Indiana.  Almost all of the  adjustable-rate  loans that we
currently own were  purchased from another lender and are secured by real estate
located outside of our market area.

         The following table presents our loan  originations,  purchases,  sales
and principal payments for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Three Months
                                                    Ended September 30,        Years Ended June 30,
                                                   --------------------        --------------------
                                                     1999        1998            1999        1998
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
                                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
Loans receivable, net, at beginning of year......  $115,949    $109,766        $109,766    $114,577

Loans originated:
  Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family ..........................     3,062       4,051          18,283      13,800
   Multifamily and nonresidential................        --          71             981         633
   Construction..................................     1,519       3,082          10,228      16,422
   Land..........................................       501          --             146          --
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
    Total mortgage loans originated..............     5,082       7,204          29,638      30,855
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
  Consumer and other loans:
   Commercial....................................       645         260             423         351
   Second mortgage, consumer and deposit account.     1,151         530           2,593       2,100
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
    Total consumer and other loans originated....     1,796         790           3,016       2,451
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
Loans purchased:
  Mortgage loans:
   One- to  four-family..........................        --          --           4,585          --
   Multifamily and nonresidential................        --          --              --          --
   Construction..................................        --          --              --          --
   Land..........................................        --          --              --          --
Consumer and other loans.........................        --          --              --          --
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
    Total loans purchased........................        --          --           4,585          --
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
Loans sold:
  Mortgage loans:
   One- to  four-family..........................        --      (1,148)         (1,148)     (2,282)
   Multifamily and nonresidential................        --          --              --          --
   Construction..................................        --          --              --          --
   Land..........................................        --          --              --          --
Consumer and other loans.........................        --          --              --          --
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
    Total loans sold.............................        --      (1,148)         (1,148)     (2,282)
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
Principal repayments.............................    (5,939)     (8,179)        (28,406)    (36,490)
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
Increase (decrease) in other items, net..........       197         100          (1,502)        655
                                                   --------    --------        --------    --------
Loans receivable, net, at end of year............  $117,085    $108,533        $115,949    $109,766
                                                   ========    ========        ========    ========
</TABLE>



                                       41

<PAGE>



         Loan Approval  Procedures  and  Authority.  Once we receive a completed
application,  each mortgage application is presented to the Loan Committee which
consists of Alamogordo Federal's directors, senior management and loan officers.
Our President has lending  authority up to $50,000,  and other officers may have
individual  lending  authority  up to $35,000.  Loans of up to  $250,000  may be
approved by any three members of the Loan Committee  (other than loan officers).
All loans of over $250,000 must be approved by the Board of Directors.

         The following describes our current lending procedures. Upon receipt of
a completed  loan  application  from a prospective  borrower,  we order a credit
report  and we  verify  certain  other  information.  If  necessary,  we  obtain
additional financial or credit related information.  We require an appraisal for
all mortgage loans  including loans made to refinance  existing  mortgage loans.
Appraisals are performed by licensed or certified  third-party  appraisal  firms
which have been approved by our Board of Directors.  We require title  insurance
on all first  mortgage  loans and certain other loans.  We require  borrowers to
obtain hazard insurance,  and if applicable,  we may require borrowers to obtain
flood insurance  prior to closing.  Borrowers are required to deposit funds on a
monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to a mortgage
escrow  account from which we make  disbursements  for items such as real estate
taxes,  flood  insurance,  hazard  insurance,  and  private  mortgage  insurance
premiums, if required.

Asset Quality

         One of our key  operating  objectives  has been and  continues to be to
maintain  a high  level of asset  quality.  Through  a  variety  of  strategies,
including,  but not limited to,  borrower  workout  arrangements  and aggressive
marketing of foreclosed properties, we have been proactive in addressing problem
and non-performing  assets. These strategies,  as well as our high proportion of
one- to four-family  mortgage loans,  our maintenance of sound credit  standards
for new loan originations and our loan administration procedures,  have resulted
in historically low delinquency ratios and, in recent years, a reduction in non-
performing assets. These factors have helped strengthen our financial condition.

         Delinquent Loans and Foreclosed  Assets.  When a borrower fails to make
required payments on a loan, we take a number of steps to induce the borrower to
cure the delinquency  and restore the loan to a current  status.  In the case of
mortgage loans, our mortgage servicing  department is responsible for collection
procedures from the 15th day up to the 120th day of  delinquency.  A late charge
notice is sent at 15 days. A reminder letter  requesting  prompt payment is sent
on the 25th day. At 30 days we also attempt to establish  telephone contact with
the borrower.  If no contact is established,  progressively  stronger collection
letters are sent on the 45th and 60th days of delinquency.  Between the 60th and
90th day of  delinquency,  if telephone  contact has not been  established or if
there has been mail  returned,  the collector or his assistant  makes a physical
inspection of the  property.  When contact is made with the borrower at any time
prior to foreclosure, we attempt to obtain full payment of the amount delinquent
or  work  out  a  repayment  schedule  with  the  borrower  in  order  to  avoid
foreclosure.  It has been our experience that most loan  delinquencies are cured
within 90 days and no legal action is taken.

         We  send  the  "right  to  cure"  foreclosure  notice  when a  loan  is
approximately  75 days  delinquent.  This contains a "right to cure" clause that
gives our  customer  the terms  which must be met within 30 days of the date the
letter is sent in order to avoid foreclosure action.  After this letter expires,
we send the loan to committee for approval to foreclose. We commence foreclosure
if the loan is not  brought  current  by the  120th  day of  delinquency  unless
specific limited circumstances warrant an exception. We hold property foreclosed
upon as other real estate  owned.  We carry  foreclosed  real estate at its fair
market value less estimated selling costs. If a foreclosure  action is commenced
and the loan is not  brought  current,  paid in full or  refinanced  before  the
foreclosure  sale,  we either sell the real  property  securing  the loan at the
foreclosure  sale or sell the  property as soon  thereafter  as  practical.  The
collection  procedures for Federal Housing  Association  (FHA) and Department of
Veterans  Affairs (VA) one- to four-family  mortgage loans follow the collection
guidelines outlined by those agencies.

         The  collection  procedures  for consumer  and other loans  include our
sending periodic late notices and letters to a borrower once a loan is past due.
We attempt to make direct  contact  with a borrower  once a loan is 15 days past
due. We follow the same  collection  procedure  as  mortgages in our attempts to
reach individuals by telephone and sending them letters and notices. Supervisory
personnel in our lending area and in our collection area review loans 30 days or
more delinquent on a regular basis. If collection activity is unsuccessful after
120 days,  we may charge off a loan and/or refer the matter to our legal counsel
for further  collection  effort.  Loans deemed  uncollectible  by our Collection
Department  are proposed for  charge-off.  All loan  charge-offs  regardless  of
amount are to be  approved by the senior loan  officer or the  president.  Those
charge-offs  in excess of $2,500

                                       42

<PAGE>

must be  approved by a second  senior  officer  and  reported  to the  Executive
Committee or the Lending Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

         Our policies require that management continuously monitor the status of
the loan  portfolio  and report to the Board of  Directors  on a monthly  basis.
These reports include information on delinquent loans and foreclosed real estate
and our  actions  and  plans to cure the  delinquent  status of the loans and to
dispose of the real estate.

         Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies
by type, by amount and by percentage of type at September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Loans Delinquent For:
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      90 Days and Over
                                      30-89 Days                    and Nonaccrual Loans           Total Delinquent Loans
                             -----------------------------    -------------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                   Percent                           Percent                          Percent
                                                   Of Loan                           Of Loan                          of Loan
                             Number     Amount    Category     Number    Amount     Category     Number    Amount    Category
                             ------     ------    --------     ------    ------     --------     ------    ------    --------
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
Mortgage loans:
<S>                             <C>     <C>           <C>           <C>   <C>          <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>
 One- to four-family.......     25      $1,342        1.26%         6     $ 265        0.25%        31      $1,607       1.51%
 Construction..............      3         191       53.50         --        --          --          3         191      53.50
 Land......................     --          --         --          --        --          --         --          --         --
 Multifamily and
   nonresidential..........     --          --         --          --        --          --         --          --         --
                              ----      ------                   ----     -----                   ----      ------       ----
Total mortgage loans.......     28       1,533       1.33           6       265        0.25         34       1,798       1.56
                              ----      ------                   ----     -----                   ----      ------
Consumer and other loans:
 Second mortgage...........      1           2       0.14          --        --          --          1           2       0.14
 Consumer..................      2           9       0.56          --        --          --          2           9       0.56
 Commercial................      1           4       0.41          --        --          --          1           4       0.41
 Deposit account...........     --          --         --          --        --          --         --          --         --
  Total consumer and other
     loans.................      4          15       0.28%         --        --          --          4          15       0.28%
                                        ------                   ----     -----                   ----      ------
Total delinquent loans:....     32      $1,548       1.28%          6       265        0.25%        38      $1,813       1.50%
                              ====      ======                   ====      ====                   ====      ======
</TABLE>




                                       43

<PAGE>

         Nonperforming  Loans.  The  table  below  sets  forth the  amounts  and
categories of non-performing  assets in our loan portfolio.  Loans are placed on
non-accrual  status when the  collection  of principal  and/or  interest  become
doubtful.  For all years presented,  we have had no troubled debt restructurings
(which  involve  forgiving a portion of interest  or  principal  on any loans or
making loans at a rate materially less than that of market rates).
Foreclosed assets include assets acquired in settlement of loans.

                                                     September 30,    June 30,
                                                         1999       1999   1998
                                                     ------------  ------ ------
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
Non-accruing loans:
  Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family...............................   $ 265      $ 513  $ 548
   Multifamily and nonresidential....................      --         --     --
   Construction......................................      --         19     --
   Land..............................................      --         --     --
  Consumer and other loans:
   Second mortgage...................................      --         --     --
   Consumer..........................................      --         --     --
   Commercial........................................      --         --     --
   Deposit account...................................      --         --     --
                                                        -----      -----  -----
     Total non-accruing loans........................     265        532    548
                                                        -----      -----  -----

Accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days:
  Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family...............................      --         --    247
   Multifamily and nonresidential....................      --         --     --
   Construction......................................      --         --     --
   Land..............................................      --         --     --
  Consumer and other loans:
   Second mortgage...................................      --         --      4
   Consumer..........................................      --         --     --
   Commercial........................................      --         --     --
   Deposit account...................................      --         --     --
                                                         -----     -----  -----
    Total accruing loans more than 90 days delinquent      --         --    251
                                                         -----     -----  -----
Total non-performing loans...........................     265        532    799
                                                         ----      -----  -----

Foreclosed assets:
  Mortgage loans:
   One- to four-family...............................      55         --     25
   Multifamily and nonresidential....................      --         --     --
   Construction......................................      --         --     --
   Land..............................................      --         --     --
                                                        -----      -----  -----
     Total foreclosed assets.........................      55         --     25
                                                        -----      -----  -----

Total non-performing assets..........................   $ 320      $ 532  $ 824
                                                        =====      =====  =====

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage
   of total assets...................................     .20%       .34%   .51%
                                                        =====      =====  =====

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage
   of nonperforming loans............................  176.23%     88.72% 60.83%
                                                       ======      =====  =====

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage
   of gross loans receivable.........................    0.39%      0.39%  0.43%
                                                       ======      =====  =====
         For the three months ended  September 30, 1999, and the year ended June
30,  1999  gross  interest  income  which  would  have  been  recorded  had  the
non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted
to $20,000 and  $34,000,  respectively.  We recorded no income on such loans for
the three months  ended  September  30, 1999,  and the year ended June 30, 1999,
respectively.

         With the exception of first mortgage loans insured or guaranteed by the
FHA or VA or for which the borrower has obtained private mortgage insurance,  we
stop accruing income on loans when interest or principal payments are 90 days in
arrears or earlier when the timely  collectibility of such interest or principal
is doubtful.  We designate loans on which we stop accruing income as non-accrual
loans and we reverse outstanding  interest that we previously  credited.  We may
recognize   income  in  the  period  that  we  collect  it,  when  the  ultimate
collectibility  of principal is no longer in doubt. We return a non-accrual loan
to accrual status when factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist.


                                       44

<PAGE>



         We  define  the  population  of  impaired  loans to be all  non-accrual
commercial  real estate and  commercial  loans greater than  $250,000.  Impaired
loans are individually  assessed to determine whether a loan's carrying value is
not in excess of the fair value of the  collateral  or the present  value of the
loan's cash  flows.  Smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans that are  collectively
evaluated for impairment, such as residential mortgage loans and consumer loans,
are  specifically  excluded  from the impaired loan  portfolio.  We had no loans
classified as impaired at September 30, 1999, and at June 30, 1999 or 1998.

         Foreclosed  real  estate  consists  of  property  we  acquired  through
foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.  Foreclosed  real estate  properties
are  initially  recorded at the lower of the recorded  investment in the loan or
fair  value.  Thereafter,  we carry  foreclosed  real  estate at fair value less
estimated selling costs.

         Classification  of Assets.  Our policies,  consistent  with  regulatory
guidelines,  provide for the  classification  of loans and other  assets such as
securities that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful,
or loss  assets.  An  asset  is  considered  substandard  if it is  inadequately
protected by the current net worth and paying  capacity of the obligor or of the
collateral  pledged,  if any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by
the distinct  possibility that the savings institution will sustain some loss if
the  deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets  classified as doubtful have all of
the  weaknesses  inherent  in  those  classified   substandard  with  the  added
characteristic  that the  weaknesses  present make  collection or liquidation in
full, on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions,  and values, highly
questionable  and  improbable.  Assets  classified as loss are those  considered
uncollectible  and of such little value that their  continuance as assets is not
warranted.  Assets  that  do  not  expose  us  to  risk  sufficient  to  warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned  categories,  but which possess some
weaknesses,  are required to be designated as special mention by management.  As
of September  30,  1999,  we had $1.3  million of assets  designated  as special
mention.

         When we classify assets as either substandard or doubtful, we allow for
analytical  purposes a portion of general valuation  allowances or loss reserves
to such assets as deemed prudent by  management.  General  allowances  represent
loss  allowances  that have been  established  to recognize  the  inherent  risk
associated  with  lending  activities,  but  which  have not been  allocated  to
particular  problem  assets.  When we classify  problem  assets as loss,  we are
required  either to establish a specific  allowance  for losses equal to 100% of
the  amount of the assets so  classified,  or to  charge-off  such  amount.  Our
determination  as to the  classification  of its  assets  and the  amount of its
valuation allowance is subject to review by regulatory agencies, which can order
the  establishment of additional loss allowances.  Management  regularly reviews
Alamogordo  Federal's  asset  portfolio to determine  whether any assets require
classification  in  accordance  with  applicable  regulations.  On the  basis of
management's  review of  Alamogordo  Federal's  assets at  September  30,  1999,
classified  assets  consisted of substandard  assets of $979,000.  There were no
assets classified as doubtful or loss at September 30, 1999.


                                       45

<PAGE>



         Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following  table sets forth activity in
Alamogordo  Federal's  allowance  for loan losses and other ratios at or for the
dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three Months
                                                     Ended September 30,      Years Ended June 30,
                                                     -------------------      --------------------
                                                        1999      1998         1999       1998
                                                       ------    ------       ------     ------
                                                                (Dollars In Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>
Balance at beginning of period.....................    $  472     $ 486        $ 486     $  549

Charge-offs:
  Mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family............................         6        --            9         75
    Multifamily and nonresidential.................        --        --           --         --
    Construction...................................        --        --           --         --
    Land...........................................        --        --           --         --
  Consumer and other loans:
    Second mortgage................................        --         5            5         --
    Consumer.......................................        --        --           --         --
    Commercial.....................................        --        --           --         --
    Deposit account................................        --        --           --         --
  Real estate held for investment..................        --        --           --          7
                                                       ------     -----       ------     ------
      Total charge-offs............................         6         5           14         82
                                                       ------     -----       ------     ------

Recoveries:
  Mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family............................         1        --           --         19
    Multifamily and nonresidential.................        --        --           --         --
    Construction...................................        --        --           --         --
    Land...........................................        --        --           --         --
  Consumer and other loans.........................        --        --           --         --
    Second mortgage................................        --        --           --         --
    Consumer.......................................        --        --           --         --
    Commercial ....................................        --        --           --         --
    Deposit account................................        --        --           --         --
  Real estate held for investment..................        --        --           --         --
                                                       ------     -----       ------     ------
      Total recoveries.............................         1        --           --         19
                                                       ------     -----       ------     ------

Net charge-offs....................................         5         5           14         63
Additions charged to operations....................        --        --           --         --
                                                       ------     -----       ------     ------
Balance at end of period...........................    $  467     $ 481       $  472     $  486
                                                       ======     =====       ======     ======

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
  average loans outstanding during the period           0.00%      0.00%        0.01%     0.05%
                                                       =====     ======       ======     =====

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
  average non-performing assets....................      1.46%     0.67%        2.04%      9.70%
                                                       ======     =====       ======     ======
</TABLE>

         The allowance for loan losses is a valuation  account that reflects our
evaluation  of the  losses  inherent  in our loan  portfolio.  We  maintain  the
allowance through provisions for loan losses that we charge to income. We charge
losses on loans  against  the  allowance  for loan  losses  when we believe  the
collection of loan principal is unlikely.

         Our  evaluation  of risk in  maintaining  the allowance for loan losses
includes the review of all loans on which the  collectibility  of principal  may
not be reasonably  assured.  We consider the  following  factors as part of this
evaluation: our historical loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the
loan  portfolio,  the estimated  value of the underlying  collateral and current
economic  and market  trends.  There may be other  factors  that may warrant our
consideration  in maintaining an allowance at a level  sufficient to provide for
probable losses. Although we believe that we have established and maintained the
allowance for loan losses at adequate levels,  future additions may be necessary
if economic and other  conditions  in the future differ  substantially  from the
current operating environment.

          In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their
examination  process,  periodically  review our loan and foreclosed  real estate
portfolios and the related allowance for loan losses and valuation allowance for
foreclosed real estate.  These agencies may require us to increase the allowance
for loan losses or

                                       46

<PAGE>

the valuation  allowance for foreclosed  real estate based on their judgments of
information  available  to  them  at the  time  of  their  examination,  thereby
adversely affecting our results of operations.


         Allocation  of the Allowance  for Loans  Losses.  The  following  table
presents our  allocation  of the  allowance for loan losses by loan category and
the  percentage  of  loans  in each  category  to  total  loans  at the  periods
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         June 30,
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------
                                   September 30, 1999                      1999                             1998
                             ------------------------------   -----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                   Percent                         Percent                         Percent
                                                  of Loans                        of Loans                        of Loans
                                          Loan    in Each                 Loan    in Each                 Loan    in Each
                             Amount of  Amounts   Category   Amount of  Amounts   Category   Amount of  Amounts   Category
                             Loan Loss     by     to Total   Loan Loss     by     to Total   Loan Loss     by     to Total
                             Allowance  Category   Loans     Allowance  Category   Loans     Allowance  Category   Loans
                             ---------  --------  --------   ---------  --------  --------   ---------  --------  --------
                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
Mortgage loans..........     $ 407      $115,278    95.49%    $ 412     $115,244    96.21%   $  421     $108,599    96.87%
Consumer and other loans        60         5,449     4.51        60        4,544     3.79        65        3,504     3.13
                             -----      --------   ------     -----     --------   ------    ------     --------   ------
Total...................     $ 467      $120,727   100.00%    $ 472     $119,788   100.00%   $  486     $112,103   100.00%
                             =====      ========   ======     =====     ========   ======    ======     ========   ======
</TABLE>


Investment Activities

         Alamogordo  Federal is permitted under federal law to invest in various
types of liquid assets,  including U.S.  Government  obligations,  securities of
various federal agencies and of state and municipal governments, deposits at the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas,  certificates of deposit of federally  insured
institutions,  certain  bankers'  acceptances and federal funds.  Within certain
regulatory limits, Alamogordo Federal may also invest a portion of its assets in
commercial  paper and  corporate  debt  securities.  Savings  institutions  like
Alamogordo  Federal are also  required to maintain an  investment in FHLB stock.
Alamogordo  Federal is required under federal  regulations to maintain a minimum
amount of liquid assets. At September 30, 1999,  Alamogordo  Federal's liquidity
ratio (liquid assets as a percentage of net  withdrawable  savings  deposits and
current borrowings) was 15.3%. See "Regulation" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

         Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 115,  "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," requires that investments be
categorized as "held to maturity," "trading securities" or "available for sale,"
based on  management's  intent as to the ultimate  disposition of each security.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 allows debt securities to be
classified  as "held to  maturity"  and  reported  in  financial  statements  at
amortized cost only if the reporting  entity has the positive intent and ability
to hold those securities to maturity.  Securities that might be sold in response
to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security's  prepayment risk,
increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as "held
to maturity." Debt and equity  securities held for current resale are classified
as "trading  securities."  These  securities  are  reported  at fair value,  and
unrealized  gains and losses on the  securities  would be included in  earnings.
Alamogordo  Federal does not currently use or maintain a trading  account.  Debt
and equity  securities  not  classified as either "held to maturity" or "trading
securities"  are  classified  as  "available  for sale."  These  securities  are
reported at fair value,  and  unrealized  gains and losses on the securities are
excluded  from  earnings  and  reported,  net of deferred  taxes,  as a separate
component of equity.

         All of Alamogordo  Federal's  investment  securities  carry market risk
insofar as  increases  in market rates of interest may cause a decrease in their
market  value.  Many also carry  prepayment  risk  insofar as they may be called
prior to  maturity in times of low market  interest  rates,  so that  Alamogordo
Federal  may have to  invest  the  funds at a lower  interest  rate.  Alamogordo
Federal's  investment  policy  does not  permit  engaging  directly  in  hedging
activities or purchasing high risk mortgage derivative products. Investments are
made based on certain  considerations,  which  include the  interest  rate,  tax
considerations,   yield,   settlement  date  and  maturity  of  the  investment,
Alamogordo Federal's liquidity position, and anticipated cash needs and sources.
The effect  that the  proposed  investment  would have on  Alamogordo  Federal's
credit  and  interest  rate  risk and  risk-based  capital  is also  considered.
Alamogordo  Federal  purchases   investment   securities  to  provide  necessary
liquidity  for  day-to-day   operations.   Alamogordo   Federal  also  purchases
investment securities when investable funds exceed loan demand.


                                       47

<PAGE>



         Generally,  the investment policy of Alamogordo Federal, as established
by the Board of  Directors,  is to invest  funds  among  various  categories  of
investments and maturities  based upon  Alamogordo  Federal's  liquidity  needs,
asset/liability  management  policies,  investment  quality,  marketability  and
performance objectives.

         Alamogordo Federal's investment and mortgage-backed  securities include
securities issued by the U.S. Government and government agencies,  although from
time to time  Alamogordo  may  purchase  other  investment  and  mortgage-backed
securities as permitted by applicable laws and regulations.

         The  following  table  sets  forth the  composition  of our  investment
securities,  net of  premiums  and  discounts,  at the  dates  indicated.  As of
September 30, 1999,  and June 30, 1999 and 1998,  the average  remaining life of
our securities was 3.9, 3.7 and 2.2 years, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   June 30,
                                                   September 30,       ----------------------------------------
                                                       1999                  1999                  1998
                                                 ------------------    -----------------     ------------------
                                                 Carrying     % of     Carrying     % of     Carrying     % of
                                                   Value      Total      Value      Total      Value      Total
                                                 --------     -----    --------     -----    --------     -----
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Securities held to maturity:
<S>                                             <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>
  U.S. government agency securities.........    $    --         --%    $   407       1.78%    $    --         --%
  Securities issued by states and
     political subdivisions.................      1,922       10.23      2,747      12.05       3,047       8.79
                                                -------      ------    -------     ------     -------      -----
Securities available for sale:
  U.S. government agency securities.........     13,097       69.70     13,916      61.03      24,733      71.36
  Securities issued by states and
     political subdivisions.................         --          --         --         --         --          --
                                                -------      ------    -------     ------     -------     ------
   Total investment securities..............     15,019       79.93     17,070      74.86      27,780      80.15
                                                -------      ------    -------     ------     -------     ------
FHLB stock..................................      1,351        7.19      1,332       5.84       1,260       3.64
                                                -------      ------    -------     ------     -------     ------
   Total securities and FHLB stock..........     16,370       87.12     18,402      80.70      29,040      83.79

Other interest-earning assets:
  Interest-bearing deposits with banks            2,420       12.88      4,401      19.30       5,618      16.21
                                                -------      ------    -------     ------     -------     ------
Total investment securities,
    FHLB stock and other....................    $18,790      100.00%   $22,803     100.00%    $34,658     100.00%
                                                =======      ======    =======     ======     =======     ======
</TABLE>

         The following  table presents the  composition  of our  mortgage-backed
securities portfolios.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        June 30,
                                                     September 30,     ----------------------------------------
                                                         1999                  1999                  1998
                                                 ------------------    -------------------   ------------------
                                                 Carrying     % of     Carrying     % of     Carrying     % of
                                                   Value      Total      Value      Total      Value      Total
                                                 --------   -------    --------    ------     -------    ------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity:
<S>                                               <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
  FHLMC.....................................      $  275       8.59%     $  319      9.29%    $  976      19.79%
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
  GNMA......................................         583      18.21         626     18.24        882      17.88
  FNMA......................................       1,431      44.69       1,513     44.07      1,851      37.52
  FHLMC.....................................         913      28.51         975     28.40      1,224      24.81
                                                  ------     ------      ------    ------     ------     ------
   Total mortgage-backed securities.........      $3,202     100.00%     $3,433    100.00%    $4,933     100.00%
                                                  ======     ======      ======    ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>




                                       48

<PAGE>



         Carrying Values, Yields and Maturities.  The following table sets forth
the scheduled  maturities,  carrying  values,  market value and weighted average
yields for our investment securities at September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             September 30, 1999
                                                 -----------------------------------------
                                                 LessThan    1 to 5     5 to 10     Over      Total Investment
                                                  1 Year      Years      Years    10 Years        Securities
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  --------   ------------------
                                                 Carrying   Carrying   Carrying   Carrying   Carrying    Market
                                                   Value      Value      Value      Value      Value      Value
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  --------   --------    ------
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. government agency securities...........     $   --     $13,097    $    --    $    --    $13,097    $13,097
Mortgage-backed securities..................         --         275         --      2,927      3,202      3,202
Securities issued by states and
  political subdivisions....................        696       1,226         --         --      1,922      1,922
Equity securities...........................         --          --         --         --         --          4
                                                 ------     -------     ------    -------    -------    -------
Total securities............................     $  696     $14,598    $    --    $ 2,927    $18,221    $18,225
                                                 ======     =======    =======    =======    =======    =======
Weighted average yield......................       4.23%      5.71%         --%      5.77%      5.67%
</TABLE>

Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits  are the primary  source of  Alamogordo  Financial's
funds for  lending and other  investment  purposes.  In  addition  to  deposits,
Alamogordo  Financial  derives  funds  primarily  from  principal  and  interest
payments on loans.  Loan  repayments  are a relatively  stable  source of funds,
while  deposit  inflows and outflows  are  significantly  influenced  by general
interest  rates and money market  conditions.  Borrowings  may also be used on a
short- term basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from
other  sources  and may be used on a  longer-term  basis  for  general  business
purposes.

         Deposits.  Alamogordo  Financial's  deposits are attracted  principally
from  within its primary  market  area.  Deposit  account  terms vary,  with the
principal  differences being the minimum balance required,  the time periods the
funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.

         Alamogordo  Financial's  deposits are obtained primarily from residents
of its primary market area.  Alamogordo Financial is not currently using brokers
to obtain deposits.  Alamogordo  Financial's deposit products include demand and
NOW, money market, savings, and term certificate accounts.  Interest rates paid,
maturity  terms,  service  fees and  withdrawal  penalties  are  established  by
Alamogordo  Financial on a periodic basis.  Management  determines the rates and
terms based on rates paid by competitors, Alamogordo Financial's needs for funds
or liquidity, growth goals and federal and state regulations.

         Deposit Activity. The following table sets forth Alamogordo Financial's
savings flows during the periods indicated.

                                    Three Months
                                 Ended September 30,      Years Ended June 30,
                               ---------------------     ---------------------
                                 1999         1998         1999         1998
                               --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

Opening balance..............  $122,460     $126,659     $126,659      $121,986
Deposits.....................    52,633       29,808      159,824        99,556
Withdrawals..................   (54,237)     (31,100)    (170,637)     (100,378)
Interest credited............     1,554        1,588        6,614         5,495
                               --------     --------     --------      --------

Ending balance...............  $122,410     $126,955     $122,460      $126,659
                               ========     ========     ========      ========

Net increase (decrease)......  $    (50)    $    296     $ (4,199)     $  4,673
                               ========     ========     =========     ========

Percent increase (decrease)..     (0.04)%       0.23%      (3.32)%         3.83%
                               ========     ========     ========      ========




                                       49

<PAGE>
         Deposit  Accounts.  The following table sets forth the dollar amount of
savings  deposits in the various types of deposit  programs we offered as of the
dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        September 30,                            June 30,
                                             1999                      1999                      1998
                                    ----------------------    ----------------------    -------------
                                     Amount       Percent      Amount        Percent      Amount       Percent
                                    --------      -------      -------       -------     -------       -------
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
Transaction and savings deposits:
<S>                                 <C>              <C>       <C>             <C>       <C>              <C>
  Demand and NOW (0% to 1.25%)...   $  6,357         5.19%     $  6,659        5.44%     $  4,999         3.95%
  Money market (0% to 2.79%).....      7,399         6.05         8,229        6.72         9,221         7.28
  Savings deposits (0% to 2.75%)       5,288         4.32         5,066        4.13         4,967         3.92
                                    --------       ------      --------      ------      --------       ------
   Total transaction and
       savings deposits..........     19,044        15.56        19,954       16.29        19,187        15.15
                                    ---------      ------      --------      ------      --------       ------
Term certificates:
  0.00 - 4.00%...................        237         0.19           887        0.72            --         0.00
  4.01 - 5.00%...................     32,968        26.93        27,281       22.28           935         0.74
  5.01 - 6.00%...................     36,415        29.75        35,965       29.37        35,500        28.01
  6.01 - 7.00%...................     25,104        20.51        29,912       24.43        50,676        39.98
  7.01 and above.................      8,642         7.06         8,461        6.91        20,361        16.07
                                    --------       ------      --------      ------      --------       ------
   Total term certificates.......    103,366        84.44       102,506       83.71       107,472        84.80
                                    --------       ------      --------      ------      --------       ------
Total deposits...................   $122,410       100.00%     $122,460      100.00%     $126,659       100.00%
                                    ========       ======      ========      ======      ========       ======
</TABLE>
         Time Deposit Maturity Schedule.  The following table presents,  by rate
category,  the remaining period to maturity of time deposit accounts outstanding
as of September 30, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         4.0%       More Than      More Than      More Than    More Than               Percent
                       and less   4.0% to 5.0%   4.0% to 6.0%   6.0% to 7.0%      7.0%       Total    of Total
                       --------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ---------   --------   --------
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
Quarter Ending:
- ---------------
<S>                       <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>     <C>           <C>
December 31, 1999 ...     237         7,177         5,425          5,889             82      18,810        18.20%
March 31, 2000 ......      --         9,095         3,205          3,411             14      15,725        15.21
June 30, 2000 .......      --         5,714           825          4,084            734      11,357        10.99
September 30, 2000 ..      --         2,623         1,920          3,308             --       7,851         7.60
December 31, 2000 ...      --           445         1,110          1,007          1,445       4,007         3.88
March 31, 2001 ......      --           656         1,548          2,127          4,190       8,521         8.24
June 30, 2001 .......      --           164         2,222            951          1,578       4,915         4.75
September 30, 2001 ..      --           100         2,640            931            599       4,270         4.13
December 31, 2001 ...      --           295         3,632            569             --       4,496         4.35
March 31, 2002 ......      --         2,329         1,325            577             --       4,231         4.09
June 30, 2002 .......      --         2,768         1,433            398             --       4,599         4.45
September 30, 2002 ..      --           571         4,481            413             --       5,465         5.29
Thereafter ..........      --         1,031         6,649          1,439             --       9,119         8.82
                         ----       -------       -------        -------         ------    --------     -----------
  Total .............    $237       $32,968       $36,415        $25,104         $8,642    $103,366       100.00%
                         ====       =======       =======        =======         ======    ========       ======
  Percent of total ..    0.22%        31.90%        35.23%         24.29%          8.36%     100.00%
                         ====       =======       =======        =======         ======    ========
</TABLE>
         Large  Certificates.  The following  table  indicates the amount of our
certificates  of deposit and other deposits by time remaining  until maturity as
of September 30, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Maturity
                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                                      Over      Over
                                                         3 Months   3 to 12   12 to 36      Over
                                                          or Less    Months     Months   36 Months     Total
                                                         --------   -------   --------   ---------   --------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 ............   $14,305   $25,691    $26,852     $6,933    $ 73,781
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more ...........     4,005     9,242     13,652      1,886      28,785
Deposits from governmental and other public entities ..       500        --         --        300         800
                                                          -------   -------    -------     ------    --------
Total certificates of deposit .........................   $18,810   $34,933    $40,504     $9,119    $103,366
                                                         =======   =======    =======     ======    ========
</TABLE>
         Borrowings.  Alamogordo  Federal may obtain  advances  from the FHLB of
Dallas upon the security of the common stock it owns in that bank and certain of
its residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities,  provided certain
standards  related to  creditworthiness  have been met.  These advances are made
pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and
range of maturities.  FHLB advances are generally available to meet seasonal and
other withdrawals of deposit accounts and to permit increased lending.

                                       50
<PAGE>
         The  following  table  sets forth the  maximum  month-end  balance  and
average balance of FHLB advances and other borrowings for the periods indicated.

                                   Three Months
                               Ended September 30,     Years Ended June 30,
                               -------------------     --------------------
                                 1999        1998        1999        1998
                               -------     -------     -------     --------
                                              (In Thousands)
Maximum balance:
  FHLB advances .............  $10,000     $10,000     $10,000     $10,000
  Other borrowings ..........       --         151         151         278

Average balance:
  FHLB advances .............  $10,000     $10,000     $10,000     $ 5,833
  Other borrowings ..........       --         151          75         235

         The following table sets forth certain information as to our borrowings
at the dates indicated.

                                                                  June 30,
                                            September 30,    ------------------
                                                 1999          1999       1998
                                            -------------    -------    -------
                                                       (In Thousands)
FHLB advances .............................    $10,000       $10,000    $10,000
Other borrowings ..........................         --            --        151
                                               -------       -------    -------
Total borrowings ..........................    $10,000       $10,000    $10,151
                                               =======       =======    =======
Weighted average interest rate
  of FHLB advances ........................       4.81%         4.81%      4.81%

Weighted average interest rate
  of other borrowings .....................        n/a           n/a      10.00%

Subsidiary Activities

         Alamogordo  Financial has no direct  subsidiaries other than Alamogordo
Federal.  As a federally  chartered savings  association,  Alamogordo Federal is
permitted by OTS  regulations  to invest up to 2% of its assets in the stock of,
or loans to, service corporation subsidiaries.  Alamogordo Federal may invest an
additional 1% of its assets in service  corporations where such additional funds
are used for inner-city or community  development  purposes and up to 50% of its
total capital in conforming loans to service  corporations in which it owns more
than  10%  of  the  capital  stock.   In  addition  to  investments  in  service
corporations,  federal  associations are permitted to invest an unlimited amount
in  operating  subsidiaries  engaged  solely  in  activities  in which a federal
association  may engage.  At  September  30,  1999,  Alamogordo  Federal had one
subsidiary, Space Age City Service Corporation.  Alamogordo Federal's investment
in its  subsidiary  was $184,000 as of September  30, 1999.  As of September 30,
1999,  Alamogordo Federal had an outstanding note receivable from Space Age City
Service  Corporation  of $112,000.  The  subsidiary  has been involved in a real
estate  development  project for the purpose of development of real estate lots.
As of September 30, 1999, Space Age City Service Corporation owns real estate it
values at  approximately  $215,000.  Gross  rental  income  from its  investment
amounted to $13,160 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.

Properties

         We conduct  our  business  through  our  administrative  office and one
branch office. We own our administrative  office building,  and lease our branch
office  facility.  Our  administrative  offices are located at 500 10th  Street,
Alamogordo,  New Mexico.  Our branch  office is located at 233 New York  Street,
Alamogordo,  New Mexico. Our premises and equipment had a net book value of $8.7
million as of September  30, 1999.  We believe that our current  facilities  are
adequate to meet our present needs.

Legal Proceedings

         We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine
legal proceedings  occurring in the ordinary course of business. We believe that
these  routine  legal  proceedings,  in the  aggregate,  are  immaterial  to our
financial condition and results of operations.


                                       51

<PAGE>

Personnel

         As of  September  30,  1999,  we had 43  full-time  employees  and  one
part-time employee. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining
unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.


                                   REGULATION

General

         Alamogordo Federal is regulated, examined and supervised by the OTS, as
its  chartering  agency,  and the FDIC,  as the  insurer  of its  deposits.  The
activities of federal savings institutions are governed by the Home Owners' Loan
Act, as amended and, incertain  respects,  the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and
the  regulations  issued by the OTS and the FDIC to  implement  these  statutes.
These laws and regulations  delineate the nature and extent of the activities in
which federal  savings  associations  may engage.  Lending  activities and other
investments   must  comply  with  various   statutory  and  regulatory   capital
requirements. In addition, Alamogordo Federal's relationship with its depositors
and borrowers is also regulated to a great extent, especially in matters such as
the  ownership  of  deposit  accounts  and the form and  content  of  Alamogordo
Federal's mortgage documents.  Alamogordo Federal must file reports with the OTS
and the FDIC  concerning its  activities and financial  condition in addition to
obtaining  regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such
as mergers with, or  acquisitions  of, other financial  institutions.  There are
periodic  examinations  by the OTS and the FDIC to review  Alamogordo  Federal's
compliance with various regulatory  requirements.  The regulatory structure also
gives the regulatory  authorities  extensive discretion in connection with their
supervisory  and  enforcement  activities and  examination  policies,  including
policies with respect to the  classification  of assets and the establishment of
adequate loan loss  reserves for  regulatory  purposes.  Any change in policies,
whether by the OTS, the FDIC or Congress,  could have a material  adverse impact
on Alamogordo Federal and its operations.

Federal Regulation of Savings Associations

         Office of Thrift Supervision. The OTS is an office in the Department of
the Treasury.  It generally  possesses the supervisory and regulatory duties and
responsibilities  formerly  vested in the Federal  Home Loan Bank  Board.  Among
other functions,  the OTS issues and enforces  regulations  affecting  federally
insured savings associations and regularly examines these institutions.

         Federal  Home Loan Bank  System.  The  Federal  Home Loan Bank  System,
consisting of 12 banks, is under the jurisdiction of the Federal Housing Finance
Board.  Alamogordo Federal, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas,
is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan
Bank of  Dallas  in an  amount  equal to the  greater  of 1.0% of the  aggregate
outstanding  principal  amount of  residential  mortgage  loans,  home  purchase
contracts and similar  obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its
borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas.  Alamogordo  Federal is in
compliance with this  requirement.  Among other benefits,  the Federal Home Loan
Bank  of  Dallas  provides  a  central  credit  facility  primarily  for  member
institutions.

         Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  The  FDIC is an  independent
federal agency that insures the deposits,  up to prescribed statutory limits, of
depository  institutions.  The FDIC currently  maintains two separate  insurance
funds:  the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund. As
insurer of Alamogordo Federal's deposits, the FDIC has examination,  supervisory
and enforcement authority over Alamogordo Federal.

         Alamogordo  Federal's  accounts are insured by the Savings  Association
Insurance Fund to the maximum extent permitted by law.  Alamogordo  Federal pays
deposit insurance  premiums based on a risk-based  assessment system established
by the FDIC. Under applicable  regulations,  institutions are assigned to one of
three  capital  groups  that are based  solely on the level of an  institution's
capital -- "well capitalized,"  "adequately capitalized," and "undercapitalized"
- -- which are  defined in the same  manner as the  regulations  establishing  the
prompt corrective action system, as discussed below. These three groups are then
divided  into  three  subgroups  which  reflect  varying  levels of  supervisory
concern,  from those  which are  considered  to be  healthy  to those  which are
considered  to be of  substantial  supervisory  concern.  The  matrix so created
results in nine assessment risk classifications, with rates that until September
30, 1996 ranged from 0.23% for well capitalized,  financially sound institutions
with only a few minor weaknesses to 0.31% for undercapitalized institutions that
pose a substantial risk of loss to the Savings Association Insurance Fund unless
effective corrective action is taken.


                                       52

<PAGE>

         Under the Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act, which was enacted on September
30, 1996, the FDIC imposed a special  assessment on each depository  institution
with Savings Association  Insurance  Fund-assessable  deposits which resulted in
the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund achieving its designated reserve ratio.
As a result,  the FDIC reduced the assessment  schedule for Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund members,  effective  January 1, 1997, to a range of 0% to 0.27%,
with most institutions, including Alamogordo Federal, paying 0%. This assessment
schedule  is the same as that for the Bank  Insurance  Fund,  which  reached its
designated  reserve ratio in 1995. In addition,  since January 1, 1997,  Savings
Association Insurance Fund members are charged an assessment of .065% of Savings
Association   Insurance   Fund-assessable   deposits  to  pay  interest  on  the
obligations  issued by the Financing  Corporation  in the 1980s to help fund the
thrift industry cleanup. Bank Insurance Fund-assessable deposits will be charged
an assessment to help pay interest on the Financing  Corporation bonds at a rate
of  approximately  .013% until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the date upon
which  the last  savings  association  ceases  to exist,  after  which  time the
assessment will be the same for all insured deposits.

         The Deposit  Insurance Funds Act also contemplates the development of a
common  charter for all  federally  chartered  depository  institutions  and the
abolition  of  separate   charters  for  national  banks  and  federal   savings
associations.  It is not known  what form the common  charter  may take and what
effect,  if any,  the adoption of a new charter  would have on the  operation of
Alamogordo Federal.

         The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured  depository
institution if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or
is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition
to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or
any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit
insurance  temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent  termination
of  insurance,  if the  institution  has no tangible  capital.  If  insurance of
accounts  is  terminated,  the  accounts  at  the  institution  at the  time  of
termination,  less  subsequent  withdrawals,  shall continue to be insured for a
period of six months to two years,  as  determined  by the FDIC.  Management  is
aware of no  existing  circumstances  that could  result in  termination  of the
deposit insurance of Alamogordo Federal.

         Liquidity Requirements. Under OTS regulations, each savings institution
is required to maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets, such as cash,
certain time deposits and savings accounts, bankers' acceptances,  and specified
U.S.  Government,   state  or  federal  agency  obligations  and  certain  other
investments,  equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified percentage
of its  net  withdrawable  accounts  plus  short-term  borrowings.  The  current
percentage  is 4%.  Monetary  penalties  may be  imposed  for  failure  to  meet
liquidity requirements.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

         Prompt  Corrective  Action.  Each federal banking agency is required to
implement  a  system  of  prompt  corrective  action  for  institutions  that it
regulates.  The federal banking agencies have promulgated  substantially similar
regulations  to implement  this system of prompt  corrective  action.  Under the
regulations, an institution shall be deemed to be "well capitalized" if it has a
total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital
ratio of 6.0% or more,  has a leverage ratio of 5.0% or more and is not required
to  meet   and   maintain   a   specific   capital   level   for   any   capital
measure;"adequately  capitalized" if it has a total risk-based  capital ratio of
8.0% or more,  has a Tier I  risk-based  capital  ratio  of 4.0% or more,  has a
leverage  ratio of 4.0% or more, or 3.0% under certain  circumstances,  and does
not meet the definition of "well  capitalized";  "undercapitalized"  if it has a
total  risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, has a Tier I risk-based
capital  ratio that is less than 4.0% or has a leverage  ratio that is less than
4.0%, or 3.0% under certain circumstances;  "significantly  undercapitalized" if
it has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio that is less than 6.0%,  has a Tier I
risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or has a leverage ratio that is
less than 3.0%; and "critically  undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible
equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

         A federal  banking agency may,  after notice and an  opportunity  for a
hearing, reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and
may  require  an  adequately  capitalized  institution  or  an  undercapitalized
institution to comply with  supervisory  actions as if it were in the next lower
category if the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or has received
in its most recent examination,  and has not corrected, a less than satisfactory
rating for asset quality,  management,  earnings or liquidity.  The OTS may not,
however, reclassify a significantly  undercapitalized  institution as critically
undercapitalized.

         An institution  generally must file a written capital  restoration plan
that meets  specified  requirements,  as well as a performance  guaranty by each
company that controls the  institution,  with the  appropriate  federal  banking
agency  within 45 days of the date that the  institution  receives  notice or is
deemed   to   have   notice   that   it   is   undercapitalized,   significantly
undercapitalized  or  critically  undercapitalized.  Immediately  upon  becoming
undercapitalized,  an institution shall face various mandatory and discretionary
restrictions on its operations.


                                       53

<PAGE>

         At September  30, 1999,  Alamogordo  Federal was  categorized  as "well
capitalized" under the prompt corrective action regulations.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

         The  federal  banking  regulatory   agencies  have  adopted  regulatory
guidelines  for  all  insured  depository   institutions  relating  to  internal
controls,  information  systems and internal audit systems;  loan documentation;
credit underwriting;  interest rate risk exposure;  asset growth; asset quality;
earnings; and compensation, fees and benefits. The guidelines outline the safety
and soundness  standards that the federal  banking  agencies use to identify and
address  problems at insured  depository  institutions  before  capital  becomes
impaired.  If the OTS  determines  that  Alamogordo  Federal  fails  to meet any
standard  prescribed by the  guidelines,  it may require  Alamogordo  Federal to
submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
OTS regulations  establish deadlines for the submission and review of safety and
soundness compliance plans.

         Qualified Thrift Lender Test. All savings  associations are required to
meet a qualified  thrift  lender  test to avoid  certain  restrictions  on their
operations.  A savings  institution  that fails to become or remain a  qualified
thrift  lender  shall  either  convert  to a national  bank  charter or face the
following   restrictions  on  its  operations.   These   restrictions  are:  the
association  may not make any new investment or engage in activities  that would
not be permissible for national banks; the association may not establish any new
branch  office where a national bank located in the savings  institution's  home
state would not be able to establish a branch office;  the association  shall be
ineligible  to obtain new  advances  from any  Federal  Home Loan Bank;  and the
payment of dividends by the  association  shall be under the rules regarding the
statutory and regulatory  dividend  restrictions  applicable to national  banks.
Also,  beginning  three years  after the date on which the  savings  institution
ceases  to be a  qualified  thrift  lender,  the  savings  institution  would be
prohibited  from  retaining  any  investment  or  engaging in any  activity  not
permissible  for a national bank and would be required to repay any  outstanding
advances to any Federal Home Loan Bank. In addition, within one year of the date
on which a savings association  controlled by a company ceases to be a qualified
thrift  lender,  the company must register as a bank holding  company and follow
the rules  applicable  to bank  holding  companies.  A savings  institution  may
requalify as a qualified thrift lender if it thereafter complies with the test.

         Currently,  the  qualified  thrift  lender test requires that either an
institution  qualify  as a  domestic  building  and loan  association  under the
Internal Revenue Code or that 65% of an institution's "portfolio assets" consist
of certain  housing and  consumer-related  assets on a monthly  average basis in
nine out of every 12 months.  Assets that qualify without limit for inclusion as
part of the 65%  requirement are loans made to purchase,  refinance,  construct,
improve or repair domestic  residential housing and manufactured  housing;  home
equity  loans;  mortgage-backed  securities  where the  mortgages are secured by
domestic  residential  housing or manufactured  housing;  Federal Home Loan Bank
stock;  direct or indirect  obligations of the FDIC;  and loans for  educational
purposes,  loans to small  businesses  and loans made through  credit cards.  In
addition,  the following  assets,  among others,  may be included in meeting the
test based on an overall  limit of 20% of the  savings  institution's  portfolio
assets: 50% of residential  mortgage loans originated and sold within 90 days of
origination;  100% of consumer loans;  and stock issued by Freddie Mac or Fannie
Mae.  Portfolio  assets  consist of total  assets  minus the sum of goodwill and
other intangible assets, property used by the savings institution to conduct its
business,  and liquid assets up to 20% of the  institution's  total  assets.  At
September  30, 1999,  Alamogordo  Federal was in  compliance  with the qualified
thrift lender test.

         Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require a savings association
must satisfy three minimum capital requirements:  core capital, tangible capital
and risk-based capital.  Savings  associations must meet all of the standards in
order to comply with the capital requirements.

         OTS capital  regulations  establish a 3% core capital or leverage ratio
(defined as the ratio of core capital to adjusted total assets). Core capital is
defined  to  include  common  stockholders'  equity,   noncumulative   perpetual
preferred  stock and any  related  surplus,  and  minority  interests  in equity
accounts of consolidated  subsidiaries,  less any intangible assets,  except for
certain  qualifying  intangible  assets;  certain mortgage servicing rights; and
equity  and  debt   investments   in   subsidiaries   that  are   not"includable
subsidiaries,"  which is defined as subsidiaries engaged solely inactivities not
impermissible  for a national bank,  engaged in activities  impermissible  for a
national  bank but only as an agent  for its  customers,  or  engaged  solely in
mortgage-banking  activities. In calculating adjusted total assets,  adjustments
are made to total assets to give effect to the exclusion of certain  assets from
capital and to account  appropriately  for the investments in and assets of both
includable and non-includable  subsidiaries.  Institutions that fail to meet the
core capital  requirement  would be required to file with the OTS a capital plan
that  details the steps they will take to reach  compliance.  In  addition,  the
OTS's prompt corrective action  regulation  provides that a savings  institution
that has a leverage ratio of less than 4%, or 3% in the case of institutions


                                       54

<PAGE>

receiving  the  highest  CAMELS  examination   rating,  will  be  deemed  to  be
"undercapitalized" and may face certain restrictions.  See "--Federal Regulation
of Savings Associations--Prompt Corrective Action."

         Savings  associations  also must maintain  "tangible  capital" not less
than 1.5% of Alamogordo  Federal's adjusted total assets.  "Tangible capital" is
defined,  generally,  as core capital minus any  "intangible  assets" other than
purchased  mortgage  servicing  rights.  Each savings  institution must maintain
total  risk-based  capital equal to at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets.  Total
risk-based  capital  consists  of the sum of  core  and  supplementary  capital,
provided that  supplementary  capital cannot exceed core capital,  as previously
defined.  Supplementary  capital includes permanent capital  instruments such as
cumulative perpetual preferred stock,  perpetual subordinated debt and mandatory
convertible subordinated debt, maturing capital instruments such as subordinated
debt,  intermediate-term  preferred stock and mandatory convertible subordinated
debt, based on an amortization  schedule,  and general  valuation loan and lease
loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

         The risk-based capital regulation assigns each balance sheet asset held
by a savings  institution to one of four risk categories  based on the amount of
credit risk associated with that particular class of assets. Assets not included
for  purposes  of   calculating   capital  are  not   included  in   calculating
risk-weighted  assets. The categories range from 0% for cash and securities that
are  backed by the full  faith and  credit  of the U.S.  Government  to 100% for
repossessed assets or assets more than 90 days past due. Qualifying  residential
mortgage loans,  including  multi-family mortgage loans, are assigned a 50% risk
weight. Consumer,  commercial,  home equity and residential construction loans a
reassigned a 100% risk weight, as are non qualifying  residential mortgage loans
and that portion of land loans and nonresidential construction loans that do not
exceed an 80% loan-to-value  ratio. The book value of assets in each category is
multiplied  by the weighing  factor from 0% to 100%  assigned to that  category.
These  products  are then  totaled  to  arrive  at total  risk-weighted  assets.
Off-balance sheet items are included in risk-weighted  assets by converting them
to an approximate balance sheet "credit equivalent amount" based on a conversion
schedule.  These credit equivalent  amounts are then assigned to risk categories
in the same manner as balance sheet assets and included risk-weighted assets.

         The OTS has  incorporated  an  interest  rate risk  component  into its
regulatory  capital  rule.  Under the rule,  savings  associations  with  "above
normal"  interest rate risk exposure  would face a deduction  from total capital
for purposes of calculating  their risk-based  capital  requirements.  A savings
association's interest rate risk is measured by the decline in the net portfolio
value of its assets, or the difference between incoming and outgoing  discounted
cash flows from assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts, that would
result  from a  hypothetical  200 basis  point  increase  or  decrease in market
interest  rates divided by the  estimated  economic  value of the  association's
assets,  as  calculated  in  accordance  with  guidelines  of the OTS. A savings
association whose measured interest rate risk exposure exceeds 2% must deduct an
interest  rate  risk  component  in  calculating  its  total  capital  under the
risk-based  capital rule. The interest rate risk component is an amount equal to
one-half of the difference between the institution's measured interest rate risk
and 2%, multiplied by the estimated economic value of the association's  assets.
That  dollar  amount  is  deducted  from  an  association's   total  capital  in
calculating compliance with its risk-based capital requirement.  Under the rule,
there is a two  quarter  lag  between  the  reporting  date of an  institution's
financial data and the effective date for the new capital  requirement  based on
that data.  A savings  association  with  assets of less than $300  million  and
risk-based capital ratios in excess of 12% is exempt from the interest rate risk
component,  unless the OTS determines otherwise. The rule also provides that the
OTS may  waive or defer an  association's  interest  rate  risk  component  on a
case-by-case  basis.  Under certain  circumstances,  a savings  association  may
request an adjustment  to its interest  rate risk  component if it believes that
the  calculated  interest  rate  risk  component,  as  calculated  by  the  OTS,
overstates   its   interest   rate   risk   exposure.   In   addition,   certain
"well-capitalized"  institutions  may  obtain  authorization  to use  their  own
interest rate risk model to calculate their interest rate risk component in lieu
of the amount as  calculated by the OTS. The OTS has postponed the date that the
component will first be deducted from an institution's total capital.

         See  "Historical  And Pro Forma  Regulatory  Capital  Compliance" for a
table that sets forth in terms of dollars and percentages the tangible, core and
risk-based capital  requirements,  Alamogordo  Federal's  historical amounts and
percentages  at September 30, 1999 and pro forma amounts and  percentages  based
upon the stated assumptions.

Capital Distributions

         OTS regulations govern capital  distributions by savings  institutions,
which include cash dividends,  stock repurchases and other transactions  charged
to the capital account of a savings  institution to make capital  distributions.
Under new regulations  effective April 1, 1999, a savings  institution must file
an application  for OTS approval of the capital  distribution  if either (1) the
total capital  distributions for the applicable  calendar year exceed the sum of
the  institution's  net  income  for that  year to date  plus the  institution's
retained net income for the preceding two years,  (2) the institution  would not
be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution,


                                       55

<PAGE>

(3) the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement
or OTS-imposed  condition,  or (4) the institution is not eligible for expedited
treatment of its filings. If an application is not required to be filed, savings
institutions  which are a subsidiary  of a holding  company,  as well as certain
other  institutions,  must  still  file a  notice  with the OTS at least 30 days
before  the  board of  directors  declares  a  dividend  or  approves  a capital
distribution.

Loans to One Borrower

         Savings institutions are generally required to follow the national bank
limit on loans to one borrower.  Generally,  this limit is 15% of its unimpaired
capital and surplus,  plus an additional 10% of unimpaired  capital and surplus,
if the loan is  secured by readily  marketable  collateral,  which is defined to
include certain  financial  instruments  and bullion.  The OTS by regulation has
amended the loans to one borrower rule to permit  savings  associations  meeting
certain  requirements,  including capital  requirements,  to extend loans to one
borrower in additional amounts under circumstances  limited essentially to loans
to develop or complete  residential  housing units.  See "Business of Alamogordo
Federal--Lending Activities" for further information.

Activities of Associations and Their Subsidiaries

         A savings association may establish operating subsidiaries to engage in
any activity that the savings association may conduct directly and may establish
service corporation  subsidiaries to engage in certain  pre-approved  activities
or,  with  approval  of the OTS,  other  activities  reasonably  related  to the
activities of financial institutions.  When a savings association establishes or
acquires a subsidiary or elects to conduct any new activity through a subsidiary
that the association controls,  the savings association must notify the FDIC and
the OTS 30 days in advance  and  provide  the  information  each  agency may, by
regulation,  require.  Savings  associations also must conduct the activities of
subsidiaries in accordance with existing regulations and orders.

         The OTS may determine that the continuation by a savings association of
its ownership  control of, or its relationship to, the subsidiary  constitutes a
serious risk to the safety,  soundness or  stability  of the  association  or is
inconsistent with sound banking practices.  Based upon that  determination,  the
FDIC or the OTS has the  authority  to order the savings  association  to divest
itself of control of the  subsidiary.  The FDIC also may determine by regulation
or order  that any  specific  activity  poses a serious  threat  to the  Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund. If so, it may require that no Savings  Association
Insurance Fund member engage in that activity directly.

Transactions with Affiliates

         Savings  associations  must  comply  with  Sections  23A and 23B of the
Federal Reserve Act relative to transactions  with affiliates in the same manner
and to the same  extent as if the  savings  association  were a Federal  Reserve
member bank. A savings and loan holding company,  its subsidiaries and any other
company under common control are considered affiliates of the subsidiary savings
association  under the Home Owners  Loan Act.  Generally,  Sections  23A and 23B
limit the extent to which the insured association or its subsidiaries may engage
in certain covered  transactions  with an affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of
the  institution's  capital  and  surplus  and place an  aggregate  limit on all
transactions  with  affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of capital and surplus,
and require that all  transactions  be on terms  substantially  the same,  or at
least as favorable to the  institution  or  subsidiary,  as those  provided to a
non-affiliate.  The term"covered  transaction" includes the making of loans, the
purchase  of  assets,   the  issuance  of  a  guarantee  and  similar  types  of
transactions.

         Any loan or extension of credit by  Alamogordo  Federal to an affiliate
must be secured by collateral in accordance with Section 23A.

         Three additional rules apply to savings associations.  First, a savings
association  may not make any loan or other  extension of credit to an affiliate
unless that affiliate is engaged only in activities permissible for bank holding
companies. Second, a savings association may not purchase or invest insecurities
issued by an affiliate,  other than securities of a subsidiary.  Third,  the OTS
may, for reasons of safety and soundness,  impose more stringent restrictions on
savings  associations but may not exempt  transactions from or otherwise abridge
Section 23A or 23B.  Exemptions  from  Section 23A or 23B may be granted only by
the Federal  Reserve,  as is currently the case with respect to all FDIC-insured
banks.

         Alamogordo  Federal's authority to extend credit to executive officers,
directors and 10% shareholders, as well as entities controlled by those persons,
is currently  governed by Sections  22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal  Reserve Act,
and Regulation O thereunder.  Among other things, these regulations require that
loans be made on terms and conditions substantially the same as those offered to
unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment.
Regulation O also places individual and aggregate limits on the amount of loans


                                       56

<PAGE>

Alamogordo  Federal may make to those  persons  based,  in part,  on  Alamogordo
Federal's capital position, and requires certain board approval procedures to be
followed. The OTS regulations,  with certain minor variances, apply Regulation O
to savings institutions.

Community Reinvestment Act

         Savings  associations  are  required  to follow the  provisions  of the
Community  Reinvestment Act of 1977, which requires the appropriate federal bank
regulatory  agency,  in  connection  with its regular  examination  of a savings
association,  to assess the savings  association's  record in meeting the credit
needs of the community serviced by the savings  associations,  including low and
moderate income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency's assessment of the savings
association's record is made available to the public.  Further, an assessment is
required of any savings  associations which has applied,  among other things, to
establish a new branch  office that will accept  deposits,  relocate an existing
office or merge or  consolidate  with,  or  acquire  the  assets  or assume  the
liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution.  Alamogordo Federal
received a "satisfactory" rating as a result of its most recent examination.

Holding Company Regulation

         Generally.  AF Mutual  Holding  Company and  Alamogordo  Financial  are
nondiversified  mutual savings and loan holding  companies within the meaning of
the HOLA.  As such,  AF Mutual  Holding  Company and  Alamogordo  Financial  are
registered  with  the OTS  and are  subject  to OTS  regulations,  examinations,
supervision  and reporting  requirements.  In addition,  the OTS has enforcement
authority  over AF Mutual  Holding  Company  and  Alamogordo  Financial  and any
nonsavings institution subsidiaries.  Among other things, this authority permits
the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities  that are determined to be a serious
risk to the subsidiary savings institution. As federal corporations,  Alamogordo
Financial  and AF Mutual  Holding  Company  are  generally  not subject to state
business organizations law.

         Permitted  Activities.  Pursuant  to Section  10(o) of the HOLA and OTS
regulations  and policy,  a mutual  holding  company  and a federally  chartered
mid-tier  holding  company  such  as  Alamogordo  Financial  may  engage  in the
following activities: (i) investing in the stock of a savings association;  (ii)
acquiring a mutual  association  through the merger of such  association  into a
savings  association  subsidiary of such holding  company or an interim  savings
association  subsidiary of such holding company; (iii) merging with or acquiring
another holding  company,  one of whose  subsidiaries is a savings  association;
(iv)  investing in a  corporation,  the capital  stock of which is available for
purchase  by a savings  association  under  federal  law or under the law of any
state where the subsidiary savings  association or associations share their home
offices;  (v)  furnishing  or  performing  management  services  for  a  savings
association  subsidiary of such company;  (vi) holding,  managing or liquidating
assets  owned or  acquired  from a savings  subsidiary  of such  company;  (vii)
holding  or  managing  properties  used or  occupied  by a  savings  association
subsidiary of such company properties used or occupied by a savings  association
subsidiary of such company;  (viii) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; (ix)
any other  activity  (A) that the Federal  Reserve  Board,  by  regulation,  has
determined to be permissible  for bank holding  companies  under Section 4(c) of
the Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956,  unless the  Director,  by  regulation,
prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies; or
(B) in which multiple  savings and loan holding  companies  were  authorized (by
regulation) to directly engage on March 5, 1987; and (x) purchasing, holding, or
disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the
purchase of such stock by such savings and loan  holding  company is approved by
the  Director.  If a mutual  holding  company  acquires or merges  with  another
holding company,  the holding company acquired or the holding company  resulting
from such  merger  or  acquisition  may only  invest  in  assets  and  engage in
activities  listed in (i)  through  (x) above,  and has a period of two years to
cease any nonconforming activities and divest of any nonconforming investments.

         The HOLA  prohibits  a  savings  and loan  holding  company,  including
Alamogordo Financial and AF Mutual Holding Company,  directly or indirectly,  or
through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring another savings institution or
holding  company  thereof,  without prior  written  approval of the OTS. It also
prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5%
of a nonsubsidiary  savings institution,  a nonsubsidiary  holding company, or a
nonsubsidiary  company  engaged in activities  other than those permitted by the
HOLA; or acquiring or retaining  control of an institution that is not federally
insured.  In evaluating  applications  by holding  companies to acquire  savings
institutions,  the OTS must  consider the financial  and  managerial  resources,
future  prospects  of the company and  institution  involved,  the effect of the
acquisition on the risk to the insurance  fund, the convenience and needs of the
community and competitive factors.

         The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition  that would result
in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings  institutions
in  more  than  one  state,  subject  to two  exceptions:  (i) the  approval  of
interstate supervisory  acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies,  and
(ii) the acquisition of a


                                       57

<PAGE>

savings  institution  in  another  state if the laws of the state of the  target
savings institution  specifically  permit such acquisitions.  The states vary in
the extent to which they  permit  interstate  savings and loan  holding  company
acquisitions.

         Waivers of  Dividends by AF Mutual  Holding  Company.  OTS  regulations
require AF Mutual  Holding  Company to notify the OTS of any proposed  waiver of
its right to receive  dividends.  The OTS reviews  dividend  waiver notices on a
case-by-case basis, and, in general,  does not object to any such waiver if: (i)
the mutual holding  company's board of directors  determines that such waiver is
consistent with such directors' fiduciary duties to the mutual holding company's
members; (ii) for as long as the savings association subsidiary is controlled by
the mutual holding company,  the dollar amount of dividends waived by the mutual
holding company are considered as a restriction to the retained  earnings of the
savings association,  which restriction, if material, is disclosed in the public
financial  statements  of the  savings  association  as a note to the  financial
statements;  (iii) the  amount of any  dividend  waived  by the  mutual  holding
company is available for  declaration as a dividend solely to the mutual holding
company,  and,  in  accordance  with  SFAS  5,  where  the  savings  association
determines  that the payment of such dividend to the mutual  holding  company is
probable,  an  appropriate  dollar  amount is recorded as a liability;  (iv) the
amount of any waived  dividend is  considered as having been paid by the savings
association in evaluating any proposed  dividend under OTS capital  distribution
regulations;  and (v) in the event the mutual holding company  converts to stock
form,  the  appraisal  submitted to the OTS in  connection  with the  conversion
application  takes into account the aggregate  amount of the dividends waived by
the mutual holding company.

         Conversion of AF Mutual Holding  Company to Stock Form. OTS regulations
permit AF Mutual Holding Company to convert from the mutual form of organization
to the capital stock form of  organization (a "Conversion  Transaction").  There
can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion  Transaction will occur, and the
Board of  Directors  has no current  intention or plan to undertake a Conversion
Transaction.  In a Conversion  Transaction a new holding company would be formed
as the successor to Alamogordo Financial (the "New Holding Company"),  AF Mutual
Holding  Company's  corporate  existence  would end, and certain  depositors  of
Alamogordo Federal would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of
the New Holding Company. In a Conversion Transaction, each share of Common Stock
held  by  stockholders   other  than  AF  Mutual  Holding   Company   ("Minority
Stockholders")  would be  automatically  converted  into a number  of  shares of
common stock of the New Holding  Company  determined  pursuant an exchange ratio
that  ensures  that after the  Conversion  Transaction,  subject to the Dividend
Waiver  Adjustment  described below and any adjustment to reflect the receipt of
cash in lieu of  fractional  shares,  the  percentage  of the to-be  outstanding
shares of the New Holding  Company issued to Minority  Stockholders  in exchange
for their  Common  Stock  would be equal to the  percentage  of the  outstanding
shares of Common Stock held by Minority  Stockholders  immediately  prior to the
Conversion Transaction. The total number of shares held by Minority Stockholders
after the Conversion Transaction would also be affected by any purchases by such
persons  in the  offering  that  would be  conducted  as part of the  Conversion
Transaction.

         The Dividend  Waiver  Adjustment  would  decrease the percentage of the
to-be  outstanding  shares of common stock of the New Holding  Company issued to
Minority  Stockholders  in exchange  for their shares of Common Stock to reflect
(i) the aggregate  amount of dividends  waived by AF Mutual Holding  Company and
(ii) assets other than Common Stock held by AF Mutual Holding Company.  Pursuant
to the Dividend  Waiver  Adjustment,  the  percentage  of the to-be  outstanding
shares of the New Holding  Company issued to Minority  Stockholders  in exchange
for  their  shares  of  Common  Stock  would be equal to the  percentage  of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock held by Minority  Stockholders  multiplied by
the  Dividend  Waiver  Fraction.  The Dividend  Waiver  Fraction is equal to the
product  of (a) a  fraction,  of which  the  numerator  is  equal to  Alamogordo
Financial's  stockholders' equity at the time of the Conversion Transaction less
the aggregate  amount of dividends  waived by AF Mutual Holding  Company and the
denominator is equal to Alamogordo Financial's  stockholders' equity at the time
of the  Conversion  Transaction,  and (b) a fraction,  of which the numerator is
equal to the appraised  pro forma market value of the New Holding  Company minus
the value of AF Mutual Holding  Company's assets other than Common Stock and the
denominator is equal to the pro forma market value of the New Holding Company.


                                       58

<PAGE>

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         General. Alamogordo Financial and Alamogordo Federal are subject to the
corporate tax provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and Alamogordo Federal is
subject to certain  additional  provisions which apply to thrift and other types
of financial  institutions.  The  following  discussion  of federal  taxation is
intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters relevant
to the taxation of  Alamogordo  Financial  and  Alamogordo  Federal and is not a
comprehensive discussion of the tax rules applicable to Alamogordo Financial and
Alamogordo Federal.

         Fiscal Year.  Alamogordo  Financial and Alamogordo Federal file federal
income tax  returns on the basis of a fiscal  year  ending on June 30, and it is
expected that separate returns will be filed for 1999 and 2000.

         Bad Debt  Reserves.  In  August  1997,  legislation  was  enacted  that
repealed the reserve  method of accounting  (including the percentage of taxable
income method)  previously used by many savings  institutions to calculate their
bad debt reserve for federal income tax purposes. Savings institutions with $500
million or less in assets may, however,  continue to use the experience  method.
Alamogordo  Federal must recapture that portion of its reserve which exceeds the
amount that could have been taken under the experience  method for post-1987 tax
years.  The recapture will occur over a six-year period,  commencing  January 1,
1998. The  legislation  also requires  savings  institutions  to account for bad
debts for federal income tax purposes on the same basis as commercial  banks for
tax years beginning  after December 31, 1995.  This change in accounting  method
and  recapture  of  excess  bad debt  reserves  is  adequately  provided  for in
Alamogordo Federal's deferred tax liability.

         At September  30, 1999,  the federal  income tax reserves of Alamogordo
Federal included $2.7 million for which no federal income tax has been provided.
Because  of  these  federal  income  tax  reserves,  the  retained  earnings  of
Alamogordo Federal are substantially restricted.

         Distributions.  If  Alamogordo  Federal  were  to  distribute  cash  or
property to its stockholders, and the distribution was treated as being from its
accumulated bad debt reserves,  the distribution  would cause Alamogordo Federal
to have additional  taxable income.  A distribution is from accumulated bad debt
reserves if (a) the reserves exceed the amount that would have been  accumulated
on  the  basis  of  actual  loss  experience,  and  (b)  the  distribution  is a
"non-qualified  distribution."  A  distribution  with  respect  to  stock  is  a
non-qualified distribution to the extent that, for federal income tax purposes,

         o   it is in redemption of shares,

         o   it is pursuant to a liquidation of the institution, or

         o   in the case of a current distribution, together with all other such
             distributions during the taxable year, it exceeds the institution's
             current and post-1951 accumulated earnings and profits.

The amount of additional taxable income created by a non-qualified  distribution
is an amount  that when  reduced by the tax  attributable  to it is equal to the
amount of the distribution.

         Minimum Tax. The Code imposes an  alternative  minimum tax at a rate of
20%. The alternative  minimum tax generally applies to a base of regular taxable
income plus certain tax  preferences  ("alternative  minimum  taxable income" or
"AMTI")  and is  payable to the  extent  such AMTI is in excess of an  exemption
amount. Tax preference items include the following:

         o   depreciation, and

         o   75% of the excess (if any) of  adjusted current earnings as defined
             in the Code, over AMTI determined without regard to this preference
             and prior to reduction by net operating losses).

         Capital Gains and Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. Corporate net
capital gains are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%.  Corporations which own 20% or
more of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct 80% of the
dividends  received.  Corporations  which  own less  than 20% of the  stock of a
corporation  distributing  a dividend may deduct 70% of the dividends  received.
However,  a  corporation  that  receives  dividends  from a  member  of the same
affiliated group of corporations may deduct 100% of the dividends received.


                                       59

<PAGE>

         Other Matters. Federal legislation is introduced from time to time that
would  limit the  ability of  individuals  to deduct  interest  paid on mortgage
loans.  Individuals  are currently not permitted to deduct  interest on consumer
loans.  Significant  increases  in tax  rates  or  further  restrictions  on the
deductibility of mortgage interest could adversely affect Alamogordo Federal.

         Alamogordo  Financial's  federal  income tax return for the fiscal year
ended June 30,  1998 has been  audited,  and there are no open  years  under the
statute of limitations that are subject to review by the IRS.

State Taxation

         The State of New Mexico has a corporate tax which  subjects  Alamogordo
Federal's  New Mexico  taxable  income to tax rates ranging from 4.80% to 7.65%.
New Mexico  taxable  income is  computed by applying  certain  modifications  to
federal  taxable  income.  The  principal  difference  between state and federal
taxable  income is that interest  earned on U.S.  government  obligations is not
taxable for state purposes.


                                   MANAGEMENT

Shared Management Structure

         We have  the  same  directors  and  executive  officers  as  Alamogordo
Federal.  We expect that we will  continue to have common  directors  and common
executive  officers  until  there is a  business  reason to  establish  separate
management structures.

         To date, Alamogordo Federal has compensated its directors and executive
officers for their  services.  Alamogordo  Financial does not pay any additional
compensation.  We expect to  continue  this  practice  until we have a  business
reason to  establish  separate  compensation  programs.  Until  then,  we expect
Alamogordo  Financial  to  reimburse  Alamogordo  Federal  for  a  part  of  the
compensation  paid to each director and executive  officer that is proportionate
to the  amount  of time  which he or she  devotes  to  performing  services  for
Alamogordo Financial.

Directors

         Composition of Our Boards. We have five directors.  Each belongs to one
of three classes with staggered three-year terms of office. One director is in a
class  that  has a term  expiring  in 2000.  Two are in a class  that has a term
expiring in 2001.  Two are in a class that has a term  expiring in 2002. At each
of our annual  stockholder  meetings,  stockholders  elect directors to fill the
seats of those  directors  whose terms are  expiring  in that year.  As the sole
stockholder of Alamogordo Federal, we elect Alamogordo Federal's directors.

         Alamogordo  Federal  currently  has five  directors.  The  directors of
Alamogordo  Federal are divided  into three  classes with  staggered  three-year
terms of office, similar to our Board of Directors.

         Who Our Directors Are. The following table states our directors' names,
their ages as of their birthdays in 1999, their positions,  the years they began
serving  as  directors  (including  time  spent  on the  Board of  Directors  of
Alamogordo Federal) and the years their current terms as directors will expire:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Alamogordo       Alamogordo      Alamogordo
                                                                  Federal         Financial       Financial
Name                        Age   Positions                   Director Since   Director Since   Term Expires
- -------------------------   ---   -------------------------   --------------   --------------   ------------
<S>                          <C>  <C>                              <C>              <C>             <C>
Robert W. Hamilton ......    80   Chairman                         1958             1997            2002
S. Thomas Overstreet ....    62   Vice Chairman                    1976             1997            2001
Marilyn L. Mott .........    63   Director                         1990             1997            2000
Earl E. Wallin ..........    71   Director                         1982             1997            2002
R. Miles Ledgerwood .....    44   Director, President and          1992             1997            2001
                                    Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>


                                       60

<PAGE>

         Who Our Executive Officers Are. The following table states the names of
our  executive  officers  who are not  also  directors,  their  ages as of their
birthdays  in 1999,  their  positions,  and the  years  they  began  serving  as
executive officers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Alamogordo Federal
                                                                               Executive Officer
Name                        Age   Positions                                          Since
- -------------------------   ---   -----------------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                          <C>  <C>                                                <C>
Norma J. Clute ..........    35   Vice President and Treasurer                       1993
Howard M. Smith .........    52   Vice President--Lending Operations                 1995
Julia A. Eggleston ......    48   Sr. Vice President, Chief Operating                1993
                                    Officer and Secretary
Kemmie D. Jeter .........    45   Vice President--Head of Teller Operations          1998
</TABLE>

         Our  Directors'  and  Executive  Officers  Backgrounds.   The  business
experience of our directors and executive officers is as follows:

         Robert W. Hamilton. Mr. Hamilton has served as a director of Alamogordo
Federal since 1958. Mr. Hamilton is a retired funeral director.

         S.  Thomas  Overstreet.  Mr.  Overstreet  has served as a  director  of
Alamogordo  Federal since 1976. Mr. Overstreet is an attorney in the law firm of
S. Thomas Overstreet and Associates, P.C.

         Marilyn  L. Mott.  Ms.  Mott has  served as a  director  of  Alamogordo
Federal since 1990.  Ms. Mott is formerly an employee of Alamogordo  Federal and
retired as a Vice President of Alamogordo Federal in 1989.

         Earl E.  Wallin.  Mr.  Wallin has served as a  director  of  Alamogordo
Federal since 1982.  Mr. Wallin was formerly  employed by Alamogordo  Federal as
its President and Chief  Executive  Officer  until his  retirement  December 31,
1991.

         R. Miles  Ledgerwood.  Mr.  Ledgerwood  has been employed by Alamogordo
Federal since 1983 and has served as its President and Chief  Executive  Officer
and as a director since 1992.

         Norma J. Clute. Ms. Clute has been employed by Alamogordo Federal since
1991 and has served as our Vice President and Treasurer since 1993.

         Howard M. Smith.  Mr.  Smith has been  employed by  Alamogordo  Federal
since 1995 and has served as our Vice President since that date.

         Julia A.  Eggleston.  Ms.  Eggleston  has been  employed by  Alamogordo
Federal  since 1983 and has served as Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Operating
Officer and Secretary since 1993.

         Kemmie D. Jeter.  Ms.  Jeter has been  employed by  Alamogordo  Federal
since 1972 and has served as Vice President and head of teller  operations since
1998.

Meetings of the Board of Directors and Its Committees

         Our  board  of  directors  meets  on a  quarterly  basis  and may  hold
additional  special  meetings.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  our
board of directors held three regular meetings and no special  meetings,  and no
director  attended  fewer than 75% of such  meetings.  Alamogordo  Federal has a
standing  audit  committee  that  performs  a similar  function  for  Alamogordo
Financial.  Our Board does not maintain a standing  nominating  or  compensation
committee,  although  we intend  to  establish  such  committees  following  the
offering.

         Alamogordo  Federal's  Board of Directors  meets on a monthly basis and
may hold  special  meetings.  During the fiscal  year ended June 30,  1999,  the
Alamogordo  Federal Board of Directors  held 12 regular  meetings and no special
meetings.  Alamogordo Federal has a standing  Executive,  Audit,  Compliance and
Investment  Committee.  Alamogordo Federal's Audit Committee consists of Messrs.
Overstreet  and Hamilton and Ms.  Mott.  Mr.  Overstreet  is the  Chairman.  The
Committee met nine times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.

Director Compensation

         During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  Alamogordo  Financial  did
not separately pay directors  fees.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,
Alamogordo Federal paid each of its directors a fee of $2,000 per


                                       61

<PAGE>

month.  The Chairman of the Board received an additional  $800 per month and the
Vice Chairman received an additional $400 per month. In addition,  the Chairs of
the Audit,  Compliance and Investment Committee received additional monthly fees
of $350,  $200, and $350,  respectively.  Alamogordo  Federal paid fees totaling
$121,200 to its non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.

Executive Compensation

         Summary  Compensation  Table. The following table provides  information
about the compensation  paid for 1999 to our Chief Executive  Officer.  No other
officer's total annual salary and bonus for 1999 totaled $100,000 or more.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================
                                             Summary Compensation Table
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Long-Term Compensation
                                         Annual Compensation(1)                       Awards
                              --------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                                  Other
                                                                 Annual                                  All Other
                              Fiscal                          Compensation    Restricted    Options/   Compensation
Name and Principal Position    Year    Salary($)   Bonus($)      ($)(2)      Stock Awards   SARs (#)        ($)
- ---------------------------   ------   ---------   --------   ------------   ------------   --------   ------------
<S>                            <C>     <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Miles Ledgerwood, President,
Chief Executive Officer and
Director                       1999    $114,500    $22,865         $--            --           --           $--
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  The  information  provided is for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1999.  In
     accordance  with  the  revised  rules on  executive  officer  and  director
     compensation   disclosure   adopted  by  the  SEC,   Summary   Compensation
     information  is  excluded  for the  calendar  years ended June 30, 1998 and
     1997, as Alamogordo Federal was not a public company during such periods.

(2)  Does not include perquisites and personal benefits, the aggregate amount of
     which does not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total  salary and
     bonus reported.

Benefit Plans

         Defined  Benefit  Pension  Plan.   Alamogordo   Federal  maintains  the
Financial Institutions Retirement Fund, which is a qualified, tax-exempt defined
benefit plan ("Retirement  Plan"). All employees age 21 or older who have worked
at Alamogordo  Federal for a period of one year in which they have 1,000 or more
hours of service are eligible for  membership  in the Plan.  Once  eligible,  an
employee receives credit for all years of employment with Alamogordo Federal for
purposes of determining  the employee's  benefit  service and vested  percentage
under the Retirement Plan.  Alamogordo Federal annually contributes an amount to
the Retirement  Plan  necessary to satisfy the  actuarially  determined  minimum
funding  requirements in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act ("ERISA").

         The regular form of all retirement  benefits  (i.e.,  normal,  early or
disability) is payable in monthly  installments for the life of the retiree plus
a retirement death benefit.  An optional form of benefit may be selected instead
of the normal form of benefits.  These  optional  forms include a higher monthly
installment  payable  for life and no  further  benefit  upon  death,  a revised
monthly  installment  during the member's life with some other  benefit  payable
upon death and various annuity forms. Benefits payable upon death may be made in
a lump sum, installments over 10 years, or a lifetime annuity.

         The  normal  retirement   benefit  payable  annually  ("regular  annual
retirement  allowance")  at or after age 65, is an amount equal to 2% multiplied
by years of benefit service times average  compensation  based on the average of
the three years providing the highest  average.  A reduced benefit is payable as
early as age 45, after the member has become vested. A member is fully vested in
his  account  upon  completion  of five  or more  years  of  employment  or upon
attaining  normal  retirement  age.  If a member  dies in  active  service,  his
beneficiary  would be entitled to a lump sum death  benefit equal to 100% of the
member's last 12 months'  salary,  plus an additional 10% of the salary for each
year of benefit service until a maximum of 300% of such salary is reached for 20
or more years,  plus refund of the  member's  own  contributions,  if any,  with
interest.  If a member dies after  becoming  eligible for early  retirement  his
beneficiary would receive the higher of the active service death benefit


                                       62

<PAGE>

or the retirement  death benefit.  The retirement  death benefit is 12 times the
regular annual retirement  allowance less the sum of the allowance payments made
before death.

         The following table indicates the annual retirement  benefit that would
be payable under the Retirement  Plan upon retirement at age 65 in calendar year
1999,  expressed in the form of a single life annuity for the average salary and
benefit service classifications specified below.

Highest Three-Year        Years of Service and Benefit Payable at Retirement
      Average        -----------------------------------------------------------
   Compensation         15        20        25        30        35         40
- ------------------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------   --------
     $ 50,000        $15,000   $20,000   $25,000   $30,000   $ 35,000   $ 40,000
     $ 75,000        $22,500   $30,000   $37,500   $45,000   $ 52,500   $ 60,000
     $100,000        $30,000   $40,000   $50,000   $60,000   $ 70,000   $ 80,000
     $125,000        $37,500   $50,000   $62,500   $75,000   $ 87,500   $100,000
     $160,000        $48,000   $64,000   $80,000   $96,000   $112,000   $128,000

         As of June 30,  1999,  R.  Miles  Ledgerwood  had 15  years of  benefit
service under the Retirement Plan.

         401(k)  Plan.  Alamogordo  Federal  maintains  a  tax-qualified  401(k)
defined  contribution  plan for  employees  who have attained age 21 and have at
least one year of service.  Eligible employees may make pre-tax contributions to
the 401(k) Plan through salary  reduction  elections,  subject to limitations of
the Internal  Revenue Code (for 1999,  the annual limit is $10,000).  Alamogordo
Federal may make a matching  contribution  to the 401(k) Plan in various amounts
on the first  six  percent  (divided  into  four  tiers) of annual  compensation
contributed  to the 401(k)  Plan on a pre-tax  basis by the  eligible  employee.
Alamogordo Federal may also make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan,
which are allocated to eligible employees based on their relative compensation.

         All employee contributions and employer discretionary contributions and
earnings  thereon  under the 401(k)  plan are at all times  fully  100%  vested.
Employer  matching  contributions  vest in a participant  at the rate of 20% per
year  after  completing  two years of service  so that the  participant  is 100%
vested after six years of service. The 401(k) Plan permits employees to withdraw
salary  reduction  contributions  prior to termination in the event the employee
suffers a financial  hardship.  In addition,  the 401(k) Plan permits  employees
that are  fully  vested  in their  accounts  to  withdraw  Alamogordo  Federal's
discretionary contributions prior to termination of employment.

         Plan  benefits  will  be paid to each  participant  in a lump  sum,  in
installments  over a fixed period or part lump sum and part  installments,  upon
termination,  disability or death.  The 401(k) Plan permits  employees to direct
the investment of their own accounts into various investment options.

         At  June  30,  1999,  the  market  value  of the  401(k)  Plan  equaled
approximately $445,611. Alamogordo Federal's matching contribution to the 401(k)
Plan for the Plan year ended December 31, 1998, was approximately $13,950.

         Employee Stock Ownership  Plan. This plan is a tax-qualified  plan that
covers  substantially  all  employees  who have at least one year of service and
have  attained  age 21 and will  take  effect  at the  completion  of the  stock
offering.

         Alamogordo Financial intends to lend this plan enough money to purchase
8% of the shares issued to investors other than AF Mutual Holding  Company.  The
plan will  purchase  these shares from  Alamogordo  Financial to the extent that
shares are  available  after  filling  the  subscriptions  of  eligible  account
holders. Otherwise, the plan will purchase these shares on the open market after
completion  of the stock  offering to the extent that shares are  available  for
purchase on reasonable  terms.  If this plan cannot  purchase the shares that it
wants directly from Alamogordo Financial in the offering,  there is no assurance
that it will purchase  shares after the stock  offering,  or that such purchases
will occur during any particular time period or at any particular price.

         Although  contributions to this plan will be discretionary,  Alamogordo
Federal  intends  to  contribute  enough  money  each year to make the  required
principal and interest  payments on the loan from  Alamogordo  Financial.  It is
expected  that this loan will be for a term of ten years and will call for level
annual  payments  of  principal.  The plan will  initially  pledge the shares it
purchases as collateral for the loan and hold them in a suspense account.


                                       63

<PAGE>

         The plan will not distribute the pledged shares right away. Instead, it
will release a portion of the pledged  shares  annually.  The plan will allocate
the shares  released each year among the accounts of  participants in proportion
to their salary for the year. For example, if a participant's  salary for a year
represents 1% of the total salaries of all participants for the year, subject to
tax  limitations,  the plan would allocate to that  participant 1% of the shares
released  for the year.  Participants  direct the voting of shares  allocated to
their  accounts.  Shares in the suspense  account will usually be voted in a way
that mirrors the votes which  participants  cast for shares in their  individual
accounts.

         This plan may purchase  additional shares in the future,  and may do so
using borrowed funds, cash dividends,  periodic employer  contributions or other
cash flow.

         The Employee Stock  Ownership Plan provides  additional and accelerated
benefits if we experience a change of control. Neither, the stock offering nor a
second step conversion will trigger additional  benefits or accelerate  benefits
under any of the plans or agreements.

Future Stock Benefit Plans

         Stock Option  Plan.  We intend to implement a stock option plan for our
directors and officers after the stock offering. Applicable regulations prohibit
us from  implementing  this plan until six months after the stock offering.  The
stock option plan that will  authorize the Stock Plan Committee to grant options
to  purchase  a number of shares  equal to up to 10% of the  shares  sold in the
offering. The Stock Plan Committee will decide which directors and officers will
receive options and what the terms of those options will be. Generally, no stock
option will permit its recipient to purchase shares at a price that is less than
the fair  market  value of a share on the date the  option  is  granted,  and no
option  will have a term that is longer than 10 years.  If we  implement a stock
option  plan  before the first  anniversary  of the stock  offering,  applicable
regulations will require that we observe the following restrictions:

     o    We must  obtain the  approval  of the  holders  of a  majority  of our
          outstanding shares that are not owned by AF Mutual Holding Company.

     o    We must limit the total number of options awarded to outside directors
          to 30% of the options authorized to be awarded under the plan.

     o    We must  limit  the  number  of  options  awarded  to any one  outside
          director to 5% of the options  authorized to be awarded under the plan
          and the number of options  awarded to any executive  officer to 25% of
          the options authorized to be awarded under the plan.

     o    We may not permit the options to become  vested more  rapidly than 20%
          per year beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of
          the plan.

     o    We may not permit accelerated  vesting for any reason other than death
          or disability.

These restrictions are not required if the stock option plan is implemented more
than one year  after the  offering.  After the  first  anniversary  of the stock
offering,  we may amend the plan to change or remove these  restrictions.  If we
adopt a stock option plan within one year after the stock offering, we expect to
amend the plan later to remove these restrictions and to provide for accelerated
vesting in cases of retirement and change of control.

         We may  obtain the  shares  needed for this plan by issuing  additional
shares or through  stock  repurchases.  Because we cannot  issue new shares that
would  reduce AF Mutual  Holding  Company's  ownership  position  to less than a
majority of Alamogordo Financial's  outstanding shares, we expect to obtain most
or all of the shares for this plan  through  stock  repurchases.  Our ability to
engage in stock  repurchases  may be restricted by Office of Thrift  Supervision
regulations that prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first
three years following our stock  offering,  unless we receive the prior approval
of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         We expect the stock option plan will permit the Stock Plan Committee to
grant either incentive stock options that qualify for special federal income tax
treatment  or  non-qualified  stock  options  that do not  qualify  for  special
treatment. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees and will not
create  federal  income  tax  consequences  when they are  granted.  If they are
exercised  during  employment  or  within  three  months  after  termination  of
employment, the exercise will not create federal income tax consequences either.
When the shares  acquired on exercise of an  incentive  stock option are resold,
the seller must pay federal  income taxes on the amount by which the sales price
exceeds the purchase price.  This amount will be taxed at capital gains rates if
the


                                       64

<PAGE>

sale  occurs at least two years  after the option was  granted  and at least one
year after the option was exercised. Otherwise, it is taxed as ordinary income.

         Non-qualified  stock  options  may be  granted to either  employees  or
non-employees  such as  directors,  consultants  and  other  service  providers.
Incentive  stock  options  that are  exercised  more  than  three  months  after
termination   of  employment  are  treated  as   non-qualified   stock  options.
Non-qualified stock options will not create federal income tax consequences when
they are granted. When they are exercised,  federal income taxes must be paid on
the amount by which the fair market value of the shares  acquired by  exercising
the option exceeds the exercise price. When the shares acquired on exercise of a
non-qualified  stock option are resold, the seller must pay federal income taxes
on the  amount by which the sales  price  exceeds  the  purchase  price plus the
amount  included in ordinary  income when the option was exercised.  This amount
will be taxed at capital gains rates,  which will vary  depending  upon the time
that has elapsed since the exercise of the option.

         When a non-qualified  stock option is exercised,  Alamogordo  Financial
and  Alamogordo  Federal may be allowed a federal  income tax  deduction for the
same amount that the option holder includes in his or her ordinary income.  This
amount  may be  the  same  as  the  related  compensation  expense  or it may be
different.  When  an  incentive  stock  option  is  exercised,  there  is no tax
deduction  unless the shares acquired are resold sooner than two years after the
option was granted or one year after the option was exercised.

         Recognition  and  Retention  Plan. We intend to implement a recognition
and  retention  plan for our directors  and officers  after the stock  offering.
Applicable  regulations prohibit us from implementing this plan until six months
after the stock offering. The recognition and retention plan that will authorize
the Stock Plan  Committee  to make  restricted  stock  awards of up to 4% of the
shares sold in the offering. In the event we initially implement the recognition
and retention plan more than 12 months after the stock offering, the recognition
and retention  plan may authorize the Stock Plan  Committee to award up to 5% of
the shares sold in the  offering.  The Stock Plan  Committee  will decide  which
directors and officers will receive restricted stock and what the terms of those
awards will be. If we  implement a  recognition  and  retention  plan before the
first  anniversary of the stock offering,  applicable  regulations  will require
that we observe the following restrictions:

     o    We must  obtain the  approval  of the  holders  of a  majority  of our
          outstanding shares that are not owned by AF Mutual Holding Company.

     o    We must limit the total number of shares awarded to outside  directors
          to 30% of the shares authorized to be awarded under the plan.

     o    We must limit the number of shares awarded to any one outside director
          to 5% of the shares  authorized  to be awarded  under the plan and the
          number of shares awarded to any executive officer to 25% of the shares
          authorized to be awarded under the plan.

     o    We may not permit the shares to become  vested more  rapidly  than 20%
          per year beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of
          the plan.

     o    We may not permit accelerated  vesting for any reason other than death
          or disability.

These  restrictions  are not required if the  recognition  and retention plan is
implemented more than one year after the offering.  After the first  anniversary
of the  stock  offering,  we may  amend  the  plan to  change  or  remove  these
restrictions. If we adopt a recognition and retention plan within one year after
the  stock  offering,  we  expect  to amend  the  plan  later  to  remove  these
restrictions  and to provide for accelerated  vesting in cases of retirement and
change of control.

         We may  obtain the  shares  needed for this plan by issuing  additional
shares or through  stock  repurchases.  Because we cannot  issue new shares that
would  reduce AF Mutual  Holding  Company's  ownership  position  to less than a
majority of Alamogordo Financial's  outstanding shares, we expect to obtain most
or all of the shares for this plan  through  stock  repurchases.  Our ability to
engage in stock  repurchases  may be restricted by Office of Thrift  Supervision
regulations that prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first
three years following our stock  offering,  unless we receive the prior approval
of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         Restricted  stock  awards  under  this  plan  may  feature   employment
restrictions  that  require  continued  employment  for a period of time for the
award to be  vested.  Awards  are not vested  unless  the  specified  employment
restrictions are met.  However,  pending  vesting,  the award recipient may have
voting and dividend  rights.  When an award becomes  vested,  the recipient must
include the current  fair  market  value of the vested  shares in his income for
federal income tax purposes,  and Alamogordo Financial will be allowed a federal
income

                                       65

<PAGE>
tax  deduction in the same amount.  Depending on the nature of the  restrictions
attached  to the  restricted  stock  award,  Alamogordo  Financial  may  have to
recognize  a  compensation  expense for  accounting  purposes  ratably  over the
vesting period.

Certain Transactions with Managers and Executive Officers

         Federal  regulations  require that all loans or extensions of credit to
executive  officers and directors  must generally be made on  substantially  the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the
time  for  comparable  transactions  with  other  persons,  unless  the  loan or
extension of credit is made under a benefit program  generally  available to all
other  employees  and does not give  preference  to any  insider  over any other
employee, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present
other unfavorable  features. We currently do not make new loans or extensions of
credit to our executive officers,  directors and employees at different rates or
terms than those  offered to the  general  public.  All loans to our  directors,
officers and employees have been made on substantially the same terms, including
interest rates and  collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions, and do not involve more than minimal risk of collectibility.

         S. Thomas Overstreet,  who serves as a director of Alamogordo Financial
and Alamogordo Federal, is a partner of the law firm of S. Thomas Overstreet and
Associates,   P.C.,  which  represents   Alamogordo  Federal  in  mortgage  loan
transactions.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999,  Alamogordo Federal paid
legal fees to S. Thomas Overstreet and Associates,  P.C.  totaling $44,000.  The
terms and  conditions of these fees and services are  substantially  the same as
those for similar transactions with other parties.

Proposed Purchases of Common Stock by Management

         The following table presents certain  information as to the approximate
purchases of common stock by each of our directors and by executive  officers as
a group, including their associates,  as defined by applicable  regulations.  No
individual  has entered into a binding  agreement to purchase  these shares and,
therefore,  actual purchases could be more or less than indicated.  For purposes
of the following table, sufficient shares are assumed to be available to satisfy
subscriptions in all categories.  Our directors and executive officers and their
associates,  and our employees will pay the same price as all other  subscribers
for the shares for which they subscribe.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              As a Percentage of Shares Sold
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                    Number      Minimum     Adjusted Maximum
                Name                    Amount    of shares   of Offering      Of Offering
- ------------------------------------   --------   ---------   -----------   ----------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
Robert W. Hamilton .................   $150,000     15,000        2.1%            1.4%
S. Thomas Overstreet ...............    150,000     15,000        2.1             1.4
Marilyn L. Mott ....................     50,000      5,000          *               *
Earl E. Wallin .....................     50,000      5,000          *               *
R. Miles Ledgerwood ................     50,000      5,000          *               *
Executive officers who are
  not directors (4 persons) ........     86,000      8,600        1.2               *
                                       --------     ------       ----            ----
  Total to be purchased by directors
    and executive officers .........   $536,000     53,600        7.6%            4.9%
                                       ========     ======       ====            ====
</TABLE>


                               THE STOCK OFFERING

General

         On  October  19,  1999,  Alamogordo   Financial's  Board  of  Directors
unanimously  adopted  the  stock  issuance  plan  pursuant  to which  Alamogordo
Financial will sell shares of its common stock depositors of Alamogordo  Federal
and certain  other  persons,  and issue  shares of its common stock to AF Mutual
Holding Company.  After the stock offering,  purchasers in the offering will own
49.0% of  Alamogordo  Financial's  outstanding  shares of common  stock,  and AF
Mutual  Holding  Company will own 51.0% of  Alamogordo  Financial's  outstanding
shares of common stock.

         The aggregate  price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering
will be within the offering  range.  The offering  range of between $7.1 million
and $9.6 million has been  established by the Board of Directors,  based upon an
independent  appraisal  of the  estimated  pro forma  market value of the common
stock of Alamogordo  Financial.  The  appraisal was prepared by RP Financial,  a
consulting   firm   experienced  in  the  valuation  and  appraisal  of  savings
institutions. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold
at the same price per share.  The independent  appraisal will be affirmed or, if
necessary, updated at the completion of the offering. See "How We Determined the
Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share" for additional  information as to
the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

                                       66
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following is a brief summary of pertinent aspects of the stock offering. The
summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the stock
issuance  plan. A copy of the plan is  available  from  Alamogordo  Federal upon
request and is available for inspection at the offices of Alamogordo Federal and
at the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan is also filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement of which this prospectus is a part,  copies of which may
be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission. See "Where You Can Find
Additional Information."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reasons for the Stock Offering

         The proceeds from the sale of common stock of Alamogordo Financial will
provide Alamogordo Federal with additional capital, which may be used to support
future growth, internally or through acquisitions.  The stock offering will also
enable Alamogordo  Financial and Alamogordo Federal to increase their capital in
response to any future  regulatory  capital  requirements.  Although  Alamogordo
Federal  currently  exceeds all  regulatory  capital  requirements,  the sale of
common stock will assist  Alamogordo  Federal with the orderly  preservation and
expansion of its capital base and will provide  flexibility to respond to sudden
and unanticipated capital needs.

         In addition,  since Alamogordo Federal competes with local and regional
banks not only for customers,  but also for employees, we believe that the stock
offering will also afford us the  opportunity  to attract and retain  management
and employees  through  various stock benefit plans,  including  incentive stock
option plans, restricted stock plans and an employee stock ownership plan.

         After  completion  of the  stock  offering,  the  unissued  common  and
preferred stock  authorized by Alamogordo  Financial's  Charter,  as well as any
treasury shares that may have been repurchased, will permit Alamogordo Financial
to raise  additional  equity capital through further sales of securities and may
permit  Alamogordo  Financial to issue  securities in  connection  with possible
acquisitions, subject to market conditions and any required regulatory approval.
Alamogordo Financial currently has no plans with respect to additional offerings
of securities.

         The stock offering proceeds will provide additional flexibility to grow
through  acquisitions  of other  financial  institutions  or  other  businesses.
Although  there  are no  current  arrangements,  understandings  or  agreements,
written or oral, regarding any such opportunities,  Alamogordo Financial will be
in a position  after the stock  offering to take advantage of any such favorable
opportunities  that may arise.  See "How We Intend to Use the Proceeds  from the
Offering" for a description of our intended use of proceeds.

         After  considering  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  stock
offering,  as well as  applicable  fiduciary  duties,  the Board of Directors of
Alamogordo  Financial  unanimously  approved the stock  offering as being in the
best  interests of Alamogordo  Financial,  Alamogordo  Federal,  and  Alamogordo
Federal's depositors and the communities we serve.

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share

         The stock  issuance plan requires that the purchase price of the common
stock  must be based on the  appraised  pro  forma  market  value of  Alamogordo
Financial,  as determined on the basis of an independent  valuation.  Alamogordo
Financial retained RP Financial, LC to perform this valuation.  For its services
in making  this  appraisal  and  assistance  in  preparing a business  plan,  RP
Financial's  fees  and  out-of-pocket  expenses  are  estimated  to be  $25,000.
Alamogordo  Financial  has agreed to indemnify RP Financial and any employees of
RP Financial  who act for or on behalf of RP Financial  in  connection  with the
appraisal against any and all loss, cost, damage, claim, liability or expense of
any kind,  including claims under federal and state securities laws, arising out
of any  misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material  fact or an omission to
state a material fact in the information  supplied by Alamogordo Financial to RP
Financial,  unless RP  Financial is  determined  to be negligent or otherwise at
fault.

         An  appraisal  has  been  made by RP  Financial  in  reliance  upon the
information contained in this prospectus,  including the Consolidated  Financial
Statements. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:

          o    the  present  and  projected   operating  results  and  financial
               condition of Alamogordo  Financial and Alamogordo Federal and the
               economic  and  demographic  conditions  in  Alamogordo  Federal's
               existing marketing areas;


                                       67

<PAGE>

          o    certain historical,  financial and other information  relating to
               Alamogordo Financial;  a comparative  evaluation of the operating
               and financial  statistics of Alamogordo  Financial  with those of
               other   similarly   situated   publicly   traded  mutual  holding
               companies;

          o    the aggregate size of the offering of the common stock;

          o    the impact of the stock  offering on Alamogordo  Financial's  net
               worth and earnings potential;

          o    the proposed dividend policy of Alamogordo Financial; and

          o    the trading market for securities of comparable  institutions and
               general conditions in the market for such securities.

         In its review of the appraisal  provided by RP Financial,  the board of
directors reviewed the methodologies and the  appropriateness of the assumptions
used by RP Financial in addition to the factors  listed above,  and the board of
directors believes that these assumptions were reasonable.

         On the basis of the  foregoing,  RP  Financial  has advised  Alamogordo
Financial that in its opinion,  dated December 10, 1999, the estimated pro forma
market  value of the common  stock on a fully  converted  basis,  ranged  from a
minimum of $14.5  million to a maximum of $19.6 million with a midpoint of $17.0
million.  The board of directors of  Alamogordo  Financial  determined  that the
common  stock  should  be  sold at  $10.00  per  share  and  that of the  shares
outstanding  immediately after the offering,  49.0% should be held by purchasers
in the offering, and 51.0% should be held by AF Mutual Holding Company. Based on
the estimated  valuation range and the purchase  price,  the number of shares of
Alamogordo  Financial's common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of
the stock  offering will range from  1,445,000 to  1,955,000,  and the number of
shares of  Alamogordo  Financial's  common  stock that will be sold in the stock
offering  will range from  between  708,050  shares to  957,950  shares,  with a
midpoint of 833,000 shares.  The number of shares that AF Mutual Holding Company
will own after the offering  will range from 736,950 to 997,050.  The  estimated
valuation  range  may be  amended  with the  approval  of the  Office  of Thrift
Supervision,  if required, or if necessitated by subsequent  developments in the
financial  condition of Alamogordo  Financial and  Alamogordo  Federal or market
conditions generally, or to fill the order of the employee stock ownership plan.
In the event the estimated  valuation range is updated to amend the value of the
common stock below $14.45 million or above $22.5  million,  which is the maximum
of the estimated  valuation range, as adjusted by 15%, the new appraisal will be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         RP Financial's valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as
a recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing these shares.
RP Financial did not independently verify the consolidated  financial statements
and other  information  provided by Alamogordo  Financial,  nor did RP Financial
value  independently  the assets or  liabilities  of Alamogordo  Financial.  The
valuation  considers  Alamogordo  Financial as a going concern and should not be
considered as an indication of the  liquidation  value of Alamogordo  Financial.
Moreover,  because  this  valuation  is  necessarily  based upon  estimates  and
projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time
to time, no assurance can be given that persons  purchasing  common stock in the
stock offering will thereafter be able to sell such shares at prices at or above
the purchase price or in the range of the valuation described above.

         Prior to completion of the stock offering, the maximum of the estimated
pro forma  market value of the common  stock on a fully  converted  basis may be
increased by up to 15% to up to $22.5  million and the maximum  number of shares
that will be outstanding  immediately following the offering may be increased by
up to 15% to up to 2,248,251  shares.  If the maximum of the estimated pro forma
market  value is  increased,  then the  maximum  number  of  shares  sold in the
offering  will  also be  increased  by up to 15% to  1,101,643  shares,  and the
maximum number of shares held by AF Mutual Holding Company immediately following
the  offering  will also be  increased  by up to 15% to  1,146,608  shares.  The
increase in the  estimated pro forma market value of the common stock on a fully
converted basis may occur as a result of regulatory  considerations,  demand for
shares,  or  changes in market  conditions  or general  financial  and  economic
conditions  following  commencement  of the  offering  and  will not  require  a
resolicitation of subscribers. See "-- Limitations on Stock Purchases" as to the
method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in
the event of an increase in the estimated offering range to fill unfilled orders
in the Subscription Offering.

         In the event that  regulatory  considerations,  demand for  shares,  or
changes  in market  conditions  or general  financial  and  economic  conditions
following  commencement  of the offering result in an increase in the maximum of
the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock of greater than 15%, or
a decrease in the minimum of the  estimated pro forma market value of the common
stock, purchasers will be resolicited and be permitted to


                                       68

<PAGE>

continue  their  orders,  in  which  case  they  will  need to  reconfirm  their
subscriptions  prior to the expiration of the  resolicitation  offering or their
subscription  funds  will be  promptly  refunded  with  interest  at  Alamogordo
Federal's passbook rate of interest,  or be permitted to modify or rescind their
subscriptions. If the maximum number of shares of common stock sold in the stock
offering is  increased  due to an increase of no more than 15% in the  estimated
pro forma  market  value of the common  stock,  persons who  subscribed  for the
maximum number of shares will not be given the  opportunity to subscribe for the
adjusted maximum number of shares. See "-- Limitations on Stock Purchases."

         An increase in the number of shares of common stock  outstanding  after
conclusion of the offering as a result of an increase in the estimated pro forma
market  value  of the  common  stock  would  decrease  both  the  percentage  of
Alamogordo  Financial's  outstanding shares owned by a subscriber and Alamogordo
Financial's pro forma net income and  stockholders'  equity on a per share basis
while increasing pro forma net income and  stockholders'  equity on an aggregate
basis.  A decrease  in the number of shares of common  stock  outstanding  would
increase both a subscriber's  ownership interest and Alamogordo  Financial's pro
forma net income and stockholders  'equity on a per share basis while decreasing
pro forma net income and  stockholders'  equity on an aggregate  basis. See "Pro
Forma Data."

         No  sale of  shares  of  common  stock  in the  stock  offering  may be
completed unless prior to such completion RP Financial  confirms that nothing of
a material nature has occurred which,  taking into account all relevant factors,
would cause it to conclude  that the  aggregate  value of the common stock to be
issued  is   materially   incompatible   with  the  estimate  of  the  aggregate
consolidated   pro  forma  market  value  of  Alamogordo   Financial.   If  this
confirmation  is  not  received,  Alamogordo  Financial  may  cancel  the  stock
offering,  extend the stock  offering and  establish a new  estimated  valuation
range and/or  estimated  price range,  extend,  reopen or hold a new offering or
take any other action the Office of Thrift Supervision may permit.

         Copies  of  the  appraisal  report  of  RP  Financial,   including  any
amendments,  and the detailed  report of the appraiser  setting forth the method
and  assumptions  for the appraisal  are  available  for  inspection at the main
office of Alamogordo Federal and the other locations specified under "Additional
Information."

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

         Under the stock issuance plan,  rights to subscribe for the purchase of
common stock have been granted to the following  persons in the following  order
of descending priority:

          o    depositors with accounts at Alamogordo Federal with total account
               balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on September
               30, 1998 ("Eligible Account Holders"),

          o    Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,

          o    depositors with accounts at Alamogordo Federal with total account
               balances  of at least $50 as of the close of business on December
               31, 1999 ("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"),and

          o    Directors, Officers and Employees of Alamogordo Federal.

         All  subscriptions  received  will be  subject to the  availability  of
common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior
rights in the  subscription  offering  and to the maximum  and minimum  purchase
limitations  set forth in the stock  issuance plan and as described  below under
"--Limitations on Stock Purchases."

         Priority 1: Eligible  Account  Holders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder
shall receive,  without payment,  first priority,  nontransferable  subscription
rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in an amount equal to the greater
of:

          o    $150,000 or 15,000 shares of common stock;

          o    one-tenth  of one  percent  of the  total  offering  of shares of
               common stock; or

          o    15 times the  product  (rounded  down to the next  whole  number)
               obtained  by  multiplying  the  total  number of shares of common
               stock to be issued by a fraction,  of which the  numerator is the
               amount of the qualifying  deposit of the Eligible  Account Holder
               and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of
               all Eligible Account Holders in Alamogordo Federal in each


                                       69

<PAGE>

               case as of the close of business on September  30, 1998,  subject
               to the overall purchase limitations. See "-- Limitations on Stock
               Purchases."

         If  there  are  not   sufficient   shares   available  to  satisfy  all
subscriptions, shares first will be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account
Holders  so as to permit  each  such  Eligible  Account  Holder,  to the  extent
possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation
equal to the  lesser  of the  number  of shares  subscribed  for or 100  shares.
Thereafter,  any shares remaining after each subscribing Eligible Account Holder
has been  allocated  the  lesser of the number of shares  subscribed  for or 100
shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders pro rata
whose subscriptions  remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their
respective  qualifying  deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits
of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
Subscription  Rights of Eligible  Account  Holders will be  subordinated  to the
priority rights of Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans to purchase shares in excess of
the maximum of the estimated offering range.

         To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must
list on his  subscription  order form all  accounts in which he has an ownership
interest.  Failure  to list an  account  could  result  in  fewer  shares  being
allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.  The  subscription  rights of
Eligible  Account  Holders who are also  directors  or  officers  of  Alamogordo
Federal or their associates will be subordinated to the  subscription  rights of
other Eligible Account Holders to the extent  attributable to increased deposits
in the year preceding September 30, 1998.

         Priority 2: Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans. Each Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plan,  including the employee stock ownership plan shall be entitled to receive,
without payment therefor, second priority,  nontransferable  subscription rights
to purchase up to 10% of common  stock,  provided  that  individually  or in the
aggregate   such  plans  (other  than  that  portion  of  such  plans  which  is
self-directed)  shall not purchase  more than 10% of the shares of common stock,
including  any  increase in the number of shares of common  stock after the date
hereof as a result of an increase  of up to 15% in the maximum of the  estimated
offering  range.  The employee stock  ownership plan intends to purchase 8.0% of
the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.  Subscriptions  by any of
the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans will not be aggregated  with shares of common
stock  purchased  directly by or which are otherwise  attributable  to any other
participants in the stock offering, including subscriptions of any of Alamogordo
Federal's  directors,  officers,  employees or associates thereof.  Subscription
rights  received  pursuant to this Priority shall be  subordinated to all rights
received by Eligible  Account Holders to purchase shares pursuant to Priority 1;
provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  stock
issuance plan to the contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans shall have a
first priority  subscription right to the extent that the total number of shares
of common stock sold in the stock  offering  exceeds the maximum of the offering
range as set forth in this  prospectus.  In the event  that the total  number of
shares  offered in the stock offering is increased to an amount greater than the
number of shares  representing the maximum of the estimated offering range, each
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan will have a priority  right to  purchase  any such
shares exceeding the maximum of the estimated  offering range up to an aggregate
of 10% of the  common  stock  sold in the  stock  offering.  See  "Management  -
Benefits -- Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

         Priority 3: Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.  To the extent that
there are sufficient  shares  remaining after  satisfaction of  subscriptions by
Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental
Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive,  without payment therefor,
third priority,  nontransferable  subscription rights to subscribe for shares of
common stock in an amount equal to the greater of:

          o    $150,000 or 15,000 shares of common stock;

          o    one-tenth  of one  percent  of the  total  offering  of shares of
               common stock; or

          o    15  times  the   product   (rounded   down  to  the  next   whole
               number)obtained  by  multiplying  the  total  number of shares of
               common stock to be issued by a fraction,  of which the  numerator
               is the  amount  of the  qualifying  deposit  of the  Supplemental
               Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total
               amount  of  qualifying  deposits  of  all  Supplemental  Eligible
               Account  Holders in Alamogordo  Federal in each case on the close
               of business on December 31, 1999, subject to the overall purchase
               limitations. See "--Limitations on Stock Purchases."

         If  there  are  not   sufficient   shares   available  to  satisfy  all
subscriptions  of all Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  available shares
first will be allocated among subscribing  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
so as to permit each such  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder,  to the extent
possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation
(including the number of shares,  if any,  allocated in accordance with Priority
1) equal to the lesser of the  number of shares  subscribed  for or 100  shares.
Thereafter, any shares


                                       70

<PAGE>

remaining  available will be allocated among the  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders pro rata whose subscriptions  remain unfilled in the proportion that the
amounts of their  respective  qualifying  deposits  bear to the total  amount of
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders
whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

         Priority 4: Directors, Officers and Employees. To the extent that there
are sufficient  shares  remaining  after  satisfaction of all  subscriptions  by
Eligible  Account  Holders,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,   Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders  and Other  Members,  then  directors,  officers  and
employees of Alamogordo  Federal as of the date of the commencement of the stock
offering  shall be  entitled  to  receive,  without  payment,  fourth  priority,
nontransferable  subscription rights to purchase in this category up to $150,000
or 15,000  shares of common  stock.  The  ability  of  directors,  officers  and
employees to purchase  common stock under this category is in addition to rights
which are otherwise  available to them under the stock issuance plan as they may
fall within higher  priority  categories,  and the stock issuance plan generally
allows such persons to purchase in the  aggregate up to 32% of common stock sold
in the stock offering. See "--Limitations on Stock Purchases."

         In the  event  of an  oversubscription  in this  category,  the  shares
available  shall be allocated pro rata among all of the  subscribing  directors,
officers and employees in this category.

         Expiration  Date  for  the  Subscription   Offering.  The  Subscription
Offering will expire at Noon,  Mountain  Standard  Time, on March ___, 2000 (the
"Subscription  Expiration Date"),  unless extended for up to 45 days or for such
additional  periods by Alamogordo  Financial as may be approved by the Office of
Thrift  Supervision.  Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to
the Subscription Expiration Date (unless extended) will become void.

         Alamogordo Financial will not execute orders until at least the minimum
number of shares of common stock  offered in the offering  have been  subscribed
for or otherwise sold. If all shares have not been subscribed for or sold within
45 days after the Subscription  Expiration Date,  unless this period is extended
with the consent of the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  all funds  delivered  to
Alamogordo  Federal  pursuant  to the  Subscription  Offering  will be  returned
promptly to the subscribers with interest and all withdrawal authorizations will
be canceled. If an extension beyond the 45-day period following the Subscription
Expiration Date is granted,  Alamogordo Financial will notify subscribers of the
extension of time and of any rights of  subscribers  to modify or rescind  their
subscriptions.

Community Offering

         To  the  extent  that  shares  remain   available  for  purchase  after
satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Directors,  officers
and employees of Alamogordo Federal, we anticipate we will offer shares pursuant
to the stock  issuance  plan to certain  members  of the  general  public,  with
preference given to natural persons residing in the New Mexico Counties of Otero
and Lincoln.  These  natural  persons are referred to as Preferred  Subscribers.
Persons,  together with an Associate or group of persons  acting in concert with
such  persons,  may not  subscribe  for or purchase more than $150,000 of common
stock in the Community Offering,  if any.  Alamogordo  Financial may limit total
subscriptions  under  this  section  so as to assure  that the  number of shares
available  for the public  offering may be up to a specified  percentage  of the
number of shares of common  stock.  Finally,  Alamogordo  Financial  may reserve
shares offered in the Community  Offering for sales to institutional  investors.
The  opportunity  to  subscribe  for  shares  of common  stock in any  Community
Offering  will be  subject  to the right of  Alamogordo  Financial,  in its sole
discretion,  to accept or  reject  any such  orders in whole or in part from any
person  either  at the time of  receipt  of an  order or as soon as  practicable
following the Expiration  Date. The Community  Offering,  if any, shall commence
concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering.

         In the  event  of an  oversubscription  for  shares  in  the  Community
Offering, shares may be allocated, to the extent shares remain available,  first
to each Preferred  Subscriber  whose order is accepted by Alamogordo  Financial.
Thereafter,  shares may be  allocated  to cover the  orders of any other  person
subscribing  for  shares in the  Community  Offering  so that  each such  person
subscribing for shares may receive 1,000 shares, if available, and thereafter on
a pro  rata  basis  to such  person  based on the  amount  of  their  respective
subscriptions.

Persons Who are Not Permitted to Participate in the Stock Offering

         Alamogordo  Financial will make  reasonable  efforts to comply with the
securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons  entitled to
subscribe  for  stock  pursuant  to the stock  issuance  plan  reside.


                                       71

<PAGE>

However, Alamogordo Financial is not required to offer stock in the Subscription
Offering to any person who resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of
the United States with respect to which:

          o    the number of persons otherwise  eligible to subscribe for shares
               under  the  plan  of  stock  issuance  plan  who  reside  in such
               jurisdiction is small;

          o    the  granting  of  subscription  rights  or the  offer or sale of
               shares of  common  stock to such  persons  would  require  any of
               Alamogordo  Financial and Alamogordo  Federal or their  officers,
               directors or employees,  under the laws of such jurisdiction,  to
               register as a broker,  dealer,  salesman  or selling  agent or to
               register or  otherwise  qualify its  securities  for sale in such
               jurisdiction  or to  qualify as a foreign  corporation  or file a
               consent to service of process in such jurisdiction; and

          o    such  registration,  qualification  or filing in the  judgment of
               Alamogordo  Financial would be impracticable or unduly burdensome
               for reasons of cost or otherwise.

         Where the number of persons  eligible  to  subscribe  for shares in one
state is small, Alamogordo Financial will base its decision as to whether or not
to offer the common  stock in that state on a number of factors,  including  but
not limited to the size of accounts  held by account  holders in the state,  the
cost of registering or qualifying the shares or the need to register  Alamogordo
Financial, its officers, directors or employees as brokers, dealers or salesmen.

Limitations on Stock Purchases

         The stock  issuance  plan  includes the  following  limitations  on the
number of shares of Alamogordo  Financial common stock which may be purchased in
the stock offering:

          (1)  No fewer than 25 shares of common stock may be purchased,  to the
               extent shares are available;

          (2)  Each  Eligible  Account  Holder may subscribe for and purchase in
               the Subscription Offering up to the greater of:

               o    $150,000 or 15,000 shares of common stock;

               o    one-tenth of one percent of the total  offering of shares of
                    common stock; or

               o    15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
                    obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common
                    stock to be issued by a fraction,  of which the numerator is
                    the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Eligible Account
                    Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying
                    deposits  of all  Eligible  Account  Holders  in  Alamogordo
                    Federal  in each  case as of the  close of  business  on the
                    Eligibility  Record Date,  subject to the overall limitation
                    in clause (7) below;

          (3)  The  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  including an employee stock
               ownership  plan,  may purchase in the  aggregate up to 10% of the
               shares of common stock sold in the stock issuance,  including any
               additional  shares  issued  in the  event of an  increase  in the
               estimated  offering  range;  although  at this time the  employee
               stock  ownership  plan  intends  to  purchase  only  8.0% of such
               shares;

          (4)  Each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder may subscribe for and
               purchase in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of:

               (a)  $150,000 or 15,000 shares of common stock;

               (b)  one-tenth of one percent of the total  offering of shares of
                    common stock; or

               (c)  15  times  the  product  (rounded  down  to the  next  whole
                    number)obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
                    common  stock to be  issued  by a  fraction,  of  which  the
                    numerator  is the  amount of the  qualifying  deposit of the
                    Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is
                    the total amount of qualifying  deposits of all Supplemental
                    Eligible Account Holders in Alamogordo  Federal in each case
                    as of the close of business on the Supplemental  Eligibility
                    Record Date, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7)
                    below;


                                       72

<PAGE>

          (5)  Persons  purchasing  shares  of  common  stock  in the  Community
               Offering  or  Public  Offering  may  purchase  in  the  Community
               Offering or Public  Offering  up to $150,000 or 15,000  shares of
               common  stock,  subject to the overall  limitation  in clause (7)
               below;


          (6)  Except for the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans and certain Eligible
               Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders whose
               subscription  rights are based upon the amount of their deposits,
               the maximum number of shares of Alamogordo Financial common stock
               subscribed  for or  purchased  in  all  categories  of the  stock
               offering by any person, together with associates of and groups of
               persons  acting in concert  with such  persons,  shall not exceed
               $200,000 or 20,000 shares of common stock; and

          (7)  No more than 32% of the total  number of shares  offered for sale
               in the stock  offering may be purchased by directors and officers
               of  Alamogordo  Federal and their  associates  in the  aggregate,
               excluding purchases by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans.

         Subject to any required  regulatory  approval and the  requirements  of
applicable laws and regulations,  the board of directors of Alamogordo Financial
may, in its sole  discretion,  increase the  individual  amount  permitted to be
subscribed  for to a maximum of 9.99% of the number of shares  sold in the stock
offering,  provided  that  orders for shares  exceeding  5% of the shares  being
offered in the stock  offering shall not exceed,  in the  aggregate,  10% of the
shares  being  offered in the stock  offering.  Requests to purchase  additional
shares of common  stock will be  allocated  by the boards of  directors on a pro
rata basis giving  priority in accordance  with the  preference  categories  set
forth in this prospectus.

         The term  "associate"  when used to  indicate a  relationship  with any
person means:

          o    any corporation or organization  (other than Alamogordo  Federal,
               Alamogordo   Financial,   AF   Mutual   Holding   Company   or  a
               majority-owned subsidiary of any of them) of which such person is
               a director,  officer or partner or is directly or indirectly  the
               beneficial   owner  of  10%  or  more  of  any  class  of  equity
               securities;

          o    any trust or other estate in which such person has a  substantial
               beneficial  interest or as to which such person serves as trustee
               or in a similar fiduciary capacity;

          o    any  relative or spouse of such  person,  or any relative of such
               spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director
               or officer of  Alamogordo  Federal,  AF Mutual  Holding  Company,
               Alamogordo  Financial  or any  subsidiary  of AF  Mutual  Holding
               Company or Alamogordo Financial or any affiliate thereof; and

          o    any person  acting in concert with any of the persons or entities
               specified above; provided, however, that Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax
               Qualified  Employee  Plans shall not be deemed to be an associate
               of any  director  or officer of  Alamogordo  Federal,  Alamogordo
               Financial or AF Mutual Holding Company, to the extent provided in
               the stock  issuance  plan.  When used to refer to a person  other
               than an officer or director of Alamogordo  Federal,  the board of
               directors of  Alamogordo  Financial or officers  delegated by the
               board of directors in their sole  discretion  may  determine  the
               persons that are associates of other persons.

         The term "acting in concert" is defined to mean  knowing  participation
in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common
goal  whether or not  pursuant  to an express  agreement,  or a  combination  or
pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common
purpose  pursuant to any  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement or
other arrangement,  whether written or otherwise. A person or company which acts
in concert with another  person or company  shall also be deemed to be acting in
concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other
party,  except that the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans will not be deemed to be
acting in  concert  with  their  trustees  or a person  who  serves in a similar
capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee
and stock held by each plan will be aggregated.  The  determination of whether a
group is acting in concert  shall be made  solely by the board of  directors  of
Alamogordo Financial or officers delegated by such board of directors and may be
based on any evidence upon which such board or delegatee chooses to rely.

Marketing Arrangements

         Alamogordo  Financial  has  retained  Charles Webb & Company to consult
with and to advise Alamogordo Financial,  and to assist Alamogordo Financial, on
a best efforts basis, in the distribution of the shares of common


                                       73

<PAGE>

stock in the  Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering.  The services that
Charles Webb & Company will provide include, but are not limited to:

          o    training  the  employees of  Alamogordo  Federal who will perform
               certain  ministerial  functions in the Subscription  Offering and
               Community   Offering   regarding  the  mechanics  and  regulatory
               requirements of the stock offering process;

          o    managing the stock  information  centers by assisting  interested
               stock subscribers and by keeping records of all stock orders; and

          o    preparing marketing materials.

         For its services,  Charles Webb & Company will receive a management fee
of $25,000  and a success  fee of $75,000.  Alamogordo  Financial  has agreed to
indemnify  Charles  Webb  &  Company  against  certain  claims  or  liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and
will  contribute  to payments  Charles Webb & Company may be required to make in
connection with any such claims or liabilities.

         Sales of shares of  Alamogordo  Financial  common stock will be made by
registered  representatives affiliated with Charles Webb & Company. Charles Webb
& Company has undertaken  that the shares of Alamogordo  Financial  common stock
will be sold in a manner that  satisfy the  distribution  standards of any stock
market on which the common stock will trade. A stock information  center will be
established at the main office of Alamogordo Federal in Alamogordo,  New Mexico.
Alamogordo  Financial will rely on Rule 3a4-1 of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 and sales of Alamogordo Financial common stock will be conducted within the
requirements of this rule, so as to permit officers,  directors and employees to
participate  in the sale of  Alamogordo  Financial  common stock in those states
where the law permits. No officer,  director or employee of Alamogordo Financial
or  Alamogordo  Financial  will be  compensated  directly or  indirectly  by the
payment of  commissions  or other  remuneration  in  connection  with his or her
participation in the sale of common stock.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription Offering

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  Subscription  Expiration  Date (unless  extended) in accordance with
Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, no prospectus will be mailed
any later than five days prior to such date or hand delivered any later than two
days prior to such date.  Execution  of the order form will  confirm  receipt or
delivery in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8.  Order forms will only be  distributed
with a prospectus.

         To purchase shares in the Subscription Offering, an executed order form
with the required  payment for each share  subscribed  for, or with  appropriate
authorization for withdrawal from a deposit account at Alamogordo Federal, which
may be given by completing  the  appropriate  blanks in the order form,  must be
received  by  Alamogordo  Federal  by  Noon,  Mountain  Standard  Time,  on  the
Subscription Expiration Date, unless extended. In addition, Alamogordo Financial
will  require a  prospective  purchaser to execute a  certification  in the form
required by applicable  Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations in connection
with any sale of common  stock.  Order forms which are not received by this time
or are executed defectively or are received without full payment, or appropriate
withdrawal  instructions,   are  not  required  to  be  accepted.  In  addition,
Alamogordo  Financial  will  not  accept  orders  submitted  on  photocopied  or
facsimiled   order   forms  nor  order  forms   unaccompanied   by  an  executed
certification  form.  Alamogordo  Financial has the right to waive or permit the
correction of incomplete or improperly  executed  forms,  but does not represent
that it will do so. Once  received,  an executed order form may not be modified,
amended or rescinded  without the consent of  Alamogordo  Financial,  unless the
stock  offering  has not been  completed  within  45 days  after  the end of the
Subscription Offering, or this period has been extended.

         In  order  to  ensure  that  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and directors,  officers
and  employees  are properly  identified  as to their stock  purchase  priority,
depositors as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date (September
30, 1998) or the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date (December 31, 1999) must
list all  accounts on the stock order form giving all names in each  account and
the account numbers.

         Payment for subscriptions may be made:

          o    by check or money order;


                                       74

<PAGE>

          o    by authorization  of withdrawal from deposit accounts  maintained
               with Alamogordo Federal (including a certificate of deposit); or

          o    in cash,  if  delivered  in  person at any  full-service  banking
               office  of  Alamogordo  Federal,  although  we  request  that you
               exchange cash for a check with any of our tellers;

No wire  transfers  will be accepted.  Interest will be paid on payments made by
cash,  check or money  order at our  then-current  passbook  yield from the date
payment is received until  completion of the stock offering.  If payment is made
by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts, the funds authorized to be
withdrawn  from a  deposit  account  will  continue  to accrue  interest  at the
contractual  rate, but may not be used by the subscriber until all of Alamogordo
Financial  common stock has been sold or the stock  issuance plan is terminated,
whichever is earlier.

         If a subscriber  authorizes Alamogordo Financial to withdraw the amount
of the purchase price from his deposit account,  Alamogordo Financial will do so
as of the effective date of the stock  offering.  Alamogordo  Federal will waive
any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate accounts.

         In  the  event  of  an  unfilled  amount  of  any  subscription  order,
Alamogordo  Financial will make an  appropriate  refund or cancel an appropriate
portion of the related withdrawal  authorization,  after completion of the stock
offering.  If for any reason the stock offering is not  consummated,  purchasers
will have refunded to them all payments made, with interest,  and all withdrawal
authorizations will be canceled in the case of subscription  payments authorized
from accounts at Alamogordo Federal.

         If any Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans
subscribe for shares during the Subscription  Offering,  these plans will not be
required to pay for the shares  subscribed for at the time they  subscribe,  but
rather,  may pay for shares of common stock subscribed for at the purchase price
upon  completion of the  Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering,  if all
shares are sold, or upon  completion of the Public  Offering if shares remain to
be sold in such  offering.  In the  event  that,  after  the  completion  of the
Subscription  Offering, the amount of shares to be issued is increased above the
maximum of the  estimated  valuation  range  included  in this  prospectus,  the
Tax-Qualified and Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans will be entitled to increase
their  subscriptions  by a percentage  equal to the  percentage  increase in the
amount of shares to be issued  above  the  maximum  of the  estimated  valuation
range, provided that such subscription will continue to be subject to applicable
purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs  may use  the  assets  of such  IRAs to
purchase  shares  of  Alamogordo  Financial  common  stock  in the  Subscription
Offering and Community  Offering.  ERISA provisions and IRS regulations  require
that officers, directors and 10% stockholders who use self-directed IRA funds to
purchase  shares of common stock in the stock  offering make such  purchases for
the exclusive benefit of the IRAs. IRAs maintained at Alamogordo Federal are not
self-directed IRAs and any interested parties wishing to use IRA funds for stock
purchases  are  advised to contact  the stock  information  center at the number
given on the cover page of this prospectus for additional information.

         The  records  of  Alamogordo  Federal  will be deemed to  control  with
respect to all matters  related to the existence of  subscription  rights and/or
one's ability to purchase shares of common stock in the Subscription Offering.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

         Pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision,  no person with subscription  rights may transfer or enter into any
agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial  ownership of the
subscription rights issued under the stock issuance plan or the shares of common
stock to be issued upon their exercise. Such rights may be exercised only by the
person to whom they are granted and only for such person's account.  Each person
exercising such subscription  rights will be required to certify that the person
is  purchasing  shares  solely for the person's own account and that such person
has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares.
Federal  regulations  also  prohibit  any  person  from  offering  or  making an
announcement  of  an  offer  or  intent  to  make  an  offer  to  purchase  such
subscription  rights or shares of common  stock prior to the  completion  of the
stock offering.

         Alamogordo Financial will refer to the Office of Thrift Supervision any
situations  that it believes may involve a transfer of  subscription  rights and
will not honor orders believed by it to involve the transfer of such rights.


                                       75

<PAGE>

Delivery of Certificates

         Certificates  representing  common stock  issued in the stock  offering
will be mailed by Alamogordo  Financial's transfer agent to the persons entitled
thereto at the  addresses of such  persons  appearing on the stock order form as
soon as practicable following completion of the stock offering. Any certificates
returned as undeliverable will be held by Alamogordo  Financial until claimed by
persons  legally  entitled to them or otherwise  disposed of in accordance  with
applicable law. Until  certificates for common stock are available and delivered
to  subscribers,  they may not be able to sell the  shares of  common  stock for
which they have  subscribed,  even though  trading of the common  stock may have
commenced.

Required Approvals

         Alamogordo  Financial's  stock  issuance  plan must be  approved by the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  in  order to  consummate  the  stock  offering.
Alamogordo  Financial  is also  required  to make  certain  filings  with  state
securities regulatory  authorities in connection with the issuance of its common
stock in the stock offering.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Shares

         All  shares of common  stock  purchased  in  connection  with the stock
offering by a director  or an  executive  officer of  Alamogordo  Financial  and
Alamogordo  Federal will be subject to a restriction that the shares not be sold
for a period of one year following the stock offering except in the event of the
death of the director or officer or pursuant to a merger or similar  transaction
approved by the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Each  certificate for restricted
shares will bear a legend giving  notice of this  restriction  on transfer,  and
instructions  will be issued to the effect  that any  transfer  within such time
period of any  certificate  or record  ownership  of the  shares  other  than as
provided  above is a violation  of the  restriction.  Any shares of common stock
issued at a later date within this one year  period as a stock  dividend,  stock
split or otherwise with respect to the  restricted  stock will be subject to the
same restrictions.

         Purchases  of  common  stock  of  Alamogordo  Financial  by  directors,
executive  officers and their associates  during the three-year period following
completion  of the stock  offering  may be made only  through a broker or dealer
registered  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  except with the prior
written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.  This restriction does not
apply, however, to negotiated  transactions involving more than 1% of Alamogordo
Financial's  outstanding  common stock or to certain purchases of stock pursuant
to an employee stock benefit plan.

         Pursuant  to  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  regulations,  Alamogordo
Financial  will  generally be  prohibited  from  repurchasing  any shares of the
common stock for a period of three years following the stock offering other than
pursuant to:

          o    an  offer  to all  stockholders  on a pro  rata  basis  which  is
               approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision (provided,  however,
               that AF Mutual Holding  Company may be excluded with the approval
               of the Office of Thrift Supervision);

          o    the repurchase of qualifying shares of a director; or

          o    the  purchased  on the open market by a  tax-qualified  or nontax
               qualified  employee stock benefit plan of Alamogordo Federal (but
               not Alamogordo Financial) in an amount reasonable and appropriate
               to fund such plan.

         The above  limitations  are  subject  to  Office of Thrift  Supervision
policies which generally  provide that  Alamogordo  Financial may repurchase its
capital stock provided:

          o    no  repurchases  occur within the first six months  following the
               stock offering;

          o    repurchases  during the second  six  months  following  the stock
               offering  do not  exceed 5% of the  shares  held by  stockholders
               other  than  AF  Mutual  Holding  Company   (subject  to  certain
               exceptions);

          o    repurchases  prior to the third anniversary of the stock offering
               do not exceed 25% of the shares held by  stockholders  other than
               AF Mutual Holding Company;


                                       76

<PAGE>

          o    repurchases  prior to the third anniversary of the stock offering
               are part of an open-market stock repurchase program; and

          o    the  repurchases  do  not  cause  Alamogordo  Federal  to  become
               undercapitalized.

         The Office of Thrift Supervision may permit stock repurchases in excess
of such  amounts  prior  to the  third  anniversary  of the  stock  offering  if
exceptional circumstances are shown to exist.


                    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ALAMOGORDO
                        FINANCIAL AND ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL

         The principal federal regulatory  restrictions which affect the ability
of any  person,  firm or  entity to  acquire  Alamogordo  Financial,  Alamogordo
Federal or their respective  capital stock are described  below.  Also discussed
are certain provisions in Alamogordo Financial's charter and bylaws which may be
deemed to affect the ability of a person,  firm or entity to acquire  Alamogordo
Financial.

Federal Law

         The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly
or  indirectly  or  through or in concert  with one or more other  persons,  may
acquire control of a savings institution unless the Office of Thrift Supervision
has been given 60 days prior written  notice.  The Home Owners Loan Act provides
that no company may acquire "control" of a savings institution without the prior
approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Any company that  acquires  such
control  becomes a savings and loan  holding  company  subject to  registration,
examination  and  regulation  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Pursuant to
federal regulations,  control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to
have been acquired by, among other things,  the  acquisition of more than 25% of
any class of voting  stock of the  institution  or the  ability to  control  the
election of a majority of the directors of an institution.  Moreover, control is
presumed to have been  acquired,  subject to rebuttal,  upon the  acquisition of
more than 10% of any class of voting stock,  or of more than 25% of any class of
stock of a savings  institution,  where certain enumerated "control factors" are
also present in the acquisition.

The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if:

          o    it  would   result  in  a  monopoly   or   substantially   lessen
               competition;

          o    the financial  condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize
               the financial stability of the institution; or

          o    the competence,  experience or integrity of the acquiring  person
               indicates  that it would not be in the interest of the depositors
               or of the  public to permit  the  acquisition  of control by such
               person.

These  restrictions do not apply to the  acquisition of a savings  institution's
capital  stock  by one or  more  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plans,
provided that the plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25% of any
class of equity security of the savings institution.

         For a period of three years following completion of the stock issuance,
Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  generally  prohibit  any person from
acquiring or making an offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of
the stock of Alamogordo Financial or Alamogordo Federal without Office of Thrift
Supervision approval.

Charter and Bylaws of Alamogordo Financial

         The  following  discussion  is a summary of certain  provisions  of the
charter and bylaws of Alamogordo Financial that relate to corporate  governance.
The description is necessarily general and qualified by reference to the charter
and bylaws.

         Classified  Board of  Directors.  The board of directors of  Alamogordo
Financial is required by the charter and bylaws to be divided into three classes
which are as equal in size as is  possible.  One class is required to be elected
annually by  stockholders  of  Alamogordo  Financial  for  three-year  terms.  A
classified  board promotes  continuity and stability of management of Alamogordo
Financial but makes it more difficult for  stockholders  to change a majority of
the  directors  because  it  generally  takes at least two annual  elections  of
directors for this to occur.


                                       77

<PAGE>

         Authorized but Unissued  Shares of Capital  Stock.  Following the stock
offering,  Alamogordo  Financial  will have  authorized  but unissued  shares of
preferred  stock  and  common  stock.  See  "Description  of  Capital  Stock  of
Alamogordo  Financial."  Although  these  shares  could be used by the  board of
directors of Alamogordo  Financial to make it more difficult or to discourage an
attempt  to obtain  control of  Alamogordo  Financial  through a merger,  tender
offer,  proxy contest or otherwise,  these uses will be unlikely since AF Mutual
Holding Company owns a majority of the common stock.

         Special  Meetings  of  Stockholders.   Alamogordo  Financial's  charter
provides that for a period of five years after  completing  the stock  offering,
special  meetings of stockholders  may be called only by Alamogordo  Financial's
board of  directors,  for matters  relating to changes in control of  Alamogordo
Financial or amendments to its charter.

         How Shares are Voted.  Alamogordo  Financial's  charter  provides  that
there  will  not be  cumulative  voting  by  stockholders  for the  election  of
Alamogordo  Financial's  directors.  No  cumulative  voting rights means that AF
Mutual Holding Company, as the holder of a majority of the shares eligible to be
voted at a  meeting  of  stockholders,  may elect all  directors  of  Alamogordo
Financial to be elected at that meeting. This could prevent minority stockholder
representation on Alamogordo Financial's board of directors.

         Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares.  Alamogordo Financial's charter
provides that for a period of five years from the closing of the stock issuance,
no person other than AF Mutual  Holding  Company may offer to acquire or acquire
the  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of equity  security of
Alamogordo  Financial.  This  provision  does  not  apply  to any  tax-qualified
employee benefit plan of Alamogordo  Financial or to an underwriter or member of
an  underwriting  or  selling  group  involving  the  public  sale or  resale of
securities of Alamogordo  Financial or any of its  subsidiaries so long as after
the  sale or  resale,  no  underwriter  or  member  of the  selling  group  is a
beneficial  owner  of  more  than  10% of any  class  of  equity  securities  of
Alamogordo  Financial.  In addition,  during this five-year  period,  all shares
owned  over  the  10%  limit  may  not be  voted  in  any  matter  submitted  to
stockholders for a vote.

         Procedures for Stockholder  Nominations.  Alamogordo Financial's bylaws
provide that any  stockholder  wanting to make a nomination  for the election of
directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders  must send
written  notice to the  Secretary  of  Alamogordo  Financial  at least five days
before the date of the annual  meeting.  The bylaws  further  provide  that if a
stockholder wanting to make a nomination or a proposal for new business does not
follow the prescribed  procedures,  the proposal will not be considered until an
adjourned,  special,  or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days
or more  thereafter.  Management  believes  that it is in the best  interests of
Alamogordo  Financial and its stockholders to provide enough time for management
to disclose to stockholders  information  about a dissident slate of nominations
for directors.  This advance notice requirement may also give management time to
solicit  its own  proxies  in an  attempt  to  defeat  any  dissident  slate  of
nominations  if  management  thinks it is in the best  interest of  stockholders
generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give
management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to
the stockholders that such proposals be adopted.

Benefit Plans

         In addition to the  provisions  of Alamogordo  Financial's  charter and
bylaws  described  above,  certain  benefit  plans of  Alamogordo  Financial and
Alamogordo  Federal  adopted  in  connection  with the  stock  issuance  contain
provisions which also may discourage  hostile takeover  attempts which the board
of directors of Alamogordo  Federal might conclude are not in the best interests
of  Alamogordo  Financial  and  Alamogordo  Federal  or  Alamogordo  Financial's
stockholders.  For a description of the benefit plans and the provisions of such
plans  relating  to changes in control of  Alamogordo  Financial  or  Alamogordo
Federal, see "Management Benefits."


                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
                              ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL

General

         Alamogordo Financial is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common
stock having a par value of $1.00 per share and  10,000,000  shares of preferred
stock.  Alamogordo Financial currently expects to issue up to a maximum of up to
2,248,251  shares of common stock and no shares of preferred  stock in the stock
issuance.  Each share of Alamogordo  Financial's common stock will have the same
relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, each other share
of common  stock.  Upon  payment of the  purchase  price for the common stock in
accordance  with  the  stock  issuance  plan,  all of the  stock  will  be  duly
authorized,  fully paid and  nonassessable.


                                       78

<PAGE>

Presented  below is a  description  of all  aspects  of  Alamogordo  Financial's
capital stock which are deemed  material to an investment  decision with respect
to the stock issuance.

         The common stock of Alamogordo Financial will represent nonwithdrawable
capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by
the FDIC.

Common Stock

         Distributions.  Alamogordo  Financial can pay dividends if, as and when
declared by its board of directors, subject to compliance with limitations which
are imposed by law. See "Our Policy Regarding  Dividends." The holders of common
stock of Alamogordo  Financial  will be entitled to receive and share equally in
such  dividends  as may be  declared  by the board of  directors  of  Alamogordo
Financial  out of funds legally  available  therefor.  If  Alamogordo  Financial
issues preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders
of the common stock with respect to dividends.

         Voting  Rights.  Upon the  effective  date of the stock  offering,  the
holders of common stock of Alamogordo  Financial will possess  exclusive  voting
rights in Alamogordo Financial.  Each holder of common stock will be entitled to
one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election
of directors. Under certain circumstances, shares in excess of 10% of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of common stock may be considered  "Excess Shares" and,
accordingly,  not be entitled  to vote.  See  "Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of
Alamogordo  Financial and Alamogordo  Federal." If Alamogordo  Financial  issues
preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights.

         Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of Alamogordo Federal,  Alamogordo Financial,  as holder of Alamogordo Federal's
capital  stock,  would be entitled to receive,  after  payment or provision  for
payment  of all debts and  liabilities  of  Alamogordo  Federal,  including  all
deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon,  all assets of Alamogordo Federal
available for distribution. In the event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding
up of Alamogordo Financial, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to
receive,   after  payment  or  provision  for  payment  of  all  its  debts  and
liabilities,   all  of  the  assets  of  Alamogordo   Financial   available  for
distribution.  If  preferred  stock is issued,  the  holders  thereof may have a
priority  over the holders of the common  stock in the event of  liquidation  or
dissolution.

         Rights  to Buy  Additional  Shares.  Holders  of the  common  stock  of
Alamogordo  Financial will not be entitled to preemptive  rights with respect to
any shares which may be issued.  Preemptive rights are the priority right to buy
additional shares if Alamogordo  Financial issues more shares in the future. The
common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

         None of the shares of Alamogordo Financial's authorized preferred stock
will be issued  in the  stock  issuance.  Such  stock  may be  issued  with such
preferences  and  designations  as the board of directors  may from time to time
determine.  The board of directors  can,  without  stockholder  approval,  issue
preferred stock with voting,  dividend,  liquidation and conversion rights which
could  dilute the voting  strength  of the  holders of the common  stock and may
assist  management  in impeding an  unfriendly  takeover or attempted  change in
control. Alamogordo Financial has no present plans to issue preferred stock.


                          TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

         The transfer agent and registrar for Alamogordo  Financial common stock
is ______________________.


                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements of Alamogordo Federal as of June 30, 1999 and
1998 and for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 1999 included in
this prospectus have been audited by The Accounting & Consulting Group,  L.L.P.,
independent  auditors,  as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere
in the  registration  statement,  and have been so included in reliance upon the
report of such firm given  upon their  authority  as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

         RP Financial has consented to the publication  herein of the summary of
its report to Alamogordo  Federal  setting forth its opinion as to the estimated
pro forma market  value of the common  stock upon stock  offering and its letter
with respect to subscription rights.


                                       79

<PAGE>

                             LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

         The  legality  of  the  common   stock  and  the  federal   income  tax
consequences of the stock offering will be passed upon for Alamogordo Federal by
Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., special counsel to
Alamogordo  Federal and  Alamogordo  Financial.  Certain  legal  matters will be
passed  upon for  Charles  Webb & Company  by Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.,
Washington, D.C.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         Alamogordo  Financial  has  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  a  registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 with
respect  to the common  stock  offered  hereby.  As  permitted  by the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission,  this prospectus does not
contain  all the  information  set  forth in the  registration  statement.  Such
information,  including  the  appraisal  report  which  is  an  exhibit  to  the
registration  statement,  can be examined without charge at the public reference
facilities  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  located  at 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and  copies of such  material  can be
obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. In addition,  the SEC maintains a web
site   (http://www.sec.gov)   that  contains  reports,   proxy  and  information
statements and other information  regarding registrants that file electronically
with the SEC, including Alamogordo  Financial.  The statements contained in this
prospectus  as to the  contents of any  contract or other  document  filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  are, of necessity,  brief  descriptions
thereof and are not  necessarily  complete;  each such statement is qualified by
reference to such contract or document.

         Alamogordo  Financial  has  filed an  Application  on Form  MHC-2  with
respect to stock issuance.  This prospectus omits certain information  contained
in the  application.  The Application may be examined at the principal office of
the Office of Thrift Supervision,  1700 G Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20552,
and at the Midwest Regional Office of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  located
at 122 West John Carpenter Freeway, Suite 600, Irving, Texas 75039-2010.

         In  connection  with the  stock  offering,  Alamogordo  Financial  will
register  its  common  stock  with the SEC under  Section  12 of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and, upon such registration,  Alamogordo Financial and the
holders  of its stock  will  become  subject  to the proxy  solicitation  rules,
reporting  requirements  and  restrictions  on  stock  purchases  and  sales  by
directors,  officers and greater than 10% stockholders,  the annual and periodic
reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Under the stock issuance plan,  Alamogordo Financial has undertaken that it will
not terminate such  registration  for a period of at least three years following
the stock offering.

         A copy of the  Stock  Issuance  Plan  and the  charter  and  bylaws  of
Alamogordo  Financial,  Alamogordo  Federal  and AF Mutual  Holding  Company are
available without charge from Alamogordo Federal.  Requests for such information
should be directed  to:  Corporate  Secretary,  Alamogordo  Financial,  500 10th
Street.


                                       80

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                Table of Contents


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants ......................    F-1

Consolidated Financial Statements

  Consolidated Balance Sheets, As of September 30, 1999 (unaudited)
    and as of June 30, 1999 and 1998 ....................................    F-2

  Consolidated Statements of Income, Three Months Ended
    September 30, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited) and Years Ended
    June 30, 1999 and 1998 ..............................................     24

  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, Three Months Ended
    September 30, 1999 (unaudited) and Years Ended
    June 30, 1999 and 1998 ..............................................    F-3

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Three Months Ended
    September 30, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited) and Years Ended
    June 30, 1999 and 1998 ..............................................    F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................    F-5









All schedules are omitted as the required  information  is either not applicable
or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.


                                       81

<PAGE>


               Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
               --------------------------------------------------



The Board of Directors
ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Alamogordo, New Mexico

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  and subsidiary  (the Company) as of June 30, 1999 and 1998, and the
related consolidated  statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for
the  years  then  ended.  These  consolidated   financial   statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alamogordo Financial
Corporation  and subsidiary as of June 30, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its
operations  and its cash  flows for the years then  ended,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



August 18, 1999
Alamogordo, New Mexico


                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                  SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           September 30,             June 30,
                                                                1999       ---------------------------
                                                            (Unaudited)        1999           1998
                                                           -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
                       ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents (Note 1) ......................   $ 10,354,371   $  8,471,573   $  6,993,105

Securities
  Available for sale (Note 2) ...........................     16,024,803     17,029,781     28,689,498
  Held to maturity (Note 2) .............................      2,196,449      3,473,061      4,022,764

Loans, net (Note 3) .....................................    117,085,087    115,949,420    109,765,511
Real estate owned, net ..................................         54,823             --         25,000
Premises and equipment, net (Note 4) ....................      8,657,184      8,745,204      8,644,224
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost ................      1,350,500      1,332,100      1,259.900
Accrued interest ........................................        685,018        955,018        766,942
Other assets ............................................        275,660        201,775        200,917
                                                            ------------   ------------   ------------
      TOTAL ASSETS ......................................   $156,683,895   $156,157,932   $160,367,861
                                                            ============   ============   ============

               LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

LIABILITIES

Deposits (Note 5) .......................................   $122,410,093   $122,460,122   $126,659,018
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance ...      1,302,869      1,006,270        981,445
Accrued interest and other liabilities ..................        337,824        250,452        511,161
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank (Note 6) ...........     10,000,000     10,000,000     10,000,000
Note payable (Note 7) ...................................             --             --        150,500
                                                            ------------   ------------   ------------
    Total Liabilities ...................................    134,050,786    133,716,844    138,302,124

Contingent liabillities and commitments (Note 9)

EQUITY

Common Stock, $1.00 par, 20,000,000 shares
  authorized and 10 shares issued .......................             10             10             10
Retained earnings, substantially restricted .............     22,939,212     22,710,161     22,131,677
Accumulated other comprehensive income ..................       (306,113)      (269,083)       (65,950)
                                                            ------------   ------------   ------------
    Total Equity ........................................     22,633,109     22,441,088     22,065,737
                                                            ------------   ------------   ------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY ......................   $156,683,895   $156,157,932   $160,367,861
                                                            ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      F-2

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
               THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (Undaudited)
                     AND YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Accumulated
                                                                            Other
                                                                        Comprehensive       Total
                                                 Stock       Equity         Income         Equity
                                                 -----    -----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                               <C>     <C>             <C>           <C>
Balances at June 30, 1997 .....................   $ 10    $21,016,759     $ (80,190)    $20,936,579

Comprehensive income
  Net income ..................................     --      1,114,918            --       1,114,918

  Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Change in unrealized loss on securities
      available-for-sale, net of deferred
      income taxes of $9,493 ..................     --             --        14,240          14,240
                                                                                        -----------
  Total comprehensive income ..................                                           1,129,158
                                                  ----    -----------     ---------     -----------
Balances at June 30, 1998 .....................     10     22,131,677       (65,950)     22,065,737

Dividends .....................................     --       (100,000)           --        (100,000)

Comprehensive income
  Net income ..................................     --        678,484            --         678,484

  Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Change in unrealized loss on securities
      available-for-sale, net of deferred
      income taxes of $(135,417) ..............     --             --      (203,133)       (203,133)
                                                                                        -----------
  Total comprehensive income ..................                                             475,351
                                                  ----    -----------     ---------     -----------
Balances at June 30, 1999 .....................     10     22,710,161      (269,083)     22,441,088

Comprehensive income
  Net income ..................................     --        229,051            --         229,051

  Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Change in unrealized loss on securities
      available-for-sale, net of deferred
      income taxes of $(24,692) ...............     --             --       (37,030)        (37,030)
                                                                                        -----------
  Total comprehensive income ..................                                             192,021
                                                  ----    -----------     ---------     -----------
Balances at September 30, 1999.................   $ 10    $22,939,212     $(306,113)    $22,633,109
                                                  ====    ===========     =========     ===========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      F-3

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998
                     AND YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Three Months Ended September 30,      Years Ended June 30,
                                                               --------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                                    1999              1998            1999           1998
                                                               --------------    --------------   -----------    -----------
                                                                          (Unaudited)

<S>                                                             <C>               <C>             <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income .................................................  $   229,051       $   137,920     $   678,484    $ 1,114,918

  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation ...........................................       92,784            80,771         346,224        321,908
      Net amortization of premiums and discounts
        on securities ........................................        9,677             2,351          15,842        (15,084)
      Gain on sale of loans ..................................       (5,482)               --              --             --
      (Gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned ........           --                --          10,429         (1,594)
      Gain on sales of premises and equipment ................      (29,108)               --              --           (761)
  (Increase) decrease in interst receivable ..................      270,000          (234,512)       (188,076)      (150,911)
  (Increase) decrease in other assets ........................      (73,885)          (51,326)           (858)      (118,875)
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities ...................       87,372            83,009        (260,709)        32,028
                                                                -----------       -----------     -----------    -----------
    Net cash provided by operating activities ................      580,409            18,213         601,336      1,181,629

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for sale ..      958,271         7,097,584      29,783,020      6,726,829
  Proceeds from maturities of securities held-to-maturity ....    1,276,612           382,464         949,002      1,724,593
  Purchases of securities available-for-sale .................           --        (5,000,000)    (18,342,278)   (22,806,789)
  Purchases of securities held-to-maturity ...................           --                --        (399,299)    (2,413,474)
  Purchases of FHLB stock ....................................      (18,400)          (19,000)        (72,200)       (72,700)
  Net (increase) decrease in loans ...........................    2,251,992         1,232,196      (6,183,909)     7,093,943
  Proceeds from sale of loans ................................    1,148,000                --              --     (2,282,000)
  Purchases of loans .........................................   (4,585,000)               --              --             --
  Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment ..............       61,190                --              --            761
  Purchases of premises and equipment ........................      (36,846)         (175,638)       (447,204)    (1,544,362)
  Net proceeds from sales of real estate owned ...............           --            25,000          14,571         29,265
                                                                -----------       -----------     -----------    -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ......    1,055,819         3,542,606       5,301,703    (13,543,934)

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits ........................      (50,029)          296,366      (4,198,896)     4,673,374
  Net increase (decrease) in advances by borrowers for
    taxes and insurance ......................................      296,599           270,371          24,825        (20,537)
  Payments on note payable ...................................           --                --        (150,500)      (127,000)
  Proceeds from advances from Federal Home Loan Bank .........           --                --              --     10,000,000
  Cash dividends paid on common stock ........................           --                --        (100,000)            --
                                                                -----------       -----------     -----------    -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ......      246,570           566,737      (4,424,571)    14,525,837
                                                                -----------       -----------     -----------    -----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ....................    1,882,798         4,127,556       1,478,468      2,163,532

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .................    8,471,573         6,993,105       6,993,105      4,829,573
                                                                -----------       -----------     -----------    -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .......................  $10,354,371       $11,120,661     $ 8,471,573    $ 6,993,105
                                                                ===========       ===========     ===========    ===========
Noncash investing and financing activities:
  Transfers of loans to real estate owned ....................  $    54,823       $        --     $   140,804    $   160,454

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Income taxes paid ..........................................  $        --       $        --     $   278,000    $   448,818
  Interest ...................................................    1,632,940         1,908,978       7,272,584      7,194,708
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         NATURE OF OPERATIONS

         Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation is a stock holding company that owns
         100%  of  Alamogordo   Federal  Savings  and  Loan   Association   (the
         Association).  The  Association is a federally  chartered stock savings
         association and has a wholly owned  subsidiary,  Space Age City Service
         Corporation. Alamogordo Financial Corporation was incorporated on April
         30, 1997 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of AF Mutual Holding Company.

         The Company  provides a variety of banking  services to individuals and
         businesses  through their  location in  Alamogordo,  New Mexico.  Their
         primary deposit products are demand deposits,  certificates of deposit,
         NOW and money market accounts.  Their primary lending products are real
         estate  mortgages  and  commercial  loans.  The  Company  is subject to
         competition  from other  financial  institutions  and to  regulation by
         certain federal agencies and undergoes  periodic  examinations by these
         regulatory authorities.

         The majority of the Company's loans are secured by real estate in Otero
         County, New Mexico.  Otero County's economy is heavily dependent on two
         U.  S.  Government  military   installations  located  in  the  county.
         Accordingly,   the  ultimate   collectibility  of  the  Company's  loan
         portfolio is  susceptible  to changes in market  conditions in southern
         New Mexico. In addition, the Company's investment portfolio is directly
         impacted by fluctuations in market interest rates.

         Rising and falling interest rate  environments can have various impacts
         on an association's  net interest  income,  depending on the short-term
         interest rate gap that an association  maintains,  the relative changes
         in interest rates that occur when an  association's  various assets and
         liabilities reprice, unscheduled repayments of loans, early withdrawals
         of deposits, and other factors.

         BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
         Company  and its  subsidiary.  Significant  intercompany  accounts  and
         transactions have been eliminated.


                                       F-5

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

         BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
         accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates
         and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
         liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the
         date of the financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues
         and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
         from these estimates.

         Material  estimates  that are  particularly  susceptible to significant
         change relate to the determination of the allowance for losses on loans
         and  the  valuation  of  real  estate   acquired  in  connection   with
         foreclosures  or in  satisfaction  of  loans.  In  connection  with the
         determination of the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real
         estate,  management  obtains  independent  appraisals  for  significant
         properties.

         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

         For the purpose of reporting cash flows,  the Company  defines cash and
         cash  equivalents as cash on hand and  investments in  certificates  of
         deposits with original  maturities of three months or less. Included in
         cash and cash  equivalents are interest bearing deposits of $2,382,286,
         $4,303,229  and  $5,522,667  at September  30, 1999,  June 30, 1999 and
         1998, respectively.

         SECURITIES

         The  Company's   investments   in  securities  are  classified  in  two
         categories and accounted for as follows:

                  Securities  Held-to-Maturity:  Bonds, notes and debentures for
                  which the Company has the positive  intent and ability to hold
                  to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of
                  premiums and  accretion of discounts  which are  recognized in
                  interest  income using the interest  method over the period to
                  maturity.

                  Securities  Available-for-Sale:  Securities available-for-sale
                  consist  of  bonds,  notes,  debentures,  and  certain  equity
                  securities    not    classified    as    securities    to   be
                  held-to-maturity.  These  securities  are carried at estimated
                  fair value.  Discounts  and premiums are accreted or amortized
                  using the interest method.


                                       F-6

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

         SECURITIES, continued

         Unrealized  holding  gains  and  losses,  net  of  tax,  on  securities
         available for sale are reported as a net amount in a separate component
         of equity until  realized.  Gains and losses on the sale of  securities
         available  for sale are  determined  using the  specific-identification
         method.

         LOANS

         Loans are stated net of loan  participations  sold,  the  allowance for
         loan  losses  and  deferred  loan fees,  net of  deferred  loan  costs.
         Interest  on other  loans is  accrued  based on the  principal  amounts
         outstanding.  Unearned  interest on home improvement loans is amortized
         into income by the interest method. The Company  discontinues  accruing
         interest on loans when the loans  become  ninety days past due and when
         management  believes that the  borrower's  financial  condition is such
         that collection of interest is doubtful.

         Because  some loans may not be repaid in full,  an  allowance  for loan
         losses is  maintained.  Increases  to the  allowance  are recorded by a
         provision for loan losses  charged to expense.  Estimating  the risk of
         loss  and the  amount  of loss on any loan is  necessarily  subjective.
         Accordingly, the valuation allowance is maintained at levels considered
         adequate to cover losses based on delinquencies,  property  appraisals,
         past loss experience,  general economic  conditions,  information about
         specific borrower situations  including their financial  position,  and
         other  factors  and  estimates  which are  subject to change over time.
         While  management may periodically  allocate  portions of the allowance
         for  specific  problem  loan  situations,   including   impaired  loans
         discussed  below,  the whole allowance is available for any charge-offs
         that occur. Loans are charged off in whole or in part when management's
         estimate of the undiscounted cash flows from the loan are less than the
         recorded  investment in the loan,  although collection efforts continue
         and future recoveries may occur.

         Loans  considered  to be impaired  are reduced to the present  value of
         expected  future  cash  flows or to the fair  value of  collateral,  by
         allocating a portion of the allowance for loan losses to such loans. If
         these  allocations  cause the  allowance  for loan  losses  to  require
         increase, such increase is reported as a provision for loan losses.


                                       F-7

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

         Smaller  balance  homogenous  loans are  defined as  residential  first
         mortgage loans secured by  one-to-four-family  residences,  residential
         construction loans, and share loans and are evaluated  collectively for
         impairment. Commercial real estate loans are evaluated individually for
         impairment.  Normal loan  evaluation  procedures,  as  described in the
         second  preceding  paragraph,  are used to identify loans which must be
         evaluated for impairment.  Depending on the relative size of the credit
         relationship, late or insufficient payments of 30 to 90 days will cause
         management  to reevaluate  the credit under its normal loan  evaluation
         procedures. While the factors which identify a credit for consideration
         for   measurement  of  impairment  or  nonaccrual   are  similar,   the
         measurement  considerations  differ. A loan is impaired when management
         believes it is probable  they will be unable to collect all amounts due
         according to the  contractual  terms of the loan  agreement.  A loan is
         placed  on  nonaccrual  when  payments  are more  than 90 days past due
         unless  the loan is  adequately  collateralized  and in the  process of
         collection.


         PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
         and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the
         straight  line  method in  amounts  sufficient  to  relate  the cost of
         depreciable assets to operations over the estimated useful lives of the
         assets which range from three to seven years for  equipment and fifteen
         to forty years for leasehold  improvements  and buildings.  Maintenance
         and  repairs  that do not  extend  the  useful  lives of  premises  and
         equipment are charged to expense as incurred.

         REAL ESTATE OWNED

         Real  estate  properties   acquired  through,   or  in  lieu  of,  loan
         foreclosures are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value,
         less estimated  selling  expenses,  at the date of  foreclosure.  Costs
         relating to  improvement  of property  are  capitalized,  whereas  cost
         relating to the holding of property is expensed.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 1   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued

         INCOME TAXES

         The Company records income tax expense based on the amount of taxes due
         on its tax return,  plus deferred  taxes computed based on the expected
         future tax consequences of temporary  differences  between the carrying
         amounts  and tax bases of assets and  liabilities,  using  enacted  tax
         rates. A valuation  allowance has been recorded to reduce  deferred tax
         assets to the amount expected to be realized.


         LOAN ORIGINATION FEES AND COSTS

         Loan  origination  fees  and  certain  direct   origination  costs  are
         capitalized  and  recognized  as an  adjustment  of the yield  over the
         contractual life of the related loan.

         LOANS HELD FOR SALE

         Loans  originated  and  intended for sale in the  secondary  market are
         carried at the lower of cost or estimated  fair value in the aggregate.
         Net  unrealized  losses,  if any,  are  recognized  through a valuation
         allowance by charges to earnings.

         COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         Comprehensive  income  consists of net income and unrealized  gains and
         losses on securities available for sale. Comprehensive income reporting
         became  effective July 1, 1998, with prior  information  restated to be
         comparable.

         RECLASSIFICATIONS

         Some items in these  financial  statements have been  reclassified  for
         comparability.


                                       F-9

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 2   SECURITIES

         The amortized cost and fair value were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Gross        Gross
                                               Carrying    Unrealized   Unrealized       Fair
         September 30, 1999:                    Value         Gains       Losses        Value
         -------------------                 -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>
         Securities available-for-sale
           U.S.Government agencies ........  $13,498,602     $   --     $(401,101)   $13,097,501
           Mortgage-backed securities
             FHLMC ........................      957,661         --       (44,670)       912,991
             GNMA .........................      590,017         --        (7,312)       582,705
             FNMA .........................    1,488,713         --       (57,107)     1,431,606
                                             -----------     ------     ---------    -----------
                                             $16,534,993     $   --     $(510,190)   $16,024,803
                                             ===========     ======     =========    ===========
         Securities held-to-maturity
           U.S.Government agencies ........  $        --     $   --     $      --    $        --
           Mortgage-backed securities
             FHLMC ........................      274,662         --           (19)       274,643
           Securities issued by states
             and political subdivisions ...    1,921,787      1,467          (872)     1,922,382
                                             -----------     ------     ---------    -----------
                                             $ 2,196,449     $1,467     $    (891)   $ 2,197,025
                                             ===========     ======     =========    ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Gross        Gross
                                               Carrying    Unrealized   Unrealized       Fair
         June 30, 1999:                         Value         Gains       Losses        Value
         --------------                      -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>
         Securities available-for-sale
           U.S.Government agencies ........  $14,249,715     $   --     $(334,011)   $13,915,704
           Mortgage-backed securities
             FHLMC ........................    1,020,535         --       (45,722)       974,813
             GNMA .........................      631,244         --        (4,912)       626,332
             FNMA .........................    1,576,754         --       (63,822)     1,512,932
                                             -----------     ------     ---------    -----------
                                             $17,478,248     $   --     $(448,467)   $17,029,781
                                             ===========     ======     =========    ===========
         Securities held-to-maturity
           U.S.Government agencies ........  $   406,797     $   --     $     (21)   $   406,776
           Mortgage-backed securities
             FHLMC ........................      318,896        202            --        319,098
           Securities issued by states
             and political subdivisions ...    2,747,368      4,588          (251)     2,751,705
                                             -----------     ------     ---------    -----------
                                             $ 3,473,061     $4,790     $    (272)   $ 3,477,579
                                             ===========     ======     =========    ===========
</TABLE>


                                                           F-10

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 2   SECURITIES, Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Gross        Gross
                                               Carrying    Unrealized   Unrealized       Fair
         June 30, 1998:                         Value         Gains       Losses        Value
         --------------                      -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>
         Securities available-for-sale
           U.S.Government agencies ........  $24,786,572     $ 7,594    $ (61,359)   $24,732,807
           Mortgage-backed securities
             FHLMC ........................    1,251,437          --      (27,752)     1,223,685
             GNMA .........................      880,704         991           --        881,695
             FNMA .........................    1,880,702          --      (29,391)     1,851,311
                                             -----------     -------    ---------    -----------
                                             $28,799,415     $ 8,585    $(118,502)   $28,689,498
                                             ===========     =======    =========    ===========
         Securities held-to-maturity
           Mortgage-backed securities
             FHLMC ........................  $   976,170     $ 2,408    $ (10,050)   $   968,528
           Securities issued by states
             and political subdivisions ...    3,046,594      11,489         (163)     3,057,920
                                             -----------     -------    ---------    -----------
                                             $ 4,022,764     $13,897    $ (10,213)   $ 4,026,448
                                             ===========     =======    =========    ===========
</TABLE>

         Securities,   carried  at  approximately  $3,400,000,   $3,800,000  and
         $3,500,000 at September 30, 1999, June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively,
         were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes  required
         or permitted by law.

         At  September  30,  1999,  June 30, 1999 and 1998,  there were no gross
         realized gains or losses on sales of securities available-for-sale.

         Amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of debt  securities  by  contractual
         maturity  are  shown  below.   Expected   maturities  may  differ  from
         contractual   maturities   because   borrowers   may  call  or   prepay
         obligations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 September 30, 1999            June 30, 1999
                                             -------------------------   -------------------------
                                              Amortized        Fair       Amortized        Fair
                                                 Cost         Value          Cost         Value
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
         Due in one year or less ..........  $   650,715   $   696,000   $ 2,233,123   $ 2,234,529
         Due in one year to five years ....   14,769,674    14,598,883    10,172,218     9,969,343
         Due in five years to ten years ...           --            --     4,998,539     4,870,313
         Mortgage-backed securities .......    3,311,053     2,926,945     3,547,429     3,433,175
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                             $18,731,442   $18,221,828   $20,951,309   $20,507,360
                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 3   LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

         Loans reflected in the balance sheets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           June 30,
                                                September 30,   -----------------------------
                                                     1999            1999            1998
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
         Mortgage Loans
           One-to-four family ................  $ 106,293,883   $ 106,285,878   $ 103,173,789
           Construction ......................        356,599         807,148         957,250
           Land ..............................        541,133          42,583         101,859
           Multi-family and nonresidential ...      8,087,179       8,109,055       4,365,690
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
             Total first mortgage loans ......    115,278,794     115,244,664     108,598,588

         Consumer & other loans
           Second mortgage ...................      1,397,545       1,325,598         426,326
           Consumer ..........................      1,607,512       1,270,507       1,261,899
           Commercial ........................        976,396         510,991         417,428
           Deposit account ...................      1,466,509       1,436,093       1,398,626
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
             Total non-mortgage loans ........      5,447,962       4,543,189       3,504,279
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
         Gross Loans .........................    120,726,756     119,787,853     112,102,867

         Less
           Deferred loan fees & discounts ....       (542,503)       (540,735)       (562,118)
           Loans in process ..................     (2,632,187)     (2,825,145)     (1,289,500)
           Allowance for loan loss ...........       (466,979)       (472,553)       (485,738)
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------
             Net loans .......................  $ 117,085,087   $ 115,949,420   $ 109,765,511
                                                =============   =============   =============
</TABLE>

         An analysis of the allowance for loan losses follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Three Months Ended        Year Ended
                                               September 30,            June 30,
                                            -------------------   -------------------
                                              1999       1998       1999       1998
                                            --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
         Balance at beginning of year ....  $472,553   $485,738   $485,738   $549,187
           Provision for loan losses .....        --         --         --         --
           Recoveries ....................       426         --         --     19,259
           Loans charged off .............    (6,000)    (4,685)   (13,185)   (82,708)
                                            --------   --------   --------   --------
         Balance at end of year ..........  $466,979   $481,053   $472,553   $485,738
                                            ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

         Certain  loans  within  the  Company's   loan  and  real  estate  owned
         portfolios are guaranteed by the Veterans  Administration  (VA). In the
         event  of  default  by  the  borrower,  the  VA can  elect  to pay  the
         guaranteed  amount or take possession of the property.  If the VA takes
         possession of the property, the Company is entitled to be


                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 3   LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES, Continued

         reimbursed for the outstanding principal balance,  accrued interest and
         certain other  expenses.  There was one commitment  from the VA to take
         title to  foreclosed  VA properties at September 30, 1999 in the amount
         of  $35,500.  There  was one  commitment  from the VA to take  title to
         foreclosed  VA  properties  at June 30,  1999 in the amount of $45,000.
         There were no  commitments  from the VA to take title to  foreclosed VA
         properties at June 30, 1998.

         Included  in net loans  were  loans on  nonaccrual  status.  Such loans
         approximated  $265,000,  $532,000 and  $548,000 at September  30, 1999,
         June 30,  1999 and  1998,  respectively.  For the  three  months  ended
         September  30, 1999 and the years  ended June 30, 1999 and 1998,  gross
         interest  income which would have been  recorded  had the  non-accruing
         loans been current in accordance  with their original terms amounted to
         $20,422, $33,923 and $18,881, respectively. No amounts were included in
         interest  income on such loans for the three months ended September 30,
         1999 and years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

         As of or for the periods ended  September  30, 1999,  June 30, 1999 and
         1998, there were no loans considered to be impaired.


NOTE 4   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Premises and equipment  reflected in the balance  sheets consist of the
         following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   June 30,
                                           September 30,   -----------------------
                                                1999          1999         1998
                                           -------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>          <C>
         Land ...........................   $  816,874     $  921,710   $  876,540
         Buildings ......................    7,471,615      7,434,813    7,308,403
         Leasehold improvements .........      171,249        192,553           --
         Construction in progress .......           --             --       83,806
         Furniture and equipment ........    1,165,286      1,071,182      931,119
                                            ----------     ----------   ----------
                                             9,625,024      9,620,258    9,199,868
         Less
           Accumulated depreciation .....     (967,840)      (875,054)    (555,644)
                                            ----------     ----------   ----------
         Balance at end of year .........   $8,657,184     $8,745,204   $8,644,224
                                            ==========     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 5   DEPOSITS

         Deposits   include   non-interest   bearing   accounts  of  $1,445,586,
         $1,466,547  and  $987,660 at  September  30, 1999 and June 30, 1999 and
         1998, respectively.

         Certificates of deposit are scheduled to mature as follows:

                                                   September 30,      June 30,
                                                        1999            1999
                                                   -------------    ------------
         One year or less .......................   $ 53,743,641    $ 56,873,821
         Over one year to two years .............     21,713,677      20,999,117
         Over two years to three years ..........     18,789,921      17,643,057
         Over three years .......................      9,119,007       6,989,921
                                                    ------------    ------------
                                                    $103,366,246    $102,505,916
                                                    ============    ============

         Deposits of  $100,000  or more  totaled  $29,585,000,  $24,237,000  and
         $27,400,000   at  September   30,   1999,   June  30,  1999  and  1998,
         respectively. Deposits greater than $100,000 are not federally insured.
         The Company held deposits of approximately  $2,094,000,  $2,063,000 and
         $2,620,000 for related parties at September 30, 1999, June 30, 1999 and
         1998, respectively.

NOTE 6   ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

         The Company has the ability to borrow  funds from the Federal Home Loan
         Bank of  Dallas  (FHLB)  of up to 50% of  total  assets.  Advances  are
         secured by a blanket-floating  lien on qualifying first mortgage loans.
         Advances from FHLB were  $10,000,000  at September  30, 1999,  June 30,
         1999 and 1998.  These  advances  bear  interest at 4.814% and mature on
         December 31, 2007.

NOTE 7   NOTE PAYABLE

         In January  1996,  the Company  incurred a $277,500  note payable to an
         unrelated  party  for the  purchase  of land  for the new  main  office
         facility. The note paid interest at 10% payable monthly and was secured
         by the land. The note was paid off on January 4, 1999 and had a balance
         at June 30, 1998 of $150,500.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 8   EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN

         The  Company  has  established  a  profit-sharing  401(k)  type  salary
         reduction  plan for all employees  that meet the necessary  eligibility
         requirements  for  participation in the plan.  Participants  fully vest
         after six years of service.  Annual contributions are at the discretion
         of the Board of  Directors of the  Company.  Contributions  to the plan
         were made by the Company of $0,  $13,950 and $12,400 at  September  30,
         1999, June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

         The Company  also  participates  in a  multi-employer  defined  benefit
         pension plan. The pension plan is available to all employees completing
         one year of service.  Segregated  statements of plan assets or separate
         actuarial  valuations are not available.  Total pension expense was $0,
         $2,792 and $2,818  for  September  30,  1999,  June 30,  1999 and 1998,
         respectively.

NOTE 9   CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

         In the normal course of business,  various commitments are outstanding,
         such as commitments to extend credit. These financial  instruments with
         off-balance sheet risk are not reflected in the consolidated  financial
         statements.  Management does not anticipate any significant losses as a
         result of these transactions.  The following summarizes these financial
         instruments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         June 30,
                                                  September 30,   ---------------------
                                                       1999         1999         1998
                                                  -------------   --------   ----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>        <C>
         Commitments to extend credit ..........    $  305,000    $804,000   $  468,000

         Unused line of credit .................        56,000      43,000       76,000

         Commitments to sell loans .............            --          --    1,168,000

         Commitments to purchase securities ....     2,998,000          --           --
</TABLE>

         Since certain commitments to make loans and fund lines of credit expire
         without being used,  the amounts do not  necessarily  represent  future
         cash  commitments.  In addition,  commitments used to extend credit are
         agreements  to lend to a customer as long as there is no  violation  of
         any condition  established in the contract.  The Company's  exposure to
         credit loss in the event of  nonperformance by the other party to these
         financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of these
         instruments.  The Company  follows the same credit  policy to make such
         commitments as is followed for those loans recorded on the consolidated
         balance sheet.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 9   CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS, Continued

         As of September 30, 1999,  variable rate and fixed rate  commitments to
         make loans  amounted to  approximately  $0 and  $305,000.  The interest
         rates on fixed rate commitments  ranged from 7.50% to 8.50%. As of June
         30,  1999,  variable  rate and fixed  rate  commitments  to make  loans
         amounted to approximately $0 and $804,000.  The interest rates on fixed
         rate  commitments  ranged  from  7.00% to 9.00%.  As of June 30,  1998,
         variable  rate and fixed rate  commitments  to make loans  amounted  to
         approximately  $0 and  $468,000.  The  interest  rates  on  fixed  rate
         commitments  ranged  from 7.50% to 9.50%.  Since loan  commitments  may
         expire  without being used,  the amounts do not  necessarily  represent
         future cash commitments.

         The Company is required by regulatory  authorities to maintain  certain
         daily  cash  balances.  The  Company's  reserve  requirements  were met
         through vault cash at September 30, 1999, June 30, 1999 and 1998.

NOTE 10  INCOME TAXES

         The Company and subsidiaries file a consolidated income tax return. The
         Company  recognizes  deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax
         consequences  of events  that have been  previously  recognized  in the
         Company's  financial  statements  or tax returns.  The  measurement  of
         deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  is based on  provisions  of the
         currently enacted tax law. The effects of future changes in tax laws or
         rates are not anticipated.

         The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

                        Three Months Ended September 30,    Year Ended June 30,
                        --------------------------------   --------------------
                             1999               1998         1999        1998
                        --------------     -------------   --------    --------
         Current
           Federal ....    $104,306           $25,084      $303,290    $546,255
           State ......          --                --       (10,390)     15,666
                           --------           -------      --------    --------
                            104,306            25,084       292,900     561,921
         Deferred
           Federal ....     (11,311)           12,630         3,236     (24,886)
           State ......        (570)              637           163        (968)
                           --------           -------      --------    --------
                            (11,881)           13,267         3,399     (25,854)
                           --------           -------      --------    --------
                           $ 93,425           $38,351      $296,299    $536,067
                           ========           =======      ========    ========


                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 10  INCOME TAXES, Continued

         The income tax  differs  from the  amounts  computed  by  applying  the
         statutory  federal income tax rate of 34% to income before income taxes
         as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Three Months Ended September 30,    Year Ended June 30,
                                              --------------------------------   ---------------------
                                                   1999               1998         1999         1998
                                              --------------     -------------   --------     --------
<S>                                              <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>
         Expense at statutory rate ..........    $109,642           $59,932      $331,426     $561,335
         State income taxes,
           net of federal tax benefit .......      (5,022)           (5,590)       (6,898)       9,701
         Nontaxable municipal
           Interest income ..................      (7,689)           (8,143)      (32,462)     (20,854)
         Valuation allowance ................          --                --            --        1,173
         Other, net .........................      (3,506)           (7,848)        4,233      (15,288)
                                                 --------           -------      --------     --------
                                                 $ 93,425           $38,351      $296,299     $536,067
                                                 ========           =======      ========     ========
</TABLE>

         The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant
         portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Three Months Ended September 30,    Year Ended June 30,
                                              --------------------------------   ---------------------
                                                   1999               1998          1999        1998
                                              --------------     -------------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>           <C>         <C>
         Deferred tax assets
           Unrealized loss on
             available-for-sale securities ..    $ 204,077         $      --     $ 179,384   $  43,967
           Other than temporary loss on
             investment in mutual fund ......      291,885           291,885       291,885     291,885
           Bad debt reserve .................      119,907            81,814       110,560      69,029
           Reorganization expenses ..........        8,127                --         8,128          --
           Non-accrual loan interest ........        8,168            10,176        13,567       7,552
           State loss carryforward ..........       12,769                --            --          --
                                                 ---------         ---------     ---------   ---------
         Total gross deferred tax assets ....      644,933           383,875       603,524     412,433
         Less valuation allowance ...........     (291,885)         (291,885)     (291,885)   (291,885)
                                                 ---------         ---------     ---------   ---------
         Total deferred tax assets ..........      353,048            91,990       311,639     120,548

         Deferred tax liabilities
           Unrealized gain on
             available-for-sale securities ..           --             8,906            --          --
           FHLB stock dividends .............      261,078           232,438       253,715     224,838
           Loan origination costs ...........       64,607            50,374        65,468      45,335
           Book/tax depreciation ............       60,140            49,971        61,806      51,746
                                                 ---------         ---------     ---------   ---------
         Total deferred tax liabilities .....      385,825           341,689       380,989     321,919
                                                 ---------         ---------     ---------   ---------
         Net deferred tax assets
           (liabilities) ....................    $ (32,777)        $(249,699)    $ (69,350)  $(201,371)
                                                 =========         =========     =========   =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-17

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 10  INCOME TAXES, Continued

         A valuation  allowance was established at June 30, 1996 for the portion
         of the deferred tax asset created by the other than  temporary  loss on
         investment  securities in a mutual fund. Management believes that a tax
         benefit will not be realized.

         Equity of the  Association  at  September  30,  1999 and June 30,  1999
         includes approximately  $2,700,000 of bad debt deductions for tax years
         prior to 1987 for which no deferred  federal  income tax  liability has
         been recorded.  Tax legislation  passed in August 1996 now requires all
         thrift  institutions  to  deduct  a  provision  for bad  debts  for tax
         purposes  based on the actual loss  experience and recapture the excess
         bad debt reserve accumulated in the tax years after 1987.

NOTE 11  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT

         All of the Company's loans, commitments,  and standby letters of credit
         have  been  granted  to  customers  in  the   Company's   market  area.
         Investments in state and municipal securities also involve governmental
         entities within the Company's market area. The concentrations of credit
         by  type of  loan  are  set  forth  in  Note  4.  The  distribution  of
         commitments to extend credit  approximates  the  distribution  of loans
         outstanding.  Standby  letters  of credit  were  granted  primarily  to
         commercial borrowers.

NOTE 12  REGULATORY CAPITAL

         The Association is subject to various regulatory  capital  requirements
         administered  by the federal thrift  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum
         capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory,  and possibly
         discretionary,  actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a
         direct material effect on the Association's financial statements. Under
         capital  adequacy  guidelines and the  regulatory  framework for prompt
         corrective   action,   the  Association   must  meet  specific  capital
         guidelines  that  involve  quantitative  measures of the  Association's
         assets, liabilities,  and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated
         under  regulatory  accounting  practices.   The  Association's  capital
         amounts and classification  are also subject to qualitative  judgements
         by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.


                                      F-18

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 12  REGULATORY CAPITAL, Continued

         Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to ensure  capital
         adequacy require the Association to maintain minimum amounts and ratios
         (set  forth  below)  of total  and Tier I capital  (as  defined  in the
         regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital
         (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of
         September 30, 1999 and June 30, 1999,  that the  Association  meets all
         capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

         As of June 30, 1999,  the most recent  notification  from the Office of
         Thrift  Supervision  categorized  the  Association as well  capitalized
         under the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action. There are
         no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that  management
         believes have changed the Association's category.

         The following is a  reconciliation  of the  Association's  equity under
         generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to regulatory capital:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           June 30,
                                                  September 30,   -------------------------
                                                       1999           1999          1998
                                                  -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>
         GAAP equity ...........................   $22,610,220    $22,417,935   $22,042,180
         Unrealized loss on securities
           available for sale ..................       306,113        269,083        65,950
                                                   -----------    -----------   -----------
         Tier I (Core) capital .................    22,916,333     22,687,018    22,108,130
         Allowance for loan losses .............       466,979        472,553       485,738
                                                   -----------    -----------   -----------
         Total Risk-Based Capital ..............   $23,383,312    $23,159,571   $22,593,868
                                                   ===========    ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 12  REGULATORY CAPITAL, Continued


         The Association's OTS capital ratios were (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Requirements to be
                                                                 Requirements to be   well capitalized under
                                                                     Adequately          prompt corrective
                                                Actual              Capitalized          action provisions
                                         --------------------   -------------------   ----------------------
                                          Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage    Amount     Percentage
                                         -------   ----------   ------   ----------   -------     ----------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>            <C>
         September 30, 1999
         ------------------
           Core capital ...............  $22,916      14.6%     $6,267      4.0%      $ 7,834         5.0%
           Tier I (Core) capital ......   22,916      14.6%      6,267      4.0%        9,401         6.0%
           Total Risk-based capital ...   23,383      31.1%      6,018      8.0%       15,668        10.0%

         June 30, 1999
         -------------
           Core capital ...............  $22,687      14.5%     $6,264      4.0%      $ 7,808         5.0%
           Tier I (Core) capital ......   22,687      14.5%      6,264      4.0%        9,369         6.0%
           Total Risk-based capital ...   23,160      31.0%      5,968      8.0%       15,616        10.0%

         June 30, 1998
         -------------
           Core capital ...............  $22,108      13.8%     $6,409      4.0%      $ 8,018         5.0%
           Tier I (Core) capital ......   22,108      13.8%      6,409      4.0%        9,622         6.0%
           Total Risk-based capital ...   22,594      34.0%      5,324      8.0%       16,037        10.0%
</TABLE>

NOTE 13  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosures about
         Fair Value of Financial Instruments (FAS 107) requires that the Company
         disclose  estimated  fair values for its  financial  instruments.  Fair
         value  estimates,  methods and  assumptions are set forth below for the
         Company's financial instruments.

         Cash and Cash Equivalents

         The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair  value  because  of the short
         maturity of these instruments.

         Securities

         The fair  value of  securities  is  estimated  based on  market  values
         received from a securities broker.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 13  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, Continued

         Loans

         The  fair  value  of   one-to-four-family   fixed-and   adjustable-rate
         mortgages is calculated by using the option-based pricing approach that
         makes use of the Monte Carlo simulation.  The Monte Carlo model uses an
         interest rate simulation  program to generate  numerous random interest
         rate paths that, in conjunction  with a prepayment  model,  are used to
         estimate mortgage cash flows along each path.

         The fair value of other loans in the  portfolio is  calculated by using
         the static  discounted cash flow approach.  Under the static discounted
         cash flow  approach,  the economic  value of a financial  instrument is
         estimated by calculating the present value of the instrument's expected
         cash flows.  The present value is determined  by  discounting  the cash
         flows the  instrument  is expected  to generate by the yield  currently
         available  to  investors  from an  instrument  of  comparable  risk and
         duration.

         Deposits

         The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest
         bearing demand deposits, NOW accounts,  money market demand and savings
         accounts,  is equal to the amount payable on demand.  The fair value of
         certificate  accounts  is  based on the  static  discounted  cash  flow
         approach.  The  discount  rate is estimated  using the rates  currently
         offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

         Note Payable

         The fair value of the note  payable  is based on the static  discounted
         cash  flow  approach.  The  discount  rate  used is the rate  currently
         available  to  investors  from an  instrument  of  comparable  risk and
         duration.

         Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

         The fair value of financial  instruments with off-balance sheet risk is
         based on the credit  quality and  relationship,  probability of funding
         and other  requirements.  Fair values of  off-balance  sheet  financial
         instruments are not material to the consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 14  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, Continued

         Limitations

         Fair value  estimates  are made at a specific  point in time,  based on
         relevant  market   information  and  information  about  the  financial
         instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that
         could result from  offering for sale at one time the  Company's  entire
         holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists
         for a significant portion of the Company's financial instruments,  fair
         value estimates are based on judgments  regarding  future expected loss
         experience,   current  economic  conditions,  risk  characteristics  of
         various  financial  instruments and other factors.  These estimates are
         subjective  in  nature  and  involve   uncertainties   and  matters  of
         significant   judgment  and,  therefore,   cannot  be  determined  with
         precision.  Changes  in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect  the
         estimates.

         Fair value  estimates are based on existing  on-and  off-balance  sheet
         financial  instruments  without  attempting  to  estimate  the value of
         anticipated  future  business  and the value of assets and  liabilities
         that are not considered financial instruments. For example, significant
         assets that are not considered  financial  instruments include premises
         and  equipment.  In  addition,  the tax  ramifications  related  to the
         realization of the  unrealized  gains and losses can have a significant
         effect on fair value  estimates and have not been  considered in any of
         the estimates.

         The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as
         follows:

                                                         September 30, 1999
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                     Carrying         Estimated
                                                       Value         Fair Value
                                                   ------------     ------------
         Financial Assets
           Cash and cash Equivalents ............  $ 10,354,371     $ 10,354,371
           Securities ...........................    18,221,252       18,221,828
           Loans ................................   117,085,087      115,979,108
           Accrued interest .....................       685,018          685,018

         Financial Liabilities
           Deposits .............................   122,410,093      121,881,793
           Advance payments by borrowers
             for taxes and insurance ............     1,302,869        1,297,597
           Accrued interest .....................        98,367           98,367
           Advances from FHLB ...................    10,000,000        9,967,000

         Off-balance sheet instruments ..........            --               --


                                      F-22

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 13  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          June 30, 1999                 June 30, 1998
                                                   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                     Carrying       Estimated      Carrying       Estimated
                                                       Value       Fair Value        Value       Fair Value
                                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
         Financial Assets
           Cash and cash Equivalents ............  $  8,471,573   $  8,471,573   $  6,993,105   $  6,993,105
           Securities ...........................    20,502,842     20,507,360     32,712,262     32,715,946
           Loans ................................   115,949,420    115,851,926    109,765,511    112,465,973
           Accrued interest .....................       955,018        955,018        766,942        766,942

         Financial Liabilities
           Deposits .............................   122,460,122    122,334,527    126,659,018    127,403,822
           Advance payments by borrowers
             for taxes and insurance ............     1,006,270      1,005,238        981,445        987,216
           Accrued interest .....................        76,988         76,988        121,820        121,820
           Note payable .........................            --             --        150,500        150,199
           Advances from FHLB ...................    10,000,000      9,985,000     10,000,000      9,980,000

         Off-balance sheet instruments ..........            --             --             --             --
</TABLE>


                                      F-23

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED) AND
                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998


NOTE 14  ADOPTION OF PLAN OF CONVERSION (UNAUDITED)


         On October 19,1999,  the Board of Directors of the Company,  subject to
         regulatory approval and approval by the members of the Company, adopted
         a  plan  to  issue  up  to  957,950  shares  of  Alamogordo   Financial
         Corporation stock, to depositors of the Association representing 49% of
         the outstanding  shares of the Company.  AF Mutual Holding Company will
         hold the remaining 51%. The offering price will be $10 per share.

         The shares of common stock of Alamogordo Financial  Corporation will be
         offered in order of priority as follows:

              1) Depositors with accounts at the Association with total balances
                 of at least $50 on September 30, 1998

              2) Employee stock  ownership plan  of the Association,  which will
                 provide retirement benefits to employees

              3) Depositors with accounts at the Association with total balances
                 of at least $50 on September 30, 1999; and

              4) Directors, officers and employees of the Association

         Any  additional  shares  will be offered in a community  offering  with
         preference  given to  residents  of Lincoln  and Otero  counties of New
         Mexico.

         Offering  costs will be deferred and deducted  from the proceeds of the
         shares  sold.  If the  offering  is not  completed,  all costs  will be
         charged to expense. At June 30, 1999, no expenses have been deferred.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         You should rely only on the information  contained in this  prospectus.
Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  has  authorized  anyone to provide  you with
different  information.  This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the shares of Common
Stock offered  hereby to any person in any  jurisdiction  in which such offer or
solicitation  is not  authorized,  or in which the person  making  such offer or
solicitation  is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful
to make such offer or solicitation.  Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor
any sale hereunder shall, under any  circumstances,  create any implication that
information herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.


                                   ALAMOGORDO
                              FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                             Up to 1,101,643 Shares

                                  Common Stock
                           ($0.10 par value per share)

                                SUBSCRIPTION AND
                               COMMUNITY OFFERING
                                   PROSPECTUS

                      -------------------------------------
                             Charles Webb & Company
                      a Division of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
                      -------------------------------------

                               February ___, 2000

                  THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS
                   AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED

Until  _____________________,  2000, all dealers  effecting  transactions in the
registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
required  to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition  to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Generally,  federal regulations define areas for indemnity coverage for
federal savings associations,  and proposed federal regulations define areas for
indemnity coverage for federal MHC subsidiary holding companies, as follows:

          (a) Any  person  against  whom any  action is  brought  or  threatened
     because  that  person  is or was a  director  or  officer  of  the  savings
     association shall be indemnified by the savings association for:

               (i) Any amount  for which  that  person  becomes  liable  under a
          judgment in such action; and

               (ii)  Reasonable   costs  and  expenses,   including   reasonable
          attorneys' fees, actually paid or incurred by that person in defending
          or settling such action,  or in enforcing his or her rights under this
          section if he or she attains a favorable judgement in such enforcement
          action.

          (b)  Indemnification  shall be made to such person under paragraph (b)
     of this Section only if:

               (i) Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor; or

               (ii) In case of:

                    a.   Settlement,

                    b.   Final judgement against him or her, or

                    c.   Final judgement in his or her favor,  other than on the
                         merits, if a majority of the disinterested directors of
                         the savings  association  determine  that he or she was
                         acting  in good  faith  within  the scope of his or her
                         employment  or authority as he or she could  reasonably
                         have  perceived  it under the  circumstances  and for a
                         purpose he or she could  reasonably have believed under
                         the  circumstances  was in  the  best  interest  of the
                         savings   association  or  its  members.   However,  no
                         indemnification  shall be made  unless the  association
                         gives  the  Office  at  least  60  days  notice  of its
                         intention  to make such  indemnification.  Such  notice
                         shall  state the facts on which the action  arose,  the
                         terms of any  settlement,  and any  disposition  of the
                         action by a court.  Such notice, a copy thereof,  and a
                         certified  copy  of  the   resolution   containing  the
                         required  determination by the board of directors shall
                         be sent to the Regional  Director,  who shall  promptly
                         acknowledge  receipt  thereof.  The notice period shall
                         run   from   the   date  of  such   receipt.   No  such
                         indemnification  shall be made if the OTS  advises  the
                         association in writing,  within such notice period,  of
                         its objection thereto.

          (c) As used in this paragraph:

               (i) "Action" means any judicial or administrative  proceeding, or
          threatened   proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,  or  otherwise,
          including any appeal or other proceeding for review;

               (ii) "Court" includes,  without limitation, any court to which or
          in which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought;

               (iii) "Final Judgment" means a judgment,  decree,  or order which
          is not  appealable  or as to which the period  for appeal has  expired
          with no appeal taken;

               (iv) "Settlement"  includes the entry of a judgment by consent or
          confession or a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere.


<PAGE>


Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
                                                                         Amount
                                                                        --------
  *      Legal Fees ................................................    $100,000
  *      Printing, Mailing and Photocopying ........................     125,000
  *      Appraisal and Business Plan Fees and Expenses .............      25,000
  *      Accounting Fees and Expenses ..............................     100,000
  **     Marketing Fees and Expenses ...............................     135,000
  ***    Filing Fees (SEC and OTS) and Expenses ....................      40,000
  *      Blue Sky ..................................................      10,000
  *      Miscellaneous Expenses ....................................      65,000
                                                                        --------
  **     Total .................................................. ...   $600,000
                                                                        ========
- ---------

*    Estimated

**   Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  and Loan  Association  and the  Company  have
     retained Charles Webb & Co.("Charles Webb") to assist in the sale of common
     stock on a best efforts basis in the Subscription and Community  Offerings.
     For  purposes of  computing  estimated  expenses,  it has been assumed that
     Charles  Webb will receive  fees and  expenses of  approximately  $100,000,
     exclusive  of  its  out  of  pocket  expenses  of  $35,000.

***  Includes Edgarization fees.

Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         Not Applicable.


Item 27. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

         (a) List of Exhibits

         The index of exhibits  immediately  preecedes the exhibits  attached to
this registration statement.

         (b) Financial Statement Schedules

         No  financial  statement  schedules  are  filed  because  the  required
information  is not  applicable  or is  included in the  consolidated  financial
statements or related notes.

Item 28.          Undertakings

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
         a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

               (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii) To reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising
          after the effective  date of the  registration  statement (or the most
          recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
          aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in the registration statement;

               (iii) To include any  material  information  with  respect to the
          plan of  distribution  not  previously  disclosed in the  registration
          statement  or  any  material   change  to  such   information  in  the
          registration statement.


<PAGE>


         (2) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new  registration  statement of securities  offered,  and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering.

         (3) To remove from  registration by means of  post-effective  amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

         (4) To provide  to the  underwriter  at the  closing  specified  in the
underwriting  agreements,  certificates in such  denominations and registered in
such names as  required by the  underwriter  to permit  prompt  delivery to each
purchaser.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling
persons of the small business  issuer pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities  being  registered,  the small business
issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the
question  whether  such  indemnification  by  it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  of such
issue.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  in the  City  of
Alamogordo, State of New Mexico on December 15, 1999.

                                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                              By:      /s/ R. Miles Ledgerwood
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                           R. Miles Ledgerwood
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                           (Duly Authorized Representative)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         We, the  undersigned  directors  and officers of  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  (the "Company")  hereby  severally  constitute and appoint R. Miles
Ledgerwood,  as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things
in our names in the capacities  indicated  below which said R. Miles  Ledgerwood
may deem  necessary  or  advisable  to enable  the  Company  to comply  with the
Securities  Act of 1933,  and any rules,  regulations  and  requirements  of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,   in  connection  with  the  registration
statement on Form SB-2 relating to the offering of the  Company's  Common Stock,
including  specifically,  but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us
in our names in the capacities  indicated below the  registration  statement and
any and all amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments)  thereto; and we
hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said R. Miles Ledgerwood shall do or
cause to be done by virtue thereof.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and as of the dates indicated.

       Signatures                  Title                           Date
       ----------                  -----                           ----

/s/ R. Miles Ledgerwood   President, Chief Executive         December 15, 1999
- -----------------------   Officer and Director (Principal
R. Miles Ledgerwood       Executive Officer)


/s/ Norma J. Clute        Chief Financial Officer and        December 15, 1999
- -----------------------   Treasurer (Principal Financial
Norma J. Clute            and Accounting Officer)


/s/ Robert W. Hamilton    Chairman of the Board              December 15, 1999
- -----------------------
Robert W. Hamilton


/s/ S. Thomas Overstreet  Director                           December 15, 1999
- ------------------------
S. Thomas Overstreet


/s/ Marilyn L. Mott       Director                           December 15, 1999
- ------------------------
Marilyn L. Mott


/s/ Earl E. Wallin        Director                           December 15, 1999
- ------------------------
Earl E. Wallin

<PAGE>

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 1999
                                                         Registration No. 333-
================================================================================



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549










                      ------------------------------------





                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                       ON
                                    FORM SB-2




                      ------------------------------------












                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION











================================================================================

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

1.1    Engagement Letter between  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation and Charles
       Webb & Co.

1.2    Form  of  Agency  Agreement  among  Alamogordo  Financial   Corporation.,
       Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association, and Charles Webb & Co.

2      Alamogordo Financial Corporation Stock Issuance Plan

3.1    Stock Holding Company Charter of Alamogordo Financial Corporation

3.2    Bylaws of Alamogordo Financial Corporation

4      Form of Common Stock Certificate of Alamogordo Financial Corporation

5      Opinion of Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick,  P.C. regarding legality
       of securities being registered

10.1   Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan

21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1   Consent of Luse  Lehman  Gorman  Pomerenk & Schick,  P.C.  (contained  in
       opinion filed as Exhibit 5)

23.2   Consent of The  Accounting &  Consulting  Group,  L.L.P.  with respect to
       Report on Financial Statements

23.3   Consent of RP Financial, LC.

24     Power of Attorney (set forth on Signature Page)

27     EDGAR Financial Data Schedule

99.1   Agreement between Alamogordo Financial Corporation and RP Financial, LC.

99.2   Business Plan Agreement between Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation and RP
       Financial, LC.

99.3   Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.(separately filed)**

99.4   Marketing Materials

99.5   Order and Acknowledgment Form

- -------------

*    To be filed supplementally or by amendment.

**   Paper copy of this Exhibit was filed supplementally pursuant to Rule 202 of
     Regulation S-T.



                   [KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC. LETTERHEAD]



November 29, 1999


Mr. Miles Ledgerwood
President and Chief Executive Officer
Alamogordo Financial Corporation
500 10th Street
Alamogordo, NM  88310-6768

Dear Mr. Ledgerwood:

This proposal is in connection  with the offer and sale by Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation (the "Company") the holding company of Alamogordo  Federal Savings &
Loan Association (the "Bank") of a minority number of shares of its common stock
first to eligible persons  (pursuant to the Company's Plan of Stock Issuance) in
a Subscription and Community Offering.

Charles Webb & Company,  a division of Keefe,  Bruyette and Woods, Inc. ("KBW"),
will  act as the  Bank's  and the  Company's  exclusive  financial  advisor  and
marketing agent in connection with the Offering. This letter sets forth selected
terms and conditions of our engagement.

1. Advisory/Offering Services. As the Bank's and Company's financial advisor and
marketing  agent, KBW will provide the Bank and the Company with a comprehensive
program  of  offering  services  designed  to  promote  an  orderly,  efficient,
cost-effective and long-term stock distribution.  KBW will provide financial and
logistical  advice  to the Bank and the  Company  concerning  the  offering  and
related  issues.  KBW will assist in  providing  offering  enhancement  services
intended to maximize stock sales in the  Subscription  Offering and to residents
of the Bank's market area, if necessary, in the Community Offering.

KBW shall provide  financial  advisory services to the Company which are typical
in  connection  with an equity  offering  and  include,  but are not limited to,
overall  financial  analysis of the client with a focus on  identifying  factors
which  impact the  valuation  of the common  stock and provide  the  appropriate
recommendations for the betterment of the equity valuation.

Additionally,  post offering  financial advisory services will include advice on
shareholder relations,  after-market trading,  dividend policy (for both regular
and special dividends),  stock repurchase strategy and communication with market
makers.  Prior to the  closing of the  offering,  KBW shall  furnish to client a
Post-Offering  reference manual which will include  specifics  relative to these
items.  (The nature of the  services to be provided by KBW as the Bank's and the
Company's  financial advisor and marketing agent is further described in Exhibit
A attached hereto.)

<PAGE>

2.  Preparation of Offering  Documents.  The Bank, the Company and their counsel
will draft the Application  for a Minority Stock Offering,  Prospectus and other
documents to be used in connection  with the Offering.  KBW will attend meetings
to review these documents and advise you on their form and content.  KBW and its
counsel will draft appropriate agency agreement and related documents as well as
marketing materials other than the Prospectus.

3. Due Diligence  Review.  Prior to filing the  Application for a Minority Stock
Offering or other documents naming KBW as the Bank's and the Company's financial
advisor  and  marketing  agent,  KBW and their  representatives  will  undertake
substantial  investigations  to learn about the Bank's  business and  operations
("due diligence review") in order to confirm  information  provided to us and to
evaluate  information to be contained in the Company's offering  documents.  The
Company  agrees that it will make  available  to KBW all  relevant  information,
whether or not  publicly  available,  which KBW  reasonably  requests,  and will
permit KBW to discuss  with  management  the  operations  and  prospects  of the
Company. KBW will treat all material non-public information as confidential. The
Company  acknowledges  that KBW will rely upon the accuracy and  completeness of
all information received from the Company, its officers,  directors,  employees,
agents and  representatives,  accountants  and counsel  including this letter to
serve as the Bank's and the Company's financial advisor and marketing agent.

4.  Regulatory  Filings.  The Bank  and/or the  Company  will cause  appropriate
offering  documents  to be filed with all  regulatory  agencies  including,  the
National   Association  of  Securities   Dealers  ("NASD"),   Office  of  Thrift
Supervision ("OTS") and such state securities commissioners as may be determined
by the Bank.

5. Agency  Agreement.  The  specific  terms of the offering  services,  offering
enhancement and syndicated  offering services  contemplated in this letter shall
be set forth in an Agency Agreement  between KBW and the Bank and the Company to
be executed prior to commencement  of the offering,  and dated the date that the
Company's  Prospectus is declared effective and/or authorized to be disseminated
by the  appropriate  regulatory  agencies,  the  NASD,  the OTS and  such  state
securities commissioners and other regulatory agencies as required by applicable
law.

6. Representations,  Warranties and Covenants. The Agency Agreement will provide
for customary representations, warranties and covenants by the Bank and KBW, and
for the  Company  to  indemnify  KBW and  their  controlling  persons  (and,  if
applicable, the members of the selling group and their controlling persons), and
for KBW to  indemnify  the Bank and the  Company  against  certain  liabilities,
including, without limitation, liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

<PAGE>

7. Fees.  For the  services  hereunder,  the Bank and/or  Company  shall pay the
following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:

         (a)  Management  Fee.   Management  Fee  of  $25,000  payable  in  four
              consecutive  monthly  installments  of $6,250  commencing with the
              signing  of this  letter.  Such fees  shall be deemed to have been
              earned when due.  Should the Offering be terminated for any reason
              not  attributable to the action or inaction of KBW, KBW shall have
              earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing  through the stage
              at which point the termination occurred.

         (b)  Success Fee. A Success Fee of $75,000.

         (c)  Broker-Dealer  Pass-Thru.  If  any  shares of  the Company's stock
              remain available after the subscription  offering,  at the request
              of the  Bank,  KBW will  seek to form a  syndicate  of  registered
              broker-dealers  to  assist in the sale of such  common  stock on a
              best efforts basis,  subject to the terms and conditions set forth
              in the selected dealers agreement. KBW will endeavor to distribute
              the common stock among  dealers in a fashion  which best meets the
              distribution  objectives  of  the  Bank  and  the  Plan  of  Stock
              Issuance.  KBW  will  be  paid a fee  not to  exceed  5.5%  of the
              aggregate  Purchase  Price of the  shares of common  stock sold by
              them.  KBW will pass onto selected  broker-dealers,  who assist in
              the  syndicated  community,   an  amount  competitive  with  gross
              underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts
              of stock sold at a comparable  price per share in a similar market
              environment.  Fees with  respect to  purchases  affected  with the
              assistance of a broker/dealer  other than KBW shall be transmitted
              by KBW to such  broker/dealer.  The  decision to utilize  selected
              broker-dealers  will be made by the Company upon consultation with
              KBW. In the event,  with respect to any stock purchases,  fees are
              paid  pursuant to this  subparagraph  7(c),  such fees shall be in
              lieu of, and not in addition to, payment  pursuant to subparagraph
              7(a) and 7(b).

8.  Additional  Services.  KBW  further  agrees to  provide  financial  advisory
assistance  to the  Company  and the  Bank for a  period  of one year  following
completion of the Offering,  including  formation of a dividend policy and share
repurchase  program,  assistance  with  shareholder  reporting  and  shareholder
relations matters,  general advice on mergers and acquisitions and other related
financial  matters,  without the payment by the Company and the Bank of any fees
in  addition to those set forth in Section 7 hereof.  Nothing in this  Agreement
shall  require  the  Company  and the Bank to  obtain  such  services  from KBW.
Following  this  initial one year term,  if both  parties  wish to continue  the
relationship,  a fee will be  negotiated  and an agreement  entered into at that
time.

<PAGE>

9.  Expenses.  The Company  will bear those  expenses of the  proposed  offering
customarily borne by issuers, including,  without limitation,  regulatory filing
fees,  "Blue  Sky,"  and NASD  filing  and  registration  fees;  the fees of the
Company's  accountants,  attorneys,  appraiser,  transfer  agent and  registrar,
printing,  mailing and  marketing  and syndicate  expenses  associated  with the
Offering;  the fees set forth in Section 7; and fees for "Blue Sky" legal  work.
If KBW incurs  expenses on behalf of Client,  Client will reimburse KBW for such
expenses.

KBW shall be reimbursed for reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses,  including costs
of travel, meals and lodging,  photocopying,  telephone, facsimile and couriers.
KBW  reimbursed  for its  fees of  underwriter's  counsel  (including  counsel's
out-of-pocket  expenses)  not to exceed  $35,000.  The selection of such counsel
will be done by KBW, after consultation with the Bank.

10.  Conditions.  KBW's willingness and obligation to proceed hereunder shall be
subject to, among other  things,  satisfaction  of the  following  conditions in
KBW's  opinion,  which opinion shall have been formed in good faith by KBW after
reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (a) full and
satisfactory   disclosure  of  all  relevant   material,   financial  and  other
information in the disclosure  documents and a determination by KBW, in its sole
discretion,  that the sale of stock on the terms  proposed is  reasonable  given
such disclosures;  (b) no material adverse change in the condition or operations
of the Bank  subsequent  to the execution of the  agreement;  and (c) no adverse
market  conditions at the time of offering  which in KBW's opinion make the sale
of the shares by the Company inadvisable.

12. Benefit. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and to the parties indemnified pursuant to the terms
and conditions of the Agency Agreement and their successors, and the obligations
and  liabilities  assumed  hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon
their respective successors provided,  however, that this Agreement shall not be
assignable by KBW.

13.  Definitive  Agreement.  This letter  reflects  KBW's  present  intention of
proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed offering. It does not create
a binding  obligation  on the part of the Bank,  the Company or KBW except as to
the  agreement to maintain the  confidentiality  of non-public  information  set
forth in Section 3, the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 7(a) and
7(b) and the  assumption  of  expenses  as set forth in  Section 9, all of which
shall  constitute the binding  obligations of the parties hereto and which shall
survive the  termination  of this  Agreement or the  completion  of the services
furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect. You
further acknowledge that any report or analysis rendered by KBW pursuant to this
engagement  is rendered for use solely by the  management of the Company and its
agents in connection with the Offering. Accordingly, you agree that you will not
provide any such  information  to any other  person  without  our prior  written
consent.

<PAGE>

KBW  acknowledges  that in  offering  the  Company's  stock  no  person  will be
authorized to give any information or to make any  representation  not contained
in the offering  prospectus and related  offering  materials  filed as part of a
registration statement to be declared effective in connection with the offering.
Accordingly,  KBW agrees that in  connection  with the offering it will not give
any unauthorized information or make any unauthorized representation. We will be
pleased to  elaborate  on any of the  matters  discussed  in this letter at your
convenience.

If the  foregoing  correctly  sets  forth our  mutual  understanding,  please so
indicate  by signing  and  returning  the  original  copy of this  letter to the
undersigned.

Very truly yours,


KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.


By:      /s/Patricia A. McJoynt
   ---------------------------------
               Patricia A. McJoynt
               Managing Director

ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:      /s/Miles Ledgerwood           Date: 12-9-99
   ----------------------------------       -----------
         Miles Ledgerwood
         President and Chief Executive Officer





<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A

                          CONVERSION SERVICES PROPOSAL
                       TO ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. provides thrift institutions with a comprehensive
program  of  offering  services  designed  to  promote  an  orderly,  efficient,
cost-effective  and  long-term  stock   distribution.   The  following  list  is
representative of the offering services,  if appropriate,  we propose to perform
on behalf of the Company and the Bank.

General Services

Assist  management  and  legal  counsel  with  the  design  of  the  transaction
structure.

Analyze and make  recommendations  on bids from printing,  transfer  agent,  and
appraisal firms.

Assist  officers and  directors in obtaining  bank loans to purchase  stock,  if
requested.

Assist  in  drafting  and   distribution   of  press  releases  as  required  or
appropriate.

Offering Enhancement Services

Establish and manage Stock  Information  Center at the Bank.  Stock  Information
Center personnel will track  prospective  investors;  record stock orders;  mail
order  confirmations;  provide the Bank's senior  management with daily reports;
answer customer inquiries; and handle special situations as they arise.

Assign Webb's personnel to be at the Bank through completion of the Subscription
and  Community  Offerings  to manage  the Stock  Information  Center,  meet with
prospective  shareholders  at  individual  and community  information  meetings,
solicit  local  investor  interest  through a  tele-marketing  campaign,  answer
inquiries,  and otherwise  assist in the sale of stock in the  Subscription  and
Community Offerings. This effort will be lead by a Principal of KBW.

Create target investor list based upon review of the Bank's depositor base.

Provide intensive financial and marketing input for drafting of the prospectus.


<PAGE>



Offering Enhancement Services- Continued


Prepare other marketing materials,  including prospecting letters and brochures,
and media advertisements.

Arrange logistics of community information meeting(s) as required.

Prepare audio-visual presentation by senior management for community information
meeting(s).

Prepare  management  for  question-and-answer  period at  community  information
meeting(s).

Attend and address community  information  meeting(s) and be available to answer
questions.

Broker-Assisted Sales Services.

Arrange for broker information meeting(s) as required.

Prepare audio-visual presentation for broker information meeting(s).

Prepare  script for  presentation  by senior  management  at broker  information
meeting(s).

Prepare  management  for   question-and-answer   period  at  broker  information
meeting(s).

Attend and address  broker  information  meeting(s)  and be  available to answer
questions.

Produce  confidential  broker  memorandum  to assist  participating  brokers  in
selling the Company's common stock.

Aftermarket Support Services.

Webb will use their best efforts to secure market  making and on-going  research
commitment from at least four NASD firms, one of which will be Keefe, Bruyette &
Woods, Inc.





                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                1,101,643 Shares

                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (Par Value $.0l Per Share)

                       Subscription Price $10.00 Per Share

                                AGENCY AGREEMENT



                              ___________ __, 2000



Charles Webb & Company,
a Division of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
211 Bradenton Avenue
Dublin, Ohio 43017



Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Alamogordo   Financial   Corporation,   a  federal   corporation   (the
"Company"), AF Mutual Holding Company (the "MHC") and Alamogordo Federal Savings
and Loan Association,  a federally  chartered stock savings and loan association
(the  "Bank")  with its  deposit  accounts  insured by the  Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF")   administered  by  the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC"),  hereby confirm,  jointly and severally,  their agreement
with Charles Webb & Company,  a Division of Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. (the
"Agent"), as follows:

         Section 1. The  Offering.  In accordance  with the Stock  Issuance Plan
adopted by its Board of Directors (the "Plan"),  the Company will offer and sell
up to  1,101,643  shares of its common  stock,  par  value,  $.01 per share (the
"Shares" or "Common  Stock"),  in a  subscription  offering  (the  "Subscription
Offering") to (1) depositors of the Bank with account balances of $50.00 or more
as of September 30, 1998 ("Eligible  Account  Holders"),  (2) the Employee Stock
Ownership Plan of the Bank (the "ESOP"), (3) depositors of the Bank with account
balances  of $50.00 or more as of  December  31,  1999  ("Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders"), and (4) employees, officers and directors of the Bank. To the
extent  Shares  remain  unsold in the  Subscription  Offering,  the  Company  is
offering for sale in a community  offering  (the  "Community  Offering" and when
referred to together  with the  Subscription  Offering,  the  "Subscription  and
Community  Offering")  the  Shares  not  so  subscribed  for or  ordered  in the
Subscription Offering to members of the general public, with preference given to
natural persons residing in the New Mexico counties of Otero and Lincoln



<PAGE>



("Other Subscribers"),  (all such offerees being referred to in the aggregate as
"Eligible  Offerees").  It is anticipated  that shares not subscribed for in the
Subscription  and Community  Offering will be offered to certain  members of the
general  public on a best efforts basis through a selected  dealers  arrangement
(the "Syndicated  Community  Offering") (the  Subscription  Offering,  Community
Offering and Syndicated  Community Offering are collectively  referred to as the
"Offering").  It is acknowledged  that the purchase of Shares in the Offering is
subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations as described in the Plan
and that the Company and the Bank may  reject,  in whole or in part,  any orders
received in the Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. The Company
will  issue the Shares at a  purchase  price of $10.00 per share (the  "Purchase
Price").

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission")  a  registration  statement  on Form  S-1  (File  No.  333- ) (the
"Registration  Statement")  containing a prospectus relating to the Offering for
the  registration  of the  Shares  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the "1933
Act"),  and has filed such amendments  thereof and such amended  prospectuses as
may have been  required to the date hereof.  The term  "Registration  Statement"
shall  include  all  exhibits  thereto,  as  amended,  including  post-effective
amendments.  The prospectus, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time
the Registration  Statement initially became effective is hereinafter called the
"Prospectus,"  except that if any Prospectus is filed by the Company pursuant to
Rule 424(b) or (c) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933
Act (the "1933 Act  Regulations")  differing  from the prospectus on file at the
time  the  Registration   Statement   initially  becomes  effective,   the  term
"Prospectus"  shall refer to the prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c)
from and after the time said prospectus is filed with the Commission.

         In accordance  with Title 12, Parts 575 and 563b of the Code of Federal
Regulations  (the "MHC  Regulations"),  the Company has filed with the Office of
Thrift  Supervision (the "OTS") an Application on Form MHC-2 with respect to the
stock  issuance  (the  "MHC  Application"),  including  the  Prospectus  and the
Valuation  Appraisal Report prepared by RP Financial,  LC (the  "Appraisal") and
has filed such amendments  thereto as may have been required by the OTS. The MHC
Application  has been  approved by the OTS and the related  Prospectus  has been
authorized for use by the OTS.

         Section 2. Retention of Agent;  Compensation;  Sale and Delivery of the
Shares.  Subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth,  the Company and
the Bank have retained the Agent to consult with and to advise the Bank, the MHC
and the Company,  and to assist the Company,  on a best  efforts  basis,  in the
distribution  of the shares of Common Stock in the  Offering.  The services that
the  Agent  will  provide  include,  but are not  limited  to (i)  training  the
employees  of the Bank who will  perform  certain  ministerial  functions in the
Subscription  and Community  Offering  regarding  the  mechanics and  regulatory
requirements of the stock offering process,  (ii) managing the Stock Information
Center by assisting  interested stock  subscribers and by keeping records of all
stock orders and (iii) preparing marketing materials.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         On the basis of the representations,  warranties, and agreements herein
contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth, the Agent
accepts such appointment and agrees to consult with and advise the Company,  the
MHC and the Bank as to the  matters set forth in the letter  agreement  ("Letter
Agreement"),  dated  November 29, 1999 between the Company and the Agent (a copy
of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit A). It is  acknowledged  by the Company,
the MHC and the Bank that the Agent  shall not be  required  to take or purchase
any Shares or be  obligated to take any action  which is  inconsistent  with all
applicable laws, regulations, decisions or orders.

         The  obligations of the Agent  pursuant to this  Agreement  (other than
those set forth in  Sections  2(d),  8 and 9 hereof)  shall  terminate  upon the
completion  or  termination  or  abandonment  of the Plan by the Company or upon
termination  of the  Offering,  but in no event  later  than the date  (the "End
Date") which is 45 days after the Closing  Date (as  hereinafter  defined).  All
fees or  expenses  due to the Agent but  unpaid  will be payable to the Agent in
next day funds at the earlier of the Closing  Date (as  hereinafter  defined) or
the End Date.  In the event the  Offering is extended  beyond the End Date,  the
Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent may agree to renew this Agreement under
mutually acceptable terms.

         In the event the Company is unable to sell a minimum of 708,050  Shares
within the period  herein  provided,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  and the
Company shall refund to any persons who have  subscribed  for any of the Shares,
the full amount which it may have  received  from them plus accrued  interest as
set forth in the  Prospectus;  and none of the parties to this  Agreement  shall
have any obligation to the other parties hereunder,  except as set forth in this
Section 2 and in Sections 6, 8 and 9 hereof.

         In the event the Offering is terminated,  the Agent shall be reimbursed
for its actual accountable out-of-pocket expenses.

         If all  conditions  precedent  to  the  consummation  of the  Offering,
including, without limitation, the sale of all Shares required by the Plan to be
sold, are satisfied,  the Company  agrees to issue,  or have issued,  the Shares
sold in the Offering and to release for delivery certificates for such Shares on
the Closing Date (as hereinafter  defined) against payment to the Company by any
means authorized by the Plan; provided, however, that no funds shall be released
to the Company  until the  conditions  specified  in Section 7 hereof shall have
been  complied  with to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of the  Agent  and  their
counsel.  The release of Shares against payment therefor shall be made on a date
and at a place  acceptable  to the  Company,  the MHC,  the Bank and the  Agent.
Certificates  for  shares  shall be  delivered  directly  to the  purchasers  in
accordance with their directions.  The date upon which the Company shall release
or deliver the Shares sold in the Offering, in accordance with the terms herein,
is called the "Closing Date."

         The Agent shall  receive the  following  compensation  for its services
hereunder:


                                        3

<PAGE>



          (a)  A  management  fee of $25,000,  payable in four  installments  of
               $6,250 on  November 29 and  December  29, 1999 and January 29 and
               February 29,  2000.  Should the  Offering be  terminated  for any
               reason not  attributable  to the action or inaction of the Agent,
               the Agent  shall  have  earned  and be  entitled  to be paid fees
               accruing through the stage at which the termination occurred.

          (b)  A Success Fee of $75,000.

          (c)  If any of the shares remain  available after the Subscription and
               Community  Offerings,  at the request of the Bank, the Agent will
               seek to form a syndicate of registered  broker-dealers  to assist
               in the sale of such Common Stock on a best efforts basis, subject
               to the terms and  conditions  set forth in the  selected  dealers
               agreement. the Agent will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock
               among  dealers in a fashion  which  best  meets the  distribution
               objectives of the Bank and the Plan. the Agent will be paid a fee
               not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate  Purchase Price of the Shares
               sold by them.  the Agent will pass onto selected  broker-dealers,
               who assist in the  syndicated  community,  an amount  competitive
               with  gross  underwriting  discounts  changed  at such  time  for
               comparable  amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share
               in a similar market  environment.  Fees with respect to purchases
               affected with the  assistance of a  broker/dealer  other than the
               Agent shall be  transmitted  by the Agent to such  broker/dealer.
               The decision to utilize selected  broker-dealers  will be made by
               the Bank upon  consultation  with the Agent.  In the event,  with
               respect to any  purchases  of Shares,  fees are paid  pursuant to
               this subparagraph 2(c), such fees shall be in lieu of, and not in
               addition to, payment pursuant to subparagraph 2(a) and 2(b).

          (d)  The Company  will bear those  expenses of the  proposed  offering
               customarily  borne by  issuers,  including,  without  limitation,
               regulatory   filing  fees,   "Blue  Sky,"  and  NASD  filing  and
               registration  fees;  the  fees  of  the  Company's   accountants,
               attorneys,  appraiser,  transfer agent and  registrar,  printing,
               mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses  associated with the
               Offering;  the fees set  forth in  Section  2; and fees for "Blue
               Sky" legal work.  If the Agent  incurs  expenses on behalf of the
               Company, the Company will reimburse the Agent for such expenses.

               The  Agent  shall  be  reimbursed  for  reasonable  out-of-pocket
               expenses,   including   costs  of  travel,   meals  and  lodging,
               photocopying,  telephone, facsimile and couriers. The Agent shall
               also  be  reimbursed  for  its  fees  of  underwriter's   counsel
               (including  counsel's   out-of-pocket  expenses)  not  to  exceed
               $35,000. The selection of such counsel will be done by the Agent,
               after consultation with the Bank.

         Section 3. Prospectus; Offering. The Shares are to be initially offered
in the Offering at the Purchase Price as defined and set forth on the cover page
of the Prospectus.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         Section 4.  Representations and Warranties of the Company,  the MHC and
the Bank. The Company,  the MHC and the Bank jointly and severally represent and
warrant to and agree with the Agent as follows:

          (a)  The Registration Statement which was prepared by the Company, the
               MHC and the  Bank and  filed  with the  Commission  was  declared
               effective by the  Commission on __________  __, 2000. At the time
               the Registration  Statement,  including the Prospectus  contained
               therein   (including   any  amendment  or   supplement),   became
               effective,  the Registration  Statement  contained all statements
               that were required to be stated  therein in  accordance  with the
               1933 Act and the 1933 Act  Regulations,  complied in all material
               respects with the  requirements  of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act
               Regulations  and  the  Registration   Statement,   including  the
               Prospectus   contained   therein   (including  any  amendment  or
               supplement thereto), and any information regarding the Company or
               the MHC or the Bank contained in Sales  Information (as such term
               is defined in Section 8 hereof)  authorized  by the Company,  the
               MHC or the Bank for use in connection with the Offering,  did not
               contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
               material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
               the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
               they were made, not  misleading,  and at the time any Rule 424(b)
               or (c)  Prospectus  was  filed  with  the  Commission  and at the
               Closing  Date   referred  to  in  Section  2,  the   Registration
               Statement,  including the Prospectus contained therein (including
               any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto),   and  any  information
               regarding  the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank  contained in Sales
               Information  (as  such  term is  defined  in  Section  8  hereof)
               authorized  by  the  Company,  the  MHC or the  Bank  for  use in
               connection with the Offering will contain all statements that are
               required to be stated therein in accordance with the 1933 Act and
               the 1933 Act Regulations and will not contain an untrue statement
               of a material fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary in
               order  to  make  the   statements   therein,   in  light  of  the
               circumstances   under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading;
               provided,  however,  that the  representations  and warranties in
               this Section 4(a) shall not apply to statements or omissions made
               in  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
               furnished to the Company, the MHC or the Bank by the Agent or its
               counsel  expressly  regarding the Agent for use in the Prospectus
               or  statements  in or  omissions  from any Sales  Information  or
               information  filed pursuant to state  securities or blue sky laws
               or regulations regarding the Agent.

          (b)  The MHC  Application  which was prepared by the Company,  the MHC
               and the Bank and filed  with the OTS was  approved  by the OTS on
               ___________  ___,  2000,  and the  related  Prospectus  has  been
               authorized for use by the OTS. At the time of the approval of the
               MHC Application, including the

                                        5

<PAGE>



               Prospectus  (including any amendment or supplement  thereto),  by
               the OTS and at all times  subsequent  thereto  until the  Closing
               Date, the MHC  Application,  including the Prospectus  (including
               any amendment or supplement thereto), will comply in all material
               respects with the MHC Regulations, except to the extent waived in
               writing by the OTS. The MHC Application, including the Prospectus
               (including any amendment or supplement thereto), does not include
               any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omit to  state a
               material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
               the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
               they were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that the
               representations  and  warranties  in this  Section 4(b) shall not
               apply to  statements  or omissions  made in reliance  upon and in
               conformity with written information furnished to the Company, the
               MHC or the Bank by the Agent or its counsel  expressly  regarding
               the  Agent  for  use  in the  Prospectus  contained  in  the  MHC
               Application   or  statements  in  or  omissions  from  any  sales
               information.

          (c)  The Company and the MHC have  registered  with the OTS as savings
               and loan  holding  companies  under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as
               amended ("HOLA").

          (d)  No order has been issued by the OTS or the FDIC  (hereinafter any
               reference  to the FDIC  shall  include  the SAIF)  preventing  or
               suspending the use of the Prospectus,  and no action by or before
               any such government entity to revoke any approval,  authorization
               or order of effectiveness related to the Offering is, to the best
               knowledge  of  the  Company,  the  MHC or the  Bank,  pending  or
               threatened.

          (e)  The MHC is and, as of the Closing Date,  will continue to be duly
               organized and validly  existing as a federally  chartered  mutual
               holding  company  under  the  laws  of the  United  States,  duly
               authorized  to  conduct  its  business  and own its  property  as
               described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; as of
               the  Closing  Date,  the MHC will  have  obtained  all  licenses,
               permits and other  governmental  authorizations  required for the
               conduct of its business except those that  individually or in the
               aggregate  would not  materially  adversely  affect the financial
               condition,   earnings,  capital,  assets  or  properties  of  the
               Company,  MHC and Bank taken as a whole;  as of the Closing Date,
               all such licenses,  permits and governmental  authorizations will
               be in full  force and  effect  and the MHC will be in  compliance
               therewith in all material  respects;  as of the Closing Date, the
               MHC will be duly  qualified as a foreign  corporation to transact
               business  in each  jurisdiction  in which  the  failure  to be so
               qualified  in one or  more  of such  jurisdictions  would  have a
               material  adverse  effect on the financial  condition,  earnings,
               capital,  assets,  properties or business of the Company, MHC and
               Bank considered as one enterprise.

                                        6

<PAGE>



          (f)  The MHC does not own any equity securities or any equity interest
               in any business enterprise except as described in the Prospectus.

          (g)  The MHC is not authorized to issue any shares of capital stock.

          (h)  At the  Closing  Date,  the Plan will have  been  adopted  by the
               Boards  of  Directors  of the  Company,  the MHC and the Bank and
               approved  by the  members of the Bank,  and the offer and sale of
               the Shares will have been  conducted in all material  respects in
               accordance  with the  Plan,  the MHC  Regulations,  and all other
               applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all
               terms,  conditions,  requirements and provisions precedent to the
               Offering  imposed  upon the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank by the
               OTS, the Commission, or any other regulatory authority and in the
               manner  described  in the  Prospectus.  No person  has  sought to
               obtain  review of the final  action of the OTS in  approving  the
               Plan or in approving the MHC Application, or any other statute or
               regulation.

          (i)  The Bank has been organized and is a validly  existing  federally
               chartered  savings and loan  association in capital stock form of
               organization, duly authorized to conduct its business and own its
               property  as  described  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
               Prospectus;  the Bank has obtained all material licenses, permits
               and other governmental  authorizations currently required for the
               conduct  of  its  business;   all  such  licenses,   permits  and
               governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the
               Bank is in all material respects  complying with all laws, rules,
               regulations  and  orders  applicable  to  the  operation  of  its
               business;  the Bank is  existing  under  the  laws of the  United
               States and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact
               business and is in good  standing in each  jurisdiction  in which
               its  ownership  of property or leasing of property or the conduct
               of its business requires such  qualification,  unless the failure
               to be so qualified in one or more of such jurisdictions would not
               have a material  adverse  effect on the  condition,  financial or
               otherwise, or the business, operations or income of the Bank. The
               Bank does not own equity securities or any equity interest in any
               other business  enterprise  except as described in the Prospectus
               or as would not be material to the  operations of the Bank.  Upon
               completion of the sale by the Company of the Shares  contemplated
               by the Prospectus,  (i) all of the issued and outstanding capital
               stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company,  (ii) the Company
               will have no direct  subsidiaries  other than the Bank, and (iii)
               the Company will be a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the MHC. The
               Offering  will have been  effected  in all  material  respects in
               accordance with all applicable statutes,  regulations,  decisions
               and orders;  and,  except  with  respect to the filing of certain
               post-sale,  post-Offering  reports,  and  documents in compliance
               with the 1933 Act Regulations, the OTS' resolutions or letters of

                                        7

<PAGE>



               approval, all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with
               respect to the Offering  imposed by the Commission,  the OTS, and
               the FDIC,  if any,  will have been  complied with by the Company,
               the MHC and the  Bank in all  material  respects  or  appropriate
               waivers  will have been  obtained  and all  material  notice  and
               waiting periods will have been satisfied, waived or elapsed.

          (j)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as
               a  corporation  in good  standing  under  the laws of the  United
               States  with  corporate  power and  authority  to own,  lease and
               operate its  properties  and to conduct its business as described
               in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  and at the
               Closing  Date the Company  will be  qualified to do business as a
               foreign  corporation in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of
               its  business  requires  such  qualification,  except  where  the
               failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on
               the   condition,   financial  or  otherwise,   or  the  business,
               operations or income of the Company. The Company has obtained all
               material licenses, permits and other governmental  authorizations
               currently  required  for the  conduct of its  business;  all such
               licenses,  permits and  governmental  authorizations  are in full
               force and  effect,  and the Company is in all  material  respects
               complying with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable
               to the operation of its business.

          (k)  The Bank is a member  of the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank of Dallas
               ("FHLB- Dallas"). The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by
               the FDIC up to the applicable  limits; and no proceedings for the
               termination  or revocation  of such  insurance are pending or, to
               the best knowledge of the Company or the Bank, threatened.

          (l)  The Company,  the MHC and the Bank have good and marketable title
               to all real property and good title to all other assets  material
               to the business of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank, taken as a
               whole,  and to  those  properties  and  assets  described  in the
               Registration  Statement and Prospectus as owned by them, free and
               clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except
               such  as  are  described  in  the   Registration   Statement  and
               Prospectus,  or are not  material to the business of the Company,
               the MHC and the Bank, taken as a whole; and all of the leases and
               subleases  material to the business of the  Company,  the MHC and
               the Bank, taken as a whole,  under which the Company,  the MHC or
               the  Bank  hold  properties,  including  those  described  in the
               Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  are in full  force and
               effect.

          (m)  The  Company  and the Bank  have  received  an  opinion  of their
               special  counsel,  Luse  Lehman  Gorman  Pomerenk  & Schick  with
               respect to the federal  income tax  consequences  of the Offering
               and the opinions of

                                        8

<PAGE>



               ____________________  with  respect  to  New  Mexico  income  tax
               consequences  of  the  Offering;  all  material  aspects  of  the
               opinions   of  Luse   Lehman   Gorman   Pomerenk   &  Schick  and
               _____________________    are   accurately   summarized   in   the
               Registration  Statement and will be accurately  summarized in the
               Prospectus; and further represent and warrant that the facts upon
               which  such  opinions  are  based  are  truthful,   accurate  and
               complete.

          (n)  The Company, the MHC and the Bank have all such power, authority,
               authorizations,  approvals and orders as may be required to enter
               into this  Agreement,  to carry out the provisions and conditions
               hereof  and to  issue  and  sell  the  Shares  to be  sold by the
               Company,  as provided  herein and as described in the  Prospectus
               except approval or confirmation by the OTS of the final appraisal
               of the Company. The consummation of the Offering,  the execution,
               delivery and  performance of this Agreement and the  consummation
               of the  transactions  herein  contemplated  have  been  duly  and
               validly authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part
               of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank and this Agreement has been
               validly  executed and  delivered by the Company,  the MHC and the
               Bank  and  is the  valid,  legal  and  binding  agreement  of the
               Company,  the MHC and the Bank enforceable in accordance with its
               terms  (except as the  enforceability  thereof  may be limited by
               bankruptcy,  insolvency,  moratorium,  reorganization  or similar
               laws  relating to or  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'
               rights  generally  or the rights of creditors of savings and loan
               holding companies, the accounts of whose subsidiaries are insured
               by the FDIC or by general equity principles regardless of whether
               such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at
               law,  and except to the  extent if any,  that the  provisions  of
               Sections 8 and 9 hereof may be  unenforceable  as against  public
               policy).

          (o)  The  Company,  the MHC and the Bank are not in  violation  of any
               directive received from the OTS, the FDIC, or any other agency to
               make any  material  change  in the  method  of  conducting  their
               businesses  so as to comply  in all  material  respects  with all
               applicable   statutes   and   regulations   (including,   without
               limitation,  regulations, decisions, directives and orders of the
               OTS,  and  the  FDIC)  and,  except  as may be set  forth  in the
               Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus,  there is no suit or
               proceeding or charge or action before or by any court, regulatory
               authority  or  governmental  agency or body,  pending  or, to the
               knowledge of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, threatened,  which
               might   materially  and  adversely   affect  the  Offering,   the
               performance  of  this  Agreement  or  the   consummation  of  the
               transactions  contemplated  in the Plan and as  described  in the
               Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus or which might result
               in any material  adverse  change in the  condition  (financial or
               otherwise), earnings, capital or properties of the

                                        9

<PAGE>



               Company,  the MHC and the Bank, or which would materially  affect
               their properties and assets.

          (p)  The financial  statements,  schedules  and notes related  thereto
               which  are  included  in  the   Prospectus   fairly  present  the
               consolidated  balance  sheet,  income  statement,   statement  of
               changes in equity  and cash  flows of the Bank at the  respective
               dates  indicated and for the respective  periods  covered thereby
               and  comply  as  to  form  in  all  material  respects  with  the
               applicable  accounting  requirements  of  Title 12 of the Code of
               Federal Regulations and generally accepted accounting  principles
               (including  those  requiring the  recording of certain  assets at
               their current market value). Such financial statements, schedules
               and notes related  thereto have been prepared in accordance  with
               generally accepted  accounting  principles  consistently  applied
               through  the periods  involved,  present  fairly in all  material
               respects the  information  required to be stated  therein and are
               consistent  with the most recent  financial  statements and other
               reports  filed by the Bank  with the OTS.  The  other  financial,
               statistical and pro forma  information and related notes included
               in the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein on
               a basis  consistent  with the  audited  and  unaudited  financial
               statements of the Bank included in the Prospectus,  and as to the
               pro forma  adjustments,  the adjustments  described  therein have
               been properly applied on the basis described therein.

          (q)  Since the  respective  dates as of which  information is given in
               the Registration  Statement  including the Prospectus:  (i) there
               has not been any material adverse change, financial or otherwise,
               in the condition of the Company,  the MHC or the Bank  considered
               as one enterprise,  or in the earnings,  capital or properties of
               the Company,  the MHC or the Bank,  whether or not arising in the
               ordinary course of business; (ii) there has not been any material
               increase in the  long-term  debt of the Bank or in the  principal
               amount of the Bank's  assets which are  classified by the Bank as
               substandard,  doubtful  or loss or in  loans  past due 90 days or
               more or real estate acquired by  foreclosure,  by deed-in-lieu of
               foreclosure  or deemed  in-substance  foreclosure or any material
               decrease in retained earnings or total assets of the Bank nor has
               the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank issued any  securities  (other
               than in  connection  with the  incorporation  of the  Company) or
               incurred any liability or obligation for borrowing  other than in
               the ordinary  course of  business;  (iii) there have not been any
               material transactions entered into by the Company, the MHC or the
               Bank; (iv) there has not been any material  adverse change in the
               aggregate   dollar   amount  of  the  Bank's   deposits   or  its
               consolidated  net worth;  (v) there has been no material  adverse
               change in the  Company's,  the MHC's or the  Bank's  relationship
               with  its  insurance  carriers,  including,  without  limitation,
               cancellation or other termination of the Company's, the

                                       10

<PAGE>



               MHC's or the Bank's  fidelity bond or any other type of insurance
               coverage;  (vi) except as disclosed in the  Prospectus  there has
               been no material change in management of the Company,  the MHC or
               the Bank, neither of which has any material undisclosed liability
               of any kind, contingent or otherwise;  (vii) the Company, the MHC
               or the Bank has not sustained  any material loss or  interference
               with its  respective  business or  properties  from fire,  flood,
               windstorm, earthquake, accident or other calamity, whether or not
               covered by insurance;  (viii) the Company, the MHC or the Bank is
               not in default in the  payment of  principal  or  interest on any
               outstanding   debt   obligations;    (ix)   the   capitalization,
               liabilities,  assets, properties and business of the Company, the
               MHC  and  the  Bank  conform  in  all  material  respects  to the
               descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; and (x) neither
               the  Company,  the MHC nor the Bank has any  material  contingent
               liabilities, except as set forth in the Prospectus. All documents
               made  available  to or  delivered  or to be made  available to or
               delivered  by  the  Bank,   the  MHC  or  the  Company  or  their
               representatives  in connection  with the issuance and sale of the
               Shares,  including  records of account  holders,  depositors  and
               other  members of the Bank,  or in  connection  with the  Agent's
               exercise of due diligence,  except for those documents which were
               prepared by parties other than the Bank,  the MHC, the Company or
               their representatives, to the best knowledge of the Bank, the MHC
               and the Company,  were on the dates on which they were delivered,
               or will be on the dates on which they are to be delivered,  true,
               complete and correct in all material respects.

          (r)  As of the date  hereof and as of the  Closing  Date,  neither the
               Company, the MHC nor the Bank is (i) in violation of its articles
               of incorporation or charter or bylaws,  respectively,  or (ii) in
               default  in  the   performance  or  observance  of  any  material
               obligation,  agreement,  covenant,  or condition contained in any
               material  contract,  lease,  loan  agreement,  indenture or other
               instrument  to  which  it is a party or by which it or any of its
               property may be bound;  the  consummation  of the  Offering,  the
               execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement and the
               consummation of the transactions  herein  contemplated  have been
               duly and validly authorized by all necessary  corporate action on
               the part of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank and this Agreement
               has been validly  executed and delivered by the Company,  the MHC
               and the Bank and is a valid,  legal and binding  Agreement of the
               Company,  the MHC and the Bank enforceable in accordance with its
               terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by (i)
               bankruptcy,     insolvency,      reorganization,      moratorium,
               conservatorship,  receivership  or  other  similar  laws  now  or
               hereafter in effect  relating to or affecting the  enforcement of
               creditors' rights generally or the rights of creditors of federal
               savings institutions,  (ii) general equitable  principles,  (iii)
               laws relating to the safety and  soundness of insured  depository
               institutions, and (iv) applicable

                                       11

<PAGE>



               law or public policy with respect to the  indemnification  and/or
               contribution  provisions  contained  herein,  and except  that no
               representation  or  warranty  need be made  as to the  effect  or
               availability   of  equitable   remedies  or   injunctive   relief
               (regardless  of whether such  enforceability  is  considered in a
               proceeding  in  equity  or  at  law).  The  consummation  of  the
               transactions  herein  contemplated will not: (i) conflict with or
               constitute  a breach  of,  or  default  under,  or  result in the
               creation of any material lien,  charge or encumbrance upon any of
               the assets of the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank  pursuant to the
               articles  of  incorporation  of the  Company or the  charter  and
               bylaws of the Bank and the MHC, or any material  contract,  lease
               or other instrument to which the Company, the MHC or the Bank has
               a beneficial interest, or any applicable law, rule, regulation or
               order;  (ii)  violate  any  authorization,  approval,  judgement,
               decree,  order,  statute,  rule or  regulation  applicable to the
               Company,  the MHC or the Bank,  except for such violations  which
               would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  financial
               condition and results of  operations of the Company,  the MHC and
               the Bank on a consolidated basis; or (iii) result in the creation
               of any material lien,  charge or encumbrance upon any property of
               the Company, the MHC or the Bank.

          (s)  No default exists, and no event has occurred which with notice or
               lapse of time, or both, would  constitute a default,  on the part
               of the Company,  the MHC or the Bank in the due  performance  and
               observance of any term,  covenant or condition of any  indenture,
               mortgage,  deed of trust,  note, bank loan or credit agreement or
               any other  instrument or agreement to which the Company,  the MHC
               or the Bank is a party  or by  which  any of them or any of their
               property is bound or affected,  except such defaults  which would
               not have a material adverse affect on the financial  condition or
               results of operations  of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank on a
               consolidated basis; such agreements are in full force and effect;
               and no other party to any such  agreements  has instituted or, to
               the  best  knowledge  of the  Company,  the  MHC  and  the  Bank,
               threatened any action or proceeding wherein the Company,  the MHC
               or  the  Bank  would  or  might  be  alleged  to  be  in  default
               thereunder.

          (t)  Upon  consummation of the Offering,  the  authorized,  issued and
               outstanding  equity  capital  of the  Company  will be within the
               range   set   forth  in  the   Prospectus   under   the   caption
               "Capitalization,"  and no Shares  have been or will be issued and
               outstanding  prior to the Closing Date (other than Shares held by
               the MHC);  the Shares will have been duly and validly  authorized
               for  issuance  and,  when  issued and  delivered  by the  Company
               pursuant  to  the  Plan  against  payment  of  the  consideration
               calculated as set forth in the Plan and in the  Prospectus,  will
               be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, except
               for shares purchased by the ESOP with funds

                                       12

<PAGE>



               borrowed from the Company to the extent payment  therefor in cash
               has not been  received by the Company;  except to the extent that
               subscription   rights  and  priorities   pursuant  thereto  exist
               pursuant to the Plan, no preemptive  rights exist with respect to
               the  Shares;  and the terms and  provisions  of the  Shares  will
               conform  in all  material  respects  to the  description  thereof
               contained in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.  To
               the best knowledge of the Company, the MHC and the Bank, upon the
               issuance  of the  Shares,  good  title  to  the  Shares  will  be
               transferred  from the Company to the purchasers  thereof  against
               payment  therefor,  subject  to such  claims  as may be  asserted
               against the purchasers thereof by third-party claimants.

          (u)  No approval of any  regulatory  or  supervisory  or other  public
               authority  is  required  in  connection  with the  execution  and
               delivery of this Agreement or the issuance of the Shares,  except
               for the  approval of the  Commission,  the OTS and any  necessary
               qualification,  notification, registration or exemption under the
               securities  or blue sky laws of the  various  states in which the
               Shares are to be offered, and except as may be required under the
               rules and regulations of the NASD.

          (v)  The Accounting & Consulting Group L.L.P.  which has certified the
               consolidated  audited  financial  statements and schedules of the
               Bank included in the Prospectus, has advised the Company, the MHC
               and the Bank in  writing  that  they  are,  with  respect  to the
               Company,  the MHC and the Bank,  independent  public  accountants
               within  the  meaning  of the Code of  Professional  Ethics of the
               American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and Title 12
               of the Code of Federal Regulations and Section 571.2(c)(3).

          (w)  RP  Financial  LC, which has  prepared  the  Valuation  Appraisal
               Report as of December ___, 1999 (as amended or  supplemented,  if
               so amended or supplemented)  (the  "Appraisal"),  has advised the
               Company in writing that it is independent of the Company, the MHC
               and the Bank within the meaning of the MHC Regulations.

          (x)  The Company,  the MHC and the Bank have timely filed all required
               federal,  state and local tax returns;  the Company,  the MHC and
               the Bank have paid all taxes that have  become due and payable in
               respect of such returns,  except where  permitted to be extended,
               have made adequate  reserves for similar  future tax  liabilities
               and no deficiency  has been asserted with respect  thereto by any
               taxing authority.

          (y)  The  Bank is in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with the
               applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of
               the Currency and

                                       13

<PAGE>



               Foreign  Transactions  Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the
               regulations and rules thereunder.

          (z)  To the  knowledge of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank,  neither
               the Company,  the MHC, the Bank nor employees of the Company, the
               MHC or the Bank have made any  payment  of funds of the MHC,  the
               Company or the Bank as a loan for the  purchase  of the Shares or
               made any other  payment of funds  prohibited by law, and no funds
               have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

          (aa) Prior to the Offering,  neither the Company, the MHC nor the Bank
               has: (i) issued any securities  within the last 18 months (except
               for notes to  evidence  other bank loans and  reverse  repurchase
               agreements  or  other  liabilities  in  the  ordinary  course  of
               business or as  described in the  Prospectus,  and except for any
               shares  issued  in  connection  with  the  incorporation  of  the
               Company);  (ii) had any  material  dealings  within the 12 months
               prior to the date  hereof  with any  member of the  NASD,  or any
               person  related to or  associated  with such  member,  other than
               discussions  and meetings  relating to the proposed  Offering and
               routine  purchases  and sales of  United  States  government  and
               agency  securities;  (iii) entered into a financial or management
               consulting agreement except as contemplated  hereunder;  and (iv)
               engaged any intermediary  between the Agent and the Company,  the
               MHC and the Bank in  connection  with the offering of the Shares,
               and no  person  is  being  compensated  in any  manner  for  such
               service.  Appropriate arrangements have been made for placing the
               funds  received  from  subscriptions  for  Shares  in  a  special
               interest-bearing  account with the Bank until all Shares are sold
               and paid for, with  provision for refund to the purchasers in the
               event that the Offering is not completed  for whatever  reason or
               for delivery to the Company if all Shares are sold.

          (bb) The Company,  the MHC and the Bank have not relied upon the Agent
               or its legal  counsel or other  advisors  for any  legal,  tax or
               accounting advice in connection with the Offering.

          (cc) The Company is not required to be registered under the Investment
               Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          (dd) Any certificates signed by an officer of the Company,  the MHC or
               the  Bank  pursuant  to the  conditions  of  this  Agreement  and
               delivered  to the  Agent or their  counsel  that  refers  to this
               Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation  and warranty by
               the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank to the Agent as to the matters
               covered  thereby  with the same effect as if such  representation
               and warranty were set forth herein.

                                       14

<PAGE>



         Section 5. Representations and Warranties of the Agent.

         The Agent represents and warrants to the Company,  the MHC and the Bank
that:

               (i) it is a corporation and is validly  existing in good standing
          under the laws of the State of Ohio and  licensed to conduct  business
          in the  State of Ohio  and it has the  full  power  and  authority  to
          provide the  services  to be  furnished  to the Bank,  the MHC and the
          Company hereunder.

               (ii)  The  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and the
          consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been duly
          and  validly  authorized  by all  necessary  action on the part of the
          Agent,  and this  Agreement  has been duly and  validly  executed  and
          delivered by the Agent and is a legal,  valid and binding agreement of
          the Agent, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

               (iii)   Each  of  the  Agent  and  its   employees,   agents  and
          representatives  who shall perform any of the services hereunder shall
          be duly  authorized  and  empowered,  and  shall  have  all  licenses,
          approvals and permits necessary to perform such services.

               (iv) The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by the Agent,
          the   consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  and
          compliance  with the terms and  provisions  hereof  will not  conflict
          with,  or result  in a breach  of,  any of the  terms,  provisions  or
          conditions  of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice
          or  lapse of time or both  would  constitute  a  default)  under,  the
          articles of incorporation of the Agent or any agreement,  indenture or
          other  instrument  to which the Agent is a party or by which it or its
          property is bound.

               (v) No approval of any  regulatory or supervisory or other public
          authority is required in  connection  with the Agent's  execution  and
          delivery of this Agreement, except as may have been received.

               (vi) There is no suit or proceeding or charge or action before or
          by any court, regulatory authority or government agency or body or, to
          the  knowledge  of the  Agent,  pending  or  threatened,  which  might
          materially adversely affect the Agent's performance of this Agreement.

         Section  5.l  Covenants  of the  Company,  the MHC and  the  Bank.  The
Company,  the MHC and the Bank hereby  jointly and  severally  covenant with the
Agent as follows:

          (a)  The Company will not, at any time after the date the Registration
               Statement is declared effective, file any amendment or supplement
               to the Registration Statement without providing the Agent and its
               counsel an opportunity to

                                       15

<PAGE>



               review such  amendment  or  supplement  or file any  amendment or
               supplement  to which  amendment  or  supplement  the Agent or its
               counsel shall reasonably object.

          (b)  The MHC and Bank will not, at any time after the MHC  Application
               is approved by the OTS,  file any amendment or supplement to such
               MHC  Application  without  providing the Agent and its counsel an
               opportunity  to review such  amendment or  supplement or file any
               amendment or  supplement  to which  amendment or  supplement  the
               Agent or its counsel shall reasonably object.

          (c)  The Company,  the MHC and the Bank will use their best efforts to
               cause any post-effective  amendment to the Registration Statement
               to be declared effective by the Commission and any post-effective
               amendment  to the MHC  Application  to be approved by the OTS and
               will immediately  upon receipt of any information  concerning the
               events listed below notify the Agent:  (i) when the  Registration
               Statement,  as amended,  has become effective;  (ii) when the MHC
               Application,  as amended has been approved by the OTS;  (iii) any
               comments from the Commission,  the OTS or any other  governmental
               entity  with  respect  to  the   Offering  or  the   transactions
               contemplated  by  this  Agreement;  (iv)  of the  request  by the
               Commission,  the OTS or any  other  governmental  entity  for any
               amendment or supplement to the  Registration  Statement,  the MHC
               Application or for additional information; (v) of the issuance by
               the Commission,  the OTS or any other governmental  entity of any
               order or other action  suspending  the Offering or the use of the
               Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus or any other filing of
               the Company,  the MHC or the Bank under the MHC  Regulations,  or
               other applicable law, or the threat of any such action;  (vi) the
               issuance by the Commission,  the OTS or any authority of any stop
               order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement
               or of the  initiation  or threat of  initiation  or threat of any
               proceedings  for that purpose;  or (vii) of the occurrence of any
               event mentioned in paragraph (g) below. The Company,  the MHC and
               the Bank will make every  reasonable  effort  (i) to prevent  the
               issuance by the Commission, the OTS or any state authority of any
               such  order and,  if any such order  shall at any time be issued,
               (ii) to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

          (d)  The  Company,  the MHC and the Bank will deliver to the Agent and
               to its counsel two conformed copies of the Registration Statement
               and  the  MHC  Application,  as  originally  filed  and  of  each
               amendment or supplement thereto, including all exhibits. Further,
               the Company,  the MHC and the Bank will  deliver such  additional
               copies of the foregoing  documents to counsel to the Agent as may
               be required for any NASD and "blue sky" filings.

                                       16

<PAGE>



          (e)  The Company, the MHC and the Bank will furnish to the Agent, from
               time to time during the period when the  Prospectus (or any later
               prospectus  related to this offering) is required to be delivered
               under the 1933 Act or the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the
               "1934 Act"), such number of copies of such Prospectus (as amended
               or  supplemented)  as the Agent may  reasonably  request  for the
               purposes  contemplated by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations,
               the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations  promulgated  under the
               1934 Act (the "1934 Act Regulations"). The Company authorizes the
               Agent to use the  Prospectus  (as  amended  or  supplemented,  if
               amended or supplemented) in any lawful manner contemplated by the
               Plan in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Agent.

          (f)  The  Company,  the MHC and the Bank will  comply with any and all
               material  terms,  conditions,  requirements  and provisions  with
               respect  to  the  Offering,  and  the  transactions  contemplated
               thereby,   imposed  by  the  Commission,   the  OTS  or  the  MHC
               Regulations,  and by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations,  the
               1934 Act and the 1934 Act  Regulations  to be complied with prior
               to or subsequent  to the Closing Date and when the  Prospectus is
               required  to be  delivered,  and  during  such  time  period  the
               Company,  the MHC and the Bank will comply, at their own expense,
               with  all  material   requirements   imposed  upon  them  by  the
               Commission, the OTS or the MHC Regulations,  and by the 1933 Act,
               the  1933  Act  Regulations,  the  1934  Act  and  the  1934  Act
               Regulations,  including, without limitation, Rule 10b-5 under the
               1934 Act,  in each case as from time to time in force,  so far as
               necessary  to permit the  continuance  of sales or dealing in the
               Common Stock during such period in accordance with the provisions
               hereof and the Prospectus.

          (g)  If, at any time during the period when the Prospectus relating to
               the Shares is required to be delivered,  any event relating to or
               affecting  the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank shall  occur,  as a
               result of which it is necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of
               counsel  for  the  Company,  the  MHC  and  the  Bank  or in  the
               reasonable opinion of the Agent's counsel, to amend or supplement
               the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  in order to make the
               Registration  Statement or Prospectus  not misleading in light of
               the  circumstances   existing  at  the  time  the  Prospectus  is
               delivered to a purchaser,  the Company, the MHC and the Bank will
               immediately  so inform the Agent and prepare  and file,  at their
               own expense,  with the  Commission and the OTS and furnish to the
               Agent a reasonable number of copies of an amendment or amendments
               of, or a supplement or supplements to, the Registration Statement
               or Prospectus (in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to
               the Agent and its  counsel  after a  reasonable  time for review)
               which will amend or  supplement  the  Registration  Statement  or
               Prospectus so that as amended

                                       17

<PAGE>



               or  supplemented  it will not  contain an untrue  statement  of a
               material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order
               to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
               existing at the time the  Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser,
               not misleading.  For the purpose of this Agreement,  the Company,
               the MHC and the Bank each will  timely  furnish to the Agent such
               information  with respect to itself as the Agent may from time to
               time reasonably request.

          (h)  The  Company,  the MHC and  the  Bank  will  take  all  necessary
               actions,  in cooperating  with the Agent, and furnish to whomever
               the Agent may  direct,  such  information  as may be  required to
               qualify  or  register  the Shares  for  offering  and sale by the
               Company or to exempt such Shares from registration,  or to exempt
               the Company as a  broker-dealer  and its officers,  directors and
               employees  as  broker-dealers  or  agents  under  the  applicable
               securities  or blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions  in which the
               Shares are required  under the MHC  Regulations  to be sold or as
               the Agent and the  Company,  the MHC and the Bank may  reasonably
               agree upon;  provided,  however,  that the  Company  shall not be
               obligated to file any general  consent to service of process,  to
               qualify to do business in any  jurisdiction in which it is not so
               qualified,  or to register its  directors or officers as brokers,
               dealers,  salesmen  or  agents  in  any  jurisdiction.   In  each
               jurisdiction where any of the Shares shall have been qualified or
               registered as above provided, the Company will make and file such
               statements  and  reports in each  fiscal  period as are or may be
               required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

          (i)  The  Company,  the MHC and  the  Bank  will  not  sell or  issue,
               contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, for a period of 90 days
               after  the  Closing  Date,  without  the  Agent's  prior  written
               consent,  any Common Stock other than the Shares or other than in
               connection  with  any  plan  or  arrangement   described  in  the
               Prospectus, including existing stock benefit plans.

          (j)  The Company  shall  register its Common Stock under Section 12(g)
               of the 1934 Act on or prior to the Closing  Date  pursuant to the
               Plan and shall request that such  registration be effective prior
               to or upon completion of the Offering. The Company shall maintain
               the  effectiveness  of such  registration for not less than three
               years or such shorter period as may be required by the OTS.

          (k)  During the period  during  which the  Company's  Common  Stock is
               registered  under the 1934 Act or for  three  (3) years  from the
               date  hereof,  whichever  period is  greater,  the  Company  will
               furnish to its shareholders as soon as practicable  after the end
               of each fiscal year an annual report of the Company  (including a
               consolidated balance sheet and statements of consolidated

                                       18

<PAGE>



               income,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows of the  Company and
               its subsidiaries as at the end of and for such year, certified by
               independent  public accountants in accordance with Regulation S-X
               under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act).

          (l)  During  the  period  of three  years  from the date  hereof,  the
               Company  will  furnish to the Agent:  (i) as soon as  practicable
               after such  information  is  publicly  available,  a copy of each
               report of the Company  furnished to or filed with the  Commission
               under the 1934 Act or any national  securities exchange or system
               on which  any class of  securities  of the  Company  is listed or
               quoted  (including,  but not limited  to,  reports on Forms 10-K,
               10-Q and 8-K and all  proxy  statements  and  annual  reports  to
               stockholders),  (ii) a copy of each other non-confidential report
               of the  Company  mailed  to its  stockholders  or filed  with the
               Commission,  the  OTS  or any  other  supervisory  or  regulatory
               authority or any national  securities exchange or system on which
               any class of securities of the Company is listed or quoted,  each
               press  release and material news items and  additional  documents
               and information  with respect to the Company,  MHC or the Bank as
               the Agent may  reasonably  request;  and (iii) from time to time,
               such other  nonconfidential  information  concerning the Company,
               the MHC or the Bank as the Agent may reasonably request.

          (m)  The Company,  the MHC and the Bank will use the net proceeds from
               the sale of the Shares in the manner set forth in the  Prospectus
               under the caption "Use of Proceeds."

          (n)  Other than as permitted  by the MHC  Regulations,  the HOLA,  the
               1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations,  and the laws of any state in
               which the Shares are  registered  or qualified for sale or exempt
               from registration, neither the Company, the MHC nor the Bank will
               distribute any  prospectus,  offering  circular or other offering
               material in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

          (o)  The Company will use its best efforts to (i) encourage and assist
               a market maker to establish  and maintain a market for the Shares
               and (ii) list and maintain  quotation of the Shares on a national
               or regional  securities  exchange or on the Nasdaq  Stock  Market
               ("Nasdaq") effective on or prior to the Closing Date.

          (p)  The Bank will maintain  appropriate  arrangements  for depositing
               all funds  received  from persons  mailing  subscriptions  for or
               orders to purchase Shares in the Offering on an  interest-bearing
               basis at the rate described in the  Prospectus  until the Closing
               Date and satisfaction of all conditions  precedent to the release
               of the Bank's obligation to refund payments received from

                                       19

<PAGE>



               persons  subscribing  for or ordering  Shares in the  Offering in
               accordance  with the Plan and as described in the  Prospectus  or
               until  refunds  of such  funds  have  been  made  to the  persons
               entitled  thereto  or  withdrawal   authorizations   canceled  in
               accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus.  The
               Bank will maintain  such records of all funds  received to permit
               the funds of each subscriber to be separately insured by the FDIC
               (to the maximum extent  allowable) and to enable the Bank to make
               the  appropriate  refunds  of such  funds in the event  that such
               refunds are required to be made in  accordance  with the Plan and
               as described in the Prospectus.

          (q)  The  Company,  the MHC and the Bank will take  such  actions  and
               furnish such information as are reasonably requested by the Agent
               in order  for the  Agent to  ensure  compliance  with the  NASD's
               "Interpretation Relating to Free Riding and Withholding."

          (r)  Neither  the  Company,  the MHC nor the Bank will  amend the Plan
               without notifying the Agent prior thereto.

          (s)  The Company shall assist the Agent,  if necessary,  in connection
               with  the   allocation   of  the   Shares  in  the  event  of  an
               oversubscription and shall provide the Agent with any information
               necessary to assist the Company in allocating  the Shares in such
               event and such information  shall be accurate and reliable in all
               material respects.

          (t)  Prior to the Closing Date, the Company, the MHC and the Bank will
               inform  the  Agent of any event or  circumstances  of which it is
               aware as a result  of which  the  Registration  Statement  and/or
               Prospectus,  as then amended or  supplemented,  would  contain an
               untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material
               fact  necessary  in  order  to make the  statements  therein  not
               misleading.

          (u)  Subsequent  to the date the  Registration  Statement  is declared
               effective by the Commission and prior to the Closing Date, except
               as  otherwise  may be indicated  or  contemplated  therein or set
               forth in an amendment or supplement thereto, neither the Company,
               the MHC nor the Bank will  have:  (i) issued  any  securities  or
               incurred any liability or obligation,  direct or contingent,  for
               borrowed  money,  except  borrowings  from  the  same or  similar
               sources indicated in the Prospectus in the ordinary course of its
               business,  or (ii) entered into any transaction which is material
               in light of the  business and  properties  of the Company and the
               Bank, taken as a whole.

          (v)  The facts and  representations  provided  to Luse  Lehman  Gorman
               Pomerenk & Schick by the Bank,  the MHC and the  Company and upon
               which Luse

                                       20

<PAGE>



               Lehman  Gorman  Pomerenk  & Schick  will base its  opinion  under
               Section 7(c)(1) are and will be truthful, accurate and complete.

         Section  6.  Payment  of  Expenses.  Whether  or not  the  Offering  is
completed or the sale of the Shares by the Company is consummated,  the Company,
the MHC and the Bank jointly and  severally  agree to pay or reimburse the Agent
for the Company, the MHC and the Bank have agreed to reimburse the Agent for its
out-of-pocket  expenses,  and its legal fees (as  specified in Section 2) and to
indemnify the Agent against  certain claims or  liabilities,  including  certain
liabilities  under the Securities Act, and will contribute to payments the Agent
may be required to make in connection with any such claims or  liabilities;  and
the fees set forth under Section 2. In the event the Company is unable to sell a
minimum of 708,050  Shares,  the  Company,  the MHC and the Bank shall  promptly
reimburse the Agent in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

         Section 7.  Conditions to the Agent's  Obligations.  The obligations of
the Agent  hereunder,  as to the Shares to be delivered at the Closing Date, are
subject, to the extent not waived in writing by the Agent, to the condition that
all representations  and warranties of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank herein
are, at and as of the  commencement of the Offering and at and as of the Closing
Date, true and correct in all material respects, the condition that the Company,
the MHC and the Bank shall have performed all of their obligations  hereunder to
be performed on or before such dates, and to the following further conditions:

          (a)  At the Closing Date, the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall have
               conducted  the  Offering in all material  respects in  accordance
               with the Plan,  the MHC  Regulations,  and all  other  applicable
               laws,  regulations,  decisions  and orders,  including all terms,
               conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Offering
               imposed upon them by the OTS.

          (b)  The Registration  Statement shall have been declared effective by
               the  Commission and the MHC  Application  and MHC Notice shall be
               approved  by the OTS not later than 5:30 p.m. on the date of this
               Agreement,  or with the Agent's consent at a later time and date;
               and  at  the  Closing   Date,  no  stop  order   suspending   the
               effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  shall  have  been
               issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings  therefore  initiated or
               threatened by the Commission or any state authority, and no order
               or other action suspending the authorization of the Prospectus or
               the  consummation  of the  Conversion  shall have been  issued or
               proceedings  therefore initiated or, to the Company's,  the MHC's
               or the Bank's knowledge,  threatened by the Commission,  the OTS,
               the FDIC, or any state authority.

          (c)  At the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received:


                                       21

<PAGE>



               (1) The  favorable  opinion,  dated  as of the  Closing  Date and
               addressed to the Agent and for its benefit, of Luse Lehman Gorman
               Pomerenk & Schick,  special counsel for the Company,  the MHC and
               the Bank, in form and substance to the effect that:

                    (i) The  Company has been duly  incorporated  and is validly
               existing as a corporation under the laws of the United States.

                    (ii) The Company has  corporate  power and authority to own,
               lease and operate its  properties  and to conduct its business as
               described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                    (iii) The Bank has been organized and is a validly  existing
               federally chartered savings and loan association in capital stock
               form of organization,  authorized to conduct its business and own
               its property as described in the  Registration  Statement and the
               Prospectus. All of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank upon
               completion  of the Offering  will be duly  authorized  and,  upon
               payment  therefor,   will  be  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
               non-assessable  and will be owned by the Company,  free and clear
               of any liens, encumbrances, claims or other restrictions.

                    (iv) The Bank is a member of the  FHLB-Dallas.  The  deposit
               accounts  of the Bank are  insured by the FDIC up to the  maximum
               amount allowed under law and no proceedings  for the  termination
               or revocation of such insurance are pending or, to such counsel's
               Actual Knowledge, threatened; to the extent that such information
               constitutes  matters  of law  and  legal  conclusions,  has  been
               reviewed  by such  counsel  and is  accurately  described  in all
               material respects.

                    (v) The MHC has been duly organized and is validly  existing
               as a federally chartered mutual holding company,  duly authorized
               to conduct its  business and own its  properties  as described in
               the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

                    (vi) Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  immediately  upon
               completion  thereof  subject to  compliance  with all  conditions
               imposed by the OTS under the terms of the OTS' approval order, in
               an amount as described in the Prospectus, the authorized,  issued
               and  outstanding  capital stock of the Company will be within the
               range   set   forth  in  the   Prospectus   under   the   caption
               "Capitalization,"  and no shares of Common Stock have been issued
               prior  to the  Closing  Date;  at the time of the  Offering,  the
               Shares  subscribed  for pursuant to the  Offering  will have been
               duly and validly  authorized  for  issuance,  and when issued and
               delivered by the Company  pursuant to the Plan against payment of
               the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and

                                       22

<PAGE>



               Prospectus,  will be duly and  validly  issued and fully paid and
               non-assessable;  the  issuance  of the  Shares is not  subject to
               preemptive  rights  and the terms and  provisions  of the  Shares
               conform  in all  material  respects  to the  description  thereof
               contained in the Prospectus.  To such counsel's Actual Knowledge,
               upon the issuance of the Shares, good title to the Shares will be
               transferred  by the  Company to the  purchasers  thereof  against
               payment  therefor,  subject  to such  claims  as may be  asserted
               against the purchasers thereof by third-party claimants.

                    (vii) The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and the
               consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby, have been
               duly and validly  authorized by all necessary  action on the part
               of the  Company,  the MHC and the Bank;  and this  Agreement is a
               valid and  binding  obligation  of the  Company,  the MHC and the
               Bank,  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms,  except as the
               enforceability   thereof  may  be  limited  by  (i)   bankruptcy,
               insolvency,    reorganization,    moratorium,    conservatorship,
               receivership  or other  similar  laws now or  hereafter in effect
               relating to or affecting the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights
               generally or the rights of creditors of savings institutions, the
               deposits  of which  are  insured  by the FDIC and  their  holding
               companies, (ii) general equitable principles, (iii) laws relating
               to the safety and  soundness of insured  depository  institutions
               and their holding  companies,  and (iv)  applicable law or public
               policy with respect to the  indemnification  and/or  contribution
               provisions  contained herein,  including  without  limitation the
               provisions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and
               except  that no  opinion  need be  expressed  as to the effect or
               availability   of  equitable   remedies  or   injunctive   relief
               (regardless  of whether such  enforceability  is  considered in a
               proceeding in equity or at law).

                    (viii) The MHC  Application has been approved by the OTS and
               the  Prospectus  has been  authorized  for use by the OTS, and no
               action has been taken,  and to such  counsel's  Actual  Knowledge
               none is pending or threatened,  to revoke any such  authorization
               or approval.

                    (ix) The Plan has been duly adopted by the required  vote of
               the  directors  of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank,  and based
               upon the certificate of the inspector of election, by the members
               of the Bank.

                    (x) Subject to the  satisfaction  of the  conditions  to the
               OTS' approval of the Offering, no further approval, registration,
               authorization,  consent or other order of any federal  regulatory
               agency is required in connection  with the execution and delivery
               of  this   Agreement,   the   issuance  of  the  Shares  and  the
               consummation of the Offering, except as may be required under the
               securities or blue sky laws of various jurisdictions (as to which
               no opinion need be

                                       23

<PAGE>



               rendered)  and  except  as may be  required  under  the rules and
               regulations  of the NASD  and/or the NYSE (as to which no opinion
               need  be  rendered).  To such  counsel's  Actual  Knowledge,  the
               Offering  has  been  consummated  in  all  material  respects  in
               accordance  with  MHC  Regulations,  except  that no  opinion  is
               rendered  with  respect  to (a)  the  Registration  Statement  or
               Prospectus,  which are covered by other  clauses of this opinion,
               (b) the satisfaction of the  post-Offering  conditions in the OTS
               Regulations or in the OTS approvals of the MHC  Application,  (c)
               the securities or "blue sky" laws of various  jurisdictions,  and
               (d) the rules and regulations of the NASD.

                    (xi) The Registration  Statement is effective under the 1933
               Act,  and no stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness  has been
               issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings  therefor  initiated or,
               to such counsel's Actual Knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

                    (xii)  At  the  time  the  MHC  Application,  including  the
               Prospectus  contained  therein,  was approved by the OTS, the MHC
               Application, including the Prospectus contained therein, complied
               as to form in all material  respects with the requirements of the
               MHC  Regulations,  federal  law  and  all  applicable  rules  and
               regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (other  than the  financial
               statements,  the notes  thereto,  and other  tabular,  financial,
               statistical and appraisal data included  therein,  as to which no
               opinion need be rendered).

                    (xiii) At the time that the  Registration  Statement  became
               effective,   (i)  the  Registration   Statement  (as  amended  or
               supplemented,  if so amended  or  supplemented)  (other  than the
               financial  statements,  the notes  thereto,  and  other  tabular,
               financial, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to
               which no opinion  need be  rendered),  complied as to form in all
               material  respects with the  requirements of the 1933 Act and the
               1933 Act  Regulations,  and (ii) the  Prospectus  (other than the
               financial  statements,  the notes  thereto,  and  other  tabular,
               financial, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to
               which no opinion  need be  rendered)  complied  as to form in all
               material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933
               Act Regulations, the MHC Regulations and federal law.

                    (xiv) The terms and  provisions of the Shares of the Company
               conform,  in all material  respects,  to the description  thereof
               contained in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  and the
               form of  certificate  used to  evidence  the Shares is in due and
               proper form.

                    (xv) There are no legal or governmental  proceedings pending
               or  threatened   which  are  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the
               Registration Statement and Prospectus, other than those disclosed
               therein, and to such counsel's

                                       24

<PAGE>



               Actual Knowledge,  all pending legal and governmental proceedings
               to which the Company,  the MHC or the Bank is a party or of which
               any of their property is the subject,  which are not described in
               the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, including ordinary
               routine litigation incidental to the Company's,  the MHC's or the
               Bank's business, are, considered in the aggregate, not material.

                    (xvi)  To such  counsel's  Actual  Knowledge,  there  are no
               material  contracts,  indentures,   mortgages,  loan  agreements,
               notes,  leases or other  instruments  required to be described or
               referred to in the MHC Application, the Registration Statement or
               the Prospectus or required to be filed as exhibits  thereto other
               than those  described or referred to therein or filed as exhibits
               thereto in the MHC Application, the Registration Statement or the
               Prospectus.   The  description  in  the  MHC   Application,   the
               Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus of such documents and
               exhibits is accurate in all material respects and fairly presents
               the information required to be shown.

                    (xvii) To such counsel's Actual Knowledge,  the Company, the
               MHC and the Bank have  conducted  the  Offering,  in all material
               respects,  in accordance with all applicable  requirements of the
               Plan and  applicable  federal  law,  except  that no  opinion  is
               rendered   with   respect  to  (a)  the  MHC   Application,   the
               Registration Statement or Prospectus,  which are covered by other
               clauses   of  this   opinion,   (b)  the   satisfaction   of  the
               post-Offering  conditions  in the OTS  Regulations  or in the OTS
               approval of the MHC Application, (c) the securities or "blue sky"
               laws of various jurisdictions,  and (d) the rules and regulations
               of the NASD. The Plan complies in all material  respects with all
               applicable federal laws, rules, regulations, decisions and orders
               including, but not limited to, the MHC Regulations;  no order has
               been issued by the OTS, the  Commission,  the FDIC,  or any state
               authority to suspend the  Offering or the use of the  Prospectus,
               and no action for such purposes has been  instituted  or, to such
               counsel's   Actual   Knowledge,   threatened   by  the  OTS,  the
               Commission,  the FDIC,  or any state  authority and no person has
               sought  to  obtain  regulatory  or  judicial  review of the final
               action of the OTS, approving the Plan, the MHC Application or the
               Prospectus.

                    (xviii) To such counsel's Actual Knowledge, the Company, the
               MHC and the Bank have obtained all material licenses, permits and
               other  governmental  authorizations  currently  required  for the
               conduct of their  businesses and all such  licenses,  permits and
               other  governmental  authorizations are in full force and effect,
               and  the  Company,  the  MHC and  the  Bank  are in all  material
               respects  complying  therewith,  except where the failure to have
               such licenses,  permits and other governmental  authorizations or
               the  failure  to be in  compliance  therewith  would  not  have a
               material adverse effect on the

                                       25

<PAGE>



               business  or  operations  of the Bank,  the MHC and the  Company,
               taken as a whole.

                    (xix)  To  such  counsel's  Actual  Knowledge,  neither  the
               Company,  the MHC nor the Bank is in violation of its articles of
               incorporation   and  bylaws  or  its  Charter   and  bylaws,   as
               appropriate or, to such counsel's Actual Knowledge, in default or
               violation  of any  obligation,  agreement,  covenant or condition
               contained in any contract,  indenture,  mortgage, loan agreement,
               note,  lease  or  other  instrument  to which it is a party or by
               which it or its property may be bound,  except for such  defaults
               or violations  which would not have a material  adverse impact on
               the financial  condition or results of operations of the Company,
               the MHC and the Bank on a consolidated  basis;  to such counsel's
               Actual  Knowledge,  the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
               the  occurrence  of the  obligations  herein  set  forth  and the
               consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  herein will not
               conflict  with or  constitute a breach of, or default  under,  or
               result in the  creation  or  imposition  of any  lien,  charge or
               encumbrance  upon any property or assets of the Company,  the MHC
               or  the  Bank  pursuant  to  any  material  contract,  indenture,
               mortgage,  loan  agreement,  note,  lease or other  instrument to
               which the Company, the MHC or the Bank is a party or by which any
               of them may be bound,  or to which any of the  property or assets
               of the Company, the MHC or the Bank are subject; and, such action
               will  not  result  in  any  violation  of the  provisions  of the
               certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws of the  Company  or the
               Charter  or bylaws  of the MHC or the Bank or, to such  counsel's
               Actual  Knowledge,  result  in any  violation  of any  applicable
               federal law, act, regulation (except that no opinion with respect
               to the securities and blue sky laws of various  jurisdictions  or
               the rules or  regulations  of the NASD need be rendered) or order
               or court order, writ, injunction or decree.

                    (xx) The  Company's  articles  of  incorporation  and bylaws
               comply in all material  respects with the regulations of the OTS.
               The Bank's and MHC's  charter and bylaws  comply in all  material
               respects with the rules and regulations of the OTS.

                    (xxi)  To  such  counsel's  Actual  Knowledge,  neither  the
               Company,  the MHC nor the Bank is in violation  of any  directive
               from  the OTS or the  FDIC to make  any  material  change  in the
               method of conducting its respective business.

                    (xxii) The information in the Prospectus  under the captions
               "Regulation," "The Stock Offering,"  "Restrictions on Acquisition
               of  the  Alamogordo   Financial  and   Alamogordo   Federal"  and
               "Description  of Capital Stock of the  Alamogordo  Financial," to
               the extent that such information constitutes

                                       26

<PAGE>



               matters  of  law,  summaries  of  legal  matters,   documents  or
               proceedings,  or legal  conclusions,  has been  reviewed  by such
               counsel and is correct in all material  respects.  The discussion
               of  statutes  or  regulations  described  or  referred  to in the
               Prospectus   are  accurate   summaries  and  fairly  present  the
               information   required  to  be  shown.  The  information  in  the
               Prospectus relating to the tax consequences of the stock offering
               has been  reviewed  by such  counsel  and  fairly  describes  the
               opinions  rendered  by Luse Lehman  Gorman  Pomerenk & Schick and
               _____________________  to the Company,  the MHC and the Bank with
               respect to such matters.

                    (xxiii) The  Company  and the MHC have been duly  registered
               and are in good  standing as savings and loan  holding  companies
               under the HOLA.

                    (xxiv) In addition, such counsel shall state that during the
               preparation of the MHC Application,  the  Registration  Statement
               and the Prospectus, they participated in conferences with certain
               officers of, the independent public and internal accountants for,
               and other  representatives of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank,
               at which  conferences  the contents of the MHC  Application,  the
               Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and related  matters
               were  discussed  and,  while such counsel have not  confirmed the
               accuracy or completeness of or otherwise verified the information
               contained in the MHC Application,  the Registration  Statement or
               the  Prospectus,  and do not assume any  responsibility  for such
               information,   based  upon  such  conferences  and  a  review  of
               documents deemed relevant for the purpose of rendering their view
               (relying as to materiality as to factual  matters on certificates
               of officers and other factual representations by the Company, the
               MHC and the Bank), nothing has come to their attention that would
               lead them to believe that the MHC  Application,  the Registration
               Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto
               (other than the  financial  statements,  the notes  thereto,  and
               other tabular, financial, statistical and appraisal data included
               therein as to which no view need be rendered) contained an untrue
               statement of a material  fact or omitted to state a material fact
               required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
               therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under  which  they were
               made, not misleading.

         In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely as to all matters of fact
on  certificates  of officers or directors of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank
and certificates of public officials. The opinion of Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk
& Schick  shall be  governed  by the  Legal  Opinion  Accord  ("Accord")  of the
American  Bar  Association  Section of  Business  Law (1991).  The term  "Actual
Knowledge"  as used herein  shall have the meaning set forth in the Accord.  For
purposes of such opinion, no proceedings shall be deemed to be pending, no order
or stop order shall be deemed to be issued,  and no action shall be deemed to be
instituted unless, in each case, a director or executive officer of the Company,
the MHC or the Bank shall have received a copy of such

                                       27

<PAGE>



proceedings,  order,  stop order or action.  In  addition,  such  opinion may be
limited to present  statutes,  regulations and judicial  interpretations  and to
facts as they  presently  exist;  in rendering  such opinion,  such counsel need
assume no  obligation  to revise or  supplement  it should the  present  laws be
changed by legislative or regulatory action, judicial decision or otherwise; and
such counsel need express no view, opinion or belief with respect to whether any
proposed  or  pending  legislation,  if  enacted,  or any  proposed  or  pending
regulations or policy statements issued by any regulatory agency, whether or not
promulgated  pursuant to any such legislation,  would affect the validity of the
Offering or any aspect  thereof.  Such counsel may assume that any  agreement is
the valid and binding obligation of any parties to such agreement other than the
Company, the MHC or the Bank.

         The  favorable  opinion,  dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to
the  Agent and for their  benefit,  of the  Bank's  local  counsel,  in form and
substance to the effect that, to the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  (i) the
Company,  the MHC and the Bank have good and marketable  title to all properties
and assets which are  material to the  business of the Company,  the MHC and the
Bank and to those properties and assets described in the Registration  Statement
and  Prospectus,  as owned  by them,  free  and  clear  of all  liens,  charges,
encumbrances or  restrictions,  except such as are described in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, or are not material in relation to the business of the
Company,  the MHC and the Bank  considered  as one  enterprise;  (ii) all of the
leases and  subleases  material to the business of the Company,  the MHC and the
Bank under which the Company, the MHC and the Bank hold properties, as described
in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,  are in full force and effect; and
(iii) the Bank is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation to transact  business
and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which its ownership of property
or  leasing  of  property  or  the  conduct  of  its  business   requires   such
qualification,  unless  the  failure to be so  qualified  in one or more of such
jurisdictions  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  condition,
financial or otherwise, or the business, operations or income of the Bank.

          (d)  At the Closing Date,  the Agent shall have received the favorable
               opinion,  dated as of the  Closing  Date,  of Silver,  Freedman &
               Taff, L.L.P.,  the Agent's counsel,  with respect to such matters
               as the Agent may reasonably  require.  Such opinion may rely upon
               the opinions of counsel to the Company, the MHC and the Bank, and
               as  to  matters  of  fact,  upon  certificates  of  officers  and
               directors of the Company, the MHC and the Bank delivered pursuant
               hereto or as such counsel shall reasonably request.

          (e)  At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a certificate of the
               Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Principal  Financial  and/or
               Accounting  Officer of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank in form
               and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Agent's  Counsel,
               dated as of such Closing Date, to the effect that:  (i) they have
               carefully  reviewed the Prospectus and, in their opinion,  at the
               time  the  Prospectus   became  authorized  for  final  use,  the
               Prospectus  did not  contain any untrue  statement  of a material
               fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary in order to make
               the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
               they were made, not misleading; (ii) since

                                       28

<PAGE>



               the date the Prospectus became authorized for final use, no event
               has occurred  which should have been set forth in an amendment or
               supplement  to the  Prospectus  which has not been so set  forth,
               including  specifically,  but without  limitation,  any  material
               adverse  change in the condition,  financial or otherwise,  or in
               the earnings, capital, properties or business of the Company, the
               MHC or the Bank,  and the  conditions set forth in this Section 7
               have been satisfied; (iii) since the respective dates as of which
               information  is  given  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
               Prospectus,  there  has been no  material  adverse  change in the
               condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, capital or
               properties of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, independently, or
               of  the  Company,  the  MHC  and  the  Bank,  considered  as  one
               enterprise,  whether  or not  arising in the  ordinary  course of
               business;  (iv) the  representations  and warranties in Section 4
               are true and  correct  with the same  force and  effect as though
               expressly  made at and as of the Closing  Date;  (v) the Company,
               MHC and the Bank have complied in all material  respects with all
               agreements  and  satisfied  all  conditions  on their  part to be
               performed  or  satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date and will
               comply  in all  material  respects  with  all  obligations  to be
               satisfied  by  them  after  the  Offering;  (vi)  no  stop  order
               suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has
               been initiated or, to the best knowledge of the Company,  the MHC
               or the Bank, threatened by the Commission or any state authority;
               (vii) no order  suspending the Offering or the  effectiveness  of
               the  Prospectus  has  been  issued  and no  proceedings  for that
               purpose are pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, the
               MHC or the Bank, threatened by the OTS, the Commission, the FDIC,
               or any state  authority;  and (viii) to the best knowledge of the
               Company,  the MHC or the  Bank,  no person  has  sought to obtain
               review of the final action of the OTS approving the Plan.

          (f)  Prior to and at the Closing Date: (i) in the  reasonable  opinion
               of the Agent, there shall have been no material adverse change in
               the  condition,  financial  or  otherwise,  or in the earnings or
               business of the Company, the MHC or the Bank independently, or of
               the Company, the MHC and the Bank,  considered as one enterprise,
               from that as of the latest  dates as of which such  condition  is
               set forth in the Prospectus other than  transactions  referred to
               or contemplated  therein;  (ii) the Company,  the MHC or the Bank
               shall not have  received  from the OTS or the FDIC any  direction
               (oral or  written) to make any  material  change in the method of
               conducting  their business with which it has not complied  (which
               direction,  if any,  shall have been  disclosed  to the Agent) or
               which   materially  and  adversely  would  affect  the  business,
               operations or financial  condition or income of the Company,  the
               MHC and the Bank taken as a whole; (iii) the Company, the MHC and
               the Bank shall not have been in default  (nor shall an event have
               occurred  which,  with  notice  or lapse  of time or both,  would
               constitute a default) under any provision of

                                       29

<PAGE>



               any   agreement  or  instrument   relating  to  any   outstanding
               indebtedness;  (iv) no action,  suit or proceeding,  at law or in
               equity or before or by any federal or state commission,  board or
               other  administrative   agency,  shall  be  pending  or,  to  the
               knowledge of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, threatened against
               the  Company,  the MHC or the  Bank  or  affecting  any of  their
               properties  wherein an  unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding
               would materially and adversely  affect the business,  operations,
               financial  condition  or income of the  Company,  the MHC and the
               Bank taken as a whole;  and (v) the Shares have been qualified or
               registered for offering and sale or exempted  therefrom under the
               securities  or blue sky laws of the  jurisdictions  as the  Agent
               shall have reasonably  requested and as agreed to by the Company,
               the MHC and the Bank.

          (g)  Concurrently  with the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the Agent
               shall  receive a letter from The  Accounting &  Consulting  Group
               L.L.P.  dated as of the date of the  Prospectus  and addressed to
               the Agent:  (i) confirming that The Accounting & Consulting Group
               L.L.P.  is a firm  of  independent  public  accounts  within  the
               meaning  of Rule 101 of the Code of  Professional  Ethics  of the
               American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and applicable
               regulations  of the OTS and stating in effect that in its opinion
               the  consolidated  financial  statements,  schedules  and related
               notes of the Bank as of September  30, 1999 and 1998 and for each
               of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1998, as are
               included in the Prospectus and covered by their opinion  included
               therein,  comply  as to form in all  material  respects  with the
               applicable  accounting  requirements and related  published rules
               and  regulations  of the OTS and the 1933 Act;  (ii)  stating  in
               effect that, on the basis of certain agreed upon  procedures (but
               not an audit  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
               standards)  consisting  of a  reading  of  the  latest  available
               unaudited interim  consolidated  financial statements of the Bank
               prepared by the Bank, a reading of the minutes of the meetings of
               the Board of Directors and members of the Bank and  consultations
               with  officers  of  the  Bank   responsible   for  financial  and
               accounting matters,  nothing came to their attention which caused
               them to believe  that:  (A) the  unaudited  financial  statements
               included in the  Prospectus  are not in conformity  with the 1933
               Act, applicable accounting  requirements of the OTS and generally
               accepted  accounting  principles applied on a basis substantially
               consistent with that of the audited financial statements included
               in the Prospectus;  or (b) during the period from the date of the
               latest unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements included in
               the  Prospectus to a specified  date not more than three business
               days  prior to the  date of the  Prospectus,  except  as has been
               described   in  the   Prospectus,   there  was  any  increase  in
               borrowings, other than normal deposit fluctuations,  by the Bank;
               or (c) there was any decrease in the  consolidated  net assets of
               the Bank at the date of such letter as compared with amounts

                                       30

<PAGE>



               shown in the latest unaudited consolidated statement of condition
               included in the  Prospectus;  and (iii) stating that, in addition
               to  the  audit  referred  to in  their  opinion  included  in the
               Prospectus and the  performance of the procedures  referred to in
               clause (ii) of this  subsection  (f), they have compared with the
               general  accounting records of the Bank, which are subject to the
               internal  controls of the Bank, the  accounting  system and other
               data prepared by the Bank, directly from such accounting records,
               to the extent  specified  in such  letter,  such  amounts  and/or
               percentages  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  as  the  Agent  may
               reasonably request; and they have reported on the results of such
               comparisons.

          (h)  At the Closing  Date,  the Agent shall receive a letter dated the
               Closing Date,  addressed to the Agent,  confirming the statements
               made by The  Accounting & Consulting  Group L.L.P.  in the letter
               delivered by it pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 7, the
               "specified  date"  referred to in clause (ii) of  subsection  (f)
               thereof to be a date specified in such letter, which shall not be
               more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

          (i)  At the Closing  Date,  the Agent  shall  receive a letter from RP
               Financial LC, dated the date thereof and addressed to counsel for
               the Agent (i)  confirming  that said firm is  independent  of the
               Company,  the MHC and the Bank and is  experienced  and expert in
               the area of corporate  appraisals  within the meaning of Title 12
               of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 563b.7(f)(1)(i), (ii)
               stating  in  effect  that the  Appraisal  prepared  by such  firm
               complies   in  all   material   respects   with  the   applicable
               requirements of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations,  and
               (iii)  further  stating that their  opinion of the  aggregate pro
               forma market value of the Company, the MHC and the Bank expressed
               in  their  Appraisal  dated as of  December  __,  1999,  and most
               recently updated, remains in effect.

          (j)  The Company,  the MHC and the Bank shall not have sustained since
               the  date of the  latest  financial  statements  included  in the
               Prospectus  any material loss or  interference  with its business
               from fire,  explosion,  flood or other  calamity,  whether or not
               covered  by  insurance,  or from any  labor  dispute  or court or
               governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth
               or contemplated in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus and
               since the  respective  dates as of which  information is given in
               the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  there shall not have
               been any change in the long- term debt of the Company, the MHC or
               the Bank other than debt  incurred in relation to the purchase of
               Shares  by the  Bank's  Eligible  Plans,  or any  change,  or any
               development  involving a prospective  change, in or affecting the
               general affairs,  management,  financial position,  stockholders'
               equity or  results  of  operations  of the  Company  or the Bank,
               otherwise than as set forth or

                                       31

<PAGE>



               contemplated in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  the
               effect of  which,  in any such case  described  above,  is in the
               Agent's reasonable judgment  sufficiently material and adverse as
               to make it  impracticable  or  inadvisable  to  proceed  with the
               Subscription  Offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms
               and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

          (k)  At or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent shall  receive:  (i) a
               copy of the letters from the OTS  approving  the MHC  Application
               and  authorizing  the use of the  Prospectus;  (ii) a copy of the
               order from the Commission  declaring the  Registration  Statement
               effective;  (iii)  certificate  of  good  standing  from  the OTS
               evidencing  the good standing of the Company;  (iv) a certificate
               from the FDIC evidencing the Bank's insurance of accounts;  (v) a
               certificate of the FHLB-Dallas  evidencing the Bank's  membership
               thereof; (vi) a certificate from the OTS evidencing the Company's
               and the MHC's  standing as  registered  savings and loan  holding
               companies;  (vii) a copy of the Bank's federal stock charter; and
               (viii) a copy of the Company's federal charter; and (viii) a copy
               of the MHC's federal charter.

          (l)  Subsequent to the date hereof,  there shall not have occurred any
               of the  following:  (i) a suspension  or limitation in trading in
               securities  generally  on the New York Stock  Exchange  or in the
               over-the-counter  market,  or quotations  halted generally on the
               Nasdaq, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed,
               or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required by
               either  of  such  exchanges  or  the  NASD  or by  order  of  the
               Commission or any other  governmental  authority;  (ii) a general
               moratorium on the operations of commercial banks, federal savings
               institutions  or  a  general  moratorium  on  the  withdrawal  of
               deposits from commercial  banks or federal  savings  institutions
               declared  by federal  authorities;  (iii) the  engagement  by the
               United  States  in   hostilities   which  have  resulted  in  the
               declaration, on or after the date hereof, of a national emergency
               or war; or (iv) a material decline in the price of equity or debt
               securities if the effect of such a declaration or decline, in the
               Agent's   reasonable   judgement,   makes  it   impracticable  or
               inadvisable  to proceed  with the Offering or the delivery of the
               shares  on  the  terms  and  in the  manner  contemplated  in the
               Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (m)  At or prior to the Closing Date,  counsel to the Agent shall have
               been  furnished  with such  documents  and  opinions  as they may
               reasonably  require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon
               the  sale  of the  Shares  as  herein  contemplated  and  related
               proceedings   or  in  order  to  evidence   the   occurrence   or
               completeness of any of the representations or warranties,  or the
               fulfillment of any of the conditions,  herein contained;  and all
               proceedings  taken  by  the  Company,  the  MHC or  the  Bank  in
               connection with the Offering and the sale

                                       32

<PAGE>



               of the Shares as herein  contemplated  shall be  satisfactory  in
               form and substance to the Agent and its counsel.

         Section 8. Indemnification.

          (a)  The Company,  the MHC and the Bank jointly and severally agree to
               indemnify and hold harmless the Agent,  its  respective  officers
               and directors, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who
               controls  the Agent  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933
               Act or Section  20(a) of the 1934 Act,  against any and all loss,
               liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not
               limited to settlement expenses), joint or several, that the Agent
               or any of them may  suffer  or to which  the  Agent  and any such
               persons may become subject under all applicable  federal or state
               laws or  otherwise,  and to promptly  reimburse the Agent and any
               such  persons  upon  written  demand for any  expense  (including
               reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of counsel)  incurred by the
               Agent or any of them in connection with investigating,  preparing
               or  defending  any  actions,   proceedings  or  claims   (whether
               commenced  or  threatened)  to the extent  such  losses,  claims,
               damages,  liabilities  or actions:  (i) arise out of or are based
               upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  of a
               material  fact  contained in the  Registration  Statement (or any
               amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary or final Prospectus
               (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the MHC Application (or
               any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto),  or any  instrument  or
               document  executed by the  Company,  the MHC or the Bank or based
               upon written information  supplied by the Company, the MHC or the
               Bank filed in any state or  jurisdiction  to  register or qualify
               any or all of the Shares or to claim an exemption  therefrom,  or
               provided to any state or  jurisdiction to exempt the Company as a
               broker-dealer  or  its  officers,   directors  and  employees  as
               broker-dealers  or  agent,  under  the  securities  laws  thereof
               (collectively,  the "Blue  Sky  Application"),  or any  document,
               advertisement,    oral   statement   or   communication   ("Sales
               Information")  prepared,  made or executed by or on behalf of the
               Company,  the MHC or the Bank with  their  consent  or based upon
               written  or oral  information  furnished  by or on  behalf of the
               Company,  the  MHC or the  Bank,  whether  or  not  filed  in any
               jurisdiction,  in order to qualify or  register  the Shares or to
               claim an exemption  therefrom  under the securities laws thereof;
               (ii)  arise  out of or are based  upon the  omission  or  alleged
               omission  to  state  in  any  of  the   foregoing   documents  or
               information,  a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or
               necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
               circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading;  or
               (iii) arise from any theory of liability  whatsoever  relating to
               or arising from or based upon the Registration  Statement (or any
               amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary or final Prospectus
               (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the MHC Application

                                       33

<PAGE>



               (or  any   amendment  or  supplement   thereto),   any  Blue  Sky
               Application   or  Sales   Information   or  other   documentation
               distributed in connection with the Offering;  provided,  however,
               that no  indemnification  is required under this paragraph (a) to
               the extent such losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or actions
               arise out of or are based upon any untrue  material  statement or
               alleged  untrue  material  statement in, or material  omission or
               alleged material  omission from, the  Registration  Statement (or
               any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto),  preliminary  or  final
               Prospectus  (or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto),  the MHC
               Application  (or any amendment or supplement  thereto),  any Blue
               Sky Application or Sales Information made in reliance upon and in
               conformity with information  furnished in writing to the Company,
               the MHC or the Bank by the  Agent or its  counsel  regarding  the
               Agent  provided,  that it is agreed and understood  that the only
               information  furnished in writing to the Company,  the MHC or the
               Bank  by the  Agent  regarding  the  Agent  is set  forth  in the
               Prospectus;  and,  provided  further,  that such  indemnification
               shall be to the extent  permitted by the  Commissioner,  the OTS,
               the FDIC and the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve.  The
               indemnification  provided for in this  paragraph (a) shall not be
               applicable with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or
               expense  whatsoever if it is  determined  by final  judgment of a
               court  having  jurisdiction  over  the  matter  that  such  loss,
               liability, claim, damage or expense was primarily a result of the
               Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

          (b)  The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  the
               MHC and the Bank,  their  directors and officers and each person,
               if any, who controls the Company,  the MHC or the Bank within the
               meaning of  Section  15 of the 1933 Act or  Section  20(a) of the
               1934 Act against any and all loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or
               expense  whatsoever  (including  but not  limited  to  settlement
               expenses),  joint or  several,  which they,  or any of them,  may
               suffer or to which they, or any of them may become  subject under
               all  applicable  federal  and  state  laws or  otherwise,  and to
               promptly  reimburse the Company,  the MHC, the Bank, and any such
               persons   upon  written   demand  for  any  expenses   (including
               reasonable fees and  disbursements of counsel)  incurred by them,
               or any of them, in connection  with  investigating,  preparing or
               defending any actions,  proceedings or claims (whether  commenced
               or  threatened)  to the  extent  such  losses,  claims,  damages,
               liabilities  or  actions:  (i) arise out of or are based upon any
               untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact
               contained  in the  Registration  Statement  (or any  amendment or
               supplement  thereto),  the MHC  Application  (or any amendment or
               supplement thereto),  the preliminary or final Prospectus (or any
               amendment or supplement  thereto),  any Blue Sky  Application  or
               Sales  Information,  (ii) are based upon the  omission or alleged
               omission  to state in any of the  foregoing  documents a material
               fact required to be stated therein

                                       34

<PAGE>



               or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
               circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading,  or
               (iii) arise from any theory of liability  whatsoever  relating to
               or arising from or based upon the Registration  Statement (or any
               amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary or final Prospectus
               (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the MHC Application (or
               any amendment or supplement  thereto),or any Blue Sky Application
               or  Sales  Information  or  other  documentation  distributed  in
               connection with the Offering; provided, however, that the Agent's
               obligations  under this Section 8(b) shall exist only if and only
               to the extent (i) that such untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue
               statement was made in, or such material fact or alleged  material
               fact  was  omitted  from,  the  Registration  Statement  (or  any
               amendment  or  supplement  thereto),  the  preliminary  or  final
               Prospectus  (or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto),  the MHC
               Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any Blue
               Sky  Application  or Sales  Information  in reliance  upon and in
               conformity with information  furnished in writing to the Company,
               the MHC or the Bank by the  Agent or its  counsel  regarding  the
               Agent,  provided,  that it is agreed and understood that the only
               information  furnished in writing to the Company,  the MHC or the
               Bank  by the  Agent  regarding  the  Agent  is set  forth  in the
               Prospectus.  The  indemnification  provided for in this Section 8
               (b) shall not be applicable with respect to any loss,  liability,
               claim, damage, or expense whatsoever if it is determined by final
               judgment of a court having jurisdiction over the matter that such
               loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense was primarily a result
               of the Company's,  the MHC's or the Bank's willful  misconduct or
               gross negligence.

          (c)  Each  indemnified  party shall give prompt written notice to each
               indemnifying  party of any  action,  proceeding,  claim  (whether
               commenced  or  threatened),  or  suit  instituted  against  it in
               respect of which indemnity may be sought  hereunder,  but failure
               to so notify an indemnifying  party shall not relieve it from any
               liability  which  it may have on  account  of this  Section  8 or
               otherwise.  An  indemnifying  party  may  participate  at its own
               expense in the  defense of such  action.  In  addition,  if it so
               elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice,  an
               indemnifying party,  jointly with any other indemnifying  parties
               receiving  such  notice,  may assume  defense of such action with
               counsel chosen by it and approved by the indemnified parties that
               are defendants in such action,  unless such  indemnified  parties
               reasonably object to such assumption on the ground that there may
               be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in
               addition to those  available to such  indemnifying  party.  If an
               indemnifying  party  assumes  the  defense  of such  action,  the
               indemnifying  parties  shall  not be  liable  for  any  fees  and
               expenses  of  counsel  for  the  indemnified   parties   incurred
               thereafter in connection  with such action,  proceeding or claim,
               other than reasonable costs

                                       35

<PAGE>



               of investigation.  In no event shall the indemnifying  parties be
               liable for the fees and expenses of more than one  separate  firm
               of attorneys (and any special  counsel that said firm may retain)
               for each  indemnified  party in  connection  with any one action,
               proceeding  or claim or separate but similar or related  actions,
               proceedings or claims in the same jurisdiction arising out of the
               same general allegations or circumstances.

          (d)  The  agreements  contained  in this  Section  8 and in  Section 9
               hereof and the representations and warranties of the Company, the
               MHC  and the  Bank  set  forth  in this  Agreement  shall  remain
               operative  and in full  force and effect  regardless  of: (i) any
               investigation  made by or on behalf  of agent or their  officers,
               directors or controlling persons,  agent or employees or by or on
               behalf  of the  Company,  the MHC or the  Bank  or any  officers,
               directors  or  controlling  persons,  agent or  employees  of the
               Company,  the  MHC or the  Bank;  (ii)  delivery  of and  payment
               hereunder  for the  Shares;  or  (iii)  any  termination  of this
               Agreement.

         Section 9.  Contribution.  In order to provide  for just and  equitable
contribution  in  circumstances  in which the  indemnification  provided  for in
Section 8 is due in  accordance  with its terms but is for any reason  held by a
court to be unavailable  from the Company,  the MHC, the Bank or the Agent,  the
Company,  the MHC,  the Bank and the Agent  shall  contribute  to the  aggregate
losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including any investigation,  legal and
other  expenses  incurred in connection  with, and any amount paid in settlement
of, any action,  suit or proceeding of any claims asserted,  but after deducting
any  contribution  received by the Company,  the MHC, the Bank or the Agent from
persons  other  than  the  other  party  thereto,  who may  also be  liable  for
contribution)  in such  proportion  so that the  Agent is  responsible  for that
portion  represented by the percentage  that the fees paid to the Agent pursuant
to  Section 2 of this  Agreement  (not  including  expenses)  bears to the gross
proceeds  received by the Company  from the sale of the Shares in the  Offering,
and the Company,  the MHC and the Bank shall be responsible for the balance. If,
however,  the allocation provided above is not permitted by applicable law or if
the indemnified  party failed to give the notice required under Section 8 above,
then each indemnifying  party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by
such indemnified  party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only
such relative fault of the Company, the MHC and the Bank on the one hand and the
Agent on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions,  proceedings  or
claims in respect  thereto),  but also the  relative  benefits  received  by the
Company,  the MHC and the Bank on the one hand and the Agent on the  other  from
the Offering (before deducting expenses). The relative fault shall be determined
by  reference  to,  among other  things,  whether  the untrue or alleged  untrue
statement  of a material  fact or the  omission  or alleged  omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the MHC and/or the
Bank on the one hand or the Agent on the other and the parties' relative intent,
good faith,  knowledge,  access to  information  and  opportunity  to correct or
prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent
agree that it would not be just and equitable if  contribution  pursuant to this
Section 9 were determined by pro-rata allocation or by any other

                                       36

<PAGE>



method  of   allocation   which  does  not  take  into  account  the   equitable
considerations  referred to above in this  Section 9. The amount paid or payable
by  an  indemnified  party  as a  result  of  the  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities (or actions,  proceedings or claims in respect thereof)  referred to
above in this  Section 9 shall be deemed to include any legal or other  expenses
reasonably  incurred by such indemnified party in connection with  investigating
or defending any such action,  proceeding or claim. It is expressly  agreed that
the Agent shall not be liable for any loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense
or be required  to  contribute  any amount  which in the  aggregate  exceeds the
amount paid (excluding reimbursable expenses) to the Agent under this Agreement.
It is understood  that the above stated  limitation on the Agent's  liability is
essential  to the  Agent and that the Agent  would  not have  entered  into this
Agreement  if such  limitation  had not been  agreed to by the  parties  to this
Agreement.  No person found guilty of any fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to  contribution
from any person who was not found guilty of such  fraudulent  misrepresentation.
The  obligations  of the Company,  the MHC and the Bank under this Section 9 and
under Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability  which the Company and the
Bank may  otherwise  have.  For purposes of this Section 9, each of the Agent's,
the Company's,  the MHC or the Bank's officers and directors and each person, if
any,  who  controls  the Agent or the  Company or the MHC or the Bank within the
meaning  of the  1933  Act and the  1934 Act  shall  have  the  same  rights  to
contribution as the Agent, the Company,  the MHC or the Bank. Any party entitled
to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action,
suit,  claim or  proceeding  against  such party in respect of which a claim for
contribution may be made against another party under this Section 9, will notify
such party from whom  contribution may be sought,  but the omission to so notify
such party shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from
any other  obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise than under this Section
9.

         Section 10. Survival of Agreements,  Representations  and  Indemnities.
The respective  indemnities of the Company,  the MHC, the Bank and the Agent and
the representations and warranties and other statements of the Company, the MHC,
the Bank and the Agent set forth in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect,  regardless of any  termination or cancellation
of this Agreement or any  investigation  made by or on behalf of the Agent,  the
Company,  the MHC, the Bank or any  controlling  person referred to in Section 8
hereof,  and shall  survive the  issuance of the Shares,  and any  successor  or
assign of the Agent,  the Company,  the MHC, the Bank, and any such  controlling
person  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  the  respective   agreements,
indemnities, warranties and representations.

         Section 11.  Termination.  The Agent may  terminate  this  Agreement by
giving  the  notice  indicated  below in this  Section 11 at any time after this
Agreement becomes effective as follows:

          (a)  In the  event  the  Company  fails to sell the  required  minimum
               number of the Shares by _________,  2000, and in accordance  with
               the provisions of the Plan or as required by the MHC Regulations,
               and applicable law, this Agreement shall terminate upon refund by
               the Company to each person who has  subscribed for or ordered any
               of the Shares the full amount which it may

                                       37

<PAGE>



               have  received  from  such  person,  together  with  interest  as
               provided in the Prospectus,  and no party to this Agreement shall
               have any obligation to the other hereunder, except for payment by
               the  Company,  the MHC and/or  the Bank as set forth in  Sections
               2(a), 6, 8 and 9 hereof.

          (b)  If any of the  conditions  specified  in Section 7 shall not have
               been  fulfilled  when and as  required by this  Agreement  unless
               waived in writing, or by the Closing Date, this Agreement and all
               of the Agent's  obligations  hereunder  may be  cancelled  by the
               Agent  by  notifying  the  Company,  the MHC and the Bank of such
               cancellation in writing or by telegram at any time at or prior to
               the  Closing  Date,  and any such  cancellation  shall be without
               liability  of any party to any other  party  except as  otherwise
               provided in Sections 2(a), 6, 8 and 9 hereof.

          (c)  If the Agent  elects to terminate  this  Agreement as provided in
               this Section, the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall be notified
               promptly by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

         The Company,  the MHC and the Bank may terminate  this Agreement in the
event the Agent is in material breach of the  representations  and warranties or
covenants  contained  in Section 5 and such  breach has not been cured after the
Company,  the MHC and the Bank  have  provided  the  Agent  with  notice of such
breach.

         This Agreement may also be terminated by mutual written  consent of the
parties hereto.

         Section 12. Notices.  All  communications  hereunder,  except as herein
otherwise specifically  provided,  shall be mailed in writing and if sent to the
Agent shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to Charles Webb &
Company,  a Division of Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc., 211 Bradenton,  Dublin,
Ohio 43017-3514,  Attention: Patricia A. McJoynt, Executive Vice President (with
a copy to Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., Attention: Martin L. Meyrowitz, P.C.)
and, if sent to the Company, the MHC and the Bank, shall be mailed, delivered or
telegraphed  and  confirmed  to the  Company,  the MHC and the  Bank at 500 10th
Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310-0690, Attention: Miles Ledgewood, President
(with a copy to Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, Attention: Eric Luse).

         Section  13.  Parties.  The  Company,  the MHC and the  Bank  shall  be
entitled to act and rely on any request,  notice,  consent,  waiver or agreement
purportedly  given on behalf of the Agent when the same shall have been given by
the  undersigned.  The Agent shall be  entitled to act and rely on any  request,
notice, consent, waiver or agreement purportedly given on behalf of the Company,
the MHC or the Bank,  when the same shall have been given by the  undersigned or
any other  officer of the Company,  the MHC or the Bank.  This  Agreement  shall
inure  solely to the  benefit  of, and shall be  binding  upon,  the Agent,  the
Company, the MHC, the Bank, and their respective  successors and assigns, and no
other person  shall have or be  construed to have any legal or equitable  right,
remedy

                                       38

<PAGE>



or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Agreement or any provision
herein  contained.  It is  understood  and  agreed  that this  Agreement  is the
exclusive agreement among the parties hereto, and supersedes any prior agreement
among the  parties  and may not be varied  except in  writing  signed by all the
parties.

         Section 14. Closing.  The closing for the sale of the Shares shall take
place on the Closing Date at such location as mutually  agreed upon by the Agent
and the Company,  the MHC and the Bank. At the closing, the Company, the MHC and
the Bank shall deliver to the Agent in next day funds the commissions,  fees and
expenses  due and owing to the Agent as set forth in Sections 2 and 6 hereof and
the  opinions  and  certificates  required  hereby  and other  documents  deemed
reasonably  necessary by the Agent shall be executed and delivered to effect the
sale of the  Shares as  contemplated  hereby  and  pursuant  to the terms of the
Prospectus.

         Section 15. Partial Invalidity.  In the event that any term,  provision
or covenant herein or the application  thereof to any  circumstance or situation
shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder hereof and
the application of said term,  provision or covenant to any other  circumstances
or situation shall not be affected thereby, and each term, provision or covenant
herein shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

         Section  16.  Construction.   This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas.

         Section 17.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts,  each of which so executed and delivered shall be an original, but
all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         If the  foregoing  correctly  sets  forth  the  arrangement  among  the
Company,  the MHC, the Bank and the Agent, please indicate acceptance thereof in
the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and the Agent's
acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement.

         Section 18. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement,  including schedules and
exhibits hereto,  which are integral parts hereof and incorporated as though set
forth in full,  constitutes the entire agreement between the parties  pertaining
to the subject matter hereof  superseding  any and all prior or  contemporaneous
oral  or  prior   written   agreements,   proposals,   letters   of  intent  and
understandings,  and cannot be modified, changed, waived or terminated except by
a writing  which  expressly  states  that it is an  amendment,  modification  or
waiver, refers to this Agreement and is signed by the party

                                       39

<PAGE>



to be charged.  No course of conduct or dealing  shall be  construed  to modify,
amend or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.


                                               Very truly yours,


ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL                           ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS AND
CORPORATION                                    LOAN ASSOCIATION



By Its Authorized                              By Its Authorized
Representative:                                Representative:


- ----------------------------                   ---------------------------------
Miles Ledgerwood                               Miles Ledgerwood
Chairman                                       Chairman

AF MUTUAL HOLDING
COMPANY


By Its Authorized
Representative:


- ----------------------------
Miles Ledgerwood
Chairman



Accepted as of the date first above written

Charles Webb & Company, a Division
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

By Its Authorized
Representative:


- -----------------------------
Patricia A. McJoynt
Executive Vice President

                                       40







                           ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

                               STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN




<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
1.       Introduction..........................................................1
2.       Definitions...........................................................1
3.       Timing of the Sale of Capital Stock...................................5
4.       Number of Shares to be Offered........................................5
5.       Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares....................6
6.       Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock................7
7.       Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock..................10
8.       Payment for Stock....................................................12
9.       Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms.........12
10.      Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment......14
11.      Completion of the Stock Offering.....................................14
12.      Market for Common Stock..............................................14
13.      Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Offering.............14
14.      Resales of Stock by Management Persons...............................15
15.      Stock Certificates...................................................15
16.      Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases.............................15
17.      Stock Benefit Plans..................................................15
18.      Post-Stock Offering Filing and Market Making.........................16
19.      Payment of Dividends and Repurchase Stock............................16
20.      Stock Offering Expenses..............................................16
21.      Employment and Other Severance Agreements............................16
22.      Interpretation.......................................................17
23.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan................................17


<PAGE>




1.       Introduction

         On May 22, 1997,  Alamogordo  Federal Savings and Loan Association (the
"Bank")  completed its  reorganization  into the two-tier mutual holding company
form of ownership.  The Board of Directors of Alamogordo  Financial  Corp.  (the
"Holding Company") has adopted this Stock Issuance Plan (the "Plan") pursuant to
which the Company intends to offer for sale up to 49.0% of its Common Stock in a
Stock Offering.  The Common Stock will be offered on a priority basis to members
of  AF  Mutual  Holding   Company  (the  "Mutual   Holding   Company")  and  the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans of the Bank, with any remaining  shares offered to
the public in a Community  Offering.  At all times  following  completion of the
Offering,  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  shall own at least a  majority  of the
outstanding  common stock of the Holding  Company so long as the Mutual  Holding
Company is in existence.

         The  primary  purpose of the Plan is to enable the  Holding  Company to
issue  Capital Stock to the public which will raise capital for the expansion of
the Bank's  business  operations,  including the  acquisition of other financial
institutions.  Only a minority  of the Common  Stock will be offered for sale in
the Stock Offering.  As a result,  the Mutual Holding  Company's  mutual form of
ownership and the Bank's  ability to remain an independent  savings  association
and to provide  community-oriented  financial services will be preserved through
the mutual holding company structure.

2.       Definitions

         As used in this  Plan,  the terms set forth  below  have the  following
meanings:

                  Acting in Concert: The term "acting in concert" shall have the
definition given in 12 C.F.R. ss.574.2(c).  The determination of whether a group
is acting in  concert  shall be made by the Board of  Directors  of the  Holding
Company or  officers  delegated  by such Board and may be based on any  evidence
upon which the Board or such delegatee chooses to rely.

                  Affiliate: An "affiliate" of, or a Person "affiliated" with, a
specified Person, is a Person that directly,  or indirectly  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
the Person specified.

                  Associate:  The term  "Associate,"  when  used to  indicate  a
relationship with any Person,  means: (i) any corporation or organization (other
than  the  Bank,  the  Holding   Company,   the  Mutual  Holding  Company  or  a
majority-owned  subsidiary  of any  thereof) of which such Person is a director,
officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or
more of any class of equity securities;  (ii) any trust or other estate in which
such  Person has a  substantial  beneficial  interest or as to which such Person
serves as trustee or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity;  (iii) any  relative  or
spouse of such Person or any relative of such  spouse,  who has the same home as
such  Person or who is a director  or officer  of the Bank,  the Mutual  Holding
Company,  the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company or
the Holding  Company or any  affiliate  thereof;  and (iv) any person  acting in
concert  with any of the  persons or entities  specified  in clauses (i) through
(iii) above;  provided,  however,  that any  Tax-Qualified or  Non-Tax-Qualified
Employee  Plan shall not be deemed to be an associate of any director or officer
of the Mutual Holding  Company,  the Holding  Company or the Bank, to the extent
provided in Sections  6-8 hereof.  When used to refer to a Person  other than an
officer or director of the Bank,  the Bank in its sole  discretion may determine
the Persons that are Associates of other Persons.


                                                         1

<PAGE>



                  Bank:    Alamogordo   Savings   and   Loan   Association,    a
federally-chartered stock savings and loan association.

                  Capital Stock: Any and all authorized stock of the Bank or the
Holding Company.

                  Common Stock:  Common stock issuable by the Holding Company in
connection with the Plan,  including  securities  convertible into Common Stock,
pursuant to its stock charter.

                  Community: The New Mexico Counties of Otero and Lincoln.

                  Community  Offering:  The  offering to certain  members of the
general public of any unsubscribed shares in the Subscription Offering which may
be  effected  pursuant to Section 6 of this Plan.  The  Community  Offering  may
include a Syndicated Community Offering or public offering.

                  Deposit Account(s): Any withdrawable deposit(s) offered by the
Bank, including NOW account deposits, certificates of deposit, savings accounts,
demand  deposits  and IRA  accounts  and Keogh  plans for which the Bank acts as
custodian or trustee.

                  Effective  Date:  The date upon which all necessary  approvals
have been obtained to complete the Stock Offering.

                  Eligible  Account  Holder:  Any  person  holding a  Qualifying
Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date.

                  Eligibility  Record Date:  September  30,  1998,  the date for
determining who qualifies as an Eligible Account Holder.

                  Employee  Plans:  The   Tax-Qualified  and  Non-Tax  Qualified
Employee Plans of the Bank.

                  ESOP:  The Bank's employee stock ownership plan.

                  Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                  FDIC:  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

                  HOLA:  The Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended.

                  Holding  Company:  Alamogordo  Financial  Corp.,  the  federal
corporation  which is currently  wholly-owned  by the Mutual Holding Company and
which owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

                  Independent  Appraiser:  The appraiser retained by the Holding
Company to prepare an  appraisal  of the pro forma  market value of the Bank and
the Holding Company.

                  Management  Person: Any Officer or director of the Bank or any
Affiliate of the Bank or Holding Company,  and any person acting in concert with
any such Officer or director.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  Market Maker: A dealer (i.e.,  any person who engages directly
or  indirectly  as agent,  broker,  or  principal  in the  business of offering,
buying,  selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another
person) who, with respect to a particular security, (1) regularly publishes bona
fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request,  and (2) is ready, willing
and able to effect transactions in reasonable  quantities at the dealer's quoted
prices with other brokers or dealers.

                  Members: Any person or entity who qualifies as a member of the
Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

                  Mutual Holding Company: AF Mutual Holding Company,  the mutual
holding company parent of the Holding Company.

                  Minority  Ownership  Interest:   The  shares  of  the  Holding
Company's  Common Stock owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding  Company,
expressed as a percentage  of the total shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock
issued and outstanding.

                  Minority  Stock  Offering:  One or more offerings of less than
50% in the aggregate of the  outstanding  Common Stock of the Holding Company to
persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

                  Minority  Stockholder:  Any  owner  of the  Holding  Company's
Common Stock, other than the Mutual Holding Company.

                  Non-Voting Stock: Any Capital Stock other than Voting Stock.

                  Officer:  An executive  officer of the Holding  Company or the
Bank, including the Chief Executive Officer,  President,  Senior Vice Presidents
in charge of principal business  functions,  Secretary,  Treasurer and any other
person performing similar functions.

                  OTS:  The  Office of  Thrift  Supervision,  and any  successor
thereto.

                  Parent:  A  company  that  controls  another  company,  either
directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

                  Person: An individual, corporation,  partnership, association,
joint-stock company,  trust (including  Individual Retirement Accounts and KEOGH
Accounts),   unincorporated   organization,   government   entity  or  political
subdivision thereof or any other entity.

                  Plan:  This Stock Issuance Plan.

                  Purchase Price: The price per share, determined as provided in
this Plan, at which the Common Stock will be sold in the Stock Offering.

                  Qualifying  Deposit:  The  aggregate  balance  of all  Deposit
Accounts  of an  Eligible  Account  Holder  as of the close of  business  on the
Eligibility  Record Date or of a Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder as of the
close of business on the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, as the case may
be, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.


                                        3

<PAGE>



                  Regulations:  The  regulations  of the  OTS  regarding  mutual
holding companies.

                  Residence:  The  terms  "residence,"  "reside,"  "resided"  or
"residing"  as used herein with  respect to any person shall mean any Person who
occupied a dwelling  within the Bank's  Community,  has an intent to remain with
the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent
by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community  together with
an indication  that such presence  within the Community is something  other than
merely  transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other
business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall be in the
Community.  To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances
of the beneficiary  shall apply with respect to this definition.  In the case of
all other benefit plans, the  circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for
purposes of this  definition.  The Bank may utilize  deposit or loan  records or
such  other  evidence  provided  to it to make a  determination  as to whether a
Person is a resident.  In all cases,  however,  such a determination shall be in
the sole discretion of the Bank.

                  SEC:  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  Stock  Offering:  The  offering of Common Stock of the Holding
Company to persons  other than the Mutual  Holding  Company,  in a  Subscription
Offering and, to the extent shares remain available, in a Community Offering.

                  Subscription  Offering:  The  offering of Common  Stock of the
Holding  Company for  subscription  and  purchase  pursuant to Section 6 of this
Plan.

                  Subsidiary:  A company that is controlled by another  company,
either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

                  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder:  Any Person holding a
Qualifying  Deposit on the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, who is not an
Officer or director of the Bank,  or an  Associate  of an Officer or director of
the Bank.

                  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date:  The  last day of the
calendar quarter preceding approval of the Plan by the OTS.

                  Syndicated  Community  Offering:  The offering of Common Stock
following or  contemporaneously  with the Community Offering through a syndicate
of broker-dealers, if necessary.

                  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan:  Any  defined  benefit  plan or
defined  contribution  plan (including any employee stock ownership plan,  stock
bonus  plan,  profit-sharing  plan,  or other  plan) of the  Bank,  the  Holding
Company, the Mutual Holding Company or any of their affiliates,  which, with its
related trusts,  meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code.  The term  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan  means any
defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

                  Voting Stock:

                  (1) Voting Stock means common  stock or  preferred  stock,  or
similar  interests if the shares by statute,  charter or in any manner,  entitle
the holder:

                                        4

<PAGE>



                         (i)        To vote  for or to  select  directors of the
                                    Bank or the Holding Company; and

                        (ii)        To vote on or to direct  the  conduct of the
                                    operations or other significant  policies of
                                    the Bank or the Holding Company.

                  (2) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1) above, preferred
stock is not "Voting Stock" if:

                         (i)        Voting rights  associated with the preferred
                                    stock  are   limited   solely  to  the  type
                                    customarily  provided by statute with regard
                                    to  matters  that  would  significantly  and
                                    adversely  affect the rights or  preferences
                                    of the preferred stock, such as the issuance
                                    of  additional  amounts or classes of senior
                                    securities, the modification of the terms of
                                    the preferred  stock, the dissolution of the
                                    Bank,  or the  payment of  dividends  by the
                                    Bank  when   preferred   dividends   are  in
                                    arrears;

                        (ii)        The    preferred    stock    represents   an
                                    essentially  passive investment or financing
                                    device and does not  otherwise  provide  the
                                    holder with control over the issuer; and

                       (iii)        The  preferred  stock  does  not at the time
                                    entitle the holder, by statute,  charter, or
                                    otherwise,  to  select  or to  vote  for the
                                    selection  of  directors  of the Bank or the
                                    Holding Company.

                  (3) Notwithstanding  anything in paragraphs (1) and (2) above,
"Voting Stock" shall be deemed to include  preferred stock and other  securities
that,  upon  transfer  or  otherwise,  are  convertible  into  Voting  Stock  or
exercisable to acquire  Voting Stock where the holder of the stock,  convertible
security or right to acquire Voting Stock has the preponderant  economic risk in
the underlying  Voting Stock.  Securities  immediately  convertible  into Voting
Stock at the option of the holder  without  payment of additional  consideration
shall be deemed to constitute the Voting Stock into which they are  convertible;
other  convertible  securities  and rights to acquire  Voting Stock shall not be
deemed to vest the holder with the preponderant  economic risk in the underlying
Voting Stock if the holder has paid less than 50% of the consideration  required
to directly  acquire the Voting Stock and has no other economic  interest in the
underlying Voting Stock.

3.       Timing of the Sale of Capital Stock

         The Company  intends to commence the Stock Offering as soon as possible
following  receipt  of OTS  approval  of the Plan and SEC  effectiveness  of the
registration  statement.  The Stock  Offering  will comply  with the  securities
offering  regulations of the SEC.  Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank will
finance or loan funds to any person to purchase Common Stock.

4.       Number of Shares to be Offered

         The total  number of shares (or range  thereof)  of Common  Stock to be
issued and offered for sale pursuant to the Plan shall be  determined  initially
by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in

                                        5

<PAGE>



conjunction with the determination of the Independent  Appraiser.  The number of
shares to be offered may be adjusted prior to completion of the Stock  Offering.
The total number of shares of Common  Stock that may be issued to persons  other
than the Mutual Holding  Company at the close of the Stock Offering must be less
than 50% of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the  Holding
Company.

5.       Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares

         All shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock  Offering shall be sold at
a uniform price per share, which shall be the Purchase Price. The Purchase Price
and  number of  shares to be  outstanding  shall be  determined  by the Board of
Directors of the Holding  Company on the basis of the estimated pro forma market
value of the Holding Company and the Bank. The aggregate  purchase price for the
Common  Stock will not be  inconsistent  with such  market  value of the Holding
Company and the Bank. The pro forma market value of the Holding  Company and the
Bank will be determined for such purposes by the Independent Appraiser.

         Prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, an estimated valuation
range will be  established,  which  range may vary within 15% above to 15% below
the  midpoint  of such  range,  and up to 15%  greater  than the maximum of such
range, as determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the Stock Offering
and consistent with OTS  regulations.  The Holding Company intends to sell up to
49.0% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering.  The number of shares of Common
Stock to be issued and the ownership  interest of the Mutual Holding Company may
be increased or decreased by the Holding Company,  taking into consideration any
change in the independent  valuation and other factors, at the discretion of the
Board of Directors of the Holding Company.

         Based  upon  the   independent   valuation  as  updated  prior  to  the
commencement  of the Stock  Offering,  the Board of Directors  may establish the
minimum  and  maximum  percentage  of shares of the  Common  Stock  that will be
offered for sale in the Stock  Offering,  or it may fix the percentage of shares
of Common  Stock that will be  offered  for sale in the Stock  Offering.  In the
event  the  percentage  of  shares  offered  for sale is not  fixed in the Stock
Offering, the Minority Ownership Interest resulting from the Stock Offering will
be determined  as follows:  (a) the product of (x) the total number of shares of
Common Stock sold by the Holding Company and (y) the Purchase Price,  divided by
(b) the  aggregate  pro forma market  value of the Bank and the Holding  Company
upon  the  closing  of the  Stock  Offering  as  determined  by the  Independent
Appraiser.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   no  sale  of  Common  Stock  may  be
consummated  unless,  prior  to such  consummation,  the  Independent  Appraiser
confirms to the Holding  Company and to the OTS that,  to the best  knowledge of
the  Independent  Appraiser,  nothing of a material  nature has occurred  which,
taking into account all relevant factors,  would cause the Independent Appraiser
to conclude that the aggregate  value of the Common Stock at the Purchase  Price
is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market
value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received,  the Holding
Company may cancel the Stock Offering, extend the Stock Offering and establish a
new price range and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new Stock
Offering or take such other action as the OTS may permit.

         The estimated consolidated market value of the Holding Company shall be
determined  for such purpose by the  Independent  Appraiser on the basis of such
appropriate factors as are not inconsistent with

                                        6

<PAGE>



OTS  regulations.  The Common Stock to be issued in the Stock  Offering shall be
fully paid and nonassessable.

         The aggregate  amount of outstanding  Common Stock that may be owned or
controlled by persons other than the Mutual Holding  Company parent at the close
of the Stock  Offering  shall be less than 50% of the  Holding  Company's  total
outstanding Common Stock.

         If there is a Community  Offering and/or Syndicated  Community Offering
of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription  Offering,  the
price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in such Community  Offering or
Syndicated  Community Offering shall be equal to the Purchase Price at which the
Common Stock is sold to persons in the Subscription Offering.

6.       Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock

         In descending  order of priority,  the  opportunity to purchase  Common
Stock  shall be given in the  Subscription  Offering  to: (1)  Eligible  Account
Holders;  (2)  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans; (3) Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders;  and (4) directors,  officers and employees of the Holding Company. Any
shares of Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription  Offering
may at the discretion of the Holding  Company be offered for sale in a Community
Offering or a Syndicated Community Offering.  The minimum purchase by any Person
shall be 25 shares.  The Holding  Company may use its  discretion in determining
whether  prospective  purchasers are  "residents,"  "associates,"  or "acting in
concert"  as  defined  in the  Plan,  and in  interpreting  any  and  all  other
provisions of the Plan. All such  determinations  are in the sole  discretion of
the Holding Company,  and may be based on whatever  evidence the Holding Company
chooses to use in making any such determination.

         In addition to the priorities  set forth below,  the Board of Directors
may establish other priorities for the purchase of Common Stock,  subject to the
approval  of the OTS.  The  priorities  for the  purchase of shares in the Stock
Offering are as follows:

         A.       Subscription Offering

         Priority 1: Eligible  Account  Holders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder
shall be given the  opportunity  to  purchase  up to the  greater of $150,000 of
Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering or 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares to
be issued in the Stock  Offering  by a fraction  of which the  numerator  is the
amount of the Eligible Account Holder's  Qualifying  Deposit and the denominator
is the total amount of Qualifying  Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders,  in
each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date; provided that the Holding
Company  may,  in  its  sole   discretion  and  without  further  notice  to  or
solicitation  of  subscribers  or other  prospective  purchasers,  increase such
maximum purchase  limitation to up to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered
in the Stock  Offering or decrease such maximum  purchase  limitation to 0.1% of
the  maximum  number of shares  offered  in the Stock  Offering,  subject to the
overall  purchase  limitation  set forth in  Section 7.  Subscription  rights to
purchase  Common Stock  received by Officers and Directors and their  Associates
based on their increased  deposits in the Bank in the one year period  preceding
the Eligibility  Record Date shall be  subordinated  to all other  subscriptions
involving the exercise of  subscription  rights by Eligible  Account  Holders in
their capacity as such. If there are  insufficient  shares  available to satisfy
all  subscriptions  of Eligible  Account  Holders,  shares will be  allocated to
Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing  Eligible Account
Holder to purchase a

                                        7

<PAGE>



number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of
100  shares or the  number of shares  subscribed  for.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares will be allocated  pro rata to  remaining  subscribing  Eligible  Account
Holders whose  subscriptions  remain  unfilled in the same  proportion that each
such  subscriber's  Qualifying  Deposit  bears to the total amount of Qualifying
Deposits of all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain
unfilled.  To ensure proper  allocation of stock,  each Eligible  Account Holder
must  list on his  subscription  order  form  all  accounts  in  which he had an
ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.

         Priority 2:  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans. The Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans shall be given the  opportunity  to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of
the  Common   Stock  issued  in  the  Stock   Offering.   In  the  event  of  an
oversubscription  in  the  Stock  Offering,  subscriptions  for  shares  by  the
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  may be  satisfied,  in whole or in part,  out of
authorized  but unissued  shares of the Holding  Company  subject to the maximum
purchase limitations  applicable to such plans as set forth in Section 7, or may
be  satisfied,  in  whole or in  part,  through  open  market  purchases  by the
Tax-Qualified Employee Plans subsequent to the closing of the Stock Offering. In
the event  that the  number of shares  offered  is  increased  as a result of an
increase in the  Independent  Valuation,  the ESOP will have a priority right to
fill its subscription in whole or in part prior to all other subscriptions.

         Priority 3: Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders. To the extent there
are sufficient shares remaining after  satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible
Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holder  shall have the  opportunity  to  purchase  up to the greater of
$150,000 of Common Stock  offered in the Stock  Offering or 15 times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of  shares  to be  issued  in the  Stock  Offering  by a  fraction  of which the
numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder's Qualifying
Deposit and the  denominator  is the total amount of Qualifying  Deposits of all
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  in  each  case  on  the  Supplemental
Eligibility  Record  Date,  provided  that the Holding  Company may, in its sole
discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other
prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to up to 5% of
the maximum  number of shares  offered in the Stock  Offering  or decrease  such
maximum  purchase  limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in
the Stock  Offering  subject to the overall  purchase  limitations  set forth in
Section 7. In the event  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders  subscribe for a
number of shares  which,  when added to the shares  subscribed  for by  Eligible
Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, the shares of Common Stock
will be allocated among subscribing  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as
to permit each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of
100  shares or the  number of shares  subscribed  for.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares will be  allocated  to each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder whose  subscription  remains  unfilled in the same  proportion  that such
subscriber's  Qualifying  Deposits on the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date
bear to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions  remain unfilled.  To ensure proper
allocation of stock, each Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder must list on his
subscription order form all accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of
the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         Priority  4:  Directors,  Officers  and  Employees.  To the extent that
shares remain available for purchase after  satisfaction of all subscriptions of
the  Eligible  Account  Holders,   Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders and Employees,  Officers and Directors of the Holding
Company  shall have the  opportunity  to  purchase  up to $150,000 of the Common
Stock offered in the Stock

                                        8

<PAGE>



Offering;  provided that the Holding  Company may, in its sole  discretion,  and
without further notice to or  solicitation  of subscribers or other  prospective
purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to up to 5% of the maximum
number of shares offered in the Stock Offering or decrease such maximum purchase
limitation  to 0.1%  of the  maximum  number  of  shares  offered  in the  Stock
Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 7. In
the event that  directors,  officers  and  employees  subscribe  for a number of
shares,  which,  when added to the shares  subscribed  for by  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders
is  in  excess  of  the  total  shares  offered  in  the  Stock  Offering,   the
subscriptions  of such Persons will be allocated among  directors,  officers and
employees on a pro rata basis based on the size of each Person's orders.

         B.       Community Offering

         Any  shares of  Common  Stock not  subscribed  for in the  Subscription
Offering may be offered for sale in a Community  Offering.  This will involve an
offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a preference
to those natural  persons  residing in the counties in which the Bank  maintains
its offices.  The Community Offering,  if any, shall be for a period of not more
than  45 days  unless  extended  by the  Holding  Company,  and  shall  commence
concurrently  with,  during or promptly  after the  Subscription  Offering.  The
Holding  Company may use an  investment  banking firm or firms on a best efforts
basis  to  sell  the  unsubscribed  shares  in the  Subscription  and  Community
Offering.  The  Holding  Company  may  pay a  commission  or  other  fee to such
investment  banking firm or firms as to the shares sold by such firm or firms in
the  Subscription  and Community  Offering and may also  reimburse  such firm or
firms for expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Community  Offering
may include or be followed by a syndicated  community  offering  managed by such
investment  banking firm or firms.  The Common Stock will be offered and sold in
the Community Offering, in accordance with OTS regulations, so as to achieve the
widest distribution of the Common Stock. Individuals may purchase up to $100,000
in the Community  Offering.  No person, by himself or herself,  together with an
Associate or group of Persons  acting in concert,  may subscribe for or purchase
more than $200,000 of Common Stock offered in the Community  Offering.  Further,
the Holding Company may limit total  subscriptions under this Section 6(B) so as
to assure  that the  number of shares  available  for the  Syndicated  Community
Offering may be up to a specified  percentage  of the number of shares of Common
Stock.  Any order received from natural persons residing in the Bank's community
will be given preference in any Community  Offering that is conducted  currently
with the  Subscription  Offering.  If a  Community  Offering  is  conducted,  or
continues,  following the  conclusion of the  Subscription  Offering in order to
sell the minimum  number of shares  required to complete the Offering,  the Bank
may reserve shares offered in such additional or continuing  Community  Offering
for sales to institutional investors.

         In the  event  of an  oversubscription  for  shares  in  the  Community
Offering,  shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first
to cover  orders of natural  persons  residing in the counties in which the Bank
maintains its offices,  then to cover the orders of any other person subscribing
for shares in the Community  Offering so that each such person may receive 1,000
shares, and thereafter, on a pro rata basis to such persons whose orders are not
filled based on the amount of their respective subscriptions.

         The Holding Company, in its sole discretion,  may reject subscriptions,
in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 6(B).



                                        9

<PAGE>



         C.       Syndicated Community Offering

         Any shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription  Offering or in
the Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by
a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to
terms,  conditions and procedures,  including the timing of the offering, as may
be determined by the Holding Company in a manner that is intended to achieve the
widest  distribution  of the Common  Stock  subject to the rights of the Holding
Company  to accept  or  reject  in whole or in part all order in the  Syndicated
Community Offering.  It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering would
commence  during or as soon as  practicable  after  termination of the Community
Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 45
days after the termination of the Subscription  Offering,  unless such period is
extended  as  provided  herein.  The  Syndicated  Community  Offering  price and
underwriting  discount in the Syndicated  Community Offering shall be determined
by an underwriting  agreement  between the Holding Company and the underwriters.
Such underwriting agreement shall be filed with the OTS and the SEC.

         If for any  reason a  Syndicated  Community  Offering  of  unsubscribed
shares of Common  Stock  cannot be  effected  or is  inadvisable  and any shares
remain unsold after the  Subscription  Offering and the Community  Offering,  if
any,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  will seek to make other
arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares.  Such other arrangements will
be  subject  to the  approval  of the  OTS  and to  compliance  with  applicable
securities laws.

7.       Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock

         Purchases of Common Stock in the Stock  Offering will be subject to the
following purchase limitations:

         A.       The  aggregate  amount  of  outstanding  Common  Stock  of the
                  Holding  Company  owned or  controlled  by persons  other than
                  Mutual  Holding  Company  at the close of the  Stock  Offering
                  shall  be  less  than  50%  of  the  Holding  Company's  total
                  outstanding Common Stock.

         B.       No  Person,  together  with  Associates  thereof,  or group of
                  persons acting in concert,  may purchase more than $200,000 of
                  Common Stock  offered in the Stock  Offering to persons  other
                  than the Mutual Holding Company,  except that: (i) the Holding
                  Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice
                  to  or  solicitation  of  subscribers  or  other   prospective
                  purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to up to
                  5% of the number of shares  sold in the Stock  Offering;  (ii)
                  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans may  purchase  up to 10% of the
                  shares sold in the Stock  Offering;  and (iii) for purposes of
                  this  subsection  7(B) shares to be held by any  Tax-Qualified
                  Employee  Plan  and  attributable  to a  person  shall  not be
                  aggregated  with  other  shares   purchased   directly  by  or
                  otherwise attributable to such person.

         C.       The  aggregate  amount of Common  Stock  acquired in the Stock
                  Offering  by all  Management  Persons  and  their  Associates,
                  exclusive  of  any  stock  acquired  by  such  persons  in the
                  secondary  market,  shall not  exceed  25% of the  outstanding
                  shares of Common Stock of the Holding  Company held by persons
                  other  than the  Mutual  Holding  Company  at the close of the
                  Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by

                                       10

<PAGE>



                  Management  Persons and their  Associates under this paragraph
                  or under the provisions of paragraph D of this section, shares
                  held by any Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans of the Bank that are
                  attributable to such persons shall not be counted.

         D.       The  aggregate  amount of Common  Stock  acquired in the Stock
                  Offering  by all  Management  Persons  and  their  Associates,
                  exclusive  of any  Common  Stock  acquired  by such  plans  or
                  persons in the secondary  market,  shall not exceed 25% of the
                  stockholders'  equity of the  Holding  Company  other than the
                  Mutual Holding Company at the close of the Stock Offering.

         E.       The Board of Directors of the Holding Company may, in its sole
                  discretion, increase the maximum purchase limitation set forth
                  in paragraph  7(B) hereof to up to 9.9%,  provided that orders
                  for  Common  Stock in excess of 5% of the  number of shares of
                  Common  Stock  sold in the  Stock  Offering  shall  not in the
                  aggregate  exceed  10% of the total  shares  of  Common  Stock
                  offered in the Stock  Offering  (except  that this  limitation
                  shall not apply to purchases by Tax-Qualified Employee Plans).
                  If such  limitation is increased,  subscribers for the maximum
                  amount will be, and certain  other  large  subscribers  in the
                  sole  discretion  of the  Holding  Company  may be,  given the
                  opportunity  to increase  their  subscriptions  up to the then
                  applicable  limit.  Requests to purchase  additional shares of
                  Common Stock under this  provision  will be  determined by the
                  Board  of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company,  in  its  sole
                  discretion.

         F.       Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan,  no person
                  shall be entitled to purchase  any Common  Stock to the extent
                  such purchase  would be illegal under any federal law or state
                  law or regulation or would violate  regulations or policies of
                  the  National   Association  of  Securities   Dealers,   Inc.,
                  particularly those regarding free riding and withholding.  The
                  Holding  Company  and/or its agents may ask for an  acceptable
                  legal  opinion  from any  purchaser as to the legality of such
                  purchase  and may refuse to honor any  purchase  order if such
                  opinion is not timely furnished.

         G.       The Board of Directors of the Holding Company has the right in
                  its sole  discretion to reject any order submitted by a person
                  whose  representations  the Board of Directors  believes to be
                  false or who it otherwise believes,  either alone or acting in
                  concert with others, is violating,  circumventing,  or intends
                  to violate,  evade or circumvent  the terms and  conditions of
                  this Plan.

         Prior to the consummation of the Stock Offering,  no person shall offer
to transfer,  or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal
or beneficial  ownership of any  subscription  rights or shares of Common Stock.
Each  person  purchasing  Common  Stock  shall be  deemed to  confirm  that such
purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this
Plan.

         EACH  PERSON  PURCHASING  COMMON  STOCK IN THE STOCK  OFFERING  WILL BE
DEEMED TO  CONFIRM  THAT  SUCH  PURCHASE  DOES NOT  CONFLICT  WITH THE  PURCHASE
LIMITATIONS  IN THIS PLAN.  ALL  QUESTIONS  CONCERNING  WHETHER  ANY PERSONS ARE
ASSOCIATES OR A GROUP ACTING IN CONCERT OR WHETHER ANY PURCHASE  CONFLICTS  WITH
THE PURCHASE  LIMITATIONS  IN THIS PLAN OR OTHERWISE  VIOLATES ANY  PROVISION OF
THIS PLAN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE HOLDING COMPANY IN ITS

                                       11

<PAGE>



SOLE DISCRETION.  SUCH DETERMINATION  SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE,  FINAL AND BINDING ON
ALL PERSONS AND THE HOLDING  COMPANY  MAY TAKE ANY  REMEDIAL  ACTION,  INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION REJECTING THE PURCHASE OR REFERRING THE MATTER TO THE OTS FOR
ACTION, AS IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION THE HOLDING COMPANY MAY DEEM APPROPRIATE.

8.       Payment for Stock

         All payments for Common  Stock  subscribed  for or ordered in the Stock
Offering  must be  delivered  in full to the Holding  Company,  together  with a
properly  completed and executed  order form, or by such other  procedure in the
case of the Syndicated  Community  Offering,  on or prior to the expiration date
specified on the order form, as the case may be, unless such date is extended by
the  Holding  Company;  provided,  that  if the  Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plans
subscribe for shares during the  Subscription  Offering,  such plans will not be
required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for
such shares of Common Stock  subscribed for by such plans upon  consummation  of
the  Stock  Offering.  The  Holding  Company  or the  Bank  may  make  scheduled
discretionary  contributions to Employee Plans provided such  contributions from
the Bank, if any, do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its  regulatory  capital
requirement.

         Payment for Common  Stock shall be made either by check or money order,
or if a purchaser has a Deposit  Account in the Bank, such purchaser may pay for
the shares  subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the
purchaser's  passbook or  certificate  account at the Bank in an amount equal to
the aggregate Purchase Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal, whether
from a savings or certificate account,  shall be without penalty as to premature
withdrawal.  If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the
remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the
certificate  shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal,  without penalty,  and
the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a
withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser's  Deposit Account but may
not be used by the purchaser  unless the 45-day period (or such longer period as
may be approved by the OTS) following the Stock Offering has expired,  whichever
occurs first. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent
necessary  to satisfy the  subscription  (to the extent it can be filled) at the
Purchase  Price.  Interest will continue to be earned in the Deposit  Account on
any amounts  authorized  for withdrawal  until such  withdrawal is given effect.
Interest will be paid at a rate  established  by the Holding  Company on payment
for Common Stock  received by check or money order.  Such  interest will be paid
from the date payment is received by the Holding  Company until  consummation or
termination of the Stock  Offering.  If for any reason the Stock Offering is not
consummated,  all payments  made by  subscribers  in the Stock  Offering will be
refunded to them with  interest.  In case of amounts  authorized  for withdrawal
from Deposit  Accounts,  refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for
withdrawal.

9.       Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms

         As soon as  practicable  after the  prospectus  prepared by the Holding
Company  has  been  declared  effective  by the OTS and the SEC,  copies  of the
prospectus and order forms will be distributed to all Eligible  Account Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  the  Employee  Plans  and  employees,
officers and directors at their last known addresses appearing on the records of
the Mutual  Holding  Company,  Company  or the Bank,  as the case may be for the
purpose of subscribing for shares of Common

                                       12

<PAGE>



Stock in the  Subscription  Offering and will be made available for use by those
persons entitled to purchase in the Community Offering.

         Each order  form will be  preceded  or  accompanied  by the  prospectus
describing the Mutual Holding  Company,  Holding  Company,  the Bank, the Common
Stock  and the  Subscription  and  Community  Offerings.  Each  order  form will
contain, among other things, the following:

         A.       A specified  date by which all order forms must be received by
                  the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20, nor
                  more than 45 days, following the date on which the order forms
                  are  mailed  by the  Holding  Company,  and  which  date  will
                  constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering;

         B.       The  Purchase  Price for shares of Common  Stock to be sold in
                  the Subscription and Community Offerings;

         C.       A description  of the minimum and maximum  number of shares of
                  Common  Stock  that  may be  subscribed  for  pursuant  to the
                  exercise of subscription  rights or otherwise purchased in the
                  Community Offering;

         D.       Instructions  as to how the  recipient of the order form is to
                  indicate  thereon  the  number of  shares of Common  Stock for
                  which  such  Person  elects  to  subscribe  and the  available
                  alternative methods of payment therefor;

         E.       An  acknowledgment  that the  recipient  of the order form has
                  received a final copy of the prospectus  prior to execution of
                  the order form;

         F.       A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly
                  complete  and return the order form,  including a statement to
                  the effect that all subscription  rights are  nontransferable,
                  will be void at the end of the Subscription  Offering, and can
                  only be exercised by delivering to the Holding  Company within
                  the subscription  period such properly  completed and executed
                  order  form,  together  with check or money  order in the full
                  amount of the  Purchase  Price as  specified in the order form
                  for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient  elects
                  to subscribe in the  Subscription  Offering (or by authorizing
                  on the  order  form that the  Holding  Company  withdraw  said
                  amount from the subscriber's Deposit Account at the Bank); and

         G.       A statement to the effect that the executed  order form,  once
                  received  by the  Holding  Company,  may  not be  modified  or
                  amended by the  subscriber  without the consent of the Holding
                  Company.

         Notwithstanding  the above,  the Holding Company  reserves the right in
its sole  discretion  to accept or reject  orders  received  on  photocopied  or
facsimilied order forms.


                                       13

<PAGE>



10.      Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

         In the event order forms (a) are not  delivered and are returned to the
Holding  Company by the United States Postal  Service or the Holding  Company is
unable to locate the addressee, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company
or are  received by the Holding  Company  after the  expiration  date  specified
thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed,  (d) are not accompanied by
the full  required  payment  for the  shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  for
(including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized
are  insufficient to cover the amount of the required  payment),  or (e) are not
mailed pursuant to a "no mail" order placed in effect by the account holder, the
subscription  rights of the Person to whom such  rights have been  granted  will
lapse as though such Person failed to return the contemplated  order form within
the time period specified thereon;  provided,  that the Holding Company may, but
will not be required to, waive any immaterial  irregularity on any order form or
require  the  submission  of  corrected  order forms or the  remittance  of full
payment for subscribed  shares by such date as the Holding  Company may specify.
The  interpretation  by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan
and of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

11.      Completion of the Stock Offering

         The Stock  Offering will be terminated if not completed  within 90 days
from the date of approval  by the OTS,  unless an  extension  is approved by the
OTS.

12.      Market for Common Stock

         If at the close of the Stock Offering the Holding Company has more than
100  shareholders of any class of stock,  the Holding Company shall use its best
efforts to:

         (i)      encourage  and assist a market maker to establish and maintain
                  a market for that class of stock; and

         (ii)     list that class of stock on a national or regional  securities
                  exchange, or on the Nasdaq system.

13.      Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Offering

         For a period of three  years  after the  proposed  Stock  Offering,  no
Management  Person or his or her  Associates  may  purchase,  without  the prior
written  approval of the OTS,  any Common Stock of the Holding  Company,  except
from a  broker-dealer  registered  with the SEC, except that the foregoing shall
not apply to:

         A.       Negotiated   transactions   involving  more  than  1%  of  the
                  outstanding stock in the class of stock; or

         B.       Purchases  of stock made by and held by any  Tax-Qualified  or
                  Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plan  of the  Stock  Bank or the
                  Holding   Company  even  if  such  stock  is  attributable  to
                  Management Persons or their Associates.


                                       14

<PAGE>



14.      Resales of Stock by Management Persons

         Common Stock  purchased by Management  Persons and their  Associates in
the Stock Offering may not be resold for a period of at least one year following
the date of purchase,  except in the case of death of the  Management  Person or
Associate.

15.      Stock Certificates

         Each stock certificate shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of
the restrictions set forth in Section 19 above.  Appropriate  instructions shall
be issued to the Holding  Company's  transfer  agent with respect to  applicable
restrictions  on transfers of such stock.  Any shares of stock issued as a stock
dividend,  stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock, shall
be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

16.      Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases

         The  Holding  Company  will not offer or sell any of the  Common  Stock
proposed to be issued to any person  whose  purchase  would be financed by funds
loaned to the person by the Bank or any of its Affiliates.

17.      Stock Benefit Plans

         The Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the Holding Company intend to
adopt one or more stock benefit plans for its employees, officers and directors,
including  an ESOP,  stock award  plans and stock  option  plans,  which will be
authorized to purchase Common Stock and grant options for Common Stock. However,
only the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be permitted to purchase Common Stock
in the Stock  Offering on a priority  basis as set forth in this Plan. The Board
of Directors of the Bank intends to establish  the ESOP and  authorize  the ESOP
and any other  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans to purchase in the aggregate up to
10% of the Common  Stock issued in the Stock  Offering.  The Bank or the Holding
Company  may  make  scheduled   discretionary   contributions  to  one  or  more
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans to  purchase  Common  Stock  issued  in the Stock
Offering  or to  purchase  issued  and  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock or
authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock  subsequent to the completion of
the Stock Offering, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to
meet  any  of  its  regulatory  capital  requirements.  This  Plan  specifically
authorizes the grant and issuance by the Holding Company of (i) awards of Common
Stock after the Stock  Offering  pursuant to one or more stock  recognition  and
award  plans (the  "Recognition  Plans")  in an amount  equal to up to 4% of the
number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Stock  Offering (and in an amount
equal to up to 5% of the  Common  Stock  issued  in the  Stock  Offering  if the
Recognition  Plans are adopted  more than one year after the  completion  of the
Stock  Offering),  (ii)  options to  purchase a number of shares of the  Holding
Company's  Common  Stock in an amount equal to up to 10% of the number of shares
of Common Stock issued in the Stock Offering and shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  exercise  of such  options,  and  (iii)  Common  Stock  to one or more Tax
Qualified  Employee  Plans,  including  the ESOP,  at the  closing  of the Stock
Offering or at any time thereafter, in an amount equal to up to 8% of the number
of shares of Common Stock issued in the Stock Offering if the Recognition  Plans
award  Common  Stock  sooner  than one year  after the  completion  of the Stock
Offering,  and up to 10% of the number of shares of Common  Stock  issued in the
Stock Offering if the Recognition Plans are adopted more than one year after the
completion of the Stock Offering.  Shares awarded to the Tax Qualified  Employee
Plans or pursuant to the Recognition Plans, and shares issued upon

                                       15

<PAGE>



exercise  of  options  may be  authorized  but  unissued  shares of the  Holding
Company's  Common  Stock,  or shares of Common  Stock  purchased  by the Holding
Company or such plans on the open  market.  Any awards of Common Stock under the
Recognition  Plans  and  the  stock  option  plans  will  be  subject  to  prior
stockholder approval.

18.      Post-Stock Offering Filing and Market Making

         It is likely that there will be a limited  market for the Common  Stock
sold in the Stock  Offering,  and purchasers must be prepared to hold the Common
Stock for an indefinite  period of time. If the Holding Company has more than 35
stockholders  of any class of stock,  the Holding  Company  shall  register  its
Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and shall  undertake not
to deregister such Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

19.      Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock

         The  Holding  Company  may not  declare or pay a cash  dividend  on its
Common Stock if the effect  thereof  would cause the  regulatory  capital of the
Bank to be reduced  below the amount  required  under ss. 567.2 of the OTS rules
and regulations.  Otherwise,  the Holding Company may declare  dividends or make
other capital  distributions in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
Following  completion of the Stock Offering,  the Holding Company may repurchase
its Common Stock subject to ss. 563b.3(g) of the OTS rules and  regulations,  as
long as such  repurchases do not cause the regulatory  capital of the Bank to be
reduced below the amount required under 12 C.F.R.  ss. 567.2. The Mutual Holding
Company may from time to time  purchase  Common  Stock of the  Holding  Company.
Subject to the  approval of the OTS,  the Mutual  Holding  Company may waive its
right to receive dividends declared by the Holding Company.

20.      Stock Offering Expenses

         The Regulations require that the expenses of any Stock Offering must be
reasonable.  The Holding  Company  will use its best  efforts to assure that the
expenses  incurred by the Bank and the Holding  Company in  effecting  the Stock
Offering will be reasonable.

21.      Employment and Other Severance Agreements

         Following or contemporaneously with the Stock Offering, the Bank and/or
the Holding Company may enter into employment and/or severance arrangements with
one or more  executive  officers of the Bank and/or the Holding  Company.  It is
anticipated  that any employment  contracts  entered into by the Bank and/or the
Holding  Company  will be for  terms  not  exceeding  three  years and that such
contracts will provide for annual renewals of the term of the contracts, subject
to approval by the Board of Directors.  The Bank and/or the Holding Company also
may enter into severance  arrangements with one or more executive officers which
provide for the payment of  severance  compensation  in the event of a change in
control of the Bank and/or the Holding Company. The terms of such employment and
severance  arrangements  have not been  determined as of this time,  but will be
described in any prospectus circulated in connection with the Stock Offering and
will be subject to and comply with all regulations of the OTS.


                                       16

<PAGE>


22.      Interpretation

         All  interpretations  of this Plan and application of its provisions to
particular  circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Holding
Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

23.      Amendment or Termination of the Plan

         If necessary or desirable,  the terms may be amended by a majority vote
of the  Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors  as a result  of  comments  from
regulatory  authorities  or  otherwise  at any time prior to the approval of the
Plan by the OTS and at any time  thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS. The
Plan may be  terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time
prior  to the  approval  of the  Plan by the  OTS,  and may be  terminated  by a
majority  vote of the  Board  of  Directors  at any  time  thereafter  with  the
concurrence of the OTS.

Adopted by the Board of Directors this 19th day of October, 1999

As amended on November 29, 1999.

                                       17





                                                                Charter No. 6544

                           ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.

                          STOCK HOLDING COMPANY CHARTER




         Section 1. Corporate  Title. The full corporate title of the company is
Alamogordo Financial Corp. (the "Company").

         Section 2.  Duration.  The duration of the Company is perpetual.

         Section 3. Purpose and Powers.  The purpose of the Company is to pursue
any or all of the lawful  objectives  of a federal  mutual  savings bank holding
company  chartered  under  section 10(o) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C.
1467a(o),  and to exercise all of the express,  implied,  and incidental  powers
conferred thereby and by all acts amendatory  thereof and supplemental  thereto,
subject to the  Constitution  and laws of the  United  States as they are now in
effect,  or as they may  hereafter  be  amended,  and  subject to all lawful and
applicable rules,  regulations,  and orders of the Office of Thrift  Supervision
("Office").

         Section 4. Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of
the capital stock that Company has the authority to issue is 10,000,000,  all of
which shall be common stock par value of .10 per share. The shares may be issued
from time to time as authorized  by the board of directors  without the approval
of the shareholders of the Company, except as otherwise provided in this Section
4 or to the extent that such  approval is required by governing  law,  rule,  or
regulation.  The  consideration  for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in
full before  their  issuance  and shall not be less than the par value.  Neither
promissory  notes nor future services shall  constitute  payment or part payment
for the  issuance of shares of the  Company.  The  consideration  for the shares
shall be cash,  tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment
in such property would be permitted to the Company), labor, or services actually
performed for the Company,  or any combination of the foregoing.  In the absence
of actual  fraud in the  transaction,  the  value of such  property,  labor,  or
services,  as  determined  by the board of directors  of the  Company,  shall be
conclusive.  Upon payment of such consideration,  such shares shall be deemed to
be fully paid and nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend,  that part of
the  retained  earnings of the Company  that is  transferred  to common stock or
paid-in-capital  accounts upon the issuance of shares as a stock  dividend shall
be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

         Except for shares issued in the initial organization of the Company, no
shares of capital stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange, or
exercise  of other  securities)  shall be issued,  directly  or  indirectly,  to
officers,  directors,  or controlling  persons  (except for shares issued to the
parent  mutual  holding  company) of the Company other than as part of a general
public  offering or as qualifying  shares to a director,  unless the issuance or
the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the
total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.



<PAGE>



         The holders of the common  stock shall  exclusively  possess all voting
power.  Each holder of shares of common  stock shall be entitled to one vote for
each share held by such  holder.  There  shall be no  cumulative  voting for the
election of directors.  Subject to any provision for a liquidation  account,  in
the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or winding up of the Company,  the
holders of the common stock shall be entitled,  after  payment or provision  for
payment of all debts and  liabilities  of the Company,  to receive the remaining
assets of the Company available for distribution, in cash or in kind. Each share
of common stock shall have the same  relative  rights as and be identical in all
respects with all the other shares of common stock.

         Section  5.  Preemptive  Rights.  Holders of the  capital  stock of the
Company shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of
the Company which may be issued.

         Section 6.  Directors.  The Company  shall be under the  direction of a
board of  directors.  The  authorized  number  of  directors,  as  stated in the
Company's bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except when
a greater or lesser number is approved by the Director of the Office,  or his or
her delegate.

         Section 7.  Amendment  of Charter.  Except as provided in Section 4, no
amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of this charter shall be made,
unless such is proposed by the board of directors  of the  Company,  approved by
the  shareholders  by a  majority  of the votes  eligible  to be cast at a legal
meeting, unless a higher vote is otherwise required, and approved or preapproved
by the Office.



<PAGE>


ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.


Attest: /s/ Julia Eggleston
        ---------------------------
            Julia Eggleston
            Secretary

By:    /s/  R. Miles Ledgerwood
       ----------------------------
            R. Miles Ledgerwood
            President or Chief Executive Officer




Attest:  /s/ Nadine Y. Washington
         --------------------------
             Secretary of the Office of Thrift Supervision

By:     /s/  Nicolas P. Retsines
        ---------------------------
             Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision

Effective Date:  May 22, 1997






                            ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP

                                     BYLAWS


                             ARTICLE I - Home Office

         The home office of Alamogordo  Financial Corp. (the "Company") shall be
located in the City of Alamogordo in the State of New Mexico.

                            ARTICLE II - Shareholders

         Section  1. Place of  Meetings.  All annual  and  special  meetings  of
shareholders  shall be held at the home  office of the  Company or at such other
place in the State in which the  principal  place of  business of the Company is
located as the board of directors may determine.

         Section 2. Annual Meeting. A meeting of the shareholders of the Company
for the election of directors and for the  transaction  of any other business of
the  Company  shall  be held  annually  within  150  days  after  the end of the
Company's  fiscal year, on the third  Wednesday in July, if not a legal holiday,
and if a legal  holiday,  then on the  next day  following  which is not a legal
holiday, at such time as the board of directors shall by resolution determine or
at such other date and time within such 150-day period as the board of directors
may determine.

         Section 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for
any purpose or purposes  may be called at any time by the chairman of the board,
the president,  or a majority of the board of directors,  and shall be called by
the chairman of the board,  the  president,  or the  secretary  upon the written
request of the  holders  of not less than  one-tenth  of all of the  outstanding
capital  stock of the Company  entitled  to vote at the  meeting.  Such  written
request  shall  state  the  purpose  or  purposes  of the  meeting  and shall be
delivered  to the home office of the Company  addressed  to the  chairman of the
board, the president, or the secretary.

         Section  4.  Conduct  of  Meetings.  The  chairman  of any  meeting  of
stockholders  shall  determine  the order or business  and the  procedure at the
meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting. The rules of conduct
at any meeting of  stockholders  shall be  determined  by the Board of Directors
prior  to the  meeting  and  shall  be  made  available  for  inspection  at the
stockholders  meeting. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls
for each matter upon which the  stockholders  will vote at the meeting  shall be
announced at the meeting.

         Section 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice stating the place, date,
and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall
be  delivered  not fewer  than 10 nor more than 50 days  before  the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of
the board,  the  president,  or the  secretary,  or the  directors  calling  the
meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  If
mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail,
addressed to the  shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer
books or records of the Company as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of
this Article II with postage  prepaid.  When any  shareholders  meeting,  either
annual or special,  is adjourned  for 30 days or more,  notice of the  adjourned
meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>



necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting  adjourned for
less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than
an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

         Section  6.  Fixing of Record  Date.  For the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or
in order to make a determination  of shareholders  for any other proper purpose,
the board of  directors  shall fix in advance a date as the record  date for any
such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than
60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not fewer than 10 days prior
to the date on which the  particular  action,  requiring such  determination  of
shareholders,  is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders  entitled to
vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in this section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

         Section 7. Voting  List.  At least 20 days  before each  meeting of the
shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares of the Company shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to
vote at such meeting,  or any adjournment,  arranged in alphabetical order, with
the  address and the number of shares  held by each.  This list of  shareholders
shall be kept on file at the home  office of the Company and shall be subject to
inspection  by any  shareholder  at any time during usual  business  hours for a
period of 20 days prior to such  meeting.  Such list also shall be produced  and
kept  open at the time  and  place  of the  meeting  and  shall  be  subject  to
inspection  by any  shareholder  during  the  entire  time of the  meeting.  The
original  stock  transfer  book shall  constitute  prima  facie  evidence of the
shareholders  entitled to examine such list or transfer  books or to vote at any
meeting of shareholders.

         In lieu of making the  shareholder  list  available  for  inspection by
shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph,  the board of directors may
elect to  follow  the  procedures  described  in ss.  552.6(d)  of the  Office's
regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

         Section 8. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding  shares of the Company
entitled to vote,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall constitute a quorum
at a meeting of shareholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares
is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn
the meeting from time to time without further notice.  At such adjourned meeting
at  which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
notified.  The shareholders  present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.

         Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders,  a shareholder may
vote by proxy executed in writing by the  shareholder or by his duly  authorized
attorney in fact.  Proxies  solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted
as  directed  by the  shareholder  or,  in the  absence  of such  direction,  as
determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more
than eleven  months from the date of its  execution  except for a proxy  coupled
with an interest.

         Section 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  When
ownership  stands  in the name of two or more  persons,  at any  meeting  of the
shareholders of the Company,  any one or more of such  shareholders may cast, in
person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled in the absence
of written directions to the Company to the contrary. In the event an attempt is
made to cast

                                     Page 2

<PAGE>



conflicting  votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names
shares of stock  stand,  the vote or votes to which those  persons are  entitled
shall be cast as  directed by a majority  of those  holding  such and present in
person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if
a majority cannot agree.

         Section 11. Voting of Shares of Certain Holders. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by any officer,  agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such  corporation may determine.  Shares held by an
administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him, either in
person or by proxy,  without a transfer  of such  shares  into his name.  Shares
standing  in the name of a trustee  may be voted by him,  either in person or by
proxy,  but no trustee  shall be  entitled  to vote shares held by him without a
transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a receiver
may be voted by such  receiver,  and  shares  held by or under the  control of a
receiver may be voted by such  receiver  without the  transfer  into his name if
authority to do so is contained  in an  appropriate  order of the court or other
public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

         A  shareholder  whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

         Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Company nor shares
held by another  corporation,  if a majority of the shares  entitled to vote for
the  election of directors  of such other  corporation  are held by the Company,
shall be voted at any  meeting  or counted in  determining  the total  number of
outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

         Section 12.  Cumulative  Voting.  Stockholders  may not cumulate  their
votes for election of directors.

         Section  13.  Inspectors  of  Election.  In advance  of any  meeting of
shareholders,  the board of directors may appoint any person other than nominees
for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any  adjournment.
The  number of  inspectors  shall be either one or three.  Any such  appointment
shall not be  altered at the  meeting.  If  inspectors  of  election  are not so
appointed,  the chairman of the board or the  president may or at the request of
not fewer than 10 percent of the votes  represented at the meeting  shall,  make
such  appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,  the majority of
the votes  present shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  are to be
appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses  to act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by  appointment  by the board of
directors  in advance of the  meeting or at the  meeting by the  chairman of the
board or the president.

         Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of
such inspectors  shall include:  determining the number of shares and the voting
power of each share, the shares  represented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity,  validity and effect of proxies;  receiving votes,
ballots,  or consents;  hearing and  determining all challenges and questions in
any way arising in connection  with the rights to vote;  counting and tabulating
all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.


                                     Page 3

<PAGE>



         Section 14. Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall act as a
nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees for election as
directors.  Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death
or other  incapacity of a management  nominee,  the nominating  committee  shall
deliver written  nominations to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date
of the annual  meeting.  Upon delivery,  such  nominations  shall be posted in a
conspicuous  place in each office of the Company.  No nominations  for directors
except those made by the nominating  committee shall be voted upon at the annual
meeting  unless  other  nominations  by  shareholders  are made in  writing  and
delivered  to the  secretary of the Company at least five days prior to the date
of the annual  meeting.  Upon delivery,  such  nominations  shall be posted in a
conspicuous  place in each office of the Company.  Ballots  bearing the names of
all persons nominated by the nominating  committee and by shareholders  shall be
provided for use at the annual  meeting.  However,  if the nominating  committee
shall  fail or  refuse  to act at least 20 days  prior  to the  annual  meeting,
nominations  for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any  shareholder
entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

         Section 15. New Business. Any new business to be taken up at the annual
meeting  shall be stated in writing and filed with the  secretary of the Company
at least five days prior to the date of the annual meeting,  and all business so
stated,  proposed,  and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting;  but no
other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual  meeting.  Any  shareholder may
make any other  proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and
considered,  but unless  stated in writing and filed with the secretary at least
five days before the meeting,  such proposal shall be laid over for action at an
adjourned, special or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days or
more thereafter. This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval
or  disapproval  at the annual  meeting of reports of officers,  directors,  and
committees;  but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted
upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.

         Section 16. Informal Action by Shareholders.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the  shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting  of  shareholders,  may be taken  without a meeting  if  consent in
writing,  setting  forth the  action  to be taken,  shall be given by all of the
shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.

                        ARTICLE III - Board of Directors

         Section 1.  General  Powers.  The  business  and affairs of the Company
shall be under the direction of its board of  directors.  The board of directors
shall  annually  elect a chairman  of the board and a  president  from among its
members and shall designate,  when present,  either the chairman of the board or
the president to preside at its meetings.

         Section 2. Number and Term.  The board of  directors  shall  consist of
five members and shall be divided  into three  classes as nearly equal in number
as  possible.  The  members of each class  shall be elected  for a term of three
years and until their  successors are elected and qualified.  One class shall be
elected annually by ballot.

         Section  3.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of the  board  of
directors shall be held without notice other than this bylaw immediately  after,
and at the same  place as,  the annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The board of
directors may provide,  by resolution,  the time and place, within the Company's
normal lending territory, for the holding of additional regular meetings without
notice other than such resolution.

                                     Page 4

<PAGE>



         Section 4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,
or one-third of the directors.  The persons  authorized to call special meetings
of the board of directors may fix any place, within the Company's normal lending
territory,  as the  place  for  holding  any  special  meeting  of the  board of
directors called by such persons.

         Members of the board of directors may  participate in special  meetings
by means of conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation
shall constitute presence in person but shall not constitute  attendance for the
purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 11 of this Article.

         Section 5. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given
to each director at least two days prior thereto when delivered personally or by
telegram  or at least  five days prior  thereto  when  delivered  by mail at the
address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered  when  deposited in the mail so  addressed,  with postage
prepaid if sent by mail or when  delivered to the  telegraph  company if sent by
telegram.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing  filed with
the  secretary.  The  attendance of a director at a meeting  shall  constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a director attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  because the
meeting  is  not  lawfully  called  or  convened.  Neither  the  business  to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need be
specified in the notice of waiver of notice of such meeting.

         Section 6.  Quorum.  A majority  of the  number of  directors  fixed by
Section 2 of this Article III shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of
business  at any  meeting  of the  board of  directors;  but if less  than  such
majority  is present  at a meeting,  a majority  of the  directors  present  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be
given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 5 of this Article III.

         Section 7. Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of directors,  unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office
or by these bylaws.

         Section 8. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  board of  directors  at a  meeting  may be taken  without  a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the directors.

         Section 9. Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by sending
a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the Company addressed
to the chairman of the board or the president.  Unless otherwise specified, such
resignation  shall take effect upon  receipt by the chairman of the board or the
president.  More than three  consecutive  absences from regular  meetings of the
board of  directors,  unless  excused by  resolution  of the board of directors,
shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is
accepted by the board of directors.

         Section 10. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors
may be filled by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the remaining  directors
although  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A director  elected to
fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by
the shareholders.  Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the
number of directors may

                                     Page 5

<PAGE>



be filled by election by the board of directors for a term of office  continuing
only until the next election of directors by the shareholders.

         Section  11.  Compensation.  Directors,  as such,  may receive a stated
salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable
fixed sum, and  reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for
actual  attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board of directors.
Members  of  either   standing  or  special   committees  may  be  allowed  such
compensation  for  actual  attendance  at  committee  meetings  as the  board of
directors may determine.

         Section  12.  Presumption  of Assent.  A director of the Company who is
present at a meeting of the board of  directors  at which  action on any Company
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his  dissent or  abstention  shall be entered in the  minutes of the  meeting or
unless he shall file a written  dissent to such action with the person acting as
the  secretary of the meeting  before the  adjournment  thereof or shall forward
such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Company within five days
after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is  received.  Such right to
dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

         Section 13. Removal of Directors.  At a meeting of shareholders  called
expressly for that  purpose,  any director may be removed for cause by a vote of
the holders of a majority of the shares then  entitled to vote at an election of
directors.  If less  than  the  entire  board  is to be  removed,  no one of the
directors  may be  removed  if the  votes  cast  against  the  removal  would be
sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively  voted at an election of the
class of directors of which such director is a part. Whenever the holders of the
shares  of any  class  are  entitled  to  elect  one or  more  directors  by the
provisions of the charter or supplemental  sections  thereto,  the provisions of
this section  shall apply,  in respect to the removal of a director or directors
so elected,  to the vote of the holders of the outstanding  shares of that class
and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

                   ARTICLE IV - Executive And Other Committees

         Section 1. Appointment.  The board of directors,  by resolution adopted
by a majority of the full board,  may designate the chief executive  officer and
two or more of the other  directors to  constitute an executive  committee.  The
designation  of any committee  pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of
authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any director,
of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

         Section  2.  Authority.  The  executive  committee,  when the  board of
directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of
the board of directors  except to the extent,  if any, that such authority shall
be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also
that the  executive  committee  shall  not have the  authority  of the  board of
directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends;  the amendment of the
charter or bylaws of the Company;  recommending  to the  shareholders  a plan of
merger,  consolidation,  or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of
all or  substantially  all of the property  and assets of the Company  otherwise
than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of
the  Company;  a  revocation  of any  of the  foregoing;  or the  approval  of a
transaction  in  which  any  member  of the  executive  committee,  directly  or
indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.


                                     Page 6

<PAGE>



         Section  3.  Tenure.  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section 8 of this
Article IV, each member of the executive  committee  shall hold office until the
next  regular  annual  meeting of the board of  directors  following  his or her
designation  and until a successor is  designated  as a member of the  executive
committee.

         Section 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
be called by any member  thereof upon not less than one days notice  stating the
place,  date, and hour of the meeting,  which notice may be written or oral. Any
member of the executive  committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice
of any meeting  need be given to any member  thereof who attends in person.  The
notice of a  meeting  of the  executive  committee  need not state the  business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

         Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee
shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business  at any  meeting
thereof,  and  action  of the  executive  committee  must be  authorized  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members  present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

         Section 6. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  executive  committee  at a  meeting  may be taken  without a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

         Section 7.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in the  executive  committee may be
filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

         Section  8.  Resignations  and  Removal.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the full  board of  directors.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may resign from the executive  committee at any time by giving written
notice to the president or secretary of the Company. Unless otherwise specified,
such  resignation  shall take effect upon its receipt;  the  acceptance  of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         Section 9. Procedure.  The executive  committee shall elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure  which shall not
be  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.  It shall  keep  regular  minutes  of its
proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at
the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.

         Section 10. Other Committees.  The board of directors may by resolution
establish an audit,  loan, or other committee  composed of directors as they may
determine to be necessary or appropriate  for the conduct of the business of the
Company and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.

                              ARTICLE V - Officers

         Section 1. Positions. The officers of the Company shall be a president,
one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer, each of whom shall be
elected by the board of directors. The board of directors also may designate the
chairman of the board as an officer.  The president shall be the chief executive
officer,  unless the board of directors  designates the chairman of the board as
chief executive

                                     Page 7

<PAGE>



officer.  The president  shall be a director of the Company.  The offices of the
secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice president also
may be  either  the  secretary  or the  treasurer.  The board of  directors  may
designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice
president. The board of directors also may elect or authorize the appointment of
such other  officers as the  business of the Company may  require.  The officers
shall have such  authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may
from time to time authorize or determine.  In the absence of action by the board
of  directors,  the  officers  shall have such  powers  and duties as  generally
pertain to their respective offices.

         Section 2.  Election  and Term of Office.  The  officers of the Company
shall be elected  annually at the first  meeting of the board of directors  held
after each annual  meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers is
not held at such  meeting,  such  election  shall be held as soon  thereafter as
possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected
and qualified or until the officers death, resignation, or removal in the manner
hereinafter provided.  Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or agent
shall not of itself  create  contractual  rights.  The  board of  directors  may
authorize the Company to enter into an  employment  contract with any officer in
accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall impair the
right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time in  accordance
with Section 3 of this Article V.

         Section  3.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be  removed  by the  board  of
directors  whenever in its  judgment  the best  interests of the Company will be
served  thereby,  but such  removal,  other  than for  cause,  shall be  without
prejudice to any contractual rights of the person so removed.

         Section  4.  Vacancies.  A  vacancy  in any  office  because  of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification,  or otherwise may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

         Section 5.  Remuneration.  The  remuneration  of the officers  shall be
fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

               ARTICLE VI - Contracts, Loans, Checks, and Deposits

         Section 1.  Contracts.  To the extent  permitted by  regulations of the
Office,  and except as  otherwise  prescribed  by these  bylaws with  respect to
certificates  for shares,  the board of  directors  may  authorize  any officer,
employee  or agent of the  Company to enter  into any  contract  or execute  and
deliver  any  instrument  in the  name of and on  behalf  of the  Company.  Such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

         Section 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Company
and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
the board of  directors.  Such  authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.

         Section 3. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts, or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes, or other  evidences of indebtedness  issued in the
name of the  Company  shall be signed  by one or more  officers,  employees,  or
agents of the Company in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by
the board of directors.



                                     Page 8

<PAGE>



            ARTICLE VII - Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer

         Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of
capital stock of the Company shall be in such form as shall be determined by the
board of directors and approved by the Office. Such certificates shall be signed
by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the Company authorized
by the board of directors,  attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary,
and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signature of such
officers upon a certificate  may be  facsimiles if the  certificate  is manually
signed on behalf of a  transfer  agent or a  registrar  other  than the  Company
itself or one of its  employees.  Each  certificate  for shares of capital stock
shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of
the person to whom the shares are issued,  with the number of shares and date of
issue,  shall  be  entered  on the  stock  transfer  books of the  Company.  All
certificates  surrendered  to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and no
new certificate  shall be issued until the former  certificate for a like number
of shares has been surrendered and cancelled,  except that in the case of a lost
or destroyed  certificate,  a new  certificate may be issued upon such terms and
indemnity to the Company as the board of directors may prescribe.

         Section 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of capital stock of
the Company shall be made only on its stock transfer  books.  Authority for such
transfer  shall  be  given  only  by  the  holder  of  record  or by  his  legal
representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority,  or by his
attorney  authorized  by a duly  executed  power of attorney  and filed with the
Company.  Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for  cancellation of the
certificate  for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital  stock
stand on the books of the Company shall be deemed by the Company to be the owner
for all purposes.

                    ARTICLE VIII - Fiscal Year; Annual Audit

         The  fiscal  year of the  Company  shall end on the last day of June of
each year.  The Company shall be subject to an annual audit as of the end of its
fiscal year by independent  public  accountants  appointed by and responsible to
the board of directors.

                             ARTICLE IX - Dividends

         Subject only to the terms of the Company's  charter and the regulations
and  orders  of the  Office,  the  board of  directors  may,  from time to time,
declare, and the Company may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital
stock.

                           ARTICLE X - Corporate Seal

         The board of directors  shall provide a Company seal which shall be two
concentric  circles between which shall be the name of the Company.  The year of
incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.


                                     Page 9

<PAGE>


                             ARTICLE XI - Amendments

         These bylaws may be amended in a manner  consistent with regulations of
the Office at any time by a majority vote of the full board of directors or by a
majority vote of the votes cast by the  shareholders of the Company at any legal
meeting.



                                     Page 10



                          [FORM OF STOCK CERTIFICATE]

           INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA



                           ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP.
                             ALAMOGORDO, NEW MEXICO


           $0.10 par value common stock--fully paid and non assessable

This certifies that  ____________________________ is the owner of _______ shares
of the common stock of ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORP. (the "Corporation"), a Federal
corporation.

The shares  evidenced by this  certificate  are  transferable  only on the stock
transfer books of the  Corporation by the holder of record hereof,  in person or
by his duly authorized attorney or legal representative,  upon surrender of this
certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate in not valid until countersigned
and registered by the Corporation's transfer agent and registrar.  This security
is not a deposit or account and is not federally insured or guaranteed.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed
by the facsimile  signatures of its duly authorized  officers and has caused its
seal to be affixed hereto.

DATED:



- -------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
              Secretary              (SEAL)               President



<PAGE>



                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION

      The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is authorized by resolution or
resolutions,  from time to time  adopted,  to provide for the issuance of serial
preferred stock in series and to fix and state the voting powers,  designations,
preferences,  limitations and restrictions thereof. The Corporation will furnish
to any  shareholder  upon request and without charge a full  description of each
class of stock and any series thereof.

      The shares  represented by this Certificate may not be cumulatively  voted
on any matter.

      The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face of
this  certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______Custodian________
                                                         (Cust)          (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties
                                               Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right          _________________________________
          of survivorship and not as                        (State)
          tenants in common

     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list


For value received, ______________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of
assignee)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_______________________________________________________________________Shares of

the  Common  Stock  represented  by  the  within  Certificate,   and  do  hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint______________________________________________
Attorney  to  transfer  the  said  shares  on  the  books  of the  within  named
corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated, _____________________________

In the presence of                      Signature:
_____________________________                     _____________________________


NOTE:  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS  ASSIGNMENT  MUST  CORRESPOND  WITH THE NAME OF THE
STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.








December 15, 1999                                                 (202) 274-2000

The Board of Directors
Alamogordo Financial Corporation
500 10th Street
Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310-0690

                  Re:      Alamogordo Financial Corporation
                           Common Stock Par Value $0.10 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         You have  requested  the opinion of this firm as to certain  matters in
connection  with the offer and sale (the  "Offering")  of  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation  (the  "Company")  Common Stock,  par value $0.10 per share ("Common
Stock").   We  have  reviewed  the  Company's  Stock  Holding  Company  Charter,
Registration  Statement  on Form  SB-2  ("Form  SB-2"),  as  well as  applicable
statutes  and  regulations  governing  the Company and the offer and sale of the
Common Stock.

         We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the
Form SB-2 and the  incorporation  of the Company as a federal  corporation,  the
Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         This Opinion has been prepared for the use of the Company in connection
with its  registration  statement  on Form  SB-2,  and we hereby  consent to the
filing of this Opinion as an exhibit to such  registration  statement and to our
firm being referenced under the caption "Legal and Tax Opinions."

                                      Very truly yours,




                                      \S\ LUSE LEHMAN GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      LUSE LEHMAN GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
                                      A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION











                                    FORM OF

                  ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN



                       (adopted effective January 1, 2000)






<PAGE>



                  ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN



         This  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan,  executed  on the  ___th day of
____________,  2000, by Alamogordo Federal Savings & Loan Association, a federal
stock savings association (the "Association"),


                           W I T N E S S E T H    T H A T

         WHEREAS,  the board of  directors  of the  Association  has resolved to
adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees in accordance with
the terms and conditions presented to the directors;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  Association  hereby  adopts the  following  Plan
setting  forth the terms  and  conditions  pertaining  to  contributions  by the
Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Association has adopted this Plan and caused
this instrument to be executed by its duly  authorized  officers as of the above
date.



ATTEST:



_________________________________           By:________________________________
Secretary                                      President




<PAGE>

                                C 0 N T E N T S


                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------

Section  1. Plan Identity..................................................-1-
         1.1      Name.....................................................-1-
         1.2      Purpose..................................................-1-
         1.3      Effective Date...........................................-1-
         1.4      Fiscal Period............................................-1-
         1.5      Single Plan for All Employers............................-1-
         1.6      Interpretation of Provisions.............................-1-

Section  2. Definitions....................................................-1-

Section  3.       Eligibility for Participation............................-7-
         3.1      Initial Eligibility......................................-7-
         3.2      Definition of Eligibility Year...........................-7-
         3.3      Terminated Employees.....................................-7-
         3.4      Certain Employees Ineligible.............................-7-
         3.5      Participation and Reparticipation........................-7-
         3.6      Omission of Eligible Employee............................-7-
         3.7      Inclusion of Ineligible Employee.........................-8-

Section  4.       Contributions and Credits................................-8-
         4.1      Discretionary Contributions..............................-8-
         4.2      Contributions for Stock Obligations......................-8-
         4.3      Definitions Related to Contributions.....................-8-
         4.4      Conditions as to Contributions...........................-9-

Section  5.       Limitations on Contributions and Allocations.............-9-
         5.1      Limitation on Annual Additions...........................-9-
         5.2      Coordinated Limitation With Other Plans.................-11-
         5.3      Effect of Limitations...................................-11-
         5.4      Limitations as to Certain Participants..................-11-

Section  6.       Trust Fund and Its Investment...........................-12-
         6.1      Creation of Trust Fund..................................-12-
         6.2      Stock Fund and Investment Fund..........................-12-
         6.3      Acquisition of Stock....................................-12-
         6.4      Participants' Option to Diversify.......................-13-

Section  7.       Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock....................-14-
         7.1      Voting and Tendering of Stock...........................-14-
         7.2      Dividends on Stock......................................-15-


                                       (i)

<PAGE>


                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------

Section  8.       Adjustments to Accounts................................-15-
         8.1      Adjustments for Transactions...........................-15-
         8.2      Valuation of Investment Fund...........................-15-
         8.3      Adjustments for Investment Experience..................-16-

Section  9.       Vesting of Participants' Interests.....................-16-
         9.1      [Intentionally Omitted]................................-16-
         9.2      Computation of Vesting Years...........................-16-
         9.3      Full Vesting Upon Certain Events.......................-17-
         9.4      Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination.....................-18-
         9.5      Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral....................-18-
         9.6      Accounting for Forfeitures.............................-18-
         9.7      Vesting and Nonforfeitability..........................-18-

Section  10.      Payment of Benefits....................................-18-
         10.1     Benefits for Participants..............................-18-
         10.2     Time for Distribution..................................-19-
         10.3     Marital Status.........................................-20-
         10.4     Delay in Benefit Determination.........................-20-
         10.5     Accounting for Benefit Payments........................-21-
         10.6     Options to Receive and Sell Stock......................-21-
         10.7     Restrictions on Disposition of Stock...................-22-
         10.8     Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections
                    and Rights...........................................-22-
         10.9     Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution...............-22-
         10.10    Waiver of 30 Day Period After Notice of Distribution...-23-

Section  11.      Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals...-23-
         11.1     Claim for Benefits.....................................-23-
         11.2     Notification by Committee..............................-23-
         11.3     Claims Review Procedure................................-23-

Section  12.      The Committee and Its Functions........................-24-
         12.1     Authority of Committee.................................-24-
         12.2     Identity of Committee..................................-24-
         12.3     Duties of Committee....................................-24-
         12.4     Valuation of Stock.....................................-25-
         12.5     Compliance with ERISA..................................-25-
         12.6     Action by Committee....................................-25-
         12.7     Execution of Documents.................................-25-
         12.8     Adoption of Rules......................................-25-
         12.9     Responsibilities to Participants.......................-25-
         12.10    Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity..............-25-
         12.11    Indemnification by Employers...........................-26-
         12.12    Nonparticipation by Interested Member..................-26-


                                      (ii)

<PAGE>


                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------

Section  13.      Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan........-26-
         13.1     Adoption of Plan by Other Employers....................-26-
         13.2     Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification.................-26-
         13.3     Right to Amend or Terminate............................-26-

Section  14.      Miscellaneous Provisions...............................-27-
         14.1     Plan Creates No Employment Rights......................-27-
         14.2     Nonassignability of Benefits...........................-27-
         14.3     Limit of Employer Liability............................-27-
         14.4     Treatment of Expenses..................................-27-
         14.5     Number and Gender......................................-27-
         14.6     Nondiversion of Assets.................................-27-
         14.7     Separability of Provisions.............................-27-
         14.8     Service of Process.....................................-28-
         14.9     Governing State Law....................................-28-
         14.10    Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility....-28-
         14.11    Unclaimed Accounts.....................................-28-
         14.12    Qualified Domestic Relations Order.....................-28-

Section  15.      Top-Heavy Provisions...................................-29-
         15.1     Top-Heavy Plan.........................................-29-
         15.2     Super Top-Heavy Plan...................................-29-
         15.3     Definitions............................................-30-
         15.4     Top-Heavy Rules of Application.........................-31-
         15.5     Top-Heavy Ratio........................................-32-
         15.6     Minimum Contributions..................................-32-
         15.7     Minimum Vesting........................................-33-
         15.8     Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan.........-33-




                                      (iii)

<PAGE>



                  ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN



Section 1.  Plan Identity.

         1.1 Name. The name of this Plan is "Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan
Association Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

         1.2  Purpose.  The  purpose of this Plan is to  describe  the terms and
conditions under which  contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited
and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

         1.3 Effective Date. The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2000.

         1.4  Fiscal  Period.  This  Plan  shall be  operated  on the basis of a
January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan's books
and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

         1.5  Single  Plan for All  Employers.  This Plan  shall be treated as a
single  plan with  respect to all  participating  Employers  for the  purpose of
crediting  contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits,  determining
whether there has been any termination of Service,  and applying the limitations
set forth in Section 5.

         1.6  Interpretation  of Provisions.  The Employers intend this Plan and
the Trust to be a qualified  stock bonus plan under  Section  401(a) of the Code
and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section  407(d)(6) of
ERISA and  Section  4975(e)(7)  of the Code.  The Plan is  intended  to have its
assets  invested  primarily in  qualifying  employer  securities  of one or more
Employers  within the meaning of Section  407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any
requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.

         Accordingly,  the Plan and Trust  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  and
applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all
times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

Section 2.  Definitions.

         The  following  capitalized  words and phrases  shall have the meanings
specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement,  unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise:

         "Account"  means a  Participant's  interest  in the assets  accumulated
under this Plan as expressed  in terms of a separate  account  balance  which is
periodically  adjusted  to  reflect  his  Employer's  contributions,  the Plan's
investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

         "Active   Participant"   means  any  Employee  who  has  satisfied  the
eligibility requirements of Section 3 and who qualifies as an Active Participant
for a particular Plan Year under Section 4.3.

         "Association"  means Alamogordo  Federal Savings & Loan Association and
any entity which succeeds to the business of Alamogordo  Federal  Savings & Loan
Association and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.2.


                                       -1-

<PAGE>



         "Beneficiary"  means the  person or  persons  who are  designated  by a
Participant  to receive  benefits  payable  under the Plan on the  Participant's
death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated  Beneficiaries
shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been
paid, the  Participant's  Beneficiary  shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or
his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse.  The  Committee  may rely upon the
advice of the Participant's  executor or administrator as to the identity of the
Participant's Spouse.

         "Break in Service" means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility
computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive  month period beginning
on the  first  day of  which an  Employee  has an Hour of  Service,  in which an
Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee
shall be considered  employed for his normal hours of paid  employment  during a
Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours
of Service to avoid a Break in  Service),  unless he does not resume his Service
at the end of the Recognized Absence.  Further, if an Employee is absent for any
period  beginning on or after January 1, 1985,  (i) by reason of the  Employee's
pregnancy,  (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee's child, (iii) by reason
of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection  with the Employee's
adoption  of the  child,  or (iv) for  purposes  of caring  for such child for a
period beginning  immediately after such birth or placement,  the Employee shall
be credited  with the Hours of Service  which would  normally have been credited
but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Committee" means the committee  responsible for the  administration of
this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

         "Company" means  Alamogordo  Financial Corp., the stock holding company
of Association.

         "Disability"  means only a  disability  which  renders the  Participant
totally  unable,  as a result of bodily or mental disease or injury,  to perform
any duties for an Employer for which he is reasonably  fitted,  which disability
is expected to be permanent or of long and indefinite  duration.  However,  this
term shall not include any disability  directly or indirectly  resulting from or
related to habitual  drunkenness  or addiction to  narcotics,  a criminal act or
attempt,  service in the armed forces of any country, an act of war, declared or
undeclared,   any  injury  or  disease  occurring  while   compensation  to  the
Participant is suspended,  or any injury which is intentionally  self-inflicted.
Further,  this term shall  apply  only if (i) the  Participant  is  sufficiently
disabled  to qualify for the payment of  disability  benefits  under the federal
Social  Security  Act or  Veterans  Disability  Act,  or (ii) the  Participant's
disability  is certified by a physician  selected by the  Committee.  Unless the
Participant is  sufficiently  disabled to qualify for disability  benefits under
the federal Social  Security Act or Veterans  Disability  Act, the Committee may
require the Participant to be appropriately examined from time to time by one or
more  physicians  chosen by the Committee,  and no Participant who refuses to be
examined shall be treated as having a Disability.  In any event, the Committee's
good faith decision as to whether a Participant's Service has been terminated by
Disability shall be final and conclusive.

         "Early  Retirement"  means  retirement  on  or  after  a  Participant's
attainment of age 55 and the  completion of fifteen years of employment  with an
Employer.  If the Participant  terminates  employment  before satisfying the age
requirement,  but has satisfied the employment requirement, the Participant will
be entitled to elect early retirement upon satisfaction of the age requirement.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


         "Effective Date" means January 1, 2000.

         "Employee"  means  any  individual  who  is or  has  been  employed  or
self-employed by an Employer.  "Employee" also means an individual employed by a
leasing  organization  who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the
leasing  organization,  has performed  services for the Employer and any related
persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially
full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the
primary direction or control of the Employer.  However, such a "leased employee"
shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he  participates  in a money purchase
pension plan sponsored by the leasing  organization which provides for immediate
participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10
percent of the Employee's  415  Compensation,  and (ii) leased  employees do not
constitute  more than 20 percent of the Employer's  total work force  (including
leased  employees,  but excluding  Highly Paid Employees and any other Employees
who have not performed  services for the Employer on a  substantially  full-time
basis for at least one year).

         "Employer" means the Association or any affiliate within the purview of
section  414(b),  (c) or (m) and  415(h)  of the Code,  any  other  corporation,
partnership,  or  proprietorship  which adopts this Plan with the  Association's
consent  pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business
of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2.

         "Entry  Date" means the  Effective  Date of the Plan and each January 1
and July 1 of each Plan Year after the Effective Date.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L.
93-406, as amended).

         "415 Compensation"

                  (a) shall mean wages,  as defined in Code Section  3401(a) for
         purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

                  (b) Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)
         (any  Employer  contributions  made on behalf of a  Participant  to the
         extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to
         purchase an annuity  contract  under Code Section 403(b) under a salary
         reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by
         the  Employer  at the  election  of the  Participant  and  which is not
         includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section
         125  (Cafeteria  Plan) shall also be included in the  definition of 415
         Compensation.

                  (c) 415  Compensation in excess of $160,000 (as indexed) shall
         be disregarded for all Participants.  For purposes of this sub-section,
         the $160,000 limit shall be referred to as the  "applicable  limit" for
         the Plan Year in  question.  The  $160,000  limit shall be adjusted for
         increases   in  the  cost  of  living  in   accordance   with   Section
         401(a)(17)(B)  of the Code,  effective  for the Plan Year which  begins
         within the  applicable  calendar  year.  For purposes of the applicable
         limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years.

         "Highly Paid Employee" for any Plan Year means an Employee who,  during
either  of that or the  immediately  preceding  Plan Year was at any time a five
percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



Section  416(i)(1))  or, during the  immediately  preceding  Plan Year,  had 415
Compensation  exceeding  $80,000  and was  among  the  most  highly  compensated
one-fifth of all Employees. For this purpose:

                  (a) "415  Compensation"  shall  include  any  amount  which is
         excludable from the Employee's  gross income for tax purposes  pursuant
         to Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b) of the Code.

                  (b) The number of  Employees  in "the most highly  compensated
         one-fifth of all Employees"  shall be determined by taking into account
         all individuals  working for all related Employer entities described in
         the  definition of "Service",  but excluding any individual who has not
         completed six months of Service,  who normally  works fewer than 17-1/2
         hours  per  week or in fewer  than six  months  per  year,  who has not
         reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective  bargaining
         agreement,  or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income
         from United States sources.

         "Hours of Service"  means hours to be credited to an Employee under the
following rules:

                  (a) Each hour for which an  Employee is paid or is entitled to
         be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.

                  (b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or  indirectly
         paid or is  entitled  to be paid for a period  of  vacation,  holidays,
         illness,  disability,  lay-off,  jury duty, temporary military duty, or
         leave of absence is an Hour of Service.  However,  except as  otherwise
         specifically  provided,  no more  than 501  Hours of  Service  shall be
         credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no
         duties.  No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited  under this
         paragraph for any single  continuous period (whether or not such period
         occurs in a single computation  period).  Further,  no Hours of Service
         shall be  credited  on account of  payments  made  solely  under a plan
         maintained   to  comply  with   worker's   compensation,   unemployment
         compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee
         for medical expenses.

                  (c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring  any  mitigation of
         damages)  is either  awarded or agreed to by an  Employer is an Hour of
         Service.  However,  no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited
         for any single  continuous  period  during which an Employee  would not
         have  performed  any  duties.  The same  Hours of  Service  will not be
         credited both under  paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under
         this  paragraph  (c).  These hours will be credited to the employee for
         the  computation  period or  periods  to which  the award or  agreement
         pertains  rather  than  the  computation  period  in  which  the  award
         agreement or payment is made.

                  (d) Hours of Service  shall be credited in any one period only
         under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may
         not get double credit for the same period.

                  (e) If an Employer  finds it  impractical  to count the actual
         Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly  Employees,  each
         Employee  in that  class or group  shall be  credited  with 45 Hours of
         Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of
         Service.  However,  an Employee  shall be credited  only for his normal
         working hours during a paid absence.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



                  (f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to
         an  Employee  (including  back pay) shall be  recorded in the period of
         Service for which the payment was made.  If the period  overlaps two or
         more Plan Years,  the Hours of Service  credit  shall be  allocated  in
         proportion  to the  respective  portions of the period  included in the
         several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less,
         the  Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of
         Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

                  (g) In all respects an  Employee's  Hours of Service  shall be
         counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department
         of Labor's regulations under Title I of ERISA.

         "Investment  Fund" means that portion of the Trust Fund  consisting  of
assets other than Stock.  Notwithstanding  the above, assets from the Investment
Fund may be used to purchase  Stock in the open market or otherwise,  or used to
pay on the Stock  Obligation,  and shares so  purchased  will be  allocated to a
Participant's Stock Fund.

         "Normal  Retirement"  means  retirement  on or after the  Participant's
Normal Retirement Date.

         "Normal Retirement Date" means the date on which a Participant  attains
age 65 and completes five years of Service.

         "Participant"  means any Employee who is  participating in the Plan, or
who has previously  participated in the Plan and still has a balance credited to
his Account.

         "Plan  Year" means the twelve  month  period  commencing  January 1 and
ending December 31, 1998 and each period of 12 consecutive  months  beginning on
January 1 of each succeeding year.

         "Recognized Absence" means a period for which --

                  (a) an  Employer  grants an  Employee a leave of absence for a
         limited  period,  but  only  if an  Employer  grants  such  leave  on a
         nondiscriminatory basis; or

                  (b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because
`        of a change in business conditions; or

                  (c) an Employee is on active  military  duty,  but only to the
         extent  that  his  employment  rights  are  protected  by the  Military
         Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

         "Service"   means   an   Employee's    period(s)   of   employment   or
self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any
period in which the individual was a nonresident  alien and did not receive from
an Employer any earned income which  constituted  income from sources within the
United States. An Employee's Service shall include any Service which constitutes
Service with a predecessor  Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the
Code. An Employee's  Service shall also include any Service with an entity which
is not an  Employer,  but only  either (i) for a period  after 1975 in which the
other  entity  is a member of a  controlled  group of  corporations  or is under
common  control with other trades and  businesses  within the meaning of Section
414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the
trades and businesses is an Employer,  (ii) for a period after 1979 in which the
other entity is a member of an  affiliated  service  group within the meaning of
Section 414(m) of the

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer,  or (iii) all
Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not
until  the  Proposed   Regulations  under  Section  414(o)  become   effective).
Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this  Plan to the  contrary,  contributions,
benefits and service credit with respect to qualified  military  service will be
provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

         "Spouse"  means  the  individual,  if  any,  to whom a  Participant  is
lawfully  married on the date benefit  payments to the Participant are to begin,
or on the date of the Participant's  death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be
treated  as the  Spouse or  surviving  Spouse  to the  extent  provided  under a
qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.

         "Stock" means shares of the Company's  voting common stock or preferred
stock  meeting the  requirements  of Section  409(e)(3) of the Code issued by an
Employer which is a member of the same controlled  group of corporations  within
the meaning of Code Section 414(b).

         "Stock Fund" means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.

         "Stock Obligation" means an indebtedness  arising from any extension of
credit to the Plan or the Trust which  satisfies the  requirements  set forth in
Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

                  (i)      to acquire qualifying  Employer securities as defined
                           in Treasury Regulations ss. 54.4975-12

                  (ii)     to repay such Stock Obligation; or

                  (iii)    to repay a prior exempt loan.

         "Trust" or "Trust Fund" means the trust fund created under this Plan.

         "Trust  Agreement" means the agreement  between the Association and the
Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a
co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified  retirement  plans,  "Trust
Agreement"  shall be  deemed  to  include  the trust  agreement  governing  that
co-mingled   trust  fund.   With  respect  to  the   allocation   of  investment
responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of
the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

         "Trustee" means one or more corporate  persons or individuals  selected
from time to time by the  Association  to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the
Trust Fund.

         "Unallocated   Stock  Fund"  means  that  portion  of  the  Stock  Fund
consisting  of the Plan's  holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange
for one or more Stock  obligations  and which have not yet been allocated to the
Participant's Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2

         "Valuation  Date"  means the last day of the Plan  Year and each  other
date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment  experience of the
Investment Fund and adjust the Participants' Accounts accordingly.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



         "Valuation  Period"  means the period  following a  Valuation  Date and
ending with the next Valuation Date.

         "Vesting  Year"  means  a unit of  Service  credited  to a  Participant
pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining  his vested  interest in his
Account.

Section 3.        Eligibility for Participation.

         3.1 Initial  Eligibility.  An  Employee  shall enter the Plan as of the
Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the following dates:

                  (a) the last day of the Employee's first Eligibility Year, and

                  (b) the Employee's 21st birthday.  However,  if an Employee is
         not in active  Service with an Employer on the date he would  otherwise
         first enter the Plan, his entry shall be deferred until the next day he
         is in Service.

         3.2  Definition of  Eligibility  Year. An  "Eligibility  Year" means an
applicable  eligibility  period (as  defined  below) in which the  Employee  has
completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

                  (a)  an   Employee's   first   "eligibility   period"  is  the
         12-consecutive  month period beginning on the first day on which he has
         an Hour of Service, and

                  (b) his subsequent  eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive
         month  periods  beginning  on each  January 1 after  that  first day of
         Service.

         3.3 Terminated Employees. No Employee shall have any interest or rights
under this Plan if he is never in active  Service  with an  Employer on or after
the Effective Date.

         3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible.  No Employee shall participate in the
Plan while his Service is covered by a collective  bargaining  agreement between
an Employer  and the  Employee's  collective  bargaining  representative  if (i)
retirement  benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining  between the
Employer and the  representative  and (ii) the collective  bargaining  agreement
does not provide for the Employee's participation in the Plan.

         3.5 Participation and  Reparticipation.  Subject to the satisfaction of
the foregoing  requirements,  an Employee  shall  participate in the Plan during
each  period of his  Service  from the date on which he first  becomes  eligible
until his termination. For this purpose, an Employee who returns before five (5)
consecutive Breaks in Service who previously  satisfied the initial  eligibility
requirements  or who  returns  after  five (5)  consecutive  one year  Breaks in
Service with a vested Account  balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of
the date of his return to Service with an Employer.

         3.6 Omission of Eligible  Employee.  If, in any Plan Year, any Employee
who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is  erroneously  omitted and
discovery  of such  omission  is not  made  until  after a  contribution  by his
Employer  for the year has been  made,  the  Employer  shall  make a  subsequent
contribution  with respect to the omitted  Employee in the amount which the said
Employer

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



would  have  contributed  shall  be  made  regardless  of  whether  or not it is
deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under  applicable  provisions
of the Code.

         3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee.  If, in any Plan Year, any person
who should not have been  included as a Participant  in the Plan is  erroneously
included  and  discovery of such  incorrect  inclusion is not made until after a
contribution  for the year has been made,  the Employer shall not be entitled to
recover the contribution  made with respect to the ineligible  person regardless
of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to the ineligible person
shall constitute a forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.

Section 4.        Contributions and Credits.

         4.1 Discretionary  Contributions.  The Employer shall from time to time
contribute,  with respect to a Plan Year,  such amounts as it may determine from
time to time.  The Employer  shall have no obligation  to contribute  any amount
under this Plan except as so determined in its sole  discretion.  The Employer's
contributions and available  forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of
the  last  day of the  year  to the  Accounts  of  the  Active  Participants  in
proportion to their amounts of 415 Compensation.

         4.2  Contributions  for  Stock  Obligations.   If  the  Trustee,   upon
instructions  from the Committee,  incurs any Stock Obligation upon the purchase
of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to
cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of
the Stock Obligation.  If there is more than one Stock Obligation,  the Employer
shall designate the one to which any  contribution is to be applied.  Investment
earnings  realized  on  Employer  contributions  and any  dividends  paid by the
Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the
Stock Obligation related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

         In  each  Plan  Year  in  which  Employer  contributions,  earnings  on
contributions,  or dividends on  unallocated  Stock are used as payments under a
Stock  Obligation,  a certain  number of shares of the Stock  acquired with that
Stock  Obligation  which is then held in the  Unallocated  Stock  Fund  shall be
released for allocation  among the  Participants.  The number of shares released
shall bear the same ratio to the total  number of those  shares then held in the
Unallocated  Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest
payments made on the Stock Obligation in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the
sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or
projected to be required on the basis of the interest  rate in effect at the end
of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Stock Obligation.

         At the direction of the Committee,  the current and projected  payments
of interest under a Stock Obligation may be ignored in calculating the number of
shares to be  released  in each year if (i) the Stock  Obligation  provides  for
annual  payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less
rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years,  (ii)
the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would
be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization  tables, and (iii)
the  term  of  the  Stock  Obligation,  by  reason  of  renewal,  extension,  or
refinancing,  has not  exceeded 10 years from the  original  acquisition  of the
Stock.

         4.3  Definitions  Related to  Contributions.  For the  purposes of this
Plan, the following terms have the meanings specified:


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



         "Active   Participant"  means  a  Participant  who  has  satisfied  the
eligibility  requirements  under  Section 3 and who has at least  1000  Hours of
Service during the current Plan Year.  However,  a Participant shall not qualify
as an Active  Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as
of the last day of the Plan Year,  or (ii) he is on a  Recognized  Absence as of
that date,  or (iii) his  Service  terminated  during the Plan Year by reason of
Disability, death, Early or Normal Retirement.

         In the event a Plan  Year is a period  of less  than 12 months  for any
reason, then 415 Compensation for the short period shall not exceed the pro rata
portion of this limit created by  multiplying a fraction  which is the number of
months in the short  period  divided  by twelve  times the  annual  compensation
limit.

         4.4 Conditions as to Contributions.  Employers'  contributions shall in
all events be subject to the limitations  set forth in Section 5.  Contributions
may be made in the form of cash, or securities  and other property to the extent
permissible  under ERISA,  including  Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in
accordance  with the Trust  Agreement.  In addition to the provisions of Section
13.3 for the return of an Employer's  contributions in connection with a failure
of the Plan to qualify  initially  under the Code, any amount  contributed by an
Employer  due to a good faith  mistake  of fact,  or based upon a good faith but
erroneous  determination  of its  deductibility  under  Section 404 of the Code,
shall be  returned to the  Employer  within one year after the date on which the
contribution was originally made, or within one year after its  nondeductibility
has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced
to take account of any adverse  investment  experience  within the Trust Fund in
order that the balance credited to each  Participant's  Account is not less that
it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

Section 5.        Limitations on Contributions and Allocations.

         5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary,  allocation of Employer  contributions  for any Plan Year shall be
subject to the following:

                  5.1-1If  allocation  of Employer  contributions  in accordance
         with Section 4.1 will result in an  allocation  of more than  one-third
         the total  contributions for a Plan Year to the Accounts of Highly Paid
         Employees,  then  allocation  of such amount  shall be adjusted so that
         such excess will not occur.

                  5.1-2After  adjustment,  if  any,  required  by the  preceding
         paragraph,   the  annual   additions   during  any  Plan  Year  to  any
         Participant's  Account  under this and any other  defined  contribution
         plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of
         Section  414(b),  (c) and (m) and  Section  415(h) of the  Code,  which
         affiliate  shall be deemed the  Employer  for this  purpose)  shall not
         exceed the lesser of $30,000 (or such other dollar amount which results
         from  cost-of-living  adjustments  under Section 415(d) of the Code) or
         "25 percent of the  Participant's  415 Compensation for such limitation
         year."  In  the  event  that  annual  additions  exceed  the  aforesaid
         limitations, they shall be reduced in the following priority:

                  (i) If the  Participant  is  covered by the Plan at the end of
         the Plan  Year,  any  excess  amount  at the end of the Plan  Year that
         cannot  be  allocated  to the  Participant's  Account  shall be used to
         reduce  the  employer  contribution  for such  Participant  in the next
         limitation year and any succeeding limitation years if necessary.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



                  (ii) If the  Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end
         of the Plan  Year,  the excess  amount  will be held  unallocated  in a
         suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future
         Employer  contributions  for all  remaining  Participants  in the  next
         limitation year and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.

                  (iii)If a suspense  account is in existence at any time during
         a  limitation  year,  it will  not  participate  in any  allocation  of
         investment gains and losses. All amounts held in suspense accounts must
         be allocated to Participant's  Accounts before any contributions may be
         made to the Plan for the limitation year.

                  (iv)  If a  suspense  account  exists  at  the  time  of  Plan
         termination,  amounts  held in the  suspense  account  that  cannot  be
         allocated shall revert to the Employer.

                  5.1-3  For  purposes  of this  Section  5.1 and the  following
         Section 5.2, the "annual  addition" to a  Participant's  Accounts means
         the sum of (i) Employer contributions,  (ii) Employee contributions, if
         any, and (iii) forfeitures.  Annual additions to a defined contribution
         plan also  include  amounts  allocated,  after  March 31,  1984,  to an
         individual  medical  account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2)  of the
         Internal  Revenue  Code,  which is part of a pension  or  annuity  plan
         maintained by the Employer,  amounts derived from contributions paid or
         accrued  after  December 31, 1985,  in taxable  years ending after such
         date,  which  are  attributable  to  post-retirement  medical  benefits
         allocated  to the separate  account of a Key  Employee  under a welfare
         benefit  fund,  as defined in Section  419A(d) of the Internal  Revenue
         Code, maintained by the Employer. For these purposes,  annual additions
         to a defined  contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the
         excess amounts  remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a
         sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described
         in Section 8.1 of the Plan. The $30,000 limitations  referred to shall,
         for each limitation year ending after 1988, be  automatically  adjusted
         to  the  new  dollar  limitations  determined  by the  Commissioner  of
         Internal  Revenue for the calendar  year  beginning in that  limitation
         year.

                  5.1-4.........Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if no more than
         one-third  of the Employer  contributions  to the Plan for a year which
         are  deductible  under  Section  404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to
         Highly Paid  Employees  (within  the  meaning of Section  414(q) of the
         Internal Revenue Code), the limitations  imposed herein shall not apply
         to:

                  (i) forfeitures of Employer  securities (within the meaning of
         Section  409 of the  Code)  under  the  Plan  if such  securities  were
         acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section  404(a)(9)(A)
         of the Code), or

                  (ii) Employer  contributions  to the Plan which are deductible
         under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant's Account.

                  5.1-5If  the  Employer   contributes  amounts,  on  behalf  of
         Employees covered by this Plan, to other "defined  contribution  plans"
         as  defined  in  Section  3(34) of  ERISA,  the  limitation  on  annual
         additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions
         in the  aggregate  to this Plan and to such other  plans.  Reduction of
         annual  additions,  where  required,  shall  be  accomplished  first by
         reductions  under such other plan  pursuant  to the  directions  of the
         named  Fiduciary  for  administration  of such  other  plans  or  under
         priorities, if any, established under the terms of such

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



         other plans and then by allocating  any remaining  excess for this Plan
         in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

                  5.1-6 A limitation  year shall mean each 12 consecutive  month
         period beginning each January 1.

         5.2 Coordinated  Limitation With Other Plans. Aside from the limitation
prescribed by Section 5.1 with respect to the annual addition to a Participant's
Accounts for any single  limitation year, if a Participant has ever participated
in one or more defined benefit plans  maintained by an Employer or an affiliate,
then the accrued  benefit  shall be limited so that the sum of his defined  plan
fraction and his defined  contribution  plan  fraction  does not exceed one. For
this purpose:

                  5.2-1 A Participant's  defined contribution plan fraction with
         respect to a Plan Year shall be a fraction,  (i) the numerator of which
         is the sum of the annual  additions to his Accounts through the current
         year, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the
         following  amounts -A- and -B-  determined  for the current  limitation
         year and each prior limitation year of Service with an Employer: -A- is
         1.25  times the  dollar  limit in  effect  for the year  under  Section
         415(c)(1)(A)  of the Code,  or 1.0 times such dollar  limitation if the
         Plan is super top-heavy, and -B- is 35 percent of the Participant's 415
         Compensation for such year. Further, if the Participant participated in
         any related defined  contribution  plan in any years  beginning  before
         1976,  any  excess of the sum of the  actual  annual  additions  to the
         Participant's   Accounts  for  those  years  over  the  maximum  annual
         additions  which could have been made in  accordance  with  Section 5.1
         shall be ignored, and voluntary contributions by the Participant during
         those  years  shall be taken into  account as to each such year only to
         the extent  that his average  annual  voluntary  contribution  in those
         years  exceeded 10 percent of his average  annual 415  Compensation  in
         those years.

                  5.2-2 A  Participant's  defined  benefit  plan  fraction  with
         respect to a limitation year shall be a fraction,  (i) the numerator of
         which is his  projected  annual  benefit  payable at normal  retirement
         under the Employers' defined benefit plans, and (ii) the denominator of
         which is the lesser of (a) 1.25 times $90,000, or 1.0 times such dollar
         limitation  if the  Plan is  super  top-heavy,  and (b) 1.4  times  the
         Participant's  average 415 Compensation  during his highest-paid  three
         consecutive limitation years.

         5.3 Effect of Limitations. The Committee shall take whatever action may
be necessary from time to time to assure  compliance  with the  limitations  set
forth in Section 5.1 and 5.2.  Specifically,  the Committee  shall see that each
Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking
into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to
the Participants consistent with those limitations.  Where the limitations would
otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant
shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations.  Where an
excessive  amount is  contributed  on  account  of a  mistake  as to one or more
Participants'  compensation,  or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not
be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available,  the amount shall be
corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan.

         5.4 Limitations as to Certain Participants.  Aside from the limitations
set  forth  in  Section  5.1 and  5.2,  if the  Plan  acquires  any  Stock  in a
transaction  as to which a  selling  shareholder  or the  estate  of a  deceased
shareholder  is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code,  the Committee
shall see that

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



none of such Stock,  and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to
the Accounts of certain  Participants  in order to comply with Section 409(n) of
the Code.

         This  restriction  shall apply at all times to a  Participant  who owns
(taking into account the  attribution  rules under  Section  318(a) of the Code,
without   regard  to  the   exception   for  employee  plan  trusts  in  Section
318(a)(2)(B)(i)  more than 25  percent  of any  class of stock of a  corporation
which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another  corporation  within the
same  controlled  group,  as defined in Section  409(l)(4) of the Code (any such
class of stock  hereafter  called  a  "Related  Class").  For  this  purpose,  a
Participant  who owns  more than 25  percent  of any  Related  Class at any time
within the one year preceding the Plan's  purchase of the Stock shall be subject
to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant
shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time
when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

         Further,  this  restriction  shall  apply  to the  selling  shareholder
claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to
such a shareholder  within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the
period  beginning  on the date of sale and  ending  on the later of (1) the date
that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation
attributable  to the final  payment  of  acquisition  indebtedness  incurred  in
connection with the sale.

         This  restriction  shall not apply to any  Participant  who is a lineal
descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the
Plan for the benefit of all such  descendants  do not exceed five percent of the
Stock acquired from the shareholder.

Section 6.        Trust Fund and Its Investment.

         6.1 Creation of Trust Fund.  All amounts  received  under the Plan from
Employers and investments  shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms
of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Association and the Trustee.
The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the
Trust  Fund,  and none of the  Association,  any  other  Employer,  its board of
directors or trustees,  its  stockholders,  its  officers,  its  employees,  the
Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this
Plan except from the Trust Fund.

         6.2 Stock Fund and Investment  Fund. The Trust Fund held by the Trustee
shall be divided  into the Stock Fund,  consisting  entirely  of Stock,  and the
Investment  Fund,  consisting  of all assets of the Trust other than Stock.  The
Trustee shall have no investment  responsibility  for the Stock Fund,  but shall
accept any Employer  contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire,
sell,  exchange,  distribute,  and  otherwise  deal with and dispose of Stock in
accordance with the  instructions of the Committee.  The Trustee shall have full
responsibility  for the investment of the Investment Fund,  except to the extent
such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment
managers  pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Trust  Agreement,  or to the extent the
Committee  directs  the  Trustee  to  purchase  Stock  with  the  assets  in the
Investment Fund.

         6.3  Acquisition of Stock.  From time to time the Committee may, in its
sole  discretion,  direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer
or from  shareholders,  including  shareholders  who are or have been Employees,
Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for
such  Stock no more  than its  fair  market  value,  which  shall be  determined
conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct
the Trustee to finance the acquisition of

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which
indebtedness shall be called a "Stock  Obligation".  The term "Stock Obligation"
shall  refer to a loan  made to the Plan by a  disqualified  person  within  the
meaning  of  Section  4975(e)(2)  of the  Code,  or a loan to the Plan  which is
guaranteed by a disqualified  person. A Stock Obligation  includes a direct loan
of cash, a purchase-money  transaction,  and an assumption of an obligation of a
tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code
("ESOP").  For these purposes,  the term "guarantee"  shall include an unsecured
guarantee and the use of assets of a  disqualified  person as  collateral  for a
loan,  even  though the use of assets may not be a  guarantee  under  applicable
state law. An amendment of a Stock  Obligation in order to qualify as an "exempt
loan" is not a  refinancing  of the Stock  Obligation  or the  making of another
Stock  Obligation.  The term "exempt  loan" refers to a loan that  satisfies the
provisions  of this  paragraph.  A  "non-exempt  loan"  fails  to  satisfy  this
paragraph. Any Stock Obligation shall be subject to the following conditions and
limitations:

                  6.3-1 A Stock  Obligation  shall be for a specific term, shall
         not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear
         a reasonable rate of interest.

                  6.3-2 A Stock  Obligation  may,  but need not, be secured by a
         collateral  pledge of either the Stock  acquired  in  exchange  for the
         Stock Obligation,  or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a
         prior Stock  Obligation  which is being repaid with the proceeds of the
         current Stock Obligation.  No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be
         used as  collateral  for a Stock  Obligation,  and no creditor  under a
         Stock Obligation shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust
         assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

                  6.3-3 Any  pledge of Stock to secure a Stock  Obligation  must
         provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on
         the Stock obligations in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

                  6.3-4  Repayments  of  principal  and  interest  on any  Stock
         Obligation  shall  be made  by the  Trustee  only  from  Employer  cash
         contributions  designated  for such  payments,  from  earnings  on such
         contributions,  and from cash dividends  received on Stock, in the last
         case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2.

                  6.3-5In the event of default of a Stock Obligation,  the value
         of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Stock Obligation must
         not exceed the amount of the default.  If the lender is a  disqualified
         person  within  the  meaning  of  Section  4975  of the  Code,  a Stock
         Obligation must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only
         upon and to the extent of the  failure of the Plan to meet the  payment
         schedule of said Stock Obligation.  For purposes of this paragraph, the
         making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

         6.4 Participants' Option to Diversify.  The Committee shall provide for
a procedure  under which each  Participant  may,  during the qualified  election
period,  elect to "diversify" a portion of the Employer  Stock  allocated to his
Account,  as  provided  in Section  401(a)(28)(B)  of the Code.  An  election to
diversity  must be made on the  prescribed  form and  filed  with the  Committee
within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in
the qualified  election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount
which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since
the  inception  of the Plan,  less all shares with  respect to which an election
under this  Section has already  been made.  For the last year of the  qualified
election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



percent of the value of his Account  committed  to other  investments,  less all
shares with  respect to which an election  under this  Section has already  been
made.  The term  "qualified  election  period"  shall mean the six (6) Plan Year
period  beginning  with the  first  Plan  Year in which a  Participant  has both
attained  age 55 and  completed  10  years  of  participation  in  the  Plan.  A
Participant's  election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of
the  qualified  election  period  and  shall  continue  for  the  90-day  period
immediately  following  the  last  day of each  year in the  qualified  election
period.  Once  a  Participant  makes  such  election,  the  Plan  must  complete
diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of
the period  during  which the election  could be made for the Plan Year.  In the
discretion  of  the  Committee,   the  Plan  may  satisfy  the   diversification
requirement by any of the following methods:

                  6.4-1.The  Plan  may  distribute  all or  part  of the  amount
         subject to the diversification election.

                  6.4-2The Plan may offer the  Participant  at least three other
         distinct  investment  options,  if available  under the Plan. The other
         investment  options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under
         Section 404(c) of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
         as amended ("ERISA").

                  6.4-3...The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant's
         Account subject to the  diversification  election to another  qualified
         defined  contribution  plan of the Employer  that offers at least three
         investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under
         Section 404(c) of ERISA.

Section 7.        Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock.

         7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock. The Trustee generally shall vote all
shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written  instructions
of the  Committee.  However,  if any  Employer  has  registration-type  class of
securities  within the meaning of Section  409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter
submitted  to the  holders  of  the  Stock  involves  a  merger,  consolidation,
recapitalization,   reclassification,   liquidation,  dissolution,  or  sale  of
substantially  all assets of an entity,  then (i) the shares of Stock which have
been  allocated  to  Participants'  Accounts  shall be voted by the  Trustee  in
accordance with the  Participants'  written  instructions,  and (ii) the Trustee
shall vote any  unallocated  Stock and allocated Stock for which it has received
no voting  instructions in the same  proportions as it votes the allocated Stock
for which it has received  instructions from  Participants;  provided,  however,
that  if an  exempt  loan,  as  defined  in  Section  4975(d)  of the  Code,  is
outstanding  and the Plan is in  default  on such  exempt  loan,  as  default is
defined  in the loan  documents,  then to the  extent  that such loan  documents
require the lender to exercise  voting  rights with  respect to the  unallocated
shares,  the loan documents  will prevail.  In the event no shares of Stock have
been  allocated to  Participants'  Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and
any exempt loan which may be  outstanding  is not in default,  each  Participant
shall be deemed to have one share of Stock  allocated  to his or her Account for
the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

         Notwithstanding   any  provision   hereunder  to  the   contrary,   all
unallocated  shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined
by  the  Trustee  to be for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the  Participants  and
Beneficiaries.  Whenever such voting  rights are to be exercised,  the Employers
shall provide the Trustee,  in a timely manner,  with the same notices and other
materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall
distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate
opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of
Stock

                                      -14-

<PAGE>



allocated to their Accounts.  The instructions of the Participants' with respect
to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

                  7.1-1 In the event of a tender offer,  Stock shall be tendered
         by the Trustee in the same  manner as set forth  above with  respect to
         the voting of Stock.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  hereunder to the
         contrary,  Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined
         by the Trustee to be for the exclusive  benefit of the Participants and
         Beneficiaries.

         7.2  Dividends  on Stock.  Dividends on Stock which are received by the
Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and
shall be allocated among the  Participant's  Accounts and the Unallocated  Stock
Fund in accordance  with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends have
been paid.  Dividends  on Stock  credited to  Participants'  Accounts  which are
received  by the  Trustee in the form of cash  shall,  at the  direction  of the
Employer  paying  the  dividends,  either (i) be  credited  to the  Accounts  in
accordance with Section 8.3 and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be
distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants'
Stock Fund Account  balance (iii) be distributed to the  Participants  within 90
days of the  close  of the  Plan  Year in  which  paid in  proportion  with  the
Participants' Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the
Stock Obligation. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant's Account are
used to repay the Stock Obligation,  Stock with a fair market value equal to the
dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant's Account in lieu of the
dividends.  Dividends  on Stock  held in the  Unallocated  Stock  Fund which are
received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be allocated to  Participants'
Investment Fund Accounts (pro rata based on the Participant's Account balance in
relation to all Participants'  Account balances) and shall be applied as soon as
practicable  to payments of principal  and interest  under the Stock  Obligation
incurred with the purchase of the Stock.

Section 8.        Adjustments to Accounts.

         8.1 Adjustments for Transactions.  An Employer contribution pursuant to
Section 4.1 shall be credited to the  Participants'  Accounts as of the last day
of the Plan Year for which it is  contributed,  in accordance  with Section 4.1.
Stock released from the Unallocated  Stock Fund upon the Trust's  repayment of a
Stock Obligation  pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be credited to the Participants'
Accounts  as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the  repayment  occurred,
pro rata based on the cash applied from such  Participant's  Account relative to
the cash applied from all Participants'  Accounts.  Any excess amounts remaining
from the use of proceeds of a sale of Stock from the  Unallocated  Stock Fund to
repay a Stock  Obligation  shall be  allocated as earnings of the Plan as of the
last  day  of  the  Plan  Year  in  which  the  repayment   occurred  among  the
Participants' Accounts in proportion to the opening balance in each Account. Any
benefit which is paid to a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  pursuant to Section 10
shall  be  charged  to the  Participant's  Account  as of the  first  day of the
Valuation  Period  in which it is paid.  Any  forfeiture  or  restoral  shall be
charged  or  credited  to the  Participant's  Account as of the first day of the
Valuation  Period in which the forfeiture or restoral occurs pursuant to Section
9.6.

         8.2  Valuation of  Investment  Fund.  As of each  Valuation  Date,  the
Trustee shall prepare a balance sheet of the  Investment  Fund,  recording  each
asset (including any contribution  receivable from an Employer) and liability at
its fair market value.  Any liability with respect to short positions or options
and any item of  accrued  income  or  expense  and  unrealized  appreciation  or
depreciation  shall be  included;  provided,  however,  that such an item may be
estimated or excluded if it is not readily  ascertainable  unless  estimating or
excluding it would result in a material  distortion.  The  Committee  shall then
determine the

                                      -15-

<PAGE>



net gain or loss of the  Investment  Fund since the  preceding  Valuation  Date,
which shall mean the entire income of the Investment  Fund,  including  realized
and  unrealized  capital gains and losses,  net of any expenses to be charged to
the general Investment Fund and excluding any contributions by the Employer. The
determination of gain or loss shall be consistent with the balance sheets of the
Investment Fund for the current and preceding Valuation Dates.

         8.3 Adjustments for Investment Experience.  Any net gain or loss of the
Investment  Fund during a Valuation  Period,  as determined  pursuant to Section
8.2,  shall be  allocated as of the last day of the  Valuation  Period among the
Participants'  Accounts in proportion to the opening balance in each Account, as
adjusted  for benefit  payments and  forfeitures  during the  Valuation  Period,
without  regard  to  whatever  Stock may be  credited  to an  Account.  Any cash
dividends  received  on  Stock  credited  to  Participant's  Accounts  shall  be
allocated as of the last day of the  Valuation  Period  among the  Participants'
Accounts based on the opening balance in each Participant's Stock Fund Account.

Section 9.        Vesting of Participants' Interests.

         9.1      [Intentionally Omitted]

         9.2 Computation of Vesting Years. For purposes of this Plan, a "Vesting
Year" means  generally a Plan Year in which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours
of  Service,  beginning  with the  first  Plan Year in which  the  Employee  has
completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other
Employers as provided in the definition of "Service."  However,  a Participant's
Vesting  Years  shall  be  computed  subject  to the  following  conditions  and
qualifications:

                  9.2-1 A  Participant's  Vesting  Years  shall not  include any
         Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

                  9.2-2  A   Participant's   vested   interest  in  his  Account
         accumulated  before  five (5)  consecutive  Breaks in Service  shall be
         determined  without  regard to any Service after such five  consecutive
         Breaks in Service.  Further,  if a Participant has five (5) consecutive
         Breaks in Service  before his interest in his Account has become vested
         to some extent,  pre-Break years of Service shall not be required to be
         taken into account for purposes of determining  his  post-Break  vested
         percentage.

                  9.2-3  In  the  case  of a  Participant  who  has  5  or  more
         consecutive  1-year  Breaks in  Service,  the  Participant's  pre-Break
         Service  will  count in  vesting of the  Employer-derived  post-  break
         accrued benefit only if either:

                  (i)     such  Participant has any  nonforfeitable  interest in
                          the   accrued   benefit   attributable   to   Employer
                          contributions  at the time of separation from Service,
                          or

                  (ii)    upon  returning  to Service the number of  consecutive
                          1-year  Breaks in  Service  is less than the number of
                          years of Service.

                  9.2-4 Unless otherwise  specifically excluded, a Participant's
         Vesting Years shall  include any period of active  military duty to the
         extent  required  by the  Military  Selective  Service  Act of 1967 (38
         U.S.C. Section 2021).

                                      -16-

<PAGE>




                  9.2-5 If any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including
         an  automatic  change  to or from a  top-heavy  vesting  schedule,  any
         Participant  with  three (3) or more  Vesting  Years  may,  by filing a
         written request with the Employer,  elect to have his vested percentage
         computed  under the vesting  schedule in effect prior to the amendment.
         The  election  period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60)
         days after the amendment is adopted,  the amendment becomes  effective,
         or the  Participant  is issued  written  notice of the amendment by the
         Employer or the Committee.

         9.3      Full Vesting Upon Certain Events.

         9.3-1  Notwithstanding  Section  9.1, a  Participant's  interest in his
Account  shall  fully vest on the  Participant's  Normal  Retirement  Date.  The
Participant's  interest  shall also fully vest in the event that his  Service is
terminated by Early Retirement, Disability or by death.

         9.3-2 The  Participant's  interest in his Account shall also fully vest
in the event of a "Change in Control" of the  Association,  or the Company.  For
these  purposes,  "Change in Control"  shall mean an event of a nature that; (i)
would be required to be reported in response to Item 1a of the current report on
Form 8-K,  as in effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act'); or (ii) results in a
Change in Control of the  Association  or the Company  within the meaning of the
Bank  Holding  Company  Act of  1956,  as  amended,  and  applicable  rules  and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  as in effect at the time of the  Change in
Control (collectively,  the BHCA"); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in
Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred at such time as (a) any  "Person' (as
the term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes
the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Association  or  the  Company
representing  25% or  more of the  Association's  or the  Company's  outstanding
securities except for any securities of the Association purchased by the Company
in connection  with the conversion of the  Association to the stock form and any
securities  purchased by the  Association's  employee  stock  ownership plan and
trust;  or (b)  individuals  who  constitute  the Board on the date  hereof (the
"Incumbent  Board")  cease for any  reason  to  constitute  at least a  majority
thereof,  provided,  however,  that this  sub-section (b) shall not apply if the
Incumbent  Board is replaced by the appointment by a Federal banking agency of a
conservator  or receiver  for the  Association  and,  provided  further that any
person  becoming a director  subsequent  to the date hereof  whose  election was
approved  by a vote of at  least  two-thirds  of the  directors  comprising  the
Incumbent Board or whose  nomination for election by the Company's  stockholders
was approved by the same Nominating  Committee serving under an Incumbent Board,
shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member
of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a reorganization,  merger, consolidation, sale of
all or  substantially  all the  assets of the  Association  or the  Company,  or
similar  transaction  in which the  Association  or Company is not the surviving
institution occurs.

         9.3-3    Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be
                  terminated and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee
                  to sell a  sufficient  amount  of Stock  from the  Unallocated
                  Stock Fund to repay any outstanding  Stock Obligation in full.
                  The  proceeds  of such sale  shall be used to repay such Stock
                  Obligation.  After  repayment  of the  Stock  Obligation,  all
                  remaining  shares  in  the  Unallocated  Stock  Fund  (or  the
                  proceeds thereof,  if applicable) shall be treated as earnings
                  and shall be allocated in accordance with the  requirements of
                  Section 8.1.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>



         9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination.  Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a
Participant's  interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this
Plan or upon the permanent and complete  discontinuance  of contributions by his
Employer.  In the event of a partial termination,  the interest of each affected
Participant  shall  fully  vest with  respect  to that part of the Plan which is
terminated.

         9.5 Forfeiture,  Repayment,  and Restoral.  If a Participant's  Service
terminates  before his  interest in his Account is fully  vested,  that  portion
which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution
of his entire vested interest  pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs five (5)
consecutive one year Breaks in Service.  If a Participant's  Service  terminates
prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall
be deemed to have  received  a  distribution  of his vested  interest  as of the
Valuation Date next following his termination of Service.

         If a Participant who has received his entire vested interest returns to
Service before he has five (5)  consecutive  Breaks in Service,  he may repay to
the Trustee an amount equal to the distribution.  The Participant may repay such
amount at any time  within five years  after he has  returned  to  Service.  The
amount shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid;  an additional
amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall
be restored to his  Account at the same time from other  Employees'  forfeitures
and, if such forfeitures are  insufficient,  from a special  contribution by his
Employer  for that  year.  A  Participant  who was  deemed  to have  received  a
distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account  restored
as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.

         9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures. If a portion of a Participant's Account
is forfeited,  Stock allocated to said Participant's  Account shall be forfeited
only after other  assets are  forfeited.  If interests in more than one class of
Stock have been allocated to a Participant's  Account,  the Participant  must be
treated as forfeiting  the same  proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture
shall be charged to the  Participant's  Account as of the first day of the first
Valuation  Period in which the forfeiture  becomes  certain  pursuant to Section
9.5. Except as otherwise  provided in that Section,  a forfeiture shall be added
to the  contributions of the terminated  Participant's  Employer which are to be
credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the
Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

         9.7  Vesting and  Nonforfeitability.  A  Participant's  interest in his
Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

Section 10.               Payment of Benefits.

         10.1 Benefits for  Participants.  For a Participant  whose Service ends
for  any  reason,  distribution  will  be  made  to or for  the  benefit  of the
Participant or, in the case of the  Participant's  death,  his  Beneficiary,  by
either, or a combination of the following methods:

                     10.1.1 By payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section
                            10.2; or

                     10.1.2 By payment in a series of substantially equal annual
                            installments  over a period  not to exceed  five (5)
                            years,  provided  the maximum  period over which the
                            distribution of a Participant's  Account may be made
                            shall  be  extended  by  1  year,  up  to  five  (5)
                            additional  years,  for each  $145,000  (or fraction
                            thereof) by which such Participant's Account balance

                                      -18-

<PAGE>



                  exceeds  $725,000 (the  aforementioned  figures are subject to
                  cost-of-living  adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the
                  Treasury pursuant to Section 409(o)(2) of the Code).

                  The  Participant  shall  elect the  manner in which his vested
         Account  balance  will be  distributed  to  him.  If a  Participant  so
         desires,  he  may  direct  how  his  benefits  are  to be  paid  to his
         Beneficiary.  If a deceased  Participant  did not file a direction with
         the Committee,  the Participant's  benefits shall be distributed to his
         Beneficiary  in a  lump  sum.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the
         contrary, if the value of a Participant's vested Account balance at the
         time of any  distribution,  does not equal or exceed $5,000,  then such
         Participant's  vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within
         60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment  terminates.
         If the value of a Participant's  vested Account balance is, or has ever
         been, in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to
         the  later  of the time he has  attained  Normal  Retirement  or age 62
         unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with
         the Committee.  A Participant  may modify such an election at any time,
         provided  any new  benefit  payment  date is at least  30 days  after a
         modified  election  is  delivered  to  the  Committee.   Failure  of  a
         Participant to consent to a  distribution  prior to the later of Normal
         Retirement  or age 62  shall  be  deemed  to be an  election  to  defer
         commencement of payment of any benefit under this section.

         10.2     Time for Distribution.

                  10.2.1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent
         of  the   Participant's   spouse,   elects  the   distribution  of  the
         Participant's Account balance in the Plan,  distribution shall commence
         as soon as practicable  following his  termination  of Service,  but no
         later than one year after the close of the Plan Year:

                  (i)     in which the  Participant  separates  from  service by
                          reason of  attainment of Normal  Retirement  Age under
                          the Plan, Disability, or death; or

                  (ii)    which is the  fifth  Plan Year  following  the year in
                          which the Participant resigns or is dismissed,  unless
                          he is reemployed before such date.

                  10.2.2  Unless   the   Participant   elects   otherwise,   the
distribution of the balance of a Participant's  Account shall commence not later
than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -

                           (i)   the Participant attains the age of 65;

                           (ii)  occurs  the  tenth  anniversary  of the year in
                  which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

                           (iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the
Employer.

                  10.2.3  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary,  (1) with
         respect  to a  5-percent  owner  (as  defined  in  Code  Section  416),
         distribution of a Participant's  Account shall commence (whether or not
         he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of
         the  calendar  year  next  following  the  calendar  year in which  the
         Participant  attains  age 70- 1/2,  and (2) with  respect  to all other
         Participants,  payment of a  Participant's  benefit  will  commence not
         later than April 1

                                      -19-

<PAGE>



         of  the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
         Participant  attains  age 70-1/2,  or, if later,  the year in which the
         Participant  retires. A Participant's  benefit from that portion of his
         Account  committed to the  Investment  Fund shall be  calculated on the
         basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

                  10.2.4  Distribution of a Participant's  Account balance after
         his death shall comply with the following requirements:

                           (i) If a  Participant  dies before his  distributions
                  have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary
                  shall  commence  not later  than one year after the end of the
                  Plan  Year in which  the  Participant  died,  however,  if the
                  Participant's    Beneficiary   is   his   surviving    Spouse,
                  distributions   may   commence   on  the  date  on  which  the
                  Participant  would have  attained age 70-1/2.  In either case,
                  distributions  shall be completed  within five years after the
                  they commence.

                           (ii) If the Participant  dies after  distribution has
                  commenced  pursuant  to  Section  10.1.2 but before his entire
                  interest  in the Plan has been  distributed  to him,  then the
                  remaining  portion of that interest  shall, in accordance with
                  Section  401(a)(9)  of the Code,  be  distributed  at least as
                  rapidly as under the method of  distribution  being used under
                  Section 10.1.2 at the date of his death.

                           (iii)  If  a  married  Participant  dies  before  his
                  benefit  payments  begin,  then  unless  he  has  specifically
                  elected otherwise the Committee shall cause the balance in his
                  Account to be paid to his  Spouse.  No  election  by a married
                  Participant of a different  Beneficiary  shall be valid unless
                  the election is accompanied by the Spouse's  written  consent,
                  which (i) must  acknowledge  the effect of the election,  (ii)
                  must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary
                  may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the
                  Spouse's  further  consent,  or that it may be changed without
                  such  consent,  and (iii) must be witnessed by the  Committee,
                  its  representative,  or a notary  public.  (This  requirement
                  shall  not  apply  if  the  Participant   establishes  to  the
                  Committee's satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.)

         10.3  Marital  Status.  The  Committee  shall  from  time to time  take
whatever  steps it deems  appropriate  to keep  informed  of each  Participant's
marital status. Each Employer shall provide the Committee with the most reliable
information in the Employer's  possession  regarding its  Participants'  marital
status, and the Committee may, in its discretion,  require a notarized affidavit
from any  Participant as to his marital  status.  The  Committee,  the Plan, the
Trustee,  and the Employers  shall be fully  protected and  discharged  from any
liability  to the  extent  of any  benefit  payments  made  as a  result  of the
Committee's good faith and reasonable reliance upon information  obtained from a
Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.

         10.4  Delay in Benefit  Determination.  If the  Committee  is unable to
determine the benefits  payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the
latest  date  prescribed  for  payment  pursuant  to Section  10.1 or 10.2,  the
benefits  shall in any  event be paid  within  60 days  after  they can first be
determined,  with whatever  makeup  payments may be  appropriate  in view of the
delay.


                                      -20-

<PAGE>



         10.5  Accounting  for Benefit  Payments.  Any benefit  payment shall be
charged to the Participant's Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period
in which the payment is made.

         10.6 Options to Receive and Sell Stock.  Unless  ownership of virtually
all Stock is restricted to active  Employees and qualified  retirement plans for
the  benefit of  Employees  pursuant to the  certificates  of  incorporation  or
by-laws  of  the  Employers  issuing  Stock,  a  terminated  Participant  or the
Beneficiary of a deceased  Participant  may instruct the Committee to distribute
the Participant's entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In
that event, the Committee shall apply the  Participant's  vested interest in the
Investment  Fund to  purchase  sufficient  Stock from the Stock Fund or from any
owner of Stock  to make the  required  distribution.  In all  other  cases,  the
Participant's  vested  interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares
of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in
cash.

         Any  Participant  who receives  Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any
person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason
of the Participant's  death or incompetency,  by reason of divorce or separation
from the  Participant,  or by reason of a  rollover  contribution  described  in
Section  402(a)(5)  of the Code,  shall have the right to require  the  Employer
which  issued the Stock to purchase  the Stock for its current fair market value
(hereinafter referred to as the "put right"). The put right shall be exercisable
by written  notice to the Committee  during the first 60 days after the Stock is
distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period,  during the first
60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has  communicated  to the
Participant  its  determination  as to the Stock's  current  fair market  value.
However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time
the put right would  otherwise  be  exercisable,  may be sold on an  established
market in accordance  with federal and state  securities  laws and  regulations.
Similarly,  the put  option  shall not apply with  respect  to the  portion of a
Participant's  Account which the Employee  elected to have reinvested under Code
Section  401(a)(28)(B).  If the put right is  exercised,  the Trustee may, if so
directed by the Committee in its sole discretion,  assume the Employer's  rights
and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary,  in the case of a plan  established by a Association (as
defined in Code Section 581),  the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a
federal or state law and  Participants  are entitled to elect their  benefits be
distributed in cash.

         If a Participant  elects to receive his  distribution  in the form of a
lump sum pursuant to Section 10.1.1 of the Plan, the Employer or the Trustee, as
the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic  installments,
not less frequently than annually, over a period not longer than five years from
the day after the put right is exercised, with adequate security and interest at
a  reasonable  rate on the unpaid  balance,  all such terms to be set forth in a
promissory  note  delivered to the seller with normal  terms as to  acceleration
upon any uncured default.

         If a Participant  elects to receive his  distribution in the form of an
installment  payment pursuant to Section 10.1.2 of the Plan, the Employer or the
Trustee,  as the  case  may  be,  shall  pay for the  Stock  distributed  in the
installment  distribution over a period which shall not exceed 30 days after the
exercise of the put right.

         Nothing  contained  herein  shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to
register  any Stock  under any federal or state  securities  law or to create or
maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock.
The put right  described  herein may only be exercised by a person  described in
the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any
other  person.  As to all Stock  purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Stock
Obligation, the put right shall be nonterminable.

                                      -21-

<PAGE>



The put right for Stock acquired  through a Stock Obligation shall continue with
respect to such Stock after the Stock Obligation is repaid or the Plan ceases to
be an employee stock ownership plan.

         10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock.  Except in the case of Stock
which is traded on an  established  market,  a  Participant  who receives  Stock
pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or
from such a Participant by reason of the Participant's death or incompetency, by
reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover
contribution  described in Section  402(a)(5) of the Code,  shall,  prior to any
sale or other  transfer of the Stock to any other person,  first offer the Stock
to the issuing  Employer  and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair
market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent
third party  purchaser.  This restriction  shall apply to any transfer,  whether
voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or
gratuitous.  Either the  Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer  within 14
days  after it is  delivered.  Any Stock  distributed  by the Plan  shall bear a
conspicuous  legend  describing  the right of first  refusal  under this Section
10.7, as well as any other  restrictions  upon the transfer of the Stock imposed
by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

         10.8 Continuing Loan  Provisions;  Creations of Protections and Rights.
Except as  otherwise  provided in Sections  10.6 and 10.7 and this  Section,  no
shares of Employer  Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a
put,  call or other  option,  or buy-sell  arrangement.  The  provisions of this
Section shall continue to by applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to
be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

         10.9  Direct  Rollover  of  Eligible  Distribution.  A  Participant  or
distributee may elect,  at the time and in the manner  prescribed by the Trustee
or the Committee,  to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid
directly  to an  eligible  retirement  plan  specified  by  the  Participant  or
distributee in a direct rollover.

                  10.9-1 An "eligible  rollover" is any  distribution  that does
         not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of substantially
         equal periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than annually) made for
         the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or
         joint  life  expectancies)  of the  Participant  and the  Participant's
         Beneficiary,  or for a  specified  period  of ten  years or  more;  any
         distribution  to the extent such  distribution  is required  under Code
         Section  401(a)(9);  and the  portion of any  distribution  that is not
         included in gross income  (determined  without  regard to the exclusion
         for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                  10.9-2  An  "eligible   retirement   plan"  is  an  individual
         retirement  account  described in Code Section  401(a),  an  individual
         retirement  annuity  described in Code Section 408(b),  an annuity plan
         described in Code Section  403(a),  or a qualified  trust  described in
         Code Section 401(a),  that accepts the distributee's  eligible rollover
         distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution
         to the surviving Spouse,  an eligible  retirement plan is an individual
         retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                  10.9-3 A "direct  rollover"  is a  payment  by the Plan to the
         eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>



                  10.9-4  The  term  "distributee"  shall  refer  to a  deceased
         Participant's  Spouse  or a  Participant's  former  Spouse  who  is the
         alternate payee under a qualified  domestic relations order, as defined
         in Code Section 414(p).

         10.10  Waiver  of 30 Day  Period  After  Notice of  Distribution.  If a
distribution  is one to  which  Sections  401(a)(11)  and 417 of the Code do not
apply,  such  distribution  may  commence  less than 30 days  after  the  notice
required  under Section  4.11(a)-11(c)  of the Income Tax  Regulations is given,
provided that:

                           (i)      the Trustee or Administrative  Committee, as
                                    applicable,  clearly informs the Participant
                                    that the Participant has a right to a period
                                    of at  least  30 days  after  receiving  the
                                    notice to consider  the  decision of whether
                                    or not to  elect  a  distribution  (and,  if
                                    applicable, a particular option), and

                           (ii)     the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                                    affirmatively elects a distribution.

Section 11.     Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals.

         11.1 Claim for Benefits.  Any  Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies
for the  payment  of  benefits  shall  file a claim  for his  benefits  with the
Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election
of an alternative  benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date
on which the benefits are to begin.  If a Participant  or  Beneficiary  fails to
file a claim by the day before the date on which  benefits  become  payable,  he
shall be  presumed  to have  filed a claim  for  payment  for the  Participant's
benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2

         11.2 Notification by Committee.  Within 90 days after receiving a claim
for benefits (or within 180 days, if special  circumstances require an extension
of time and  written  notice of the  extension  is given to the  Participant  or
Beneficiary  within  90 days  after  receiving  the  claim  for  benefits),  the
Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been
approved  or  denied.  If the  Committee  denies  a claim  in any  respect,  the
Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

              (i) each specific reason for the denial;

              (ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which
       the denial is based;

              (iii) a  description  of any  additional  material or  information
       which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his
       claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

                  (iv) an explanation of the claims review  procedures set forth
       in Section 11.3.

         11.3 Claims Review  Procedure.  Within 60 days after a  Participant  or
Beneficiary  receives  notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has
been denied in any respect,  he may file with the Committee a written  notice of
appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee's determination. In
connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his  representative
may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent  documents and records to the extent
not inconsistent with other Participants' and

                                      -23-

<PAGE>



Beneficiaries'  rights of  privacy.  Within 60 days after  receiving a notice of
appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special  circumstances
require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the
Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving
the  notice of  appeal),  the  Committee  shall  furnish to the  Participant  or
Beneficiary  and  his  representative,  if  any,  a  written  statement  of  the
Committee's final decision with respect to his claim,  including the reasons for
such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

Section 12.                The Committee and Its Functions.

         12.1  Authority  of  Committee.   The  Committee  shall  be  the  "plan
administrator"   within  the   meaning   of  ERISA  and  shall  have   exclusive
responsibility   and   authority  to  control  and  manage  the   operation  and
administration of the Plan,  including the interpretation and application of its
provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise
specifically  (i) allocated to the  Association,  the Employers,  or the Trustee
under the Plan and Trust  Agreement,  (ii) delegated in writing to other persons
by the  Association,  the  Employers,  the Committee,  or the Trustee,  or (iii)
allocated  to other  parties  by  operation  of law.  The  Committee  shall have
exclusive  responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits
under the Plan.  The  Committee  shall have no  investment  responsibility  with
respect  to the  Investment  Fund  except to the  extent,  if any,  specifically
provided in the Trust Agreement.  In the discharge of its duties,  the Committee
may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may
be employed  by an  Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other  capacity)
and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

         12.2 Identity of Committee.  The Committee  shall  consists of three or
more  individuals  selected  by the  Association.  Any  individual,  including a
director,  trustee,  shareholder,  officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be
eligible to serve as a member of the Committee.  The Association  shall have the
power to remove any  individual  serving on the  Committee  at any time  without
cause upon 10 days  written  notice,  and any  individual  may  resign  from the
Committee  at any time  upon 10 days  written  notice  to the  Association.  The
Association  shall  notify  the  Trustee  of any  change  in  membership  of the
Committee.

         12.3 Duties of Committee. The Committee shall keep whatever records may
be necessary to implement  the Plan and shall  furnish  whatever  reports may be
required from time to time by the  Association.  The Committee  shall furnish to
the Trustee  whatever  information  may be necessary to properly  administer the
Trust.  The Committee  shall see to the filing with the  appropriate  government
agencies of all reports and returns  required of the plan Committee  under ERISA
and other laws.

         Further,   the  Committee  shall  have  exclusive   responsibility  and
authority  with  respect to the Plan's  holdings  of Stock and shall  direct the
Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase,  retention,  sale, exchange, and
pledge of Stock and the  creation and  satisfaction  of Stock  Obligations.  The
Committee shall at all times act consistently with the  Association's  long-term
intention  that the Plan,  as an  employee  stock  ownership  plan,  be invested
primarily in Stock.  Subject to the direction of the Board as to the application
of Employer contributions to Stock Obligations, and subject to the provisions of
Sections 6.4 and 10.6 as to Participants' rights under certain  circumstances to
have  their  Accounts  invested  in Stock or in assets  other  than  Stock,  the
Committee  shall  determine in its sole discretion the extent to which assets of
the Trust shall be used to repay Stock  Obligations,  to purchase  Stock,  or to
invest in other assets to be selected by the Trustee or an  investment  manager.
No provision of the Plan relating to the  allocation or vesting of any interests
in the Stock Fund or the  Investment  Fund shall  restrict  the  Committee  from
changing any holdings of the Trust, whether the changes involve an increase or a
decrease in the Stock or other assets credited

                                      -24-

<PAGE>



to  Participants'  Accounts.  In  determining  the proper  extent of the Trust's
investment  in Stock,  the Committee  shall be  authorized to employ  investment
counsel,  legal counsel,  appraisers,  and other agents to pay their  reasonable
expenses and compensation.

         12.4  Valuation  of  Stock.  If  the  valuation  of  any  Stock  is not
established by reported  trading on a generally  recognized  public market,  the
valuation of such Stock shall be determined  by an  independent  appraiser.  For
purposes of the preceding sentence,  the term "independent  appraiser" means any
appraiser  meeting  requirements  similar to the requirements of the regulations
prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.

         12.5  Compliance  with  ERISA.  The  Committee  shall  perform all acts
necessary  to comply  with  ERISA.  Each  individual  member or  employee of the
Committee  shall  discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance  with the
applicable requirements of ERISA.

         12.6  Action  by  Committee.  All  actions  of the  Committee  shall be
governed by the  affirmative  vote of a number of members which is a majority of
the total  number of  members  currently  appointed,  including  vacancies.  The
members of the Committee  may meet  informally  and may take any action  without
meeting as a group.

         12.7 Execution of Documents.  Any instrument  executed by the Committee
shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

         12.8  Adoption  of Rules.  The  Committee  shall  adopt  such rules and
regulations of uniform  applicability  as it deems  necessary or appropriate for
the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

         12.9  Responsibilities  to Participants.  The Committee shall determine
which  Employees  qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each
eligible  Employee whatever summary plan  descriptions,  summary annual reports,
and other notices and  information  may be required  under ERISA.  The Committee
also shall  determine  when a Participant or his  Beneficiary  qualifies for the
payment of benefits  under the Plan.  The  Committee  shall furnish to each such
Participant or Beneficiary  whatever  information is required under ERISA (or is
otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever
elections  may be  available  pursuant to  Sections 6 and 10, and the  Committee
shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the
assets of the Trust Fund.  The  Committee  may decide in its sole  discretion to
permit  modifications  of elections and to defer or  accelerate  benefits to the
extent  consistent with applicable law and the best interests of the individuals
concerned.

         12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity. If the Committee finds
at any time that an  individual  qualifying  for  benefits  under this Plan is a
minor or is  incompetent,  the  Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in
the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian,  or a custodian for him
under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his
spouse,  or his legal  guardian,  the  payments to be used for the  individual's
benefit.  The  Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to
the  actual  use of the funds by the person  receiving  them under this  Section
12.10,  and any such payment shall  completely  discharge the obligations of the
Plan,  the  Trustee,  the  Committee,  and the  Employers  to the  extent of the
payment.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>



         12.11  Indemnification  by Employers.  Except as  separately  agreed in
writing,  the Committee,  and any member or employee of the Committee,  shall be
indemnified  and held harmless by the Employer,  jointly and  severally,  to the
fullest  extent  permitted  by  ERISA,  and  subject  to  and  conditioned  upon
compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any
and all costs,  damages,  expenses,  and liabilities  reasonably  incurred by or
imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in
which it or he may be  involved by reason of its or his being,  or having  been,
the  Committee,  or a member or  employee of the  Committee,  to the extent such
amounts are not paid by insurance.

         12.12   Nonparticipation  by  Interested  Member.  Any  member  of  the
Committee  who  also is a  Participant  in the  Plan  shall  take no part in any
determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless
his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

Section 13.                Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan.

         13.1  Adoption  of Plan by Other  Employers.  With the  consent  of the
Association,  any entity may become a  participating  Employer under the Plan by
(i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan,  (ii) becoming a
party to the Trust  Agreement  establishing  the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing
and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary
or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity's Employees.

         13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan,  the adoption of the Plan and the  execution of the Trust
Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined  initially by the Internal
Revenue Service to meet the qualification  requirements of Section 401(a) of the
Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes
their  contributions  to the Trust and so that the  Participants may exclude the
contributions  from their  gross  income  and  recognize  income  only when they
receive  benefits.  In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal  Revenue
Service not to qualify  initially under Section 401(a),  the Plan may be amended
retroactively  to the earliest date  permitted by U.S.  Treasury  Regulations in
order to secure  qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the
Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as
originally  adopted or as amended,  each Employer's  contributions  to the Trust
under this Plan  (including  any earnings  thereon)  shall be returned to it and
this Plan shall be terminated.  In the event that this Plan is amended after its
initial  qualification  and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal  Revenue
Service not to qualify  under  Section  401(a),  the  amendment  may be modified
retroactively  to the earliest date  permitted by U.S.  Treasury  Regulations in
order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a).

         13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate.  The Association  intends to continue
this  Plan  as  a  permanent  program.   However,  each  participating  Employer
separately  reserves the right to suspend,  supersede,  or terminate the Plan at
any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer's Employees, and the
Association reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate,
or  terminate  the Plan at any time and for any  reason,  as it  applies  to the
Employees of each  Employer.  No amendment,  suspension,  supersession,  merger,
consolidation,  or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant's or
Beneficiary's proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict,
either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the
amendment,  or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than
the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their  Beneficiaries  prior to the
satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any

                                      -26-

<PAGE>



transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or  consolidation  with another
plan  unless,  in the  event of the  termination  of the  successor  plan or the
surviving plan immediately  following such transfer,  merger,  or consolidation,
each  participant  or  beneficiary  would be entitled  to a benefit  equal to or
greater than the benefit he would have been  entitled to if the plan in which he
was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated  immediately prior to
such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by
the  Association,  the Trustee shall  continue to  administer  the Trust and pay
benefits  in  accordance  with the  Plan as  amended  from  time to time and the
Committee's instructions.

Section 14.                Miscellaneous Provisions.

         14.1 Plan Creates No Employment  Rights.  Nothing in this Plan shall be
interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an
Employer,  or as limiting or affecting  the rights of an Employer to control its
Employees  or to  terminate  the Service of any Employee at any time and for any
reason,   subject  to  any  applicable   employment  or  collective   bargaining
agreements.

         14.2  Nonassignability  of Benefits.  No assignment,  pledge,  or other
anticipation  of benefits  from the Plan will be permitted or  recognized by the
Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover,  benefits from the Plan shall
not be subject to attachment,  garnishment,  or other legal process for debts or
liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary,  to the extent  permitted by law.
This  prohibition  on  assignment  or  alienation  shall apply to any  judgment,
decree, or order (including approval of a property  settlement  agreement) which
relates to the  provision of child  support,  alimony,  or property  rights to a
present or former spouse,  child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to
a state  domestic  relations or community  property  law,  unless the  judgment,
decree,  or order is  determined  by the  Committee  to be a qualified  domestic
relations  order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully
set forth in Section 14.2 hereof.

         14.3 Limit of Employer  Liability.  The  liability of the Employer with
respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions
to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

         14.4 Treatment of Expenses.  All expenses incurred by the Committee and
the Trustee in connection with  administering  this Plan and Trust Fund shall be
paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been
paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee.

         14.5 Number and Gender. Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to
include  the  plural,  and the plural the  singular.  Any use of the  masculine,
feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine,  feminine, or
neuter, as the context shall require.

         14.6  Nondiversion  of Assets.  Except as provided in Sections  5.3 and
13.3, under no circumstances  shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to
or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and
their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

         14.7 Separability of Provisions.  If any provision of this Plan is held
to be invalid or  unenforceable,  the other  provisions of the Plan shall not be
affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or  unenforceable  provision had
not been included in the Plan.


                                      -27-

<PAGE>



         14.8 Service of Process.  The agent for the service of process upon the
Plan shall be the president of the  Association,  or such other person as may be
designated from time to time by the Association.

         14.9 Governing  State Law. This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of New Mexico to the extent those laws are applicable
under the provisions of ERISA.

         14.10 Employer  Contributions  Conditioned on  Deductibility.  Employer
Contributions  to the Plan are conditioned on  deductibility  under Code Section
404. In the event that the Internal  Revenue Service shall determine that all or
any portion of an Employer  Contribution  is not deductible  under that Section,
the  nondeductible  portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of
the disallowance of the deduction.

         14.11 Unclaimed  Accounts.  Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall
be under any  obligation  to search for, or ascertain  the  whereabouts  of, any
Participant  or  Beneficiary.  The  Employer or the  Trustees,  by  certified or
registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer,
shall  notify  any  Participant  or  Beneficiary   that  he  is  entitled  to  a
distribution  under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this
Section.  If the Participant or Beneficiary  fails to claim his benefits or make
his  whereabouts  known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees  within seven
(7)  calendar  years  after  the  date  of  notification,  the  benefits  of the
Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

                  (a) If the  whereabouts of the  Participant is unknown but the
         whereabouts of the Participant's  Beneficiary is known to the Trustees,
         distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

                  (b) If the  whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary
         are  unknown  to the  Trustees,  the Plan  will  forfeit  the  benefit,
         provided  that the benefit is subject to a claim for  reinstatement  if
         the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

         Any  payment  made  pursuant  to the power  herein  conferred  upon the
Trustees  shall  operate  as a  complete  discharge  of all  obligations  of the
Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

         14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  Section 14.2 shall not apply
to a "qualified  domestic  relations order" defined in Code Section 414(p),  and
such other  domestic  relations  orders  permitted  to be so  treated  under the
provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided
under a "qualified  domestic  relations order", a former Spouse of a Participant
shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving  Spouse for all  purposes  under the
Plan.

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

                  (a) The Employer or the Plan Committee  shall promptly  notify
         the  Participant  and any other  alternate payee of the receipt of such
         order and the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of
         domestic relations orders, and

                  (b) Within a reasonable  period  after  receipt of such order,
         the Employer or the Plan Committee shall  determine  whether such order
         is a qualified  domestic relations order and notify the Participant and
         each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Plan

                                      -28-

<PAGE>



         Committee  shall  establish  reasonable  procedures  to  determine  the
         qualified  status  of  domestic  relations  orders  and  to  administer
         distributions under such qualified orders.

         During any  period in which the issue of  whether a domestic  relations
order is a  qualified  domestic  relations  order is  being  determined  (by the
Employer or Plan Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise),
the Employer or the Plan Committee shall segregate in a separate  account in the
Plan or in an escrow  account the amounts  which would have been  payable to the
alternate  payee  during  such period if the order had been  determined  to be a
qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or
modification  thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order,
the Employer or the Plan Committee  shall pay the  segregated  amounts (plus any
interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto.  If within eighteen
(18)  months  it is  determined  that  the  order  is not a  qualified  domestic
relations  order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified  domestic
relations  order is not resolved,  then the Employer or the Plan Committee shall
pay the segregated  amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons
who would have been  entitled  to such  amounts if there had been no order.  Any
determination  that an order is a qualified  domestic  relations  order which is
made  after  the  close of the  eighteen  (18)  month  period  shall be  applied
prospectively only. The term "alternate payee" means any Spouse,  former Spouse,
child or other  dependent  of a  Participant  who is  recognized  by a  domestic
relations  order as having a right to receive  all, or a portion of, the benefit
payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

Section 15.                Top-Heavy Provisions.

         15.1 Top-Heavy  Plan.  For any Plan Year  beginning  after December 31,
1983, this Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

                  (a) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent
(60%) and this Plan is not part of any required  aggregation group or permissive
aggregation group;

                  (b) If this  Plan is a part of a  required  aggregation  group
(but is not part of a permissive  aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy
ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

                  (c) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and
part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the
permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

         15.2 Super  Top-Heavy Plan For any Plan Year  beginning  after December
31,  1983,  this Plan  will be a super  top-heavy  Plan if any of the  following
conditions exist:

                  (a) If the  top-heavy  ratio  for  this  Plan  exceeds  ninety
percent  (90%) and this Plan is not part of any  required  aggregation  group or
permissive aggregation group.

                  (b) If this  Plan is a part of a  required  aggregation  group
(but is not part of a permissive  aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy
ratio for the group of Plans exceeds ninety percent (90%), or


                                      -29-

<PAGE>



                  (c) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and
part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the
permissive aggregation group exceeds ninety percent (90%).

         15.3     Definitions.

In making this determination,  the Committee shall use the following definitions
and principles:

                  15.3-1 The  "Determination  Date",  with  respect to the first
         Plan Year of any plan,  means the last day of that Plan Year,  and with
         respect  to each  subsequent  Plan  Year,  means  the  last  day of the
         preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a  Determination  Date which
         differs from this Plan's  Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this
         Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan's Determination
         Date   falling   within  the  same   calendar   years  as  this  Plan's
         Determination Date.

                  15.3-2 A "Key Employee", with respect to a Plan Year, means an
         Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the  top-heavy
         Determination Date for the Plan Year has received  compensation from an
         Employer  and has  been  (i) an  officer  of the  Employer  having  415
         Compensation  greater than 50 percent of the limit then in effect under
         Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, (ii) one of the 10 Employees  owning
         the largest  interests in the Employer having 415 Compensation  greater
         than the limit  then in effect  under  Section  415(c)(1)(A),  (iii) an
         owner of more than five percent of the  outstanding  equity interest or
         the outstanding  voting  interest in any Employer,  or (iv) an owner of
         more  than  one  percent  of the  outstanding  equity  interest  or the
         outstanding  voting  interest in an Employer whose annual  compensation
         exceeds $150,000.  For purposes of determining whether an Employee is a
         Key Employee,  annual  compensation  means  compensation  as defined in
         Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed by the
         Employee pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement which are excludable
         from the Employee's gross income under Section 125, Section  402(e)(3),
         Section  402(H)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code. The Beneficiary of
         a Key Employee shall also be considered a Key Employee.

                  15.3-3 A "Non-key  Employee" means an Employee who at any time
         during the five years ending on the  top-heavy  Determination  Date for
         the Plan Year has  received  compensation  from an Employer and who has
         never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

                  15.3-4  A  "required  aggregation  group"  includes  (a)  each
         qualified  Plan of the  Employer  in which at  least  one Key  Employee
         participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and any
         of the four (4) preceding Plan Years,  and (b) any other qualified Plan
         of the  Employer  which  enables  a Plan  described  in (a) to meet the
         requirements  of Code  Sections  401(a)(4) and 410. For purposes of the
         preceding  sentence,  a  qualified  Plan  of the  Employer  includes  a
         terminated  Plan  maintained  by the Employer  within the five (5) year
         period  ending on the  Determination  Date.  In the case of a  required
         aggregation  group,  each  Plan  in the  group  will  be  considered  a
         top-heavy Plan if the required  aggregation group is a top-heavy group.
         No  Plan  in the  required  aggregation  group  will  be  considered  a
         top-heavy  Plan if the  required  aggregation  group is not a top-heavy
         group. All Employers  aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m)
         or (o) (but  only  after the Code  Section  414(o)  regulations  become
         effective) are considered a single Employer.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>



                  15.3-5 A "permissive  aggregation group" includes the required
         aggregation  group of Plans  plus any other  qualified  Plan(s)  of the
         Employer  that  are not  required  to be  aggregated  but  which,  when
         considered as a group with the required  aggregation group, satisfy the
         requirements  of Code Sections  401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to
         the Plans in the required  aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive
         aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive
         aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of
         the required  aggregation  group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if
         the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

         15.4     Top-Heavy Rules of Application.

                   For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and
the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

                  15.4-1 The value of Account  balances and the present value of
         accrued  benefits will be  determined  as of the most recent  Valuation
         Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending
         on the Determination Date.

                  15.4-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy,
         the  present  value  of  an  individual's   accrued   benefits  and  an
         individual's Account balances is counted only once each year.

                  15.4-3  The  Account   balances  and  accrued  benefits  of  a
         Participant  who is not  presently  a Key  Employee  but  who was a Key
         Employee in a Plan Year  beginning on or after  January 1, 1984 will be
         disregarded.

                  15.4-4 For years beginning  after December 31, 1984,  Employer
         contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement
         will be taken into account.

                  15.4-5 When  aggregating  Plans, the value of Account balances
         and  accrued   benefits  will  be  calculated  with  reference  to  the
         Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

                  15.4-6 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount
         of the  Account  balances  of an  Employee  shall be  increased  by the
         aggregate  distributions  made  to  such  Employee  from a Plan  of the
         Employer. No distribution, however, made from the Plan to an individual
         (other than the Beneficiary of a deceased  Employee who was an Employee
         within the five (5) year period ending on the  Determination  Date) who
         has not been an  Employee  at any time  during the five (5) year period
         ending  on the  Determination  Date  shall be  taken  into  account  in
         determining   whether  the  Plan  is  top-heavy.   Also,   any  amounts
         recontributed  by an Employee upon  becoming a Participant  in the Plan
         shall no longer be counted as a distribution under this paragraph.

                  15.4-7 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount
         of the  Account  balances  of an  Employee  shall be  increased  by the
         aggregate distributions made to such Employee from a terminated Plan of
         the Employer,  provided that such Plan (if not  terminated)  would have
         been required to be included in the aggregation group.

                  15.4-8 Accrued  benefits and Account balances of an individual
         shall  not be taken  into  account  for  purposes  of  determining  the
         top-heavy  ratios if the  individual  has performed no services for the
         Employer  during  the five (5) year  period  ending  on the  applicable
         Determination

                                      -31-

<PAGE>



         Date.  Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include
         any  payments  made to an  individual  by the  Employer  pursuant  to a
         qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

                  15.4-9 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount
         of the Account  balances  of any  Employee  participating  in this Plan
         shall  not  include  any  rollover  contributions  or  other  transfers
         voluntarily  initiated by the Employee  except as described  below.  If
         this  Plan  transfers  or  rolls  over  funds  to  another  Plan  in  a
         transaction  voluntarily  initiated by the Employee  after December 31,
         1983,  then this Plan shall  count the  distribution  for  purposes  of
         determining  Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits.
         A transfer  incident to a merger or  consolidation of two or more Plans
         of the  Employer  (including  Plans of related  Employers  treated as a
         single  Employer  under Code  Section  414),  or a transfer or rollover
         between Plans of the Employer,  shall not be considered as  voluntarily
         initiated by the Employee.

         15.5     Top-Heavy Ratio.

         If the Employer  maintains one (1) or more defined  contribution  plans
(including  any  simplified  Employee  pension  plan) and the Employer has never
maintained  any  defined  benefit  plans  which have  covered  or could  cover a
Participant  in this Plan, the top-heavy  ratio is a fraction,  the numerator of
which  is the  sum of the  Account  balances  of  all  Key  Employees  as of the
Determination  Date,  and the  denominator  of which  is the sum of the  Account
balances of all Employees as of the  Determination  Date. Both the numerator and
denominator   of  the  top-heavy   ratio  shall  be  increased  to  reflect  any
contribution which is due but unpaid as of the Determination Date.

         If the Employer  maintains one (1) or more defined  contribution  plans
(including any simplified  Employee pension plan) and the Employer  maintains or
has maintained one (1) or more defined benefit plans which have covered or could
cover a  Participant  in this  Plan,  the  top-heavy  ratio is a  fraction,  the
numerator of which is the sum of Account balances under the defined contribution
plans for all Key Employees and the present value of accrued  benefits under the
defined benefit plans for all Key Employees, and the denominator of which is the
sum of the  Account  balances  under  the  defined  contribution  plans  for all
Employees and the present value of accrued  benefits  under the defined  benefit
plans for all Employees.

         For these purposes,  the accrued benefit of a Participant  other than a
Key Employee in a defined benefit plan shall be determined under (a) the method,
if any, that uniformly  applies for accrual  purposes under all defined  benefit
plans maintained by the Employer,  or (b) if there is no such method, as if such
benefit  accrued not more rapidly than the slowest  accrual rate permitted under
the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C).

         15.6 Minimum Contributions. For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall
make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the
total  allocations to his Account  pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser
of:

                  (i)  three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or

                  (ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415  Compensation
         received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special
         contribution  of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee's  415  Compensation
         shall  include  amounts  the Key  Employee  elected  to  defer  under a
         qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made
         on behalf of each

                                      -32-

<PAGE>


         Participant  who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan
         Year,  regardless  of the number of his Hours of Service,  and shall be
         allocated to his Account.

         For any Plan  Year  when (1) the Plan is  top-heavy  and (2) a  Non-key
Employee is a Participant in both this Plan and a defined  benefit plan included
in the plan  aggregation  group  which  is top  heavy,  the sum of the  Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures  allocated  to the Account of each such  Non-key
Employee shall be equal to at least five percent (5%) of such Non-key Employee's
415 Compensation for that year.

         15.7  Minimum  Vesting.  For  any  Plan  Year  in  which  this  Plan is
Top-Heavy,  a Participant's vested interest in his Account shall be based on the
following "top-heavy table":

                  Vesting                            Percentage of
                   Years                            Interest Vested
                   -----                            ---------------

              Fewer than 3 years                           0%
                  3 or more                              100%

   15.8 Top-Heavy  Provisions  Control in Top-Heavy Plan. In the event this Plan
becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy  provisions herein
set forth and the  remaining  provisions  set forth in this Plan,  the top-heavy
provisions shall control.


                                      -33-





                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

                                   EXHIBIT 21

The following are subsidiaries of Alamogordo Financial Corporation.



Name                                                      Ownership
- ----                                                      ---------

Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association           100% Owned

Space Age City Service Corporation                        100% Owned by Bank







                  [ACCOUNTING AND CONSULTING GROUP LETTERHEAD]


                INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT'S CONSENT


         We hereby consent to the use in the Registration Statement on Form SB-2
(filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission)  and the  Application  for
Approval  of a Minority  Stock  Issuance  by a  Subsidiary  of a Mutual  Holding
Company  on Form MHC-2  (filed  with the  Office of Thrift  Supervision)  of our
report dated August 18, 1999 on the financial statements of Alamogordo Financial
Corporation and subsidiary for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998.

         We also  consent to the  reference  to us under the  heading  "Experts"
appearing in the Prospectus.



/s/  Accounting and Consulting Group, L.L.P.
- --------------------------------------------


Alamogordo, New Mexico
December 15, 1999




                         [RP FINANCIAL, LC LETTERHEAD]


                                December 13, 1999



Board of Directors
Alamogordo Financial Corporation
Alamogordo Federal Savings and Loan Association
500 10th Street
Alamogordo, New Mexico  88310-6768

Members of the Boards of Directors:

         We  hereby  consent  to the use of our  firm's  name on the  Form  SB-2
Registration Statement and Application for Approval of a Minority Stock Issuance
by a  Subsidiary  of a Mutual  Holding  Company on Form  MHC-2.  We also  hereby
consent to the inclusion of, summary of and  references to our Appraisal  Report
in such filings including the Prospectus of Alamogordo Financial Corporation.


                                   Sincerely,

                                   /s/RP FINANCIAL, LC.

                                   RP FINANCIAL, LC.



<TABLE> <S> <C>



<ARTICLE>                                         9
<MULTIPLIER>                                  1,000

<S>                                <C>                      <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                      3-MOS                    YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           JUN-30-2000              JUN-30-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                SEP-30-1999              JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                            7,934                    4,071
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                            2,240                    4,401
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                      0                        0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                      0                        0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                       2,197                   17,030
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                           16,024                    3,473
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                              2,197                    3,478
<LOANS>                                         117,085                  115,949
<ALLOWANCE>                                         467                      472
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  156,684                  156,158
<DEPOSITS>                                      122,410                  122,460
<SHORT-TERM>                                          0                        0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                               1,641                    1,257
<LONG-TERM>                                      10,000                   10,000
                                 0                        0
                                           0                        0
<COMMON>                                              0                        0
<OTHER-SE>                                       22,633                   22,441
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                  156,684                  156,158
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                   2,289                    8,994
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                   272                    1,514
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                     73                      508
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                  2,634                   11,016
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                                1,531                    6,784
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                1,654                    7,279
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                               980                    3,737
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                         0                        0
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                    0                        0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                     766                    3,022
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     322                      975
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                          322                      975
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                       0                        0
<CHANGES>                                             0                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                        229                      679
<EPS-BASIC>                                         0                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         0                        0
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                     2.81                     2.53
<LOANS-NON>                                         265                      532
<LOANS-PAST>                                          0                        0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                      0                        0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                   1,548                    1,636
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                    472                      486
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                         6                       14
<RECOVERIES>                                          1                        0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                   467                      472
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                467                      472
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                   0                        0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                               0                        0



</TABLE>



                         [RP FINANCIAL, LC LETTERHEAD]

                                October 26, 1999



Board of Directors
Alamogordo Financial Corporation
500 10th Street
Alamogordo, New Mexico  88310-6768

Dear Members of the Board:

         This  letter  sets forth the  agreement  between  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation,  Alamogordo, New Mexico (the "Company"), and RP Financial, LC. ("RP
Financial") for the independent  appraisal services  pertaining to the Company's
minority stock offering (the "Stock Offering").  The specific appraisal services
to be rendered by RP Financial are described  below.  These  appraisal  services
will be rendered by a team of two to three senior  consultants on staff and will
be directed by the undersigned.


Description of Conversion Appraisal Services

         Prior to preparing the valuation  report,  RP Financial  will conduct a
financial due diligence,  including on-site  interviews of senior management and
reviews of financial and other  documents and records,  to gain insight into the
Company's operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and
various  internal and external  factors  which impact the pro forma value of the
Company.  RP Financial will prepare a written  detailed  valuation report of the
Company which will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and
standard pro forma  valuation  practices.  The appraisal  report will include an
in-depth analysis of the Company's financial condition and operating results, as
well as an  assessment  of the  Company's  interest  rate risk,  credit risk and
liquidity  risk.  The  appraisal  report will  describe the  Company's  business
strategies,  market  area,  prospects  for the  future and the  intended  use of
proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group  analysis
relative to  publicly-traded  savings  institutions  will be  conducted  for the
purpose of determining  appropriate valuation adjustments relative to the group.
We will review pertinent  sections of the applications and offering documents to
obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of
key deal  elements  on the  appraised  value,  such as dividend  policy,  use of
proceeds   and   reinvestment   rate,   tax  rate,   conversion   expenses   and
characteristics  of stock  plans.  The  appraisal  report will  conclude  with a
midpoint pro forma value which will  establish  the range of value,  and reflect
the Stock  Offering size  determined by the  Company's  Board of Directors.  The
appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the offering process and
there will be at least one updated valuation prepared at the time of the closing
of the Stock Offering.



<PAGE>




         RP Financial  agrees to deliver the valuation  appraisal and subsequent
updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the
filing of the regulatory application.  Subsequent updates will be filed promptly
as certain events occur which would warrant the  preparation  and filing of such
valuation updates.  Further,  RP Financial agrees to perform such other services
as are necessary or required in  connection  with the  regulatory  review of the
appraisal  and  respond  to the  regulatory  comments,  if  any,  regarding  the
valuation appraisal and subsequent updates.


Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

         The Company agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $17,500 for these
appraisal services,  plus reimbursable expenses.  Payment of these fees shall be
made according to the following schedule:

          o    $5,000  upon  execution  of the letter of  agreement  engaging RP
               Financial's appraisal services;

          o    $10,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report;
               and

          o    $2,500  upon  completion  of the  Stock  Offering  to  cover  all
               subsequent valuation updates that may be required,  provided that
               the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.


         The Company  will  reimburse RP Financial  for  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred in  preparation  of the  valuation.  Such  out-of-pocket  expenses will
likely include travel, printing,  telephone,  facsimile,  shipping, computer and
data  services.  RP  Financial  will  agree to limit  reimbursable  expenses  in
connection  with this  engagement  and in connection  with the  preparation of a
regulatory  business plan as described in the  accompanying  letter,  subject to
written authorization from the Company to exceed such level.

         In the  event  the  Company  shall,  for any  reason,  discontinue  the
proposed Stock  Offering prior to delivery of the completed  documents set forth
above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Company agrees to
compensate RP Financial  according to RP Financial's  standard billing rates for
consulting  services based on accumulated and verifiable  time expenses,  not to
exceed the  respective  fee caps noted  above,  after  giving full credit to the
initial  retainer fee. RP Financial's  standard billing rates range from $75 per
hour for research associates to $250 per hour for managing directors.

         If during the course of the  proposed  transaction,  unforeseen  events
occur so as to materially  change the nature or the work content of the services
described  in this  contract,  the terms of said  contract  shall be  subject to
renegotiation  by the Company and RP  Financial.  Such  unforeseen  events shall
include,  but not be limited to, major  changes in the  conversion  regulations,
appraisal  guidelines  or processing  procedures  as they relate to  appraisals,
major changes in management or procedures,  operating  policies or philosophies,
and excessive  delays or suspension of processing of conversion  applications by
the regulators such that completion of the transaction  requires the preparation
by RP Financial of a new appraisal or financial projections.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Representations and Warranties

         The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

             1.  The  Company  agrees  to  make  available  or to  supply  to RP
Financial such information with respect to its business and financial  condition
as RP  Financial  may  reasonably  request  in order to  provide  the  aforesaid
valuation.  Such information  heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available
to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements,  periodic regulatory
filings and material agreements,  debt instruments,  off balance sheet assets or
liabilities,  commitments  and  contingencies,  unrealized  gains or losses  and
corporate  books and  records.  All  information  provided  by the Company to RP
Financial  shall  remain  strictly  confidential  (unless  such  information  is
otherwise  made  available  to the  public),  and if the Stock  Offering  is not
consummated  or the  services  of RP  Financial  are  terminated  hereunder,  RP
Financial shall upon request promptly return to the Company the original and any
copies of such information.

             2. The Company hereby  represents and warrants to RP Financial that
any  information  provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of
the Company's  knowledge,  at the times it is provided to RP Financial,  contain
any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or fail to  state a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the
circumstances under which they were made.

             3. (a) The Company  agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless
RP  Financial,  any  affiliates  of  RP  Financial,  the  respective  directors,
officers,  agents and employees of RP Financial or their  successors and assigns
who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection  with the services called
for under this agreement  (hereinafter referred to as "RP Financial"),  from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including,  but not
limited to, all losses and expenses in connection  with claims under the federal
securities  laws)  attributable  to (i) any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue
statement of a material  fact  contained in the  financial  statements  or other
information  furnished  or  otherwise  provided by the Company to RP  Financial,
either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material
fact from the financial  statements or other information  furnished or otherwise
made  available by the Company to RP Financial;  or (iii) any action or omission
to  act  by  the  Company,  or the  Company's  respective  officers,  Directors,
employees  or agents  which  action or  omission  is willful or  negligent.  The
Company will be under no  obligation  to  indemnify RP Financial  hereunder if a
court  determines  that RP  Financial  was  negligent or acted in bad faith with
respect to any  actions or  omissions  of RP  Financial  related to a matter for
which  indemnification is sought hereunder.  Any time devoted by employees of RP
Financial to situations for which  indemnification is provided hereunder,  shall
be  an  indemnifiable   cost  payable  by  the  Company  at  the  normal  hourly
professional rate chargeable by such employee.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                    (b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of
such  claim  or  facts  within  thirty  days of the  assertion  of any  claim or
discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial  intends to base a claim for
indemnification  hereunder. In the event the Company elects, within ten business
days of the receipt of the  original  notice  thereof,  to contest such claim by
written  notice to RP  Financial,  RP Financial  will be entitled to be paid any
amounts  payable  by the  Company  hereunder  within  five days  after the final
determination of such contest either by written  acknowledgement  of the Company
or a final judgment  (including  all appeals  therefrom) of a court of competent
jurisdiction.  If the  Company  does not so elect,  RP  Financial  shall be paid
promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of the
notice of the claim.

                    (c) The Company  shall pay for or reimburse  the  reasonable
expenses,  including attorneys' fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the
final  disposition of any  proceeding  within thirty days of the receipt of such
request if RP Financial  furnishes  the Company:  (1) a written  statement of RP
Financial's good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification  hereunder;
and  (2) a  written  undertaking  to  repay  the  advance  if it  ultimately  is
determined  in a  final  adjudication  of such  proceeding  that it or he is not
entitled  to such  indemnification.  The  Company  may assume the defense of any
claim  (as to which  notice  is given in  accordance  with  3(b))  with  counsel
reasonably satisfactory to RP Financial, and after notice from the Company to RP
Financial of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not be
liable to RP Financial for any legal or other expenses  subsequently incurred by
RP Financial  (other than reasonable  costs of  investigation  and assistance in
discovery and document production  matters).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  RP
Financial  shall  have the right to employ  their own  counsel  in any action or
proceeding  if RP  Financial  shall have  concluded  that a conflict of interest
exists between the Company and RP Financial  which would  materially  impact the
effective  representation  of RP  Financial.  In the  event  that  RP  Financial
concludes that a conflict of interest exists,  RP Financial shall have the right
to select counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company which will represent RP
Financial in any such action or proceeding  and the Company  shall  reimburse RP
Financial for the  reasonable  legal fees and expenses of such counsel and other
expenses reasonably  incurred by RP Financial.  In no event shall the Company be
liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, separate from its own
counsel,  for all  indemnified  parties  in  connection  with any one  action or
separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction  arising out of
the same allegations or circumstances.  The Company will not be liable under the
foregoing  indemnification  provision in respect of any compromise or settlement
of any action or proceeding made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

                    (d) In the event the  Company  does not pay any  indemnified
loss or make advance  reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of
this  agreement,  RP Financial  shall have all  remedies  available at law or in
equity to enforce such obligation.

         It  is   understood   that,   in   connection   with   RP   Financial's
above-mentioned  engagement,  RP  Financial  may also be  engaged to act for the
Company in one or more additional capacities, and that the terms of the original
engagement may be incorporated by reference in one or more separate  agreements.
The provisions of Paragraph 3 herein shall apply to the original engagement, any
such additional engagement,  any modification of the original engagement or such
additional  engagement  and shall remain in full force and effect  following the
completion  or  termination  of RP  Financial's  engagement(s).  This  agreement
constitutes the entire  understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning
the subject  matter  addressed  herein,  and such contract shall be governed and
construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of Virginia.  This agreement
may not be  modified,  supplemented  or  amended  except  by  written  agreement
executed by both parties.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         The  Company  and RP  Financial  are not  affiliated,  and  neither the
Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with,
the  other and has not  derived a  significant  portion  of its gross  revenues,
receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.

                              * * * * * * * * * * *

         Please  acknowledge  your  agreement  to the  foregoing  by  signing as
indicated  below and  returning  to RP  Financial a signed copy of this  letter,
together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.


                                              Very truly yours,

                                              /s/William E. Pommerening

                                              William E. Pommerening
                                              Chief Executive Officer and
                                                Managing Director




Agreed To and Accepted By:        Miles Ledgerwood   /s/Miles Ledgerwood
                                                  ---------------------------
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer

Upon Authorization by the Board of
  Directors For:                                Alamogordo Financial Corporation
                                                Alamogordo, New Mexico


Date Executed:    11-1-99
               --------------





                         [RP FINANCIAL, LC LETTERHEAD]

                                October 26, 1999



Board of Directors
Alamogordo Financial Corporation
500 10th Street
Alamogordo, New Mexico  88310-6768

Dear Members of the Board:

         This  letter  sets forth the  agreement  between  Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation,  Alamogordo, New Mexico (the "Company"), and RP Financial, LC. ("RP
Financial"),  whereby  the  Company  has  engaged RP  Financial  to prepare  the
regulatory  business  plan  and  financial  projections  to be  adopted  by  the
Company's  Board of Directors in conjunction  with the Company's  minority stock
offering. These services are described in greater detail below.


Description of Proposed Services

         RP Financial's  business  planning  services will include the following
areas: (1) evaluating the Company's current  financial and operating  condition,
business strategies and anticipated  strategies in the future; (2) analyzing and
quantifying  the impact of  business  strategies,  incorporating  the use of net
offering  proceeds  both in the  short and long  term;  (3)  preparing  detailed
financial projections on a quarterly basis for a period of at least three fiscal
years to reflect the impact of Board  approved  business  strategies  and use of
proceeds;  (4) preparing the written  business plan document which conforms with
applicable  regulatory guidelines including a description of the use of proceeds
and how the  convenience  and needs of the community will be addressed;  and (5)
preparing  the detailed  schedules of the  capitalization  of the Company and AF
Mutual Holding Company cash flows.

         Contents of the business plan will include: Philosophy/Goals;  Economic
Environment and Background; Lending, Leasing and Investment Activities; Deposit,
Savings and  Borrowing  Activity;  Asset and Liability  Management;  Operations;
Records, Systems and Controls; Growth, Profitability and Capital; Responsibility
for Monitoring this Plan.

         RP  Financial  agrees to prepare  the  business  plan and  accompanying
financial  projections  in writing such that the business plan can be filed with
the   appropriate   regulatory   agencies   prior  to  filing  the   appropriate
applications.




<PAGE>





Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

         The Company  agrees to compensate RP Financial for  preparation  of the
business plan on a fixed fee basis of $7,500.  Payment of the professional  fees
shall be made upon delivery of the completed business plan.

         The Company  also agrees to  reimburse  RP  Financial  for those direct
out-of-pocket  expenses  necessary  and  incidental  to  providing  the business
planning   services.   Reimbursable   expenses  will  likely  include  shipping,
telephone/facsimile  printing,  computer and data services, and shall be paid to
RP  Financial  as  incurred  and  billed.  RP  Financial  will  agree  to  limit
reimbursable expenses in conjunction with the appraisal  engagement,  subject to
written authorization from the Company to exceed such level.

         In the  event the  Company  shall,  for any  reason,  discontinue  this
planning engagement prior to delivery of the completed business plan and payment
of the  progress  payment  fee, the Company  agrees to  compensate  RP Financial
according to RP Financial's standard billing rates for consulting services based
on  accumulated  and  verifiable  time  expenses,  not to  exceed  the fixed fee
described above, plus reimbursable expenses incurred.

         If during  the course of the  planning  engagement,  unforeseen  events
occur so as to materially  change the nature or the work content of the business
planning services  described in this contract,  the terms of said contract shall
be subject to  renegotiation  by the Company and RP Financial.  Such  unforeseen
events may include changes in regulatory requirements as it specifically relates
to the Company or  potential  transactions  which will  dramatically  impact the
Company such as a pending acquisition or branch transaction.

                              * * * * * * * * * * *

         Please  acknowledge  your  agreement  to the  foregoing  by  signing as
indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter.


                                              Very truly yours,

                                              /s/William E. Pommerening

                                              William E. Pommerening
                                              Chief Executive Officer and
                                                Managing Director




Agreed To and Accepted By:        Miles Ledgerwood   /s/Miles Ledgerwood
                                                  ---------------------------
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer

Upon Authorization by the Board of
  Directors For:                                Alamogordo Financial Corporation
                                                Alamogordo, New Mexico


Date Executed:    11-1-99
               --------------





February xx, 2000


Dear Prospective Investor:

         We are  pleased  to  announce  that  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation
("Alamogordo Financial"), a Federal savings and loan holding company is offering
shares of common stock.  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  is the wholly owned
subsidiary of AF Mutual Holding  Company.  The shares offered will represent 49%
of the shares outstanding after the offering. AF Mutual Holding Company will own
51% of the shares outstanding after the offering.

         We have enclosed the following  materials that will help you learn more
about the merits of Alamogordo  Financial common stock as an investment.  Please
read and review the materials carefully.

          PROSPECTUS:   This  document  provides   detailed   information  about
          operations  at Alamogordo  Financial and a complete  discussion on the
          proposed stock offering.

          QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS:  Key  questions  and answers  about the stock
          offering are found in this pamphlet.

          STOCK  ORDER AND  CERTIFICATION  FORM:  This form is used to  purchase
          stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply
          envelope.  The  deadline for  ordering  stock is 12:00 noon,  Standard
          Time, March xx, 2000.

         We invite  you and other  local  community  members  to become  charter
shareholders  of  Alamogordo  Financial.  Through  this  offering  you  have the
opportunity to buy stock directly from Alamogordo Financial without a commission
or a fee. The Board of Directors and Senior  Management  fully support the stock
offering.

         If you have additional  questions regarding the stock offering,  please
call us at (505) xxx-xxxx,  Monday from 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m., Tuesday through
Thursday  from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and Friday from 8:30 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., or
stop by the Stock Information Center located at 500 10th Street, Alamogordo, New
Mexico.


Sincerely,



R. Miles Ledgerwood
President and Chief Executive Officer



THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

<PAGE>

                   [KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC. LETTERHEAD]


To Members and Friends of
Alamogordo Financial Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Keefe,  Bruyette  &  Woods,  Inc.,  a  member  of the  National  Association  of
Securities   Dealiers,   Inc.  ("NASD"),   is  assisting   Alamogordo  Financial
Corporation ("Alamogordo Financial"), a Federal savings and loan holding company
in its offering of shares of common stock.  Alamogordo Financial  Corporation is
the wholly owned  subsidiary of AF Mutual  Holding  Company.  The shares offered
will  represent  49% of the shares  outstanding  after the  offering.  AF Mutual
Holding Company will own 51% of the shares outstanding after the offering.

At the request of Alamogordo  Financial,  we are enclosing materials  explaining
this porcess and your options,  including an  opportunity to invest in shares of
Alamogordo  Financial's common stock which is being offered to customers through
12:00 noon,  Standard Time,  March xx, 2000.  Please read the enclosed  offering
materials  including the Prospectus  carefully for a complete  discussion of the
offering. Alamogordo Financial has asked us to forward these documents to you in
accordance with certain requirements of the securities laws in your state.

Should you have any questions,  please call us at  (505)xxx-xxxx  or stop by the
Stock Information Center located at 500 10th Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico.

Very truly yours,



Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.





THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE  FUND,  THE SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE  FUND,  OR ANY  GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.



<PAGE>

February xx, 2000


Dear Member:

         We are  pleased  to  announce  that  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation
("Alamogordo Financial"), a Federal savings and loan holding company is offering
shares of common stock.  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  is the wholly owned
subsidiary  of AF Mutual  Holding  Company and owns 100% of the Common  Stock of
Alamogordo  Federal Savings and Loan  Association  ("Alamogordo  Federal").  The
shares offered will represent 49% of the shares  outstanding after the offering.
AF Mutual  Holding  Company  will own 51% of the  shares  outstanding  after the
offering.

         The Board of Directors  believes  this  Offering will offer a number of
advantages such as an opportunity for depositors of Alamogordo Federal to become
shareholders. Please remember:

     o    Your accounts at Alamogordo  Federal will continue to be insured up to
          the maximum legal limit by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
          ("FDIC").

     o    There will be no change in the balance,  interest rate, or maturity of
          any deposit accounts because of the Offering.

     o    Members  have a right,  but no  obligation,  to buy  stock  without  a
          commission or fee before it is offered to the general public.

     o    Like all stock,  shares of stock issued in this  offering  will not be
          insured by the FDIC.

         Enclosed is a prospectus  containing a complete discussion of the stock
offering. We urge you to read this material carefully.  If you are interested in
purchasing the common stock of Alamogordo  Financial,  your enclosed Stock Order
and  Certification  Form and payment  must be  received by 12:00 noon,  Standard
Time, on March xx, 2000.

         If you have additional  questions regarding the stock offering,  please
call us at (505) xxx-xxxx,  Monday from 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m., Tuesday through
Thursday  from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and Friday from 8:30 a.m. to 2:00 p.m., or
stop by the Stock Information Center located at 500 10th Street, Alamogordo, New
Mexico.


Sincerely,



R. Miles Ledgerwood
President and Chief Executive Officer



THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

<PAGE>



February  xx, 2000


Dear Friend:

We are pleased to announce that Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation  ("Alamogordo
Financial"),  a Federal  savings and loan holding  company is offering shares of
common stock. Alamogordo Financial Corporation is the wholly owned subsidiary of
AF Mutual Holding  Company.  The shares offered will represent 49% of the shares
outstanding  after the offering.  AF Mutual Holding  Company will own 51% of the
shares outstanding after the offering.

Because of your  subscription  rights as a former member of  Alamogordo  Federal
Savings and Loan Association,  we are sending you the following  materials which
describe the stock offering.

          PROSPECTUS:   This  document  provides   detailed   information  about
          operations  at  the  Alamogordo   Financial  and  the  proposed  stock
          offering.

          QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS:  Key  questions  and answers  about the stock
          offering are found in this pamphlet.

          STOCK  ORDER AND  CERTIFICATION  FORM:  This form is used to  purchase
          stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply
          envelope.  The  deadline for  ordering  stock is 12:00 noon,  Standard
          Time, on March xx, 2000.

As a former  depositor of Alamogordo  Federal,  you have the  opportunity to buy
stock without commission or fee. If you have additional  questions regarding the
stock offering, please call us at (505) xxx-xxxx, Monday from 12:00 p.m. to 5:00
p.m.,  Tuesday through Thursday from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and Friday from 8:30
a.m. to 2:00 p.m., or stop by the Stock  Information  Center located at 500 10th
Street, Alamogordo, New Mexico.


Sincerely,



R. Miles Ledgerwood
President and Chief Executive Officer


THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK BEING  OFFERED ARE NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS
AND ARE NOT  INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION,  THE BANK
INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND, OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.

<PAGE>

                                   STOCKGRAM


We are pleased to announce that Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation,  is offering
shares  of  common  stock  in a  subscription  offering.  The  sale of  stock in
connection  with the offering will enable  Alamogordo  Financial  Corporation to
raise additional capital to support and enhance its current franchise.

We previously mailed to you a Prospectus  providing  detailed  information about
Alamogordo Financial  Corporation's  operations and the proposed stock offering.
We urge you to read the Prospectus carefully.

We invite our loyal  customers and community  members to become  shareholders of
Alamogordo Financial Corporation. If you are interested in purchasing the common
stock of Alamogordo Financial Corporation,  your Stock Order Form, Certification
Form and payment  must be received by the  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings and Loan
Association prior to 12:00 noon, Mountain Standard Time, on March XX, 2000.

Should  you have  additional  questions  regarding  the stock  offering  or need
additional materials, please call the Stock Information Center at (505) XXX-XXXX
or  stop  by  the  Stock Information Center  at 500 10th Street, Alamogordo, New
Mexico.





The shares of common  stock being  offered are not savings  accounts or deposits
and are not  insured by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  the Bank
Insurance Fund, the Savings Association Insurance Fund or any other governmental
agency. This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy stock.
The offer is made only by the Prospectus.






Alamogordo Financial Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions



Stock Order Form Instructions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item 1 and 2 - Fill in the number of shares  that you wish to  purchase  and the
total  payment due. The amount due is determined  by  multiplying  the number of
shares  ordered  by the  subscription  price of $10.00 per  share.  The  minimum
purchase is 25 shares.  Generally, the maximum purchase for any person is 15,000
shares. No person, together with associates,  as defined in the Prospectus,  and
no person acting in concert may purchase more than 20,000 shares. For additional
information,  see "The Stock Offering  Limitations on Common Stock Purchases" in
the Prospectus.

Item 3 - Payment  for shares may be made in cash  (only if  delivered  by you in
person, although we request you to exchange the cash for a check with any of the
tellers  at  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Association   ("Alamogordo
Federal")),  by check, bank draft or money order payable to ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL
CORPORATION.  DO NOT MAIL  CASH.  Your funds will earn  interest  at  Alamogordo
Federal's current passbook rate.

Item  4 - To  pay by  withdrawal  from  a  savings  account  or  certificate  at
Alamogordo  Federal,  insert the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish to
withdraw  from  each  account.  If more than one  signature  is  required  for a
withdrawal,  all signatories must sign in the signature box on the front of this
form.  To withdraw  from an account  with  checking  privileges,  please write a
check.  Alamogordo  Federal  will  waive  any  applicable  penalties  for  early
withdrawal from  certificate  accounts.  A hold will be placed on the account(s)
for the  amount(s)  you  indicate  to be  withdrawn.  Payments  will  remain  in
account(s) until the stock offering closes.

Item 5 - Please check the  appropriate  box to tell us the earliest of the dates
that applies to you.

Item 6 - Please  check this box if you are a  director,  officer or  employee of
Alamogordo Federal, or a member of such person's household.

Item 7 - Please check this box if you have a National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD") affiliation (as defined on the reverse side of the Stock
Order Form.

Item 8 - Please  review  the  preprinted  qualifying  account  information.  The
accounts listed may not be all of your qualifying accounts or even your accounts
as of the earliest of the three dates if you have changed their  ownership.  You
should  list  any  other  qualifying  accounts  that  you may  have or had  with
Alamogordo  Federal  in the blue  box  located  under  the  heading  "Additional
Qualifying  Accounts".  These may  appear on other  stock  order  forms you have
received.  For example,  if you are ordering stock in just your name, you should
list all of your  accounts as of the earliest of the three dates that you were a
depositor.  This may include accounts on which you were a joint owner,  your own
regular individual accounts or your IRA accounts. Similarly, if you are ordering
stock  jointly  with  another  depositor,  you should list all accounts on which
either of you are owners, i.e. individual accounts,  joint accounts, etc. If you
are ordering stock in your minor child's or grandchild's  name under the Uniform
Transfer to Minors Act  ownership,  the minor must have had an account on one of
the three dates and you should  list only their  accounts.  If you are  ordering
stock corporately,  you need to list just that corporation's  accounts,  as your
individual  accounts  do not  qualify.  Failure  to list all of your  qualifying
accounts may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.

Item  9 - The  stock  transfer  industry  has  developed  a  uniform  system  of
shareholder  registrations  that  we  will  use in the  issuance  of  Alamogordo
Financial common stock.  Please complete this section as fully and accurately as
possible,  and be certain to supply your social  security or Tax I.D.  number(s)
and your  daytime  and  evening  phone  numbers.  We will need to call you if we
cannot  execute your order as given.  If you have any  questions  regarding  the
registration  of your stock,  please  consult your legal  advisor.  Subscription
rights are not  transferable.  If you are an eligible or  supplemental  eligible
account holder or other member,  to protect your priority over other  purchasers
as described in the  Prospectus,  you must take ownership in at least one of the
account holder's names.

                  (See Reverse Side for Stock Ownership Guide)

<PAGE>

Alamogordo Financial Stock Ownership Guide and Stock Order Form Instructions



Stock Ownership Guide
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual - The stock is to be registered in an individual's name only. You may
not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

Joint Tenants - Joint tenants with rights of survivorship identifies two or more
owners.  When  stock is held by  joint  tenants  with  rights  of  survivorship,
ownership  automatically  passes to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death
of any joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

Tenants in Common - Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When
stock is to be held by  tenants  in  common,  upon the  death of one  co-tenant,
ownership  of the stock will be held by the  surviving  co-tenant(s)  and by the
heirs of the deceased co-tenant.  All parties must agree to the transfer or sale
of shares  held by tenants in common.  You may not list  beneficiaries  for this
ownership.

Uniform  Transfer  / Gift to Minors Act - For  residents  of New Mexico and many
states,  stock may be held in the name of a custodian for the benefit of a minor
under the Uniform  Transfer to Minors Act. For residents in other states,  stock
may be held in a similar type of ownership  under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act
of the individual state. For either ownership,  the minor is the actual owner of
the stock with the adult  custodian being  responsible for the investment  until
the child reaches legal age. Only one custodian and one minor may be designated.

Instructions:  On the first name line, print the first name,  middle initial and
last name of the custodian,  with the abbreviation  "CUST" after the name. Print
the first  name,  middle  initial  and last name of the minor on the second name
line followed by the notation UTMA-NM or UGMA-Other State. List only the minor's
social security number.

Corporation/Partnership -  Corporations/Partnerships  may purchase stock. Please
provide the Corporation/Partnership's  legal name and Tax I.D. To have depositor
rights,  the  Corporation/Partnership  must have an account  in the legal  name.
Please  contact  the Stock  Information  Center to verify  depositor  rights and
purchase limitations.

Individual  Retirement  Account - Individual  Retirement Account ("IRA") holders
may  make  stock   purchases   from  their   deposits   through  a   prearranged
"trustee-to-trustee"  transfer.  Stock may only be held in a self-directed  IRA.
Please contact the Stock Information Center if you have any questions about your
IRA account and please do not delay in exploring this option.
Registration for IRA's:    On Name Line 1 - list the name of the broker or trust
                           department followed by CUST or TRUSTEE.
                           On Name Line 2  - FBO (for benefit of)  YOUR NAME IRA
                           a/c #______.
                           Address will be that of the broker / trust department
                           to where  the  stock  certificate  will be sent.
                           The  Social  Security / Tax I.D.  number(s)  will  be
                           either yours or your trustees, as they direct.
                           Please list your phone numbers.

Fiduciary/Trust - Generally,  fiduciary  relationships (such as Trusts, Estates,
Guardianships, etc.) are established under a form of trust agreement or pursuant
to  a  court  order.   Without  a  legal   document   establishing  a  fiduciary
relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.

Instructions:  On the first name line, print the first name,  middle initial and
last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an  individual.  If the fiduciary
is a corporation, list the corporate title on the first name line. Following the
name,   print  the  fiduciary   title  such  as  trustee,   executor,   personal
representative, etc. On the second name line, print the name of the maker, donor
or testator or the name of the  beneficiary.  Following  the name,  indicate the
type of legal document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court
order,  etc.). In the blank after "Under  Agreement  Dated," fill in the date of
the document  governing the  relationship.  The date of the document need not be
provided for a trust created by a will.


              (See Reverse Side for Stock Order Form Instructions)

<PAGE>

                        ALAMOGORDO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                            Stock Information Center
                                500 10th Street
                          Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310
                                 (505) xxx-xxxx

                                STOCK ORDER FORM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deadline:  The subscription Offering ends at 12:00 noon, Standard Time, on March
xx, 2000. Your original Stock Order and  Certification  Form,  properly executed
and with the correct  payment,  must be received (not postmarked) at the address
on the  top of  this  form,  or at  any  Alamogordo  Federal  Savings  and  Loan
Association branch office, by the deadline, or it will be considered void. Faxes
or copies of this form will not be accepted.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Number of Shares           Price Per Share              (2) Total Amount Due
                         X          $10.00           =             $

Mininum - 25 shares    Maximum - Generally 15,000 Shares, however, see the Stock
Order Form Insutructions (blue sheet) and the Prospectus.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Method of Payment

(3)  [ ] Enclosed is a check,  bank draft or money order  payable to  Alamogordo
     Federal for $__________.

(4)  [ ] I authorize  Alamogordo  Federal to make withdrawals from my Alamogordo
     Federal  certificate or savings account(s) shown below, and understand that
     the amounts will not otherwise be available for withdrawal:

      Account Number(s)                                        Amount(s)
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------

      ---------------------------------------------------------------------

      ---------------------------------------------------------------------

      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Total Withdrawal
                                              -----------------------------
      There is NO penalty for early withdrawal.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5)  Purchaser Information (check one)

a.   [ ]  Eligible  Account  Holder - Check  here if you were a  depositor  with
     $50.00 or more on deposit  with  Alamogordo  Federal  as of June 30,  1998.
     Enter  information  in section 8 for all deposit  accounts  that you had at
     Alamogordo Federal on June 30, 1998.

b.   [ ]  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder  - Check  here  if you  were a
     depositor  with  $50.00 or more on deposit  with  Alamogordo  Federal as of
     December 31, 1999 but are not an Eligible Account Holder. Enter information
     in section 8 for all deposit accounts that you had at Alamogordo Federal on
     December 31, 1999.

c.   [ ] Directors,  Officers and Employees - Check here if you were a Director,
     Officer or Employee of Alamogordo Federal and a, b or c do not apply.

d.   [ ] General Community - Check here if a, b or c do not apply.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6)  [ ] Check here if you are a director,  officer or  employee  of  Alamogordo
     Federal or a member of such person's immediate family (same household).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(7)  [ ] NASD Affiliation - see description on reverse side of this form.

<PAGE>


(8)  Please review the preprinted account information listed below. The accounts
     printed  below  may not be all of your  qualifying  accounts  or even  your
     accounts as of the earliest of the three dates if you have changed names on
     the accounts.  You should list any other  accounts that you may have or had
     with  Alamogordo  Federal in the blue box below.  SEE THE STOCK  ORDER FORM
     INSTRUCTIONS  SHEET FOR FURTHER  INFORMATION (blue sheet). All Subscription
     orders are  subject to the  provisions  of the Stock Issuance Plan.
________________________________________________________________________________
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
________________________________________________________________________________
     Additional Qualifying Accounts

     Account Title (Names on Accounts)                       Account Number
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Please Note: Failure to list all of your accounts may result in the loss of
     part or all of your  subscription  rights.  (additional  space  on  back of
     form)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(9)  Stock Registration - Please PRINT Legibly and Fill Out Completely
     (Note:   The Stock Certificate and all correpsondence related to this stock
     order will be mailed to the address provided below)

     [ ] Individual                          [ ] Corporation
     [ ] Joint Tenants                       [ ] Partnership
     [ ] Tenants in Common                   [ ] Individual Retirement Account
     [ ] Uniform Transfers to Minors Act     [ ] Fiduciary Trust (Under
     [ ] Uniform Gift to Minors Act               Agreement Dated _____________)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name_____________________________________  Social Security or Tax ID____________
Name_____________________________________  Social Security or Tax ID____________
Mailing Address__________________________  Daytime Telephone____________________
City_________ State______ Zip Code_______ County______ Evening Telephone________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acknowledgement. By signing below, I acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus dated
February xx, 2000 and  understand I may not change or revoke my order once it is
received by Alamogordo  Federal.  I also certify that this stock order is for my
account and there is no agreement or understanding regarding any further sale or
transfer of these  shares.  Applicable  regulations  prohibit  any persons  from
transferring, or entering into any agreement directly or indirectly to transfer,
the legal or  beneficial  ownership  of  subscription  rights or the  underlying
securities to the account of another person.  Alamogordo Federal will pursue any
and all legal  and  equitable  remedies  in the  event it  becomes  aware of the
transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders known by it to involve
such  transfer.  Under  penalties of perjury,  I further  certify that:  (1) the
social security number or taxpayer  identification number given above is correct
and (2) I am not subject to backup withholding. You must cross out this item (2)
above if you have been  notified by the  Internal  Revenue  Service that you are
subject to backup withholding  because of under-reporting  interest or dividends
on your tax return.  By signing below, I also acknowledge that I have not waived
any rights under the Securities  Act of 1933 and the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, both as amended.

Signature:  THIS  FORM MUST BE  SIGNED  AND DATED  BELOW AND ON THE BACK OF THIS
FORM. This order is not valid if the Stock Order and  Certification  Form is not
both signed and properly completed. Your order will be filled in accordance with
the  provisions of the Stock  Issuance Plan as described in the  Prospectus.  An
additional  signature  is  required  only if  payment is by  withdrawal  from an
account   that   requires   more  than  one   signature   to   withdraw   funds.
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Signature Date Office Use Only Check #_______________

- ----------------------------------      Date Rec'd___/___ Ck. Amt.______________
Signature                     Date

- ----------------------------------      Batch #____Order #_____ Category________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                               ALAMOGORDO FEDERAL

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Item (7)  continued  - NASD  Affiliation  (This  section  only  applies to those
individuals who meet the delincated criteria)

Check  the box if you are a member of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), a person associated with an NASD member, a member of the
immediate  family of any such person to whose  support such person  contributes,
directly or  indirectly,  or the holder of an account in which an NASD member or
person associated with an NASD member has a beneficial interest.  To comply with
conditions under which an exemption from the NASD's  Interpretation With Respect
to Free-Riding and Withholding is available,  you agree, if you have checked the
NASD affiliation  box: (1) not to sell,  transfer or hypothecate the stock for a
period  of  three  months   following  the  issuance  and  (2)  to  report  this
subscription  in writing to the  applicable  NASD  member  within one day of the
payment therefor.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Item (8) continued: Purchaser Information

     Account Title (Names on Accounts)                         Account Number
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CERTIFICATION FORM

  (This Certification Form Must Be Signed In Addition to the Stock Order Form)

    I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.10 PER SHARE, OF
ALAMORGORDO  FINANCIAL  ARE NOT  DEPOSITS  OR AN ACCOUNT  AND ARE NOT  FEDERALLY
INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY  ALAMOGORDO  FINANCIAL OR ALAMOGORDO  FEDERAL OR BY THE
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT

If anyone  asserts  that the  shares of Common  Stock are  federally  insured or
guaranteed,  or are as safe as  insured  deposit,  I should  call the  Office of
Thrift  Supervision,  Midwest Regional  Director,  Frederick R. Casteel at (972)
281-2000.

I further  certify  that,  before  purchasing  the  Common  Stock of  Alamogordo
Financial  I received a copy o the  Prospectus  dated  February  xx,  2000 which
discloses  the  nature of the Common  Stock  being  offered  and  describes  the
following  risks involved in an investment in the Common Stock under the heading
"Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 of the Prospectus:

1.     Changes in interest rates may hurt our profits.

2.     Low demand for  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer  loans may lower our
       profitability.

3.     After  the  stock  offering  our  return on  average  equity  will be low
       compared to other publicly traded companies. This could hurt the price of
       our common stock.

4.     You may not be able to sell your shares when you desire, or for $10.00 or
       more per share.

5.     Our local economy may affect our future growth possibilities.

6.     Strong competition within our market area may reduce our customer base.

7.     The  implementation  of  stock-based  benefits  will  increae  our future
       compensation expense and reduce our earnings.

8.     Consumer, commercial business and commercial real estate lending increase
       lending risk because of the  geographic  concentration  of such loans and
       the higher risk that the loans will not be repaid.

9.     We have broad discretion in allocating the proceeds of the offering.  Our
       failure to effectively apply such proceeds could hurt our profits.

10.    AF Mutual  Holding  Company will continue to own a majority of Alamogordo
       Financial's common stock.

- -------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
Signature                      Date          Signature                      Date

- -------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Note: If shares are to be held jointly, BOTH parties must sign)

Execution of the  certification  form will not constitute a waiver of any rights
that a purchaser  may have under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended.  The
share of Common Stock being offered are not savings accounts or deposits and are
not insured or guaranteed by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation or any
other government agency.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission